Infinera XTC

Hardware Description Guide

Release 18.2
Version 001

Document ID 1900-002039

Infinera Corporation
140 Caspian Court
Sunnyvale, California 94089
www.infinera.com

- Please refer to the Infinera Customer Web Portal for the most recent version of this document. -
Copyright
Copyright © 2018 Infinera Corporation
This Manual is the property of Infinera Corporation and is confidential. No part of this Manual may be reproduced for any purposes
or transmitted in any form to any third party without the express written consent of Infinera.
Infinera makes no warranties or representations, expressed or implied, of any kind relative to the information or any portion thereof
contained in this Manual or its adaptation or use, and assumes no responsibility or liability of any kind, including, but not limited to,
indirect, special, consequential or incidental damages, (1) for any errors or inaccuracies contained in the information or (2) arising
from the adaptation or use of the information or any portion thereof including any application of software referenced or utilized in the
Manual. The information in this Manual is subject to change without notice.

Trademarks
Infinera, Infinera Intelligent Transport Networks, IQ NOS, FlexILS, DTN-X, DTN, ATN, FastSMP, FlexCoherent, What the Network
Will Be, iWDM, Enlighten and logos that contain Infinera are trademarks or registered trademarks of Infinera Corporation in the
United States and other countries.
All other trademarks in this Manual are the property of their respective owners.
Infinera DTN-X, DTN, FlexILS, Cloud Xpress, XT, and ATN Regulatory Compliance
FCC Class A
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation. Modifying the equipment without Infinera's written authorization may result in the equipment no longer
complying with FCC requirements for Class A digital devices. In that event, your right to use the equipment may be limited by FCC
regulations, and you may be required to correct any interference to radio or television communications at your own expense.

DOC Class A
This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus as set out in the
interference-causing equipment standard titled “Digital Apparatus," ICES-003 of the Department of Communications.
Cet appareil numérique respecte les limites de bruits radioélectriques applicables aux appareils numériques de Classe A prescrites
dans la norme sur le matériel brouilleur: "Appareils Numériques," NMB-003 édictée par le Ministère des Communications.

Class A
This is a Class A product based on the standard of the VCCI Council. If this equipment is used in a domestic environment, radio
interference may occur, in which case, the user may be required to take corrective actions.

Warning
This is a class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be
required to take adequate measures.

FDA
This product complies with the DHHS Rules 21CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50,
dated June 24, 2007.
 Contents
About this Document......................................................................................................................................i
Objective....................................................................................................................................................................i
Audience....................................................................................................................................................................i
Document Organization.............................................................................................................................................i
Documents for Release 18.2.................................................................................................................................... ii
Conventions..............................................................................................................................................................v
Technical Assistance............................................................................................................................................... vi
Documentation Feedback....................................................................................................................................... vii

Chapter 1: XTC-10/XTC-4........................................................................................................................ 1-1

XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption and Configuration Rules............................................................................. 1-2
XTC-10/XTC-4 Compliancy...................................................................................................................................1-6
XTC-10/XTC-4 Technical Specifications...............................................................................................................1-8
XTC-10 Overview..................................................................................................................................................1-9
XTC-10 Thermal Loading....................................................................................................................................1-21
XTC-10 Product Details...................................................................................................................................... 1-23
XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Product Details..................................................................................................1-46
XTC-10 Cabinet/Rack Mounting Kit Product Details...........................................................................................1-57
XTC-10 Cabinet Product Details......................................................................................................................... 1-59
XTC-4 Overview..................................................................................................................................................1-71
XTC-4 Thermal Loading......................................................................................................................................1-80
XTC-4 Product Details........................................................................................................................................ 1-83
XTC-4 Cabinet/Rack Mounting Kit Product Details...........................................................................................1-102
XTC-4 Cabinet Product Details......................................................................................................................... 1-103
XTC-10/XTC-4 Data Plane................................................................................................................................1-109
DTN-X Control Module (XCM).......................................................................................................................... 1-111
Timing Synchronization Module (TSM-X10)..................................................................................................... 1-118
Timing Synchronization Module (TSM-X4)....................................................................................................... 1-121
OTN Switch Module (OXM-X10)....................................................................................................................... 1-125
OTN Switch Module (OXM2-X10)..................................................................................................................... 1-129
OTN Switch Module (OXM-X4)......................................................................................................................... 1-133
OTN Tributary Module 500G (OTM-500).......................................................................................................... 1-137
OTN Tributary Module 500G (OTM2-500)........................................................................................................ 1-142
OTN Tributary Module 1200G (OTM-1200)...................................................................................................... 1-147
Blank Circuit Packs........................................................................................................................................... 1-151

Chapter 2: XTC-2/XTC-2E.........................................................................................................................2-1
XTC-2/XTC-2E Power Consumption and Configuration Rules............................................................................. 2-2
XTC-2/XTC-2E Compliancy.................................................................................................................................. 2-5
XTC-2/XTC-2E Technical Specifications.............................................................................................................. 2-7

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

vi Contents

XTC-2 Overview....................................................................................................................................................2-8
XTC-2 Thermal Loading......................................................................................................................................2-15
XTC-2 Product Details........................................................................................................................................ 2-22
XTC-2E Overview............................................................................................................................................... 2-39
XTC-2E Thermal Loading................................................................................................................................... 2-47
XTC-2E Product Details...................................................................................................................................... 2-54
XTC-2/XTC-2E Rack Mounting Kit Product Details............................................................................................ 2-64
XTC-2/XTC-2E Control Module Half-height (XCM-H)......................................................................................... 2-65
OTN Tributary Static Module 600G (OTSM-600)................................................................................................2-70
OTN Tributary Switching Module 600G (OTXM-600)......................................................................................... 2-76
Blank Circuit Packs............................................................................................................................................. 2-81

Chapter 3: XTC Line Modules................................................................................................................... 3-1

Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500).................................................................................................. 3-2
Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500B).............................................................................................. 3-10
Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX-500).................................................................................3-19
Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX-500B).............................................................................. 3-27
Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM-500)............................................................................................... 3-35
Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX-500)............................................................................... 3-43
Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500).............................................................................................. 3-51
Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500B)............................................................................................ 3-60
Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX2-500)...............................................................................3-69
Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX2-500B/P).........................................................................3-77
Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500)............................................................................................. 3-86
Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500B)...........................................................................................3-94
Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX2-500)........................................................................... 3-103
Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX2-500B/P)..................................................................... 3-111
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500)......................................................................... 3-120
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500B).......................................................................3-128
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (AOFX-500)......................................................... 3-137
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (AOFX-500B/P)................................................... 3-145
Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500)........................................................................3-154
Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500B)..................................................................... 3-163
Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (SOFX-500)........................................................3-173
Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (SOFX-500B/P).................................................. 3-182
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 100G (AOFM-100) ........................................................................ 3-192
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Switching Module 100G (AOFX-100) ........................................................ 3-198
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 1200G (AOFM-1200) .................................................................... 3-204
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G (AOFX-1200) .................................................... 3-213
Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 1200G (SOFM-1200) ...................................................................3-223
Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G (SOFX-1200) ...................................................3-230

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

 vii

Chapter 4: XTC Tributary Modules............................................................................................................ 4-1

Tributary Interface Module (TIM/TIM2) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4......................................................................4-2
Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E...............................................................................4-5
Line Interface Module (LIM) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4.....................................................................................4-61
Line Interface Module (LIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E.................................................................................... 4-62
DTN-X Interconnect Module (XICM) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4........................................................................4-72
Packet Switching Module (PXM) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4............................................................................. 4-77
Packet Switching Module (PXM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E.............................................................................4-78
Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4.............................................................................. 4-86
Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E..............................................................................4-92

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

viii Contents

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

 List of Figures
Figure 1-1 Input Voltage Operating Range and Thresholds............................................................................. 1-5
Figure 1-2 XTC-10 (with DC-based Power Supply) Front View......................................................................1-18
Figure 1-3 XTC-10 (with AC-based Power Supply) Front View...................................................................... 1-19
Figure 1-4 XTC-10 on a Cabinet or Rack....................................................................................................... 1-20
Figure 1-5 XTC-10 Dimensions...................................................................................................................... 1-27
Figure 1-6 XTC-10 PEM Shelf........................................................................................................................ 1-28
Figure 1-7 XTC-10 PEM Faceplate.................................................................................................................1-31
Figure 1-8 XTC-10 Power Distribution Diagram............................................................................................. 1-33
Figure 1-9 XTC-10 IOTAP Front View............................................................................................................ 1-35
Figure 1-10 XTC-10 Fan Tray Faceplate.......................................................................................................... 1-41
Figure 1-11 XTC-10 Card Cage........................................................................................................................1-44
Figure 1-12 XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Front View................................................................................... 1-47
Figure 1-13 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf...................................................................................................................1-48
Figure 1-14 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Controller Faceplate................................................................................. 1-50
Figure 1-15 XTC-10 Rectifier Faceplate........................................................................................................... 1-52
Figure 1-16 XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Power Distribution Diagram.........................................................1-54
Figure 1-17 XTC-10 Rectifier Switch Box Faceplate........................................................................................ 1-55
Figure 1-18 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-X10)...............................................................................................1-61
Figure 1-19 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-X10) Details...................................................................................1-62
Figure 1-20 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-X10) Dimensions...........................................................................1-63
Figure 1-21 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-X10) Top and Base Mounting Details........................................... 1-64
Figure 1-22 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X10)......................................................................................... 1-66
Figure 1-23 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X10) Details............................................................................. 1-67
Figure 1-24 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X10) Dimensions..................................................................... 1-68
Figure 1-25 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X10) Top and Base Mounting Details......................................1-69
Figure 1-26 XTC-4 Front View.......................................................................................................................... 1-78
Figure 1-27 Two XTC-4s on a Rack................................................................................................................. 1-79
Figure 1-28 XTC-4 Dimensions........................................................................................................................ 1-85
Figure 1-29 XTC-4 PEM Faceplate...................................................................................................................1-87
Figure 1-30 XTC-4 Power Distribution Diagram............................................................................................... 1-89
Figure 1-31 XTC-4 I/O Panel Front View.......................................................................................................... 1-90
Figure 1-32 XTC-4 TAP Front View.................................................................................................................. 1-95
Figure 1-33 XTC-4 Fan Tray Faceplate............................................................................................................ 1-97
Figure 1-34 XTC-4 Card Cage........................................................................................................................1-100
Figure 1-35 XTC-4 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X4)........................................................................................... 1-104
Figure 1-36 XTC-4 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X4) Details............................................................................... 1-105
Figure 1-37 XTC-4 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X4) Dimensions....................................................................... 1-106
Figure 1-38 XTC-4 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X4) Top and Base Mounting Details........................................1-107
Figure 1-39 XCM Functional Block Diagram...................................................................................................1-113
Figure 1-40 XCM Faceplate............................................................................................................................1-114
Figure 1-41 TSM-X10 Functional Block Diagram........................................................................................... 1-119
Figure 1-42 TSM-X10 Faceplate.....................................................................................................................1-119
Figure 1-43 TSM-X4 Functional Block Diagram............................................................................................. 1-122
Figure 1-44 TSM-X4 Faceplate.......................................................................................................................1-123
Figure 1-45 OXM-X10 Functional Block Diagram...........................................................................................1-126
Figure 1-46 OXM-X10 Faceplate.................................................................................................................... 1-127

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

x List of Figures
Figure 1-47 OXM2-X10 Functional Block Diagram.........................................................................................1-130
Figure 1-48 OXM2-X10 Faceplate.................................................................................................................. 1-131
Figure 1-49 OXM-X4 Functional Block Diagram.............................................................................................1-134
Figure 1-50 OXM-X4 Faceplate...................................................................................................................... 1-135
Figure 1-51 OTM-500 Functional Block Diagram........................................................................................... 1-139
Figure 1-52 OTM-500 Faceplate.....................................................................................................................1-140
Figure 1-53 OTM2-500 Functional Block Diagram......................................................................................... 1-144
Figure 1-54 OTM2-500 Faceplate...................................................................................................................1-145
Figure 1-55 OTM-1200 Functional Block Diagram......................................................................................... 1-148
Figure 1-56 OTM-1200 Faceplate...................................................................................................................1-149
Figure 2-1 Input Voltage Operating Range and Thresholds............................................................................. 2-4
Figure 2-2 XTC-2 (with AC PEMs) Front View................................................................................................2-12
Figure 2-3 XTC-2 (with DC PEMs) Front View............................................................................................... 2-13
Figure 2-4 Three XTC-2s on a Rack...............................................................................................................2-14
Figure 2-5 XTC-2 Dimensions........................................................................................................................ 2-25
Figure 2-6 XTC-2/XTC-2E AC PEM Faceplate...............................................................................................2-27
Figure 2-7 XTC-2/XTC-2E DC PEM Faceplate...............................................................................................2-28
Figure 2-8 XTC-2/XTC-2E Power Distribution Diagram..................................................................................2-30
Figure 2-9 XTC-2/XTC-2E IOTAP Front View................................................................................................ 2-31
Figure 2-10 XTC-2 Fan Tray Faceplate............................................................................................................ 2-35
Figure 2-11 XTC-2 Card Cage..........................................................................................................................2-38
Figure 2-12 XTC-2E (with AC PEMs) Front View............................................................................................. 2-44
Figure 2-13 XTC-2E (with DC PEMs) Front View............................................................................................. 2-45
Figure 2-14 Three XTC-2Es on a Rack............................................................................................................ 2-46
Figure 2-15 XTC-2E Dimensions...................................................................................................................... 2-57
Figure 2-16 XTC-2E Fan Tray Faceplate..........................................................................................................2-59
Figure 2-17 XTC-2E Card Cage....................................................................................................................... 2-62
Figure 2-18 XCM-H Functional Block Diagram.................................................................................................2-66
Figure 2-19 XCM-H Faceplate.......................................................................................................................... 2-67
Figure 2-20 OTSM-600 Slot Pairing..................................................................................................................2-71
Figure 2-21 OTSM Slot Pairing with Double-Width Modules............................................................................ 2-72
Figure 2-22 OTSM-600 Functional Block Diagram........................................................................................... 2-73
Figure 2-23 OTSM-600 Faceplate.................................................................................................................... 2-74
Figure 2-24 OTXM-600 Functional Block Diagram........................................................................................... 2-78
Figure 2-25 OTXM-600 Faceplate.................................................................................................................... 2-79
Figure 3-1 AOLM-500 Functional Block Diagram............................................................................................. 3-5
Figure 3-2 AOLM-500 Faceplate...................................................................................................................... 3-6
Figure 3-3 AOLM-500B Functional Block Diagram.........................................................................................3-14
Figure 3-4 AOLM-500B Faceplate.................................................................................................................. 3-15
Figure 3-5 AOLX-500 Functional Block Diagram............................................................................................3-22
Figure 3-6 AOLX-500 Faceplate..................................................................................................................... 3-23
Figure 3-7 AOLX-500B Functional Block Diagram......................................................................................... 3-30
Figure 3-8 AOLX-500B Faceplate...................................................................................................................3-31
Figure 3-9 SOLM-500 Functional Block Diagram........................................................................................... 3-38
Figure 3-10 SOLM-500 Faceplate.................................................................................................................... 3-39
Figure 3-11 SOLX-500 Functional Block Diagram............................................................................................3-46
Figure 3-12 SOLX-500 Faceplate..................................................................................................................... 3-47
Figure 3-13 AOLM2-500 Functional Block Diagram......................................................................................... 3-55
Figure 3-14 AOLM2-500 Faceplate.................................................................................................................. 3-56
Figure 3-15 AOLM2-500B Functional Block Diagram.......................................................................................3-64

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

 xi
Figure 3-16 AOLM2-500B Faceplate................................................................................................................ 3-65
Figure 3-17 AOLX2-500 Functional Block Diagram..........................................................................................3-72
Figure 3-18 AOLX2-500 Faceplate................................................................................................................... 3-73
Figure 3-19 AOLX2-500B/P Functional Block Diagram.................................................................................... 3-81
Figure 3-20 AOLX2-500B/P Faceplate............................................................................................................. 3-82
Figure 3-21 SOLM2-500 Functional Block Diagram......................................................................................... 3-89
Figure 3-22 SOLM2-500 Faceplate.................................................................................................................. 3-90
Figure 3-23 SOLM2-500B Functional Block Diagram.......................................................................................3-98
Figure 3-24 SOLM2-500B Faceplate................................................................................................................ 3-99
Figure 3-25 SOLX2-500 Functional Block Diagram........................................................................................3-106
Figure 3-26 SOLX2-500 Faceplate................................................................................................................. 3-107
Figure 3-27 SOLX2-500B/P Functional Block Diagram.................................................................................. 3-115
Figure 3-28 SOLX2-500B/P Faceplate........................................................................................................... 3-116
Figure 3-29 AOFM-500 Functional Block Diagram......................................................................................... 3-123
Figure 3-30 AOFM-500 Faceplate.................................................................................................................. 3-124
Figure 3-31 AOFM-500B Functional Block Diagram.......................................................................................3-132
Figure 3-32 AOFM-500B Faceplate................................................................................................................3-133
Figure 3-33 AOFX-500 Functional Block Diagram..........................................................................................3-140
Figure 3-34 AOFX-500 Faceplate...................................................................................................................3-141
Figure 3-35 AOFX-500B/P Functional Block Diagram....................................................................................3-149
Figure 3-36 AOFX-500B/P Faceplate............................................................................................................. 3-150
Figure 3-37 SOFM-500 Functional Block Diagram......................................................................................... 3-158
Figure 3-38 SOFM-500 Faceplate.................................................................................................................. 3-159
Figure 3-39 SOFM-500B Functional Block Diagram.......................................................................................3-168
Figure 3-40 SOFM-500B Faceplate................................................................................................................3-169
Figure 3-41 SOFX-500 Functional Block Diagram..........................................................................................3-177
Figure 3-42 SOFX-500 Faceplate...................................................................................................................3-178
Figure 3-43 SOFX-500B/P Functional Block Diagram....................................................................................3-187
Figure 3-44 SOFX-500B/P Faceplate............................................................................................................. 3-188
Figure 3-45 AOFM-100 Functional Block Diagram......................................................................................... 3-195
Figure 3-46 AOFM-100 Faceplate.................................................................................................................. 3-195
Figure 3-47 AOFX-100 Functional Block Diagram..........................................................................................3-201
Figure 3-48 AOFX-100 Faceplate...................................................................................................................3-201
Figure 3-49 AOFM-1200 Functional Block Diagram....................................................................................... 3-209
Figure 3-50 AOFM-1200 Faceplate................................................................................................................ 3-210
Figure 3-51 AOFX-1200 Functional Block Diagram........................................................................................3-219
Figure 3-52 AOFX-1200 Faceplate.................................................................................................................3-220
Figure 3-53 SOFM-1200 Functional Block Diagram....................................................................................... 3-226
Figure 3-54 SOFM-1200 Faceplate................................................................................................................ 3-227
Figure 3-55 SOFX-1200 Functional Block Diagram........................................................................................3-233
Figure 3-56 SOFX-1200 Faceplate.................................................................................................................3-234
Figure 4-1 TIM-1-100G Functional Block Diagram........................................................................................... 4-7
Figure 4-2 TIM-1-100G Faceplate.................................................................................................................... 4-7
Figure 4-3 TIM-1-100GE Functional Block Diagram.......................................................................................4-10
Figure 4-4 TIM-1-100GE Faceplate................................................................................................................ 4-10
Figure 4-5 TIM-1B-100GE Functional Block Diagram.................................................................................... 4-13
Figure 4-6 TIM-1B-100GE Faceplate..............................................................................................................4-13
Figure 4-7 TIM-1-100GM Functional Block Diagram...................................................................................... 4-16
Figure 4-8 TIM-1-100GM Faceplate............................................................................................................... 4-16
Figure 4-9 TIM-1-100GX Functional Block Diagram.......................................................................................4-19

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

xii List of Figures
Figure 4-10 TIM-1-100GX Faceplate................................................................................................................ 4-19
Figure 4-11 TIM-1-100GE-Q Functional Block Diagram...................................................................................4-22
Figure 4-12 TIM-1-100GE-Q Faceplate............................................................................................................ 4-22
Figure 4-13 TIM-1-40G Functional Block Diagram........................................................................................... 4-24
Figure 4-14 TIM-1-40G Faceplate.................................................................................................................... 4-25
Figure 4-15 TIM-1-40GE Functional Block Diagram.........................................................................................4-27
Figure 4-16 TIM-1-40GE Faceplate.................................................................................................................. 4-27
Figure 4-17 TIM-1-40GM Functional Block Diagram........................................................................................ 4-30
Figure 4-18 TIM-1-40GM Faceplate................................................................................................................. 4-30
Figure 4-19 TIM-5-10GM Functional Block Diagram........................................................................................ 4-33
Figure 4-20 TIM-5-10GM Faceplate................................................................................................................. 4-34
Figure 4-21 TIM-5B-10GM Functional Block Diagram......................................................................................4-37
Figure 4-22 TIM-5B-10GM Faceplate............................................................................................................... 4-37
Figure 4-23 TIM-5-10GX Functional Block Diagram.........................................................................................4-41
Figure 4-24 TIM-5-10GX Faceplate.................................................................................................................. 4-41
Figure 4-25 TIM-16-2.5GM Functional Block Diagram..................................................................................... 4-45
Figure 4-26 TIM-16-2.5GM Faceplate.............................................................................................................. 4-45
Figure 4-27 TIM2-2-100GM Functional Block Diagram.................................................................................... 4-48
Figure 4-28 TIM2-2-100GM Faceplate............................................................................................................. 4-49
Figure 4-29 TIM2-2-100GX Functional Block Diagram.....................................................................................4-51
Figure 4-30 TIM2-2-100GX Faceplate.............................................................................................................. 4-52
Figure 4-31 TIM2-18-10GM Functional Block Diagram.................................................................................... 4-54
Figure 4-32 TIM2-18-10GM Faceplate............................................................................................................. 4-55
Figure 4-33 TIM2-18-10GX Functional Block Diagram.....................................................................................4-58
Figure 4-34 TIM2-18-10GX Faceplate.............................................................................................................. 4-58
Figure 4-35 LIM-1-100GE Functional Block Diagram....................................................................................... 4-63
Figure 4-36 LIM-1-100GE Faceplate................................................................................................................ 4-64
Figure 4-37 LIM-1-100GM Functional Block Diagram...................................................................................... 4-66
Figure 4-38 LIM-1-100GM Faceplate................................................................................................................4-66
Figure 4-39 LIM-1-100GX Functional Block Diagram....................................................................................... 4-69
Figure 4-40 LIM-1-100GX Faceplate................................................................................................................ 4-69
Figure 4-41 XICM-T-5-10GM Functional Block Diagram.................................................................................. 4-74
Figure 4-42 XICM-T-5-10GM Faceplate........................................................................................................... 4-74
Figure 4-43 PXM-1-100GE Functional Block Diagram..................................................................................... 4-79
Figure 4-44 PXM-1-100GE Faceplate.............................................................................................................. 4-80
Figure 4-45 PXM-16-10GE Functional Block Diagram..................................................................................... 4-83
Figure 4-46 PXM-16-10GE Faceplate.............................................................................................................. 4-84
Figure 4-47 100G CFP Optical TOM................................................................................................................ 4-88
Figure 4-48 40G CFP Optical TOM.................................................................................................................. 4-89
Figure 4-49 1G/2.5G/10G SFP Optical TOM.................................................................................................... 4-90
Figure 4-50 10G SFP+ Optical TOM.................................................................................................................4-90
Figure 4-51 100G QSFP28 Optical TOM..........................................................................................................4-91
Figure 4-52 24-Fiber MPO Connector............................................................................................................ 4-171
Figure 4-53 12-Fiber MPO Connector............................................................................................................ 4-172

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

 List of Tables
Table 1-1 XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption Numbers................................................................................1-2
Table 1-2 XTC-10/XTC-4 Hardware Compliancy............................................................................................ 1-6
Table 1-3 XTC-10/XTC-4 Technical Specifications......................................................................................... 1-8
Table 1-4 XTC-10 Power Supply Components................................................................................................1-9
Table 1-5 XTC-10 Common Components....................................................................................................... 1-9
Table 1-6 XTC-10 Supported Circuit Packs...................................................................................................1-10
Table 1-7 XTC-10 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)..................................................................... 1-21
Table 1-8 XTC-10 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)................................................................. 1-21
Table 1-9 XTC-10 Product Details.................................................................................................................1-23
Table 1-10 XTC-10 Mechanical Specifications................................................................................................1-25
Table 1-11 XTC-10 PEM Shelf Product Details...............................................................................................1-28
Table 1-12 XTC-10 PEM Shelf Technical Specifications.................................................................................1-29
Table 1-13 XTC-10 PEM Product Details........................................................................................................ 1-30
Table 1-14 XTC-10 PEM Visual Alarm Indicators............................................................................................1-31
Table 1-15 XTC-10 PEM Technical Specifications..........................................................................................1-32
Table 1-16 XTC-10 Visual Alarm Indicators - Chassis Level...........................................................................1-35
Table 1-17 XTC-10 Visual Alarm Indicators on the DCN and AUX Ports........................................................1-36
Table 1-18 XTC-10 Audio Alarm Indicators - Chassis Level........................................................................... 1-36
Table 1-19 XTC-10 IOTAP Connectors........................................................................................................... 1-37
Table 1-20 XTC-10 Alarm Input/Output Connector Pin Assignments..............................................................1-37
Table 1-21 XTC-10 Fan Tray Product Details................................................................................................. 1-40
Table 1-22 XTC-10 Fan Tray Visual Alarm Indicators..................................................................................... 1-41
Table 1-23 XTC-10 Fan Tray Technical Specifications................................................................................... 1-41
Table 1-24 XTC-10 Air Filter Product Details.................................................................................................. 1-41
Table 1-25 XTC-10 Air Filter Mechanical Specifications................................................................................. 1-42
Table 1-26 XTC-10 Card Slot Assignments.....................................................................................................1-45
Table 1-27 XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Product Details............................................................................ 1-46
Table 1-28 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Product Details......................................................................................... 1-47
Table 1-29 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Alarm Cable Connector Pin Assignments.................................................1-49
Table 1-30 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Technical Specifications........................................................................... 1-49
Table 1-31 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Controller Product Details.........................................................................1-50
Table 1-32 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Controller Status LED Indicators.............................................................. 1-50
Table 1-33 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Controller Technical Specifications...........................................................1-51
Table 1-34 XTC-10 Rectifier Product Details...................................................................................................1-51
Table 1-35 XTC-10 Rectifier Visual Alarm Indicators...................................................................................... 1-52
Table 1-36 XTC-10 Rectifier Technical Specifications.................................................................................... 1-53
Table 1-37 XTC-10 Rectifier Switch Box Product Details................................................................................1-55
Table 1-38 XTC-10 Rectifier Switch Box Technical Specifications..................................................................1-56
Table 1-39 XTC-10 Cabinet/Rack Mounting Kit Product Details..................................................................... 1-57
Table 1-40 XTC-10 Cabinet Product Details................................................................................................... 1-59
Table 1-41 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-X10) Mechanical Specifications.................................................... 1-70
Table 1-42 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X10) Mechanical Specifications...............................................1-70
Table 1-43 XTC-4 Common Components....................................................................................................... 1-71
Table 1-44 XTC-4 Supported Circuit Packs.....................................................................................................1-71
Table 1-45 XTC-4 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)....................................................................... 1-80
Table 1-46 XTC-4 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)................................................................... 1-80

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

xiv List of Tables
Table 1-47 XTC-4 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)....................................................................... 1-81
Table 1-48 XTC-4 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)................................................................... 1-82
Table 1-49 XTC-4 Product Details...................................................................................................................1-83
Table 1-50 XTC-4 Mechanical Specifications..................................................................................................1-84
Table 1-51 XTC-4 PEM Product Details.......................................................................................................... 1-86
Table 1-52 XTC-4 PEM Visual Alarm Indicators..............................................................................................1-87
Table 1-53 XTC-4 PEM Technical Specifications............................................................................................1-88
Table 1-54 XTC-4 Visual Alarm Indicators on the DCN and AUX Ports..........................................................1-91
Table 1-55 XTC-4 I/O Connectors................................................................................................................... 1-91
Table 1-56 XTC-4 Alarm Input/Output Connector Pin Assignments................................................................1-92
Table 1-57 XTC-4 Visual Alarm Indicators - Bay Level................................................................................... 1-95
Table 1-58 XTC-4 Visual Alarm Indicators - Chassis Level.............................................................................1-95
Table 1-59 XTC-4 Audio Alarm Indicators - Chassis Level............................................................................. 1-96
Table 1-60 XTC-4 Fan Tray Product Details................................................................................................... 1-96
Table 1-61 XTC-4 Fan Tray Visual Alarm Indicators....................................................................................... 1-97
Table 1-62 XTC-4 Fan Tray Technical Specifications..................................................................................... 1-97
Table 1-63 XTC-4 Air Filter Product Details.................................................................................................... 1-98
Table 1-64 XTC-4 Air Filter Mechanical Specifications................................................................................... 1-98
Table 1-65 XTC-4 Card Slot Assignments.....................................................................................................1-100
Table 1-66 XTC-4 Cabinet/Rack Mounting Kit Product Details..................................................................... 1-102
Table 1-67 XTC-4 Cabinet Product Details................................................................................................... 1-103
Table 1-68 XTC-4 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X4) Mechanical Specifications.................................................1-108
Table 1-69 XCM Product Details................................................................................................................... 1-111
Table 1-70 XCM Status LED Indicators.........................................................................................................1-114
Table 1-71 Craft Ethernet Port Alarm Indicators on the XCM........................................................................1-115
Table 1-72 NC Ethernet Port Alarm Indicators on the XCM.......................................................................... 1-116
Table 1-73 XCM Connectors......................................................................................................................... 1-116
Table 1-74 XCM Technical Specifications..................................................................................................... 1-116
Table 1-75 TSM-X10 Product Details............................................................................................................ 1-118
Table 1-76 TSM-X10 Status LED Indicators..................................................................................................1-120
Table 1-77 TSM-X10 Technical Specifications..............................................................................................1-120
Table 1-78 TSM-X4 Product Details.............................................................................................................. 1-121
Table 1-79 TSM-X4 Status LED Indicators....................................................................................................1-123
Table 1-80 TSM-X4 Technical Specifications................................................................................................1-124
Table 1-81 OXM-X10 Product Details........................................................................................................... 1-125
Table 1-82 OXM-X10 Status LED Indicators................................................................................................. 1-127
Table 1-83 OXM-X10 Technical Specifications............................................................................................. 1-128
Table 1-84 OXM2-X10 Product Details......................................................................................................... 1-129
Table 1-85 OXM2-X10 Status LED Indicators............................................................................................... 1-131
Table 1-86 OXM2-X10 Technical Specifications........................................................................................... 1-132
Table 1-87 OXM-X4 Product Details............................................................................................................. 1-133
Table 1-88 OXM-X4 Status LED Indicators................................................................................................... 1-135
Table 1-89 OXM-X4 Technical Specifications............................................................................................... 1-136
Table 1-90 OTM-500 Product Details............................................................................................................ 1-137
Table 1-91 OTM-500 Sub-slot Restrictions................................................................................................... 1-138
Table 1-92 OTM-500 Status LED Indicators..................................................................................................1-141
Table 1-93 OTM-500 Technical Specifications..............................................................................................1-141
Table 1-94 OTM2-500 Product Details.......................................................................................................... 1-142
Table 1-95 OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions................................................................................................. 1-143
Table 1-96 OTM2-500 Status LED Indicators................................................................................................1-146

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

 xv
Table 1-97 OTM2-500 Technical Specifications............................................................................................1-146
Table 1-98 OTM-1200 Product Details.......................................................................................................... 1-147
Table 1-99 OTM-1200 Status LED Indicators................................................................................................1-150
Table 1-100 OTM-1200 Technical Specifications............................................................................................1-150
Table 1-101 XTC-10/XTC-4 Blank Circuit Packs.............................................................................................1-151
Table 2-1 XTC-2/XTC-2E Power Consumption Numbers............................................................................... 2-2
Table 2-2 XTC-2/XTC-2E Hardware Compliancy............................................................................................ 2-5
Table 2-3 XTC-2/XTC-2E Technical Specifications.........................................................................................2-7
Table 2-4 XTC-2 Common Components......................................................................................................... 2-8
Table 2-5 XTC-2 Supported Circuit Packs.......................................................................................................2-8
Table 2-6 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)....................................................................... 2-15
Table 2-7 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)................................................................... 2-16
Table 2-8 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)....................................................................... 2-16
Table 2-9 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)................................................................... 2-17
Table 2-10 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)....................................................................... 2-18
Table 2-11 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)................................................................... 2-19
Table 2-12 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)....................................................................... 2-19
Table 2-13 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)................................................................... 2-20
Table 2-14 XTC-2 Product Details...................................................................................................................2-22
Table 2-15 XTC-2 Mechanical Specifications..................................................................................................2-24
Table 2-16 XTC-2/XTC-2E PEM Product Details............................................................................................ 2-25
Table 2-17 XTC-2/XTC-2E PEM Visual Alarm Indicators................................................................................2-28
Table 2-18 XTC-2/XTC-2E AC and DC PEM Technical Specifications...........................................................2-29
Table 2-19 XTC Visual Alarm Indicators - Chassis Level................................................................................ 2-31
Table 2-20 XTC IOTAP Connectors................................................................................................................ 2-32
Table 2-21 XTC-2/XTC-2E Alarm Input/Output Connector Pin Assignments..................................................2-32
Table 2-22 XTC-2 Fan Tray Product Details................................................................................................... 2-34
Table 2-23 XTC-2 Fan Tray Visual Alarm Indicators....................................................................................... 2-36
Table 2-24 XTC-2 Fan Tray Technical Specifications..................................................................................... 2-36
Table 2-25 XTC-2 Air Filter Product Details.................................................................................................... 2-36
Table 2-26 XTC-2 Air Filter Mechanical Specifications................................................................................... 2-36
Table 2-27 XTC-2 Card Slot Assignments.......................................................................................................2-38
Table 2-28 XTC-2E Common Components.....................................................................................................2-39
Table 2-29 XTC-2E Supported Circuit Packs.................................................................................................. 2-39
Table 2-30 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet).....................................................................2-47
Table 2-31 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)................................................................. 2-48
Table 2-32 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet).....................................................................2-48
Table 2-33 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)................................................................. 2-49
Table 2-34 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet).....................................................................2-50
Table 2-35 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)................................................................. 2-51
Table 2-36 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet).....................................................................2-51
Table 2-37 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)................................................................. 2-52
Table 2-38 XTC-2E Product Details................................................................................................................ 2-54
Table 2-39 XTC-2E Mechanical Specifications............................................................................................... 2-56
Table 2-40 XTC-2E Fan Tray Product Details................................................................................................. 2-58
Table 2-41 XTC-2E Fan Tray Visual Alarm Indicators.....................................................................................2-59
Table 2-42 XTC-2E Fan Tray Technical Specifications...................................................................................2-59
Table 2-43 XTC-2E Air Filter Product Details.................................................................................................. 2-60
Table 2-44 XTC-2E Air Filter Mechanical Specifications................................................................................. 2-60
Table 2-45 XTC-2E Card Slot Assignments.................................................................................................... 2-62

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

xvi List of Tables
Table 2-46 XTC-2/XTC-2E Rack Mounting Kit Product Details.......................................................................2-64
Table 2-47 XCM Product Details..................................................................................................................... 2-65
Table 2-48 XCM-H Status LED Indicators....................................................................................................... 2-67
Table 2-49 Craft/AUX/DCN Ethernet Port Alarm Indicators on the XCM-H.....................................................2-68
Table 2-50 NC Ethernet Port Alarm Indicators on the XCM-H........................................................................ 2-68
Table 2-51 XCM-H Connectors....................................................................................................................... 2-69
Table 2-52 XCM-H Technical Specifications................................................................................................... 2-69
Table 2-53 OTSM-600 Product Details............................................................................................................2-70
Table 2-54 OTSM-600 Status LED Indicators................................................................................................. 2-75
Table 2-55 OTSM-600 Technical Specifications............................................................................................. 2-75
Table 2-56 OTXM-600 Product Details............................................................................................................2-76
Table 2-57 OTXM-600 Status LED Indicators................................................................................................. 2-80
Table 2-58 OTXM-600 Technical Specifications............................................................................................. 2-80
Table 2-59 XTC-2/XTC-2E Blank Circuit Packs.............................................................................................. 2-81
Table 3-1 AOLM-500 Product Details..............................................................................................................3-2
Table 3-2 AOLM-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats....................................... 3-4
Table 3-3 AOLM-500 Status LED Indicators................................................................................................... 3-7
Table 3-4 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOLM-500...............................................................................3-7
Table 3-5 AOLM-500 Connectors....................................................................................................................3-7
Table 3-6 AOLM-500 Technical Specifications................................................................................................3-8
Table 3-7 AOLM-500 OCG Optical Power Range........................................................................................... 3-8
Table 3-8 AOLM-500 Wavelength Operating Range.......................................................................................3-8
Table 3-9 AOLM-500B Product Details......................................................................................................... 3-10
Table 3-10 AOLM-500B Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats...................................3-12
Table 3-11 AOLM-500B Status LED Indicators............................................................................................... 3-16
Table 3-12 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOLM-500B.......................................................................... 3-16
Table 3-13 AOLM-500B Connectors............................................................................................................... 3-16
Table 3-14 AOLM-500B Technical Specifications........................................................................................... 3-17
Table 3-15 AOLM-500B OCG Optical Power Range.......................................................................................3-17
Table 3-16 AOLM-500B Wavelength Operating Range.................................................................................. 3-17
Table 3-17 AOLX-500 Product Details............................................................................................................ 3-19
Table 3-18 AOLX-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats......................................3-21
Table 3-19 AOLX-500 Status LED Indicators.................................................................................................. 3-24
Table 3-20 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOLX-500............................................................................. 3-24
Table 3-21 AOLX-500 Connectors.................................................................................................................. 3-24
Table 3-22 AOLX-500 Technical Specifications.............................................................................................. 3-25
Table 3-23 AOLX-500 OCG Optical Power Range..........................................................................................3-25
Table 3-24 AOLX-500 Wavelength Operating Range..................................................................................... 3-25
Table 3-25 AOLX-500B Product Details.......................................................................................................... 3-27
Table 3-26 AOLX-500B Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats................................... 3-29
Table 3-27 AOLX-500B Status LED Indicators................................................................................................3-32
Table 3-28 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOLX-500B........................................................................... 3-32
Table 3-29 AOLX-500B Connectors................................................................................................................ 3-32
Table 3-30 AOLX-500B Technical Specifications............................................................................................3-33
Table 3-31 AOLX-500B OCG Optical Power Range....................................................................................... 3-33
Table 3-32 AOLX-500B Wavelength Operating Range................................................................................... 3-33
Table 3-33 SOLM-500 Product Details............................................................................................................3-35
Table 3-34 SOLM-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats..................................... 3-37
Table 3-35 SOLM-500 Status LED Indicators................................................................................................. 3-40
Table 3-36 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOLM-500.............................................................................3-40

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

 xvii
Table 3-37 SOLM-500 Connectors..................................................................................................................3-40
Table 3-38 SOLM-500 Technical Specifications..............................................................................................3-41
Table 3-39 SOLM-500 OCG Optical Power Range......................................................................................... 3-41
Table 3-40 SOLM-500 Wavelength Operating Range.....................................................................................3-41
Table 3-41 SOLX-500 Product Details............................................................................................................ 3-43
Table 3-42 SOLX-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats......................................3-45
Table 3-43 SOLX-500 Status LED Indicators.................................................................................................. 3-48
Table 3-44 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOLX-500............................................................................. 3-48
Table 3-45 SOLX-500 Connectors.................................................................................................................. 3-48
Table 3-46 SOLX-500 Technical Specifications.............................................................................................. 3-49
Table 3-47 SOLX-500 OCG Optical Power Range..........................................................................................3-49
Table 3-48 SOLX-500 Wavelength Operating Range..................................................................................... 3-49
Table 3-49 AOLM2-500 Product Details..........................................................................................................3-51
Table 3-50 AOLM2-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats................................... 3-53
Table 3-51 AOLM2-500 Supported Encoding Formats................................................................................... 3-54
Table 3-52 AOLM2-500 Status LED Indicators............................................................................................... 3-57
Table 3-53 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOLM2-500...........................................................................3-57
Table 3-54 AOLM2-500 Connectors................................................................................................................3-57
Table 3-55 AOLM2-500 Technical Specifications............................................................................................3-58
Table 3-56 AOLM2-500 OCG Optical Power Range....................................................................................... 3-58
Table 3-57 AOLM2-500 Wavelength Operating Range...................................................................................3-58
Table 3-58 AOLM2-500B Product Details....................................................................................................... 3-60
Table 3-59 AOLM2-500B Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats.................................3-62
Table 3-60 AOLM2-500B Supported Encoding Formats................................................................................. 3-63
Table 3-61 AOLM2-500B Status LED Indicators............................................................................................. 3-66
Table 3-62 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOLM2-500B........................................................................ 3-66
Table 3-63 AOLM2-500B Connectors............................................................................................................. 3-66
Table 3-64 AOLM2-500B Technical Specifications......................................................................................... 3-67
Table 3-65 AOLM2-500B OCG Optical Power Range.....................................................................................3-67
Table 3-66 AOLM2-500B Wavelength Operating Range................................................................................ 3-67
Table 3-67 AOLX2-500 Product Details.......................................................................................................... 3-69
Table 3-68 AOLX2-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats....................................3-71
Table 3-69 AOLX2-500 Supported Encoding Formats.................................................................................... 3-72
Table 3-70 AOLX2-500 Status LED Indicators................................................................................................ 3-74
Table 3-71 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOLX2-500........................................................................... 3-74
Table 3-72 AOLX2-500 Connectors................................................................................................................ 3-74
Table 3-73 AOLX2-500 Technical Specifications............................................................................................ 3-75
Table 3-74 AOLX2-500 OCG Optical Power Range........................................................................................3-75
Table 3-75 AOLX2-500 Wavelength Operating Range................................................................................... 3-75
Table 3-76 AOLX2-500B/P Product Details.....................................................................................................3-77
Table 3-77 AOLX2-500B/P Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats.............................. 3-79
Table 3-78 AOLX2-500B/P Supported Encoding Formats.............................................................................. 3-80
Table 3-79 AOLX2-500B/P Status LED Indicators.......................................................................................... 3-83
Table 3-80 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOLX2-500B/P......................................................................3-83
Table 3-81 AOLX2-500B/P Connectors...........................................................................................................3-83
Table 3-82 AOLX2-500B/P Technical Specifications...................................................................................... 3-84
Table 3-83 AOLX2-500B/P OCG Optical Power Range..................................................................................3-84
Table 3-84 AOLX2-500B/P Wavelength Operating Range..............................................................................3-84
Table 3-85 SOLM2-500 Product Details..........................................................................................................3-86
Table 3-86 SOLM2-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats................................... 3-88

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

xviii List of Tables
Table 3-87 SOLM2-500 Supported Encoding Formats................................................................................... 3-88
Table 3-88 SOLM2-500 Status LED Indicators............................................................................................... 3-91
Table 3-89 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOLM2-500...........................................................................3-91
Table 3-90 SOLM2-500 Connectors................................................................................................................3-91
Table 3-91 SOLM2-500 Technical Specifications............................................................................................3-92
Table 3-92 SOLM2-500 OCG Optical Power Range....................................................................................... 3-92
Table 3-93 SOLM2-500 Wavelength Operating Range...................................................................................3-92
Table 3-94 SOLM2-500B Product Details....................................................................................................... 3-94
Table 3-95 SOLM2-500B Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats.................................3-96
Table 3-96 SOLM2-500B Supported Encoding Formats................................................................................. 3-97
Table 3-97 SOLM2-500B Status LED Indicators........................................................................................... 3-100
Table 3-98 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOLM2-500B...................................................................... 3-100
Table 3-99 SOLM2-500B Connectors........................................................................................................... 3-100
Table 3-100 SOLM2-500B Technical Specifications....................................................................................... 3-101
Table 3-101 SOLM2-500B OCG Optical Power Range...................................................................................3-101
Table 3-102 SOLM2-500B Wavelength Operating Range.............................................................................. 3-101
Table 3-103 SOLX2-500 Product Details........................................................................................................ 3-103
Table 3-104 SOLX2-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats..................................3-105
Table 3-105 SOLX2-500 Supported Encoding Formats.................................................................................. 3-105
Table 3-106 SOLX2-500 Status LED Indicators.............................................................................................. 3-108
Table 3-107 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOLX2-500......................................................................... 3-108
Table 3-108 SOLX2-500 Connectors.............................................................................................................. 3-108
Table 3-109 SOLX2-500 Technical Specifications.......................................................................................... 3-109
Table 3-110 SOLX2-500 OCG Optical Power Range......................................................................................3-109
Table 3-111 SOLX2-500 Wavelength Operating Range................................................................................. 3-109
Table 3-112 SOLX2-500B/P Product Details...................................................................................................3-111
Table 3-113 SOLX2-500B/P Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats............................ 3-113
Table 3-114 SOLX2-500B/P Supported Encoding Formats............................................................................ 3-114
Table 3-115 SOLX2-500B/P Status LED Indicators........................................................................................ 3-117
Table 3-116 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOLX2-500B/P....................................................................3-117
Table 3-117 SOLX2-500B/P Connectors.........................................................................................................3-117
Table 3-118 SOLX2-500B/P Technical Specifications.................................................................................... 3-118
Table 3-119 SOLX2-500B/P OCG Optical Power Range................................................................................3-118
Table 3-120 SOLX2-500B/P Wavelength Operating Range............................................................................3-118
Table 3-121 AOFM-500 Product Details..........................................................................................................3-120
Table 3-122 AOFM-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats................................... 3-121
Table 3-123 AOFM-500 Supported Encoding Formats................................................................................... 3-122
Table 3-124 AOFM-500 Status LED Indicators............................................................................................... 3-125
Table 3-125 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOFM-500...........................................................................3-125
Table 3-126 AOFM-500 Connectors................................................................................................................3-125
Table 3-127 AOFM-500 Technical Specifications........................................................................................... 3-125
Table 3-128 AOFM-500 SCh Optical Power Range........................................................................................ 3-126
Table 3-129 AOFM-500 Wavelength Operating Range...................................................................................3-126
Table 3-130 AOFM-500B Product Details....................................................................................................... 3-128
Table 3-131 AOFM-500B Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats.................................3-130
Table 3-132 AOFM-500B Supported Encoding Formats.................................................................................3-131
Table 3-133 AOFM-500B Status LED Indicators.............................................................................................3-134
Table 3-134 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOFM-500B........................................................................ 3-134
Table 3-135 AOFM-500B Connectors............................................................................................................. 3-134
Table 3-136 AOFM-500B Technical Specifications......................................................................................... 3-134

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

 xix
Table 3-137 AOFM-500B SCh Optical Power Range......................................................................................3-135
Table 3-138 AOFM-500B Wavelength Operating Range................................................................................ 3-135
Table 3-139 AOFX-500 Product Details.......................................................................................................... 3-137
Table 3-140 AOFX-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats....................................3-139
Table 3-141 AOFX-500 Supported Encoding Formats....................................................................................3-139
Table 3-142 AOFX-500 Status LED Indicators................................................................................................3-142
Table 3-143 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOFX-500........................................................................... 3-142
Table 3-144 AOFX-500 Connectors................................................................................................................ 3-142
Table 3-145 AOFX-500 Technical Specifications............................................................................................ 3-142
Table 3-146 AOFX-500 SCh Optical Power Range.........................................................................................3-143
Table 3-147 AOFX-500 Wavelength Operating Range................................................................................... 3-143
Table 3-148 AOFX-500B/P Product Details.................................................................................................... 3-145
Table 3-149 AOFX-500B/P Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats..............................3-147
Table 3-150 AOFX-500B/P Supported Encoding Formats.............................................................................. 3-148
Table 3-151 AOFX-500B/P Status LED Indicators.......................................................................................... 3-151
Table 3-152 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOFX-500B/P..................................................................... 3-151
Table 3-153 AOFX-500B/P Connectors.......................................................................................................... 3-151
Table 3-154 AOFX-500B/P Technical Specifications...................................................................................... 3-151
Table 3-155 AOFX-500B/P SCh Optical Power Range...................................................................................3-152
Table 3-156 AOFX-500B/P Wavelength Operating Range............................................................................. 3-152
Table 3-157 SOFM-500 Product Details..........................................................................................................3-154
Table 3-158 SOFM-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats................................... 3-156
Table 3-159 SOFM-500 Supported Encoding Formats................................................................................... 3-157
Table 3-160 SOFM-500 Status LED Indicators............................................................................................... 3-160
Table 3-161 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOFM-500...........................................................................3-160
Table 3-162 SOFM-500 Connectors................................................................................................................3-160
Table 3-163 SOFM-500 Technical Specifications........................................................................................... 3-160
Table 3-164 SOFM-500 SCh Optical Power Range........................................................................................ 3-161
Table 3-165 SOFM-500 Wavelength Operating Range...................................................................................3-161
Table 3-166 SOFM-500B Product Details....................................................................................................... 3-163
Table 3-167 SOFM-500B Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats.................................3-166
Table 3-168 SOFM-500B Supported Encoding Formats.................................................................................3-167
Table 3-169 SOFM-500B Status LED Indicators.............................................................................................3-170
Table 3-170 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOFM-500B........................................................................ 3-170
Table 3-171 SOFM-500B Connectors............................................................................................................. 3-170
Table 3-172 SOFM-500B Technical Specifications......................................................................................... 3-170
Table 3-173 SOFM-500B SCh Optical Power Range......................................................................................3-171
Table 3-174 SOFM-500B Wavelength Operating Range................................................................................ 3-171
Table 3-175 SOFX-500 Product Details.......................................................................................................... 3-173
Table 3-176 SOFX-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats....................................3-175
Table 3-177 SOFX-500 Supported Encoding Formats....................................................................................3-176
Table 3-178 SOFX-500 Status LED Indicators................................................................................................3-179
Table 3-179 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOFX-500........................................................................... 3-179
Table 3-180 SOFX-500 Connectors................................................................................................................ 3-179
Table 3-181 SOFX-500 Technical Specifications............................................................................................ 3-179
Table 3-182 SOFX-500 SCh Optical Power Range.........................................................................................3-180
Table 3-183 SOFX-500 Wavelength Operating Range................................................................................... 3-180
Table 3-184 SOFX-500B/P Product Details.................................................................................................... 3-183
Table 3-185 SOFX-500B/P Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats..............................3-185
Table 3-186 SOFX-500B/P Supported Encoding Formats.............................................................................. 3-186

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

xx List of Tables
Table 3-187 SOFX-500B/P Status LED Indicators.......................................................................................... 3-189
Table 3-188 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOFX-500B/P..................................................................... 3-189
Table 3-189 SOFX-500B/P Connectors.......................................................................................................... 3-189
Table 3-190 SOFX-500B/P Technical Specifications...................................................................................... 3-189
Table 3-191 SOFX-500B/P SCh Optical Power Range...................................................................................3-190
Table 3-192 SOFX-500B/P Wavelength Operating Range............................................................................. 3-190
Table 3-193 AOFM-100 Product Details..........................................................................................................3-192
Table 3-194 AOFM-100 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats................................... 3-193
Table 3-195 AOFM-100 Supported Encoding Formats................................................................................... 3-194
Table 3-196 AOFM-100 Status LED Indicators............................................................................................... 3-196
Table 3-197 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOFM-100...........................................................................3-196
Table 3-198 AOFM-100 Connectors................................................................................................................3-196
Table 3-199 AOFM-100 Technical Specifications........................................................................................... 3-196
Table 3-200 AOFM-100 SCh Optical Power Range (per SCh Port)................................................................3-197
Table 3-201 AOFM-100 Wavelength Operating Range...................................................................................3-197
Table 3-202 AOFX-100 Product Details.......................................................................................................... 3-198
Table 3-203 AOFX-100 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats....................................3-200
Table 3-204 AOFX-100 Supported Encoding Formats....................................................................................3-200
Table 3-205 AOFX-100 Status LED Indicators................................................................................................3-202
Table 3-206 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOFX-100........................................................................... 3-202
Table 3-207 AOFX-100 Connectors................................................................................................................ 3-202
Table 3-208 AOFX-100 Technical Specifications............................................................................................ 3-202
Table 3-209 AOFX-100 SCh Optical Power Range (per SCh Port)................................................................ 3-203
Table 3-210 AOFX-100 Wavelength Operating Range................................................................................... 3-203
Table 3-211 AOFM-1200 Product Details........................................................................................................3-204
Table 3-212 AOFM-1200 Modulation Formats and Baud Rates..................................................................... 3-208
Table 3-213 AOFM-1200 Status LED Indicators............................................................................................. 3-211
Table 3-214 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOFM-1200.........................................................................3-211
Table 3-215 AOFM-1200 Connectors..............................................................................................................3-211
Table 3-216 AOFM-1200 Technical Specifications......................................................................................... 3-211
Table 3-217 AOFM-1200 SCh Optical Power Range...................................................................................... 3-212
Table 3-218 AOFX-1200 Product Details........................................................................................................ 3-213
Table 3-219 AOFX-1200 Modulation Formats and Baud Rates...................................................................... 3-217
Table 3-220 AOFX-1200 Status LED Indicators..............................................................................................3-221
Table 3-221 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOFX-1200......................................................................... 3-221
Table 3-222 AOFX-1200 Connectors.............................................................................................................. 3-221
Table 3-223 AOFX-1200 Technical Specifications.......................................................................................... 3-221
Table 3-224 AOFX-1200 SCh Optical Power Range.......................................................................................3-222
Table 3-225 SOFM-1200 Product Details........................................................................................................3-223
Table 3-226 SOFM-1200 Modulation Formats and Baud Rates..................................................................... 3-225
Table 3-227 SOFM-1200 Status LED Indicators............................................................................................. 3-228
Table 3-228 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOFM-1200.........................................................................3-228
Table 3-229 SOFM-1200 Connectors..............................................................................................................3-228
Table 3-230 SOFM-1200 Technical Specifications......................................................................................... 3-228
Table 3-231 SOFM-1200 SCh Optical Power Range...................................................................................... 3-229
Table 3-232 SOFX-1200 Product Details........................................................................................................ 3-230
Table 3-233 SOFX-1200 Modulation Formats and Baud Rates...................................................................... 3-232
Table 3-234 SOFX-1200 Status LED Indicators..............................................................................................3-235
Table 3-235 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOFX-1200......................................................................... 3-235
Table 3-236 SOFX-1200 Connectors.............................................................................................................. 3-235

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

 xxi
Table 3-237 SOFX-1200 Technical Specifications.......................................................................................... 3-235
Table 3-238 SOFX-1200 SCh Optical Power Range.......................................................................................3-236
Table 4-1 TIM Product Details......................................................................................................................... 4-2
Table 4-2 TIM2 Product Details....................................................................................................................... 4-4
Table 4-3 TIM Product Details......................................................................................................................... 4-5
Table 4-4 TIM-1-100G Status LED Indicators................................................................................................. 4-8
Table 4-5 TOM Status Indicators.....................................................................................................................4-8
Table 4-6 TIM-1-100G Technical Specifications..............................................................................................4-8
Table 4-7 TIM-1-100G Tributary Interface Specifications................................................................................4-9
Table 4-8 TIM-1-100GE Status LED Indicators............................................................................................. 4-11
Table 4-9 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-11
Table 4-10 TIM-1-100GE Technical Specifications......................................................................................... 4-11
Table 4-11 TIM-1-100GE Tributary Interface Specifications........................................................................... 4-12
Table 4-12 TIM-1B-100GE Status LED Indicators...........................................................................................4-14
Table 4-13 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-14
Table 4-14 TIM-1B-100GE Technical Specifications.......................................................................................4-14
Table 4-15 TIM-1B-100GE Tributary Interface Specifications......................................................................... 4-15
Table 4-16 TIM-1-100GM Status LED Indicators............................................................................................ 4-17
Table 4-17 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-17
Table 4-18 TIM-1-100GM Technical Specifications.........................................................................................4-17
Table 4-19 TIM-1-100GM Tributary Interface Specifications...........................................................................4-18
Table 4-20 TIM-1-100GX Status LED Indicators............................................................................................. 4-20
Table 4-21 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-20
Table 4-22 TIM-1-100GX Technical Specifications......................................................................................... 4-20
Table 4-23 TIM-1-100GX Tributary Interface Specifications........................................................................... 4-21
Table 4-24 TIM-1-100GE-Q Status LED Indicators......................................................................................... 4-23
Table 4-25 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-23
Table 4-26 TIM-1-100GE-Q Technical Specifications..................................................................................... 4-23
Table 4-27 TIM-1-100GE-Q Tributary Interface Specifications....................................................................... 4-23
Table 4-28 TIM-1-40G Status LED Indicators................................................................................................. 4-25
Table 4-29 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-25
Table 4-30 TIM-1-40G Technical Specifications..............................................................................................4-26
Table 4-31 TIM-1-40G Tributary Interface Specifications................................................................................4-26
Table 4-32 TIM-1-40GE Status LED Indicators............................................................................................... 4-28
Table 4-33 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-28
Table 4-34 TIM-1-40GE Technical Specifications........................................................................................... 4-28
Table 4-35 TIM-1-40GE Tributary Interface Specifications............................................................................. 4-28
Table 4-36 TIM-1-40GM Status LED Indicators.............................................................................................. 4-31
Table 4-37 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-31
Table 4-38 TIM-1-40GM Technical Specifications...........................................................................................4-31
Table 4-39 TIM-1-40GM Tributary Interface Specifications.............................................................................4-32
Table 4-40 TIM-5-10GM Status LED Indicators.............................................................................................. 4-34
Table 4-41 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-34
Table 4-42 TIM-5-10GM Technical Specifications...........................................................................................4-35
Table 4-43 TIM-5-10GM Tributary Interface Specifications.............................................................................4-35
Table 4-44 TIM-5B-10GM Status LED Indicators............................................................................................ 4-38
Table 4-45 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-38
Table 4-46 TIM-5B-10GM Technical Specifications........................................................................................ 4-38
Table 4-47 TIM-5B-10GM Tributary Interface Specifications.......................................................................... 4-39
Table 4-48 TIM-5-10GX Status LED Indicators............................................................................................... 4-42

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

xxii List of Tables
Table 4-49 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-42
Table 4-50 TIM-5-10GX Technical Specifications........................................................................................... 4-42
Table 4-51 TIM-5-10GX Tributary Interface Specifications............................................................................. 4-43
Table 4-52 TIM-16-2.5GM Status LED Indicators........................................................................................... 4-46
Table 4-53 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-46
Table 4-54 TIM-16-2.5GM Technical Specifications........................................................................................4-46
Table 4-55 TIM-16-2.5GM Tributary Interface Specifications..........................................................................4-47
Table 4-56 TIM2-2-100GM Status LED Indicators.......................................................................................... 4-49
Table 4-57 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-49
Table 4-58 TIM2-2-100GM Technical Specifications.......................................................................................4-50
Table 4-59 TIM2-2-100GM Tributary Interface Specifications.........................................................................4-50
Table 4-60 TIM2-2-100GX Status LED Indicators........................................................................................... 4-52
Table 4-61 TOM Status Indicator.....................................................................................................................4-52
Table 4-62 TIM2-2-100GX Technical Specifications....................................................................................... 4-53
Table 4-63 TIM2-2-100GX Tributary Interface Specifications......................................................................... 4-53
Table 4-64 TIM2-18-10GM Status LED Indicators.......................................................................................... 4-55
Table 4-65 TOM Status Indicator.....................................................................................................................4-56
Table 4-66 TIM2-18-10GM Technical Specifications.......................................................................................4-56
Table 4-67 TIM2-2-100GM Tributary Interface Specifications.........................................................................4-56
Table 4-68 TIM2-18-10GX Status LED Indicators........................................................................................... 4-59
Table 4-69 TOM Status Indicator.....................................................................................................................4-59
Table 4-70 TIM2-18-10GX Technical Specifications....................................................................................... 4-59
Table 4-71 TIM2-18-10GX Tributary Interface Specifications......................................................................... 4-60
Table 4-72 LIM Product Details....................................................................................................................... 4-61
Table 4-73 LIM Product Details....................................................................................................................... 4-62
Table 4-74 LIM-1-100GE Status LED Indicators............................................................................................. 4-64
Table 4-75 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-64
Table 4-76 LIM-1-100GE Technical Specifications......................................................................................... 4-65
Table 4-77 LIM-1-100GE Tributary Interface Specifications............................................................................4-65
Table 4-78 LIM-1-100GM Status LED Indicators.............................................................................................4-67
Table 4-79 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-67
Table 4-80 LIM-1-100GM Technical Specifications.........................................................................................4-67
Table 4-81 LIM-1-100GM Tributary Interface Specifications........................................................................... 4-68
Table 4-82 LIM-1-100GX Status LED Indicators............................................................................................. 4-70
Table 4-83 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-70
Table 4-84 LIM-1-100GX Technical Specifications......................................................................................... 4-70
Table 4-85 LIM-1-100GX Tributary Interface Specifications............................................................................4-71
Table 4-86 XICM Product Details.................................................................................................................... 4-72
Table 4-87 XICM-T-5-10GM Status LED Indicators........................................................................................ 4-75
Table 4-88 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-75
Table 4-89 XICM-T-5-10GM Technical Specifications.................................................................................... 4-75
Table 4-90 XICM-T-5-10GM Tributary Interface Specifications.......................................................................4-76
Table 4-91 PXM Product Details..................................................................................................................... 4-77
Table 4-92 PXM Product Details..................................................................................................................... 4-78
Table 4-93 PXM-1-100GE Status LED Indicators........................................................................................... 4-80
Table 4-94 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-81
Table 4-95 PXM-1-100GE Technical Specifications........................................................................................4-81
Table 4-96 PXM-1-100GE Tributary Interface Specifications..........................................................................4-81
Table 4-97 PXM-16-10GE Status LED Indicators........................................................................................... 4-84
Table 4-98 TOM Status Indicators...................................................................................................................4-85

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

 xxiii
Table 4-99 PXM-16-10GE Technical Specifications........................................................................................4-85
Table 4-100 PXM-16-10GE Tributary Interface Specifications..........................................................................4-85
Table 4-101 TOM Product Details..................................................................................................................... 4-86
Table 4-102 TOM Product Details..................................................................................................................... 4-92
Table 4-103 TOM-100G-SR10 Product Features..............................................................................................4-93
Table 4-104 TOM-100G-SR10 Connectors....................................................................................................... 4-93
Table 4-105 TOM-100G-SR10 Technical Specifications...................................................................................4-94
Table 4-106 TOM-100G-SR10 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications............................................................4-94
Table 4-107 TOM-100G-SR10 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications........................................................4-94
Table 4-108 TOM-100G-SR10 Tributary Facilities............................................................................................ 4-95
Table 4-109 TOM-100G-S10X Product Features.............................................................................................. 4-95
Table 4-110 TOM-100G-S10X Connectors....................................................................................................... 4-95
Table 4-111 TOM-100G-S10X Technical Specifications................................................................................... 4-96
Table 4-112 TOM-100G-S10X Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications............................................................4-96
Table 4-113 TOM-100G-S10X Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications........................................................4-97
Table 4-114 TOM-100G-S10X Tributary Facilities............................................................................................ 4-97
Table 4-115 TOM-100G-LR4 Product Features................................................................................................ 4-97
Table 4-116 TOM-100G-LR4 Connectors......................................................................................................... 4-98
Table 4-117 TOM-100G-LR4 Technical Specifications..................................................................................... 4-98
Table 4-118 TOM-100G-LR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications.............................................................. 4-98
Table 4-119 TOM-100G-LR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications.......................................................... 4-99
Table 4-120 TOM-100G-LR4 Tributary Facilities...............................................................................................4-99
Table 4-121 TOM-100G-L10X Product Features.............................................................................................. 4-99
Table 4-122 TOM-100G-L10X Connectors......................................................................................................4-100
Table 4-123 TOM-100G-L10X Technical Specifications................................................................................. 4-100
Table 4-124 TOM-100G-L10X Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications.......................................................... 4-100
Table 4-125 TOM-100G-L10X Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications...................................................... 4-101
Table 4-126 TOM-100G-L10X Tributary Facilities...........................................................................................4-102
Table 4-127 TRX100267/TC Product Features............................................................................................... 4-102
Table 4-128 TRX100267/TC Connectors........................................................................................................ 4-102
Table 4-129 TRX100267/TC Technical Specifications.................................................................................... 4-103
Table 4-130 TRX100267/TC Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications.............................................................4-103
Table 4-131 TRX100267/TC Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications.........................................................4-103
Table 4-132 TRX100267/TC Tributary Facilities............................................................................................. 4-104
Table 4-133 TOM-100GMR-LR4 Product Features.........................................................................................4-104
Table 4-134 TOM-100GMR-LR4 Connectors..................................................................................................4-105
Table 4-135 TOM-100GMR-LR4 Technical Specifications..............................................................................4-105
Table 4-136 TOM-100GMR-LR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications...................................................... 4-105
Table 4-137 TOM-100GMR-LR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications.................................................. 4-106
Table 4-138 TOM-100GMR-LR4 Tributary Facilities....................................................................................... 4-106
Table 4-139 TOM-100GMR-L10X Product Features.......................................................................................4-106
Table 4-140 TOM-100GMR-L10X Connectors................................................................................................ 4-107
Table 4-141 TOM-100GMR-L10X Technical Specifications............................................................................4-107
Table 4-142 TOM-100GMR-L10X Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications.....................................................4-107
Table 4-143 TOM-100GMR-L10X Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications.................................................4-108
Table 4-144 TOM-100GMR-L10X Tributary Facilities..................................................................................... 4-108
Table 4-145 TOM-100GMR-ER4 Product Features........................................................................................ 4-109
Table 4-146 TOM-100GMR-ER4 Connectors................................................................................................. 4-109
Table 4-147 TOM-100GMR-ER4 Technical Specifications............................................................................. 4-109
Table 4-148 TOM-100GMR-ER4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications...................................................... 4-110

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

xxiv List of Tables
Table 4-149 TOM-100GMR-ER4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications.................................................. 4-110
Table 4-150 TOM-100GMR-ER4 Tributary Facilities.......................................................................................4-110
Table 4-151 TOM-100G-Q-SR4 Product Features..........................................................................................4-111
Table 4-152 TOM-100G-Q-SR4 Connectors................................................................................................... 4-111
Table 4-153 TOM-100G-Q-SR4 Technical Specifications...............................................................................4-111
Table 4-154 TOM-100G-Q-SR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications........................................................4-112
Table 4-155 TOM-100G-Q-SR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications....................................................4-112
Table 4-156 TOM-100G-Q-SR4 Tributary Facilities........................................................................................ 4-112
Table 4-157 TOM-100G-Q-LR4 Product Features.......................................................................................... 4-113
Table 4-158 TOM-100G-Q-LR4 Connectors................................................................................................... 4-113
Table 4-159 TOM-100G-Q-LR4 Technical Specifications............................................................................... 4-113
Table 4-160 TOM-100G-Q-LR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications........................................................ 4-114
Table 4-161 TOM-100G-Q-LR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications.................................................... 4-114
Table 4-162 TOM-100G-Q-LR4 Tributary Facilities.........................................................................................4-115
Table 4-163 TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 Product Features........................................................................................4-115
Table 4-164 TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 Connectors.................................................................................................4-115
Table 4-165 TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 Technical Specifications.............................................................................4-116
Table 4-166 TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications..................................................... 4-116
Table 4-167 TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications................................................. 4-116
Table 4-168 TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 Tributary Facilities...................................................................................... 4-117
Table 4-169 TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4 Product Features................................................................................... 4-117
Table 4-170 TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4 Connectors............................................................................................ 4-118
Table 4-171 TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4 Technical Specifications........................................................................ 4-118
Table 4-172 TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications................................................. 4-118
Table 4-173 TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications............................................. 4-119
Table 4-174 TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4 Tributary Facilities..................................................................................4-119
Table 4-175 TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 Product Features.................................................................................... 4-119
Table 4-176 TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 Connectors............................................................................................. 4-120
Table 4-177 TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 Technical Specifications......................................................................... 4-120
Table 4-178 TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications.................................................. 4-120
Table 4-179 TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications.............................................. 4-120
Table 4-180 TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 Tributary Facilities...................................................................................4-121
Table 4-181 TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4 Product Features.....................................................................................4-121
Table 4-182 TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4 Connectors..............................................................................................4-122
Table 4-183 TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4 Technical Specifications..........................................................................4-122
Table 4-184 TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications.................................................. 4-122
Table 4-185 TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications.............................................. 4-123
Table 4-186 TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4 Tributary Facilities................................................................................... 4-123
Table 4-187 TOM-40G-SR4 Product Features................................................................................................4-123
Table 4-188 TOM-40G-SR4 Connectors......................................................................................................... 4-124
Table 4-189 TOM-40G-SR4 Technical Specifications.....................................................................................4-124
Table 4-190 TOM-40G-SR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications..............................................................4-124
Table 4-191 TOM-40G-SR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications..........................................................4-125
Table 4-192 TOM-40G-SR4 Tributary Facilities.............................................................................................. 4-125
Table 4-193 TOM-40G-LR4 Product Features................................................................................................ 4-125
Table 4-194 TOM-40G-LR4 Connectors......................................................................................................... 4-126
Table 4-195 TOM-40G-LR4 Technical Specifications..................................................................................... 4-126
Table 4-196 TOM-40G-LR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications.............................................................. 4-126
Table 4-197 TOM-40G-LR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications.......................................................... 4-126
Table 4-198 TOM-40G-LR4 Tributary Facilities...............................................................................................4-127

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

 xxv
Table 4-199 TOM-40GMR-LR4 Product Features...........................................................................................4-127
Table 4-200 TOM-40GMR-LR4 Connectors....................................................................................................4-128
Table 4-201 TOM-40GMR-LR4 Technical Specifications................................................................................4-128
Table 4-202 TOM-40GMR-LR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications........................................................ 4-128
Table 4-203 TOM-40GMR-LR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications.................................................... 4-128
Table 4-204 TOM-40GMR-LR4 Tributary Facilities......................................................................................... 4-129
Table 4-205 TOM-40GMR-FR Product Features............................................................................................ 4-129
Table 4-206 TOM-40GMR-FR Connectors......................................................................................................4-130
Table 4-207 TOM-40GMR-FR Technical Specifications................................................................................. 4-130
Table 4-208 TOM-40GMR-FR Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications.......................................................... 4-130
Table 4-209 TOM-40GMR-FR Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications...................................................... 4-130
Table 4-210 TOM-40GMR-FR Tributary Facilities...........................................................................................4-131
Table 4-211 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 Product Features..................................................................................... 4-131
Table 4-212 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 Connectors.............................................................................................. 4-131
Table 4-213 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 Technical Specifications.......................................................................... 4-132
Table 4-214 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications................................................... 4-132
Table 4-215 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications............................................... 4-132
Table 4-216 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 Tributary Facilities....................................................................................4-132
Table 4-217 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 Product Features..................................................................................... 4-133
Table 4-218 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 Connectors.............................................................................................. 4-133
Table 4-219 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 Technical Specifications.......................................................................... 4-134
Table 4-220 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications................................................... 4-134
Table 4-221 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications............................................... 4-134
Table 4-222 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 Tributary Facilities....................................................................................4-135
Table 4-223 TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 Product Features.......................................................................................4-135
Table 4-224 TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 Connectors................................................................................................4-136
Table 4-225 TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 Technical Specifications............................................................................4-136
Table 4-226 TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications.................................................... 4-136
Table 4-227 TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications................................................ 4-137
Table 4-228 TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 Tributary Facilities..................................................................................... 4-137
Table 4-229 TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 Product Features......................................................................................4-137
Table 4-230 TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 Connectors...............................................................................................4-138
Table 4-231 TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 Technical Specifications...........................................................................4-138
Table 4-232 TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications................................................... 4-139
Table 4-233 TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications............................................... 4-139
Table 4-234 TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 Tributary Facilities.................................................................................... 4-139
Table 4-235 TOM-10G-SFPP-DT.................................................................................................................... 4-140
Table 4-236 TOM-10G-SFPP-DT Connectors.................................................................................................4-142
Table 4-237 TOM-10G-SFPP-DT Technical Specifications............................................................................ 4-142
Table 4-238 TOM-10G-SFPP-DT Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications..................................................... 4-143
Table 4-239 TOM-10G-SFPP-DT Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications................................................. 4-143
Table 4-240 TOM-10G-SFPP-DT Tributary Facilities......................................................................................4-143
Table 4-241 TOM-10GE-LRL Product Features..............................................................................................4-144
Table 4-242 TOM-10GE-LRL Connectors....................................................................................................... 4-144
Table 4-243 TOM-10GE-LRL Technical Specifications...................................................................................4-144
Table 4-244 TOM-10GE-LRL Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications............................................................4-145
Table 4-245 TOM-10GE-LRL Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications........................................................4-145
Table 4-246 TOM-10GE-LRL Tributary Facilities............................................................................................ 4-145
Table 4-247 TOM-8G-SM-LC-L Product Features.......................................................................................... 4-145
Table 4-248 TOM-8G-SM-LC-L Connectors....................................................................................................4-146

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

xxvi List of Tables
Table 4-249 TOM-8G-SM-LC-L Technical Specifications............................................................................... 4-146
Table 4-250 TOM-8G-SM-LC-L Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications........................................................ 4-147
Table 4-251 TOM-8G-SM-LC-L Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications.................................................... 4-147
Table 4-252 TOM-8G-SM-LC-L Tributary Facilities.........................................................................................4-147
Table 4-253 TOM-2.5G-SR1 Product Features...............................................................................................4-148
Table 4-254 TOM-2.5G-SR1 Connectors........................................................................................................ 4-148
Table 4-255 TOM-2.5G-SR1 Technical Specifications....................................................................................4-148
Table 4-256 TOM-2.5G-SR1 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications.............................................................4-149
Table 4-257 TOM-2.5G-SR1 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications.........................................................4-149
Table 4-258 TOM-2.5G-SR1 Tributary Facilities............................................................................................. 4-149
Table 4-259 TOM-2.5G-IR2 Product Features................................................................................................ 4-150
Table 4-260 TOM-2.5G-IR2 Connectors......................................................................................................... 4-150
Table 4-261 TOM-2.5G-IR2 Technical Specifications..................................................................................... 4-150
Table 4-262 TOM-2.5G-IR2 Tributary port IN Optical Specifications.............................................................. 4-151
Table 4-263 TOM-2.5G-IR2 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications.......................................................... 4-151
Table 4-264 TOM-2.5G-IR2 Tributary Facilities...............................................................................................4-152
Table 4-265 TOM-2.5G-LR2 Product Features............................................................................................... 4-153
Table 4-266 TOM-2.5G-LR2 Connectors........................................................................................................ 4-153
Table 4-267 TOM-2.5G-LR2 Technical Specifications.................................................................................... 4-153
Table 4-268 TOM-2.5G-LR2 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications............................................................. 4-154
Table 4-269 TOM-2.5G-LR2 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications......................................................... 4-154
Table 4-270 TOM-2.5G-LR2 Tributary Facilities..............................................................................................4-155
Table 4-271 TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 Product Features......................................................................................... 4-156
Table 4-272 TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 Connectors.................................................................................................. 4-157
Table 4-273 TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 Technical Specifications.............................................................................. 4-157
Table 4-274 TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications....................................................... 4-157
Table 4-275 TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications................................................... 4-158
Table 4-276 TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 Tributary Facilities........................................................................................4-158
Table 4-277 TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 Product Features...........................................................................................4-159
Table 4-278 TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 Connectors....................................................................................................4-160
Table 4-279 TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 Technical Specifications................................................................................4-160
Table 4-280 TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications........................................................ 4-160
Table 4-281 TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications.................................................... 4-161
Table 4-282 TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 Tributary Facilities......................................................................................... 4-161
Table 4-283 TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 Product Features............................................................................................4-163
Table 4-284 TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 Connectors.....................................................................................................4-164
Table 4-285 TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 Technical Specifications.................................................................................4-165
Table 4-286 TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications......................................................... 4-165
Table 4-287 TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications..................................................... 4-165
Table 4-288 TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 Tributary Facilities.......................................................................................... 4-165
Table 4-289 TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 Product Features............................................................................................4-167
Table 4-290 TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 Connectors.....................................................................................................4-168
Table 4-291 TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 Technical Specifications.................................................................................4-168
Table 4-292 TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications......................................................... 4-168
Table 4-293 TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications..................................................... 4-168
Table 4-294 TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 Tributary Facilities.......................................................................................... 4-169
Table 4-295 TOM-1G-ZX Product Features.................................................................................................... 4-169
Table 4-296 TOM-1G-ZX Connectors............................................................................................................. 4-170
Table 4-297 TOM-1G-ZX Technical Specifications......................................................................................... 4-170
Table 4-298 TOM-1G-ZX Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications.................................................................. 4-170

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

 xxvii
Table 4-299 TOM-1G-ZX Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications.............................................................. 4-171
Table 4-300 TOM-1G-ZX Tributary Facilities...................................................................................................4-171
Table 4-301 24-Fiber MPO Connector Pin Assignments.................................................................................4-171
Table 4-302 12-Fiber MPO Connector Pin Assignments.................................................................................4-172

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

xxviii List of Tables

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

 About this Document

This chapter provides an overview of the Infinera XTC Hardware Description Guide.

Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to the XTC will refer to the XTC-10, XTC-4,
XTC-2, and/or XTC-2E interchangeably.

Objective
This guide provides an introduction and reference to the Infinera XTC, its deployable configurations, and
its hardware architecture. This guide also provides the details of the functional description, functional
block diagrams, faceplate diagrams with status indicators and connectors, and the technical specification
of all the components.

Audience
The primary audience for this guide includes network planners, network operations personnel, field
technicians, and system administrators who are responsible for deploying and administering Infinera
Intelligent Transport Network™ network elements. This guide assumes that the reader is familiar with the
following topics and products:
■ Basic Internet and networking terminology and concepts
■ Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing (DWDM) technology and concepts

Document Organization
The following table lists and describes the chapters and appendices within this guide.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

ii Documents for Release 18.2

Chapter Description
CHAPTER 1: Provides details of the XTC-10/XTC-4 hardware and the functional
XTC-10/XTC-4 description of the various circuit packs supported. It covers the various
audible and visual alarms on the faceplates that indicate the status of the
circuit packs.
CHAPTER 2: Provides details of the XTC-2/XTC-2E hardware and the functional
XTC-2/XTC-2E description of the various circuit packs supported. It covers the various
audible and visual alarms on the faceplates that indicate the status of the
circuit packs.
CHAPTER 3: Provides details of the XTC line modules.
XTC Line Modules
CHAPTER 4: Provides details of the XTC tributary interface, line interface, DTN-X
XTC Tributary Modules interconnect, packet switching, and tributary optical modules.

Documents for Release 18.2

The following documents are available for the Intelligent Transport Network™ systems:

Document Name Document ID Description

DTN and DTN-X Site Preparation and Hardware Installation Guide Portfolio
XTC Site Preparation and 1900-002033 Describes the procedures for initial installation of the XTC at any
Hardware Installation Guide given site. Includes procedures for site preparation and site
testing, system cabling, safety procedures and hand-over to
provisioning activities.
XT Site Preparation and 1900-002034 Describes the procedures for initial installation of the XT chassis
Hardware Installation Guide at any given site. Includes procedures for site preparation and
site testing, system cabling, safety procedures and hand-over to
provisioning activities.
Line Systems Site Preparation 1900-002035 Describes the procedures for initial installation of the Line
and Hardware Installation Systems at any given site. Includes procedures for site
Guide preparation and site testing, system cabling, safety procedures
and hand-over to provisioning activities.
DTC/MTC Site Preparation 1900-002036 Describes the procedures for initial installation of the DTC/MTC
and Hardware Installation at any given site. Includes procedures for site preparation and
Guide site testing, system cabling, safety procedures and hand-over to
provisioning activities.
Passive Equipment Site 1900-002037 Describes the procedures for initial installation of the Passive
Preparation and Hardware Equipment at any given site. Includes procedures for site
Installation Guide preparation and site testing, system cabling, safety procedures
and hand-over to provisioning activities.
DTN and DTN-X Hardware Description Guide Portfolio

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

About this Document iii

Document Name Document ID Description

XT Hardware Description 1900-002038 Provides the hardware description of the XT chassis which
Guide includes the description of chassis, common modules and circuit
packs. It provides hardware block diagrams, functional
descriptions, mechanical and electrical specifications for each
module.
XTC Hardware Description 1900-002039 Provides the hardware description of the XTC which includes the
Guide description of chassis, common modules and circuit packs. It
provides hardware block diagrams, functional descriptions,
mechanical and electrical specifications for each module.
Line Systems Hardware 1900-002040 Provides the hardware description of the Line Systems which
Description Guide includes the description of chassis, common modules and circuit
packs. It provides hardware block diagrams, functional
descriptions, mechanical and electrical specifications for each
module.
DTC/MTC Hardware 1900-002041 Provides the hardware description of the DTC/MTC which
Description Guide includes the description of chassis, common modules and circuit
packs. It provides hardware block diagrams, functional
descriptions, mechanical and electrical specifications for each
module.
Passive Equipment Hardware 1900-002042 Provides the hardware description of the Passive Equipment
Description Guide which includes the description of chassis, common modules and
circuit packs. It provides hardware block diagrams, functional
descriptions, mechanical and electrical specifications for each
module.
DTN and DTN-X Task Oriented Procedures Guide Portfolio
XTC Task Oriented 1900-002043 Provides the routine task oriented procedures used in support of
Procedures Guide the XTC.
XT Task Oriented Procedures 1900-002044 Provides the routine task oriented procedures used in support of
Guide the XT chassis.
Line Systems Task Oriented 1900-002045 Provides the routine task oriented procedures used in support of
Procedures Guide the Line Systems.
DTC/MTC Task Oriented 1900-002046 Provides the routine task oriented procedures used in support of
Procedures Guide the DTC/MTC.
DTN and DTN-X Turn-up and Test Guide Portfolio
DTN-X Turn-up and Test 1900-002047 Describes procedures for turning up, commissioning and testing
Guide the installed DTN-X network element. Includes the description of
circuit activation and end-end system testing procedures.
DTN Turn-up and Test Guide 1900-002048 Describes procedures for turning up, commissioning and testing
the installed DTN network element. Includes the description of
circuit activation and end-end system testing procedures.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

iv Documents for Release 18.2

Document Name Document ID Description

FlexILS ROADM Turn-up and 1900-002049 Describes procedures for turning up, commissioning and testing
Test Guide the installed FlexILS and FlexROADM network elements.
Includes the description of circuit activation and end-end system
testing procedures.
Optical Amplifier Turn-up and 1900-002050 Describes procedures for turning up, commissioning and testing
Test Guide the installed OTC-based Optical Amplifier network elements.
Includes the description of circuit activation and end-end system
testing procedures.
XT Turn-up and Test Guide 1900-002051 Describes procedures for turning up, commissioning and testing
the installed XT network element. Includes the description of
circuit activation and end-end system testing procedures.
Optical Line Amplifier Turn-up 1900-002052 Describes procedures for turning up, commissioning and testing
and Test Guide the installed MTC-9/MTC-6 based Optical Line Amplifier network
elements. Includes the description of circuit activation and end-
end system testing procedures.
DTN and DTN-X Reference Guides Portfolio
SNMP Agent Reference Guide 1900-002053 Describes the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
Agent for network elements. It provides detailed instructions to
configure and operate the SNMP Agent from the network
element.
DTN and DTN-X System 1900-002054 Provides an overview of the Intelligent Transport Network and its
Description Guide principal elements, including the network elements. Includes a
description of the IQ Network Operating System and an overview
of the management interfaces for products.
NETCONF Agent Reference 1900-002055 Describes the Network Configuration (NETCONF) Agent.
Guide
DTN and DTN-X Alarm and 1900-002056 Describes the alarms raised by the network elements and the
Trouble Clearing Guide corrective procedures to perform to clear the alarms. It also
describes about Event Log.
RESTCONF Agent Reference 1900-002057 Describes the REpresentational State Transfer Configuration
Guide Protocol (RESTCONF) Agent.
DTN and DTN-X User Guides Portfolio
GNM Overview Guide 1900-002058 Describes the Graphical Node Manager user interface. It also
describes the new features, the hardware and software
requirements required to launch the GNM. It also provides
procedures to install and upgrade the software and database on
the network elements.
GNM Fault Management and 1900-002059 Describes the Fault Management inventories and Alarm
Diagnostics Guide Manager. It also provides the procedures to perform diagnostic
tests on network elements.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

About this Document v

Document Name Document ID Description

GNM Configuration 1900-002060 Describes the procedures to use the GNM to configure the
Management Guide network elements and the network topology. It also provides a
description on the Equipment Manager and Facility Manager.
GNM Performance 1900-002061 Describes the procedures to use GNM to view performance
Management Guide monitoring (PM) data and modify PM thresholds for network
elements. It also provides the PM parameters details reported by
the network elements.
GNM Security Management 1900-002062 Describes the procedures to perform security and access
Guide management tasks such as creating, deleting and managing user
accounts on the network elements.
GNM Service Provisioning 1900-002063 Describes the procedures to provision cross-connects,
Guide subnetwork connections (SNCs) and protected services on
network elements. It includes a description of the various
inventory managers displayed in the GNM.
CLI User Guide 1900-002064 Describes Command Line Interface (CLI) for the MTC-6/MTC-9
based FlexROADM and Optical Line Amplifier network elements.
It includes the description of the supported CLI commands and
the procedures for the commonly performed OAM&P functions.
DTN and DTN-X TL1 User 1900-002065 Describes the TL1 interface supported by the DTN-X, ILS, DTN,
Guide XT and Optical Line Amplifier network elements. It includes the
description of the supported TL1 commands and the procedures
for the commonly performed OAM&P functions.
Acronyms
Acronyms 1900-001930 Lists the acronyms used in documentation.

Conventions
The table below lists the conventions used in this guide.

Convention Item Example

bold default font Menu command paths Select Fault Management-> Alarm
Manager
Button names Click Apply
User interface labels Click Summary panel
Window/dialog box titles In the Dial-Up Networking window

courier font User-entered text In the Label enter EastBMM

Command output Database restore from local or remote
machine?

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

vi Technical Assistance

Convention Item Example

Directory path /DNA/EMS

Note: If the directory path or

command is spanning across two
lines, copy the directory path or
command to notepad and execute
in editor.

default font, italic Document titles Refer to the CLI User Guide
Default font Icon names Click Node icon
Window names not in the user interface In the DNA Main View
Helpful suggestions
Note: Note: The window is refreshed only
after making all the changes.

Technical Assistance
Customer Support for Infinera products is available, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week (24x7). For
information or assistance with Infinera products, please contact the Infinera Technical Assistance Center
(TAC) using any of the methods listed below:
■ Email: [email protected]
■ Telephone:
□ Direct within United States: 1-408-572-5288
□ Outside North America: +1-408-572-5288
□ Toll-free within United States: +1-877-INF-5288 (+1-877-463-5288)
□ Toll-free within Germany/France/Benelux/United Kingdom: 00-800-4634-6372
□ Toll-free within Japan: 010-800-4634-6372
■ Infinera corporate website: http://www.infinera.com
■ Infinera Customer Web Portal: https://support.infinera.com

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

About this Document vii

Please see the Infinera Customer Web Portal to view technical support policies and procedures, to
download software updates and product documentation, or to create/update incident reports and
RMA requests.

Documentation Feedback
Infinera strives to constantly improve the quality of its products and documentation. Please submit
comments or suggestions regarding Infinera Technical Product Documentation using any of the following
methods:
■ Submit a service request using the Infinera Customer Web Portal
■ Send email to: [email protected]
■ Send mail to the following address:
Attention: Infinera Technical Documentation and Technical Training
Infinera Corporation
140 Caspian Court
Sunnyvale, CA 94089
When submitting comments, please include the following information:
■ Document name and document ID written on the document cover page
■ Document release number and version written on the document cover page
■ Page number(s) in the document on which there are comments

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

viii Documentation Feedback

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

 CHAPTER 1

XTC-10/XTC-4

The Switching Transport Chassis (XTC-10/XTC-4) are chassis types that are used to create a DTN-X
network element, referred to as the DTN-X. The DTN-X is a network element deployed in an Intelligent
Transport Network. The DTN-X provides digital bandwidth management and client access to the Dense
Wavelength Division Multiplexing (DWDM) transport bandwidth.
The DTN-X consists of one or more XTC-10/XTC-4/XTC-2/XTC-2E, MTC-9/MTC-6, Digital Transport
Chassis (DTC), MTC, and/or Optical Transport Chassis (OTC). For more details on the XTC-2/XTC-2E,
see XTC-2/XTC-2E on page 2-1. For more details on the DTC/MTC, refer to the DTC/MTC Hardware
Description Guide and for more details on the MTC-9/MTC-6/OTC, refer to the Line Systems Hardware
Description Guide.

Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to the XTC will refer to the XTC-10, XTC-4,
XTC-2, and/or XTC-2E interchangeably.

Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to "FlexILS chassis" will refer to the XTC-2E,
MTC-9, and/or MTC-6 interchangeably.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-2 XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption and Configuration Rules

XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption and Configuration Rules

Power consumption numbers for the XTC-10 and XTC-4 are presented as two values:
■ Typical Power Draw—characterizes average power usage under normal operating system
conditions and can be used for estimating average power consumption over time (ongoing
operational cost for power consumption)
■ Maximum Power Draw—is worst-case power draw under severe equipment, environmental, and
network conditions

Note: The power consumption numbers provided in the table below should not be used for
planning or determining the number of required power feeds for the XTC-10/XTC-4. Additional
factors such as power efficiency and failure scenarios need to be considered for proper
calculations to determine the required number of PEMs and power feeds. Contact your account
team or the deployment team for assistance.

Table 1-1 XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption Numbers

Configuration Typical Power Maximum Maximum
Draw at 25º C Power Draw at Power Draw at
(Watts) 40º C (Watts) 50º C (Watts)
Base XTC-10 (2 XCMs, 2 TSMs, 10 OXMs, and 4 fan trays) 1,580 2,513 5,078
Base XTC-10 (2 XCMs, 2 TSMs, 10 OXM2s, and 4 high 2,588 3,052 3,839
efficiency fan trays)
Base XTC-4 (2 XCMs, 1 TSM, 5 OXMs, and 2 fan trays) 918 1,358 2,624
XCM 110 116 120
TSM-X10 or TSM-X4 12 15 15
OXM-X10 or OXM-X4 60 63 65
OXM2-X10 97 99 104
AOLM-500, AOLM-500B, AOLX-500, AOLX-500B, 390 440 470
SOLM-500, or SOLX-500
AOLM2-500, AOLM2-500B, AOLX2-500, AOLX2-500B/P, 566 605 650
SOLM2-500, SOLM2-500B, SOLX2-500, SOLX2-500B/P
AOFM-500, AOFM-500B, AOFX-500, AOFX-500B/P, 566 605 650
SOFM-500, SOFM-500B, SOFX-500, SOFX-500B/P
AOFM-100 or AOFX-100 85.5 87.5 105
AOFM-1200 or AOFX-1200 1057 1075 1135
SOFM-1200 or SOFX-1200 1192 1210 1261
OTM-500 1 120 1 126 1 130 1

OTM2-500 1 120 1 126 1 130 1

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-3

Table 1-1 XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption Numbers (continued)

Configuration Typical Power Maximum Maximum
Draw at 25º C Power Draw at Power Draw at
(Watts) 40º C (Watts) 50º C (Watts)
OTM-1200 1 376 1 379 1 382 1

TIM-1-100G 76 83 86
TIM-1-100GE or TIM-1B-100GE 91 101 114
TIM-1-100GM or TIM-1-100GX 95 105 108
TIM-1-100GE-Q 70 75 80
TIM-1-40G 39 41 45
TIM-1-40GE 35 36 39
TIM-1-40GM 58 61 65
TIM-5-10GM, TIM-5B-10GM, TIM-5-10GX, or 45 46 48
XICM-T-5-10GM
TIM-16-2.5GM 74 80 84
TIM2-2-100GM with LR4 TOM type 14 15 15
TIM2-2-100GX with LR4 TOM type 14 15 15
TIM2-18-10GM with SR1 TOM type 70 72 73
TIM2-18-10GX with SR1 TOM type 70 72 73
LIM-1-100GE 102 111 122
LIM-1-100GM or LIM-1-100GX 106 115 116
PXM-1-100GE 158 157 166
PXM-16-10GE 137 141 142

Note: The power draw numbers listed for the TIM/LIM/XICM/PXMs in the table above include power
allocation for TOM(s).

Note: The AOFx-1200/SOFx-1200, OTM-1200, and/or TIM2 are supported on the XTC-10 only.

1 The power draw numbers listed for the OTM-500/OTM2-500/OTM-1200 may not reflect what the management
interfaces report since those values report a "power budget" that accounts for: 1) reset power for the universal
slot and 2) reset power for the 10 sub-slots. For example, the power budget for an OTM-500/OTM2-500 at 55º
C = 130W - (reset power for a universal slot = 10W) + (reset power for the 10 sub-slots = 50W) = 170W.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-4 XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption and Configuration Rules

Maximum Power Draw

Note: For XTC-10 configurations only: when the XTC-10 is configured to use a third-party
AC-based power supply (refer to XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Product Details on page 1-46 for
more details), the chassis must be set to Unmanaged 3rd Party power supply mode. In this
configuration, the XTC-10/XTC-4 Chassis Power Control feature is disabled for the XTC-10, the
system does not monitor the XTC-10 for power redundancy, nor does the system monitor for PEM
faults. For additional information regarding the Unmanaged Third-party Power Supply feature, refer to
the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide.

The XTC-10/XTC-4 typically requires two or more 60A feeds, depending on the customer configuration,
not including redundant power connections.
The user can configure the system software to calculate per-chassis worst-case power draw based on
shelf configuration, and escalate a standing condition for an XTC-10/XTC-4 when this configuration is
exceeded. The power draw limit is compared against the total estimated power draw for all of the
equipment provisioned (and pre-provisioned) in the chassis.
The chassis raises an alarm if the sum of the power values for the provisioned/pre-provisioned equipment
in the chassis exceeds the user configured maximum power draw value. This raised alarm does not
indicate actual power draw, but indicates that the system is configured in such a way that should all
environmental, network and system conditions be worst-case—that this is the potential total maximum
power draw of the system under those conditions.

Note: The active XCM controls the power up for most of the installed modules (i.e. line modules,
TIM/LIM/XICM/PXMs, etc.). If not enough power feeds are connected, the system software will not
power up the modules and notify the user via the management interfaces. Refer to XTC-10/XTC-4
Chassis Power Control on page 1-112 for more details.

Inrush Current
Inrush current refers to the maximum, instantaneous current drawn by the XTC-10/XTC-4 at initial system
power up (or by a module inserted into an XTC-10/XTC-4 already powered up). The inrush current for the
XTC-10/XTC-4 will not exceed the worst-case power consumption current for the particular shelf
configuration (or module) within the appropriate ambient selected (normal or short-term operation). For
example:
■ For environments under 25º C (normal operation), the inrush current will not exceed that for the
25º C worst-case power consumption
■ For environments under 40º C (normal operation), the inrush current will not exceed that for the
40º C worst-case power consumption
■ For environments under 55º C (short-term operation), the inrush current will not exceed that for the
55º C worst-case power consumption

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-5

Input Voltage Operating Range and Thresholds

The XTC-10/XTC-4 DC input voltage operating range and thresholds are shown in Figure 1-1: Input
Voltage Operating Range and Thresholds on page 1-5. The thresholds comply with the ATT-TP-76200
standard.
The thresholds shown in Figure 1-1: Input Voltage Operating Range and Thresholds on page 1-5 do
not apply to fan trays which operate over a wider voltage range.

Figure 1-1 Input Voltage Operating Range and Thresholds

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-6 XTC-10/XTC-4 Compliancy

XTC-10/XTC-4 Compliancy
Table 1-2 XTC-10/XTC-4 Hardware Compliancy
Category Approval Agency / Requirement
Safety Certifications ■ IEC/EN/UL 60950-1: Safety of Information Technology Equipment
■ CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1: Safety of Information Technology
Equipment
■ AS/NZS 60950-1: Approval & Test specification - Safety of Information
Technology Equipment
■ UL Class II: Fire Safety (air filters)
NEBS/ETSI Compliancy ■ NEBS Level 3
□ GR-63-CORE: Network Equipment Building Systems - Physical
Protection
□ GR-1089-CORE: Electromagnetic Compatibility and Electrical
Safety - Generic requirement for Network Telecommunications
Equipment
■ ETS 300 386
■ ETS 300 019-2-1, 2, 3, and 4 A1 (earthquake test methods)
■ ETSI EN 300 019 (environmental compliance)
EMC Emissions ■ CISPR 32/EN 55032 Class A, FCC-A, VCCI-A
EMC Immunity ■ CISPR 35/EN 55035
Laser Safety ■ IEC/EN 60825 Series: Safety of Laser Products
■ IEC/EN 60825-1: 2014
■ IEC/EN 60825-2: 2007
■ FDA 21 CFR 1040: Performance Standard of Light Emitting Products

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-7

Table 1-2 XTC-10/XTC-4 Hardware Compliancy (continued)

Category Approval Agency / Requirement
General Compliancy ■ ETSI ETS 300 119-2
■ ETSI ETS 300 119-4
■ GR-78-CORE
■ GR-253-CORE
■ GR-1209-CORE
■ GR-1221-CORE
■ ATIS 00600315 (previously ANSI T1.315)
■ ATIS T1.304 (previously ANSI T1.304)
■ ATT-TP-76200
RoHS Declaration ■ https://www.infinera.com/wp-content/uploads/Infinera-Taiwan-RoHS-
Declaration.pdf

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-8 XTC-10/XTC-4 Technical Specifications

XTC-10/XTC-4 Technical Specifications

Table 1-3 XTC-10/XTC-4 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Electrical specifications Power consumption XTC-10:
■ Typical (at 25º C): 7,302W
■ Maximum (at 40º C): 12,697W
■ Maximum (at 50º C): 13,465W
XTC-4:
■ Typical (at 25º C): 3,207W
■ Maximum (at 40º C): 3,804W
■ Maximum (at 55º C): 5,202W
Refer to Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 for module
level power consumption numbers
Input voltage range (DC) -40V DC to -72V DC
IEC/EN/UL/CSA 60950-1
See Figure 1-1: Input Voltage Operating Range
and Thresholds on page 1-5 for detailed
information regarding the input voltage operating
range and thresholds
Input voltage range (AC) 185V AC to 264V AC (200V AC to 240V AC
(supported on XTC-10 only) nominal)
IEC/EN/UL/CSA 60950-1
Environmental specifications Operating temperature range Normal operation (including system power up):
5º C to 40º C
Short-term operation:
■ -5º C to 50º C (XTC-10)
■ -5º C to 55º C (XTC-4)
Storage temperature range -40º C to 70º C
High relative humidity 90% non-condensing

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-9

XTC-10 Overview
Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to the "line module" will refer to the
AOLM-500, AOLM-500B, AOLX-500, AOLX-500B, SOLM-500, SOLX-500, AOLM2-500,
AOLM2-500B, AOLX2-500, AOLX2-500B/P, SOLM2-500, SOLM2-500B, SOLX2-500,
SOLX2-500B/P, AOFM-500, AOFM-500B, AOFX-500, AOFX-500B/P, SOFM-500, SOFM-500B,
SOFX-500, SOFX-500B/P, AOFM-100, AOFX-100, AOFM-1200, AOFX-1200, SOFM-1200, and/or
SOFX-1200 interchangeably.

Note: The DTN-X (XTC-10 and XTC-4) is designed to operate in open frame racks or Infinera
supplied cabinets. Contact your account team or the deployment team if a third-party cabinet is
considered for installation as the cabinet specifications will need to be reviewed.

The XTC-10 is a single bay chassis option providing ten universal card slots to house line modules
and/or OTM-500/OTM2-500/OTM-1200s. In addition, the XTC-10 is a nominal ETSI (600mm) width
chassis type with an available 23-inch mounting option.

Table 1-4 XTC-10 Power Supply Components

Name Description
DC-based Power Supply
XTC-10 Power Entry Module (PEM) Shelf See XTC-10 Power Entry Module
(PEM) Shelf on page 1-28
Power Entry Module (PEM) See Power Entry Module (PEM)
on page 1-30
AC-based Power Supply
XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf See XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf on
page 1-47
XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Controller See XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf
Controller on page 1-50
XTC-10 Rectifier See XTC-10 Rectifier on page 1-
51
XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Switch Box See XTC-10 Rectifier Switch Box
on page 1-55

Table 1-5 XTC-10 Common Components

Name Description
Input/Output Timing and Alarm Panel (IOTAP) See Input/Output Timing and
Alarm Panel (IOTAP) on page 1-
34
Fan Tray See Fan Tray on page 1-40

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-10 XTC-10 Overview

Table 1-5 XTC-10 Common Components (continued)

Name Description
Air Filter See Air Filter on page 1-41
Card Cage See Card Cage on page 1-42

Table 1-6 XTC-10 Supported Circuit Packs

Name Description
DTN-X Control Module (XCM) See DTN-X Control Module
(XCM) on page 1-111
Timing Synchronization Module (TSM-X10) See Timing Synchronization
Module (TSM-X10) on page
1-118
OTN Switch Module (OXM-X10) See OTN Switch Module
(OXM-X10) on page 1-125
OTN Switch Module (OXM2-X10) See OTN Switch Module
(OXM2-X10) on page 1-129
OTN Tributary Module 500G (OTM-500) See OTN Tributary Module
500G (OTM-500) on page 1-
137
OTN Tributary Module 500G (OTM2-500) See OTN Tributary Module
500G (OTM2-500) on page
1-142
OTN Tributary Module 1200G (OTM-1200) See OTN Tributary Module
1200G (OTM-1200) on page
1-147
Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500) See Advanced OTN Line
Module 500G (AOLM-500)
on page 3-2
Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500B) See Advanced OTN Line
Module 500G (AOLM-500B)
on page 3-10
Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX-500) See Advanced OTN
Switching Line Module 500G
(AOLX-500) on page 3-19
Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX-500B) See Advanced OTN
Switching Line Module 500G
(AOLX-500B) on page 3-27
Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM-500) See Submarine OTN Line
Module 500G (SOLM-500)
on page 3-35

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-11

Table 1-6 XTC-10 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX-500) See Submarine OTN
Switching Line Module 500G
(SOLX-500) on page 3-43
Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500) See Advanced OTN Line
Module 500G (AOLM2-500)
on page 3-51
Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500B) See Advanced OTN Line
Module 500G (AOLM2-500B)
on page 3-60
Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX2-500) See Advanced OTN
Switching Line Module 500G
(AOLX2-500) on page 3-69
Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX2-500B/P) See Advanced OTN
Switching Line Module 500G
(AOLX2-500B/P) on page 3-
77
Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500) See Submarine OTN Line
Module 500G (SOLM2-500)
on page 3-86
Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500B) See Submarine OTN Line
Module 500G (SOLM2-500B)
on page 3-94
Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX2-500) See Submarine OTN
Switching Line Module 500G
(SOLX2-500) on page 3-103
Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX2-500B/P) See Submarine OTN
Switching Line Module 500G
(SOLX2-500B/P) on page 3-
111
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Line Module
500G (AOFM-500) on page
3-120
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500B) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Line Module
500G (AOFM-500B) on page
3-128
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (AOFX-500) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Switching Line
Module 500G (AOFX-500) on
page 3-137

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-12 XTC-10 Overview

Table 1-6 XTC-10 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (AOFX-500B/P) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Switching Line
Module 500G
(AOFX-500B/P) on page 3-
145
Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500) See Submarine OTN
FlexChannel Line Module
500G (SOFM-500) on page
3-154
Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500B) See Submarine OTN
FlexChannel Line Module
500G (SOFM-500B) on page
3-163
Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (SOFX-500) See Submarine OTN
FlexChannel Switching Line
Module 500G (SOFX-500) on
page 3-173
Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (SOFX-500B/P) See Submarine OTN
FlexChannel Switching Line
Module 500G
(SOFX-500B/P) on page 3-
182
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 100G (AOFM-100) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Line Module
100G (AOFM-100) on page
3-192
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Switching Module 100G (AOFX-100) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Line Switching
Module 100G (AOFX-100) on
page 3-198
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 1200G (AOFM-1200) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Line Module
1200G (AOFM-1200) on
page 3-204
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G (AOFX-1200) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Switching Line
Module 1200G (AOFX-1200)
on page 3-213
Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 1200G (SOFM-1200) See Submarine OTN
FlexChannel Line Module
1200G (SOFM-1200) on
page 3-223

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-13

Table 1-6 XTC-10 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G (SOFX-1200) See Submarine OTN
FlexChannel Switching Line
Module 1200G (SOFX-1200)
on page 3-230
Tributary Interface Module 100G (TIM-1-100G) See Tributary Interface
Module 100G (TIM-1-100G)
on page 4-6
Tributary Interface Module 100GE (TIM-1-100GE) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GE
(TIM-1-100GE) on page 4-
9
Tributary Interface Module 100GE (TIM-1B-100GE) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GE
(TIM-1B-100GE) on page 4-
12
Tributary Interface Module 100GM (TIM-1-100GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GM
(TIM-1-100GM) on page 4-
15
Tributary Interface Module 100GX (TIM-1-100GX) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GX
(TIM-1-100GX) on page 4-
18
Tributary Interface Module 100GE (TIM-1-100GE-Q) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GE
(TIM-1-100GE-Q) on page 4-
21
Tributary Interface Module 40G (TIM-1-40G) See Tributary Interface
Module 40G (TIM-1-40G) on
page 4-24
Tributary Interface Module 40GE (TIM-1-40GE) See Tributary Interface
Module 40GE (TIM-1-40GE)
on page 4-26
Tributary Interface Module 40GM (TIM-1-40GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 40GM (TIM-1-40GM)
on page 4-29
Tributary Interface Module 10GM (TIM-5-10GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 10GM (TIM-5-10GM)
on page 4-32

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-14 XTC-10 Overview

Table 1-6 XTC-10 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Tributary Interface Module 10GM (TIM-5B-10GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 10GM
(TIM-5B-10GM) on page 4-
36
Tributary Interface Module 10GX (TIM-5-10GX) See Tributary Interface
Module 10GX (TIM-5-10GX)
on page 4-39
Tributary Interface Module 16GM (TIM-16-2.5GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 2.5GM
(TIM-16-2.5GM) on page 4-
43
Tributary Interface Module 100GM (TIM2-2-100GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GM
(TIM2-2-100GM) on page 4-
47
Tributary Interface Module 100GX (TIM2-2-100GX) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GX
(TIM2-2-100GX) on page 4-
50
Tributary Interface Module 10GM (TIM2-18-10GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 10GM
(TIM2-18-10GM) on page 4-
53
Tributary Interface Module 10GX (TIM2-18-10GX) See Tributary Interface
Module 10GX
(TIM2-18-10GX) on page 4-
57
Line Interface Module 100GE (LIM-1-100GE) See Line Interface Module
100GE (LIM-1-100GE) on
page 4-62
Line Interface Module 100GM (LIM-1-100GM) See Line Interface Module
100GM (LIM-1-100GM) on
page 4-65
Line Interface Module 100GX (LIM-1-100GX) See Line Interface Module
100GX (LIM-1-100GX) on
page 4-68
DTN-X Interconnect Module 10GM (XICM-T-5-10GM) See DTN-X Interconnect
Module 10GM (XICM-
T-5-10GM) on page 4-72

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-15

Table 1-6 XTC-10 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Packet Switching Module 100GE (PXM-1-100GE) See Packet Switching
Module 100GE
(PXM-1-100GE) on page 4-
78
Packet Switching Module 10GE (PXM-16-10GE) See Packet Switching
Module 10GE
(PXM-16-10GE) on page 4-
81
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-SR10) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-SR10) on
page 4-93
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-S10X) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-S10X) on
page 4-95
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-LR4) on
page 4-97
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-L10X) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-L10X) on
page 4-99
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TRX100267/TC) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TRX100267/TC) on
page 4-102
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100GMR-LR4)
on page 4-104
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-L10X) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100GMR-L10X)
on page 4-106
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-ER4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100GMR-ER4)
on page 4-109
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-SR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-Q-SR4)
on page 4-111
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-Q-LR4) on
page 4-113
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-CLR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-Q-CLR4)
on page 4-115

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-16 XTC-10 Overview

Table 1-6 XTC-10 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-Q-
CWDM4) on page 4-117
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100GMR-Q-
SR4) on page 4-119
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100GMR-Q-
LR4) on page 4-121
Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40G-SR4) See Tributary Optical Module
40G (TOM-40G-SR4) on
page 4-123
Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40G-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
40G (TOM-40G-LR4) on
page 4-125
Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40GMR-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
40G (TOM-40GMR-LR4) on
page 4-127
Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40GMR-FR) See Tributary Optical Module
40G (TOM-40GMR-FR) on
page 4-129
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0)
on page 4-131
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1)
on page 4-133
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2)
on page 4-135
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2)
on page 4-137
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-DT) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-DT)
on page 4-140
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10GE-LRL) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10GE-LRL) on
page 4-144

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-17

Table 1-6 XTC-10 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-SR1) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5G-SR1) on
page 4-148
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-IR2) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5G-IR2) on
page 4-150
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-LR2) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5G-LR2) on
page 4-153
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-SR1) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-SR1) on
page 4-156
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-IR1) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-IR1) on
page 4-159
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-MR-Dn-LR2) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-MR-Dn-LR2) on
page 4-163
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-MR-Cn-LR2) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-MR-Cn-LR2) on
page 4-167
Tributary Optical Module 1G (TOM-1G-ZX) See Tributary Optical Module
1G (TOM-1G-ZX) on page 4-
169
Blank Circuit Packs See Blank Circuit Packs on
page 1-151

Front View
A front view of the XTC-10, with components and circuit packs, is shown in Figure 1-2: XTC-10 (with DC-
based Power Supply) Front View on page 1-18 and/or Figure 1-3: XTC-10 (with AC-based Power
Supply) Front View on page 1-19.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-18 XTC-10 Overview

Figure 1-2 XTC-10 (with DC-based Power Supply) Front View

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-19

Figure 1-3 XTC-10 (with AC-based Power Supply) Front View

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-20 XTC-10 Overview

A single bay can accommodate one XTC-10 PEM shelf (or two Rectifier Shelves and one Rectifier Switch
Box) and one XTC-10 as shown in the figure below.

Figure 1-4 XTC-10 on a Cabinet or Rack

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-21

XTC-10 Thermal Loading

The table below provides typical heat release information (calculated for feet) for the XTC-10 housed in a
23-inch frame.

Table 1-7 XTC-10 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)

XTC-10 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Power 5760
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 2.00
(feet)
Frame Width 2.17
(feet)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (feet)
Aisle (feet)
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Heat Release (Watts/ft2)
1.0 886.0 817.9 759.4 708.8 664.5 625.4 590.7 559.6 531.6
1.5 817.9 759.4 708.8 664.5 625.4 590.7 559.6 531.6 506.3
2.0 759.4 708.8 664.5 625.4 590.7 559.6 531.6 506.3 483.3
2.5 708.8 664.5 625.4 590.7 559.6 531.6 506.3 483.3 462.3
3.0 664.5 625.4 590.7 559.6 531.6 506.3 483.3 462.3 443.0
3.5 625.4 590.7 559.6 531.6 506.3 483.3 462.3 443.0 425.3
4.0 590.7 559.6 531.6 506.3 483.3 462.3 443.0 425.3 408.9
4.5 559.6 531.6 506.3 483.3 462.3 443.0 425.3 408.9 393.8
5.0 531.6 506.3 483.3 462.3 443.0 425.3 408.9 393.8 379.7

The table below provides typical heat release information (calculated for meters) for the XTC-10 housed
in a 23-inch frame.

Table 1-8 XTC-10 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)

XTC-10 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Power 5760
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 0.61
(meters)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-22 XTC-10 Thermal Loading

Table 1-8 XTC-10 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters) (continued)
XTC-10 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Frame Width 0.66
(meters)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (meters)
Aisle (meters)
0.305 0.457 0.610 0.762 0.914 1.067 1.219 1.372 1.524
Heat Release (Watts/m2)
0.305 9538.0 8806.5 8175.4 7632.1 7156.4 6734.0 6361.0 6025.0 5724.7
0.457 8806.5 8179.3 7632.1 7156.4 6736.6 6361.0 6027.1 5724.7 5452.8
0.610 8175.4 7632.1 7153.5 6734.0 6361.0 6025.0 5724.7 5451.1 5204.1
0.762 7632.1 7156.4 6734.0 6361.0 6027.1 5724.7 5452.8 5204.1 4978.5
0.914 7156.4 6736.6 6361.0 6027.1 5726.6 5452.8 5205.7 4978.5 4771.6
1.067 6734.0 6361.0 6025.0 5724.7 5452.8 5204.1 4978.5 4770.3 4580.0
1.219 6361.0 6027.1 5724.7 5452.8 5205.7 4978.5 4771.6 4580.0 4404.4
1.372 6025.0 5724.7 5451.1 5204.1 4978.5 4770.3 4580.0 4403.3 4240.7
1.524 5724.7 5452.8 5204.1 4978.5 4771.6 4580.0 4404.4 4240.7 4089.6

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-23

XTC-10 Product Details

Table 1-9 XTC-10 Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
XTC-10 Switching Transport Chassis; includes 10 universal card slots for I/O, switch, timing, and
control modules
XTC-10-B1-SWITCH+ Fully loaded XTC-10 chassis kit with PEMs, common equipment bundle #1; includes 1
XTC-10, 2 XCMs, 2 TSM-X10s, 10 OXM-X10s, 4 X-FANTRAY-X10s, 1 X-PS-SHELF,
and 6 X-PS-DCs
XTC-10-B2-SWITCH+ Standard XTC-10 chassis kit with PEMs, common equipment bundle #2; includes 1
XTC-10, 1 XCM, 1 TSM-X10, 9 OXM-X10s, 4 X-FANTRAY-X10s, 1 X-PS-SHELF, and 4
X-PS-DCs
XTC-10-A1-SWITCH+ Fully loaded XTC-10 chassis kit without PEMs, common equipment bundle #1; includes
1 XTC-10, 2 XCMs, 2 TSM-X10s, 10 OXM-X10s, and 4 X-FANTRAY-X10s

Note: This kit does not include a power supply option.

XTC-10-A2-SWITCH+ Standard XTC-10 chassis kit without PEMs, common equipment bundle #2; includes 1
XTC-10, 1 XCM, 1 TSM-X10, 9 OXM-X10s, and 4 X-FANTRAY-X10s

Note: This kit does not include a power supply option.

XTC-10-12T- Fully loaded 12T XTC-10 chassis kit with PEMs, common equipment bundle #1;
B1SWITCH+ includes: 1 XTC-10, 2 XCMs, 2 TSM-X10s, 10 OXM2-X10s, 4 X-FANTRAY2-X10s, 1 X-
PS-SHELF, and 6 X-PS2-DCs
XTC-10-12T- Standard 12T XTC-10 chassis kit with PEMs, common equipment bundle #2; includes: 1
B2SWITCH+ XTC-10, 1 XCM, 1 TSM-X10, 9 OXM2-X10s, 4 X-FANTRAY2-X10s, 1 X-PS-SHELF, and
4 X-PS2-DCs
VHDCi-VHDCI-3 XTC-to-PEM shelf SCSI cable, 3.0 meters length, for non-colocated installations

Note: PON VHDCi-VHDCI-3 contains one XTC-to-PEM shelf SCSI cable only.
However, two XTC-to-PEM shelf SCSI cables are required per installation.

X-FIBERGUIDE-X10 XTC-10 fiber management kit

X-INLET-X10 XTC-10 air inlet front cover kit with enhanced electromagnetic interference (EMI)
shielding; required for XTC-10 deployments that include AOFx-1200/SOFx-1200s,
OTM-1200s, and/or OXM2-X10s
X-AIRBAFFLE-X10 XTC-10 air baffles kit

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-24 XTC-10 Product Details

Table 1-9 XTC-10 Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-AIRBAFFLE2-X10 XTC-10 air baffles kit, type 2; provides rear air exhaust for 12T XTC-10 configurations

Note: This kit is not compatible with the fiber control quarter spools and brackets
supplied with the fiber management kit (PON X-FIBERGUIDE-X10).

X-DOOR-B1-X10+ XTC-10 door kit; includes 2 X-DOOR-U-X10s and 1 X-DOOR-S-X10

Functional Description
The XTC-10 houses the common equipment required for operations and the circuit packs that transport
and terminate optical signals. The XTC-10 provides a redundant and scalable switch fabric with ODU0
switching granularity to support customer traffic from line-to-trib, trib-to-trib, and/or line-to-line. The
XTC-10 supports the following functions:
■ The XTC-10 can be deployed as a Main Chassis or an Expansion Chassis within a DTN-X network
element. For details regarding the exact combination and number of interconnected chassis
supported on a DTN-X network element, refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide
■ The XTC-10 is used in Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer (ROADM), Digital Terminal,
Digital Add/Drop, and Digital Repeater configurations
The XTC-10 is composed of the following components (see Figure 1-2: XTC-10 (with DC-based Power
Supply) Front View on page 1-18 for an illustration):
■ XTC-10 Power Entry Module (PEM) Shelf on page 1-28
■ Power Entry Module (PEM) on page 1-30
■ Input/Output Timing and Alarm Panel (IOTAP) on page 1-34
■ Fan Tray on page 1-40
■ Air Filter on page 1-41
■ Card Cage on page 1-42

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-25

Mechanical Specifications
Table 1-10 XTC-10 Mechanical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 73.50 inches / 1866.90mm (42 RU)
Width 19.44 inches / 493.78mm
Width (chassis with an air baffles kit 21.44 inches / 544.58mm
installed [PON X-AIRBAFFLE-X10 or
PON X-AIRBAFFLE2-X10])

Note: Each intake/exhaust duct

has a width of 1.00 inches /
25.40mm and does not extend
beyond the height and/or depth of
the chassis.

Depth - chassis only 18.50 inches / 469.90mm

Depth (including fiber management 21.40 inches / 543.56mm
trays; excluding front chassis doors)
Depth (including fiber management 21.80 inches / 553.72mm
trays and PEM shelf co-located with
XTC-10)
Depth (including fiber management 21.40 inches / 543.56mm
trays and XTC-10 rectifier
configuration co-located with XTC-10)
Weight - chassis only 200.0lb / 90.7kg
Weight - fully loaded chassis (including 839.5lb / 380.8kg (approximately)
one PEM shelf and six PEMs)
Weight - fully loaded chassis (including 815.0lb / 369.7kg (approximately)
one fully loaded XTC-10 rectifier
configuration)

Electrical Grounding Points

The XTC-10 contains five electrical grounding points located as follows:
■ One at the front, lower left section of the chassis (on the chassis kickplate)
■ Two at the left side, upper and lower rear sections of the chassis
■ Two at the right side, upper and lower rear sections of the chassis

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Grounding Jacks

The XTC-10 contains several ESD grounding jacks located as follows:
■ One at the upper right section of the IOTAP

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-26 XTC-10 Product Details

■ One at each of the two panels located between the XCM and TSM-X10 at the right section of the
universal card cages
■ One at the front, lower right section of the chassis (on the chassis kickplate)

Fiber Management Trays

Fiber management trays are provided to route fibers away from the circuit packs in a manner that protects
the fibers and allows for any circuit pack to be inserted, removed, and/or replaced without disturbing
another circuit pack’s fibers. A fiber tray is located above and below each universal card cage. The fiber
trays at the top of each card cage are inverted. Fibers from the top half of each circuit pack are routed to
the upper tray and fibers from the bottom half of each circuit pack are routed to the lower tray.

XTC-10 Dimensions
The XTC-10 (shown with PEM shelf or Rectifier Shelves/Rectifier Switch Box) top and front dimensions of
the chassis are provided in Figure 1-5: XTC-10 Dimensions on page 1-27.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-27

Figure 1-5 XTC-10 Dimensions

Note: When the front doors are installed and in the closed position, the distance between the front of
the chassis and the front doors is approximately 2.9 inches (75.0mm).

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-28 XTC-10 Product Details

XTC-10 Power Entry Module (PEM) Shelf

Table 1-11 XTC-10 PEM Shelf Product Details
Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
X-PS-SHELF XTC-10 Power Entry Module (PEM) shelf hosting up to 6 PEMs, providing N+N
redundancy

The XTC-10 PEM shelf (see figure below), referred to as PEM shelf, is used exclusively with the XTC-10
and houses up to six PEMs (providing N+N redundancy) depending on system load requirements and the
customer’s configuration. The three PEMs occupying the left half of the shelf comprise feed A, and the
three PEMs occupying the right half of the shelf comprise feed B. The PEM shelf slots are individually
labeled, A1 (center slot) through A3 (left-most slot) and B1 (center slot) through B3 (right-most slot).
The PEM shelf is typically mounted inside the XTC-10 cabinet (occupying the upper 3 RU of rack space
above the XTC-10) or on an industry standard ETSI (600mm) or ANSI 23-inch rack.

Note: The XTC-10 PEM shelf can be “colocated” with the XTC-10 (i.e. XTC-10 and XTC-10 PEM
shelf reside on the same cabinet/rack) or “non-colocated” (i.e. XTC-10 resides on a local cabinet/rack
and the PEM shelf resides on a remote cabinet/rack, located within a maximum distance of 10 feet).

External Indicators
The PEM shelf has no external indicators (status LEDs are located on each individual PEM).

Figure 1-6 XTC-10 PEM Shelf

Connectors
The PEM shelf provides a total of eight sets of dual 1/4-20 studs on 5/8” centers located at the rear of the
shelf for power distribution to the XTC-10 (for additional information on power distribution, see XTC-10
Power Distribution Architecture on page 1-33). Two sets of studs provide -48V DC Power for feed A and
two sets provide its Return. An additional two sets of studs provide -48V DC Power for feed B and two
sets provide its Return. The studs are capable of accommodating industry standard two-hole
compression lugs on 5/8” centers.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-29

Caution: To prevent damage to the PEM shelf, the compression lugs used must have 1/4 inch
diameter stud hole size, 5/8 inch hole spacing, and the lug width must not exceed 0.60 inch. The
recommended torque for each KEP nut is 35.0in-lb (4.0Nm).

The PEM shelf communicates with the XTC-10 through two SCSI-3 cables. Two 68-pin SCSI connectors
are located at the lower rear section of the PEM shelf; the right side connector (P1) is for the feed A
PEMs and the left side connector (P2) is for the feed B PEMs.

Caution: Do not connect and/or disconnect the SCSI cables with power on at the PEM shelf and
XTC-10.

Electrical Grounding Points

The PEM shelf contains two electrical grounding points, one on each side at the rear section of the shelf.

Output Fuses
To protect the system against high current output loads (~240A) on a fully loaded XTC-10 or if a fault in
the system occurs that causes a short on either of the power legs, two current limiting fuses are used on
each power leg (A and B); Littelfuse JLLN, Class T, 300V AC, rated for 200A.

Rack Mounting Ears

The PEM shelf includes integrated rack mounting ears located at the front of the shelf.
Additionally, external rack mounting ears (short ears for ETSI (600mm) racks and long ears for ANSI 23-
inch racks) are included for mid-mounting configurations. The long ears are pre-installed on the PEM
shelf.

Technical Specifications

Table 1-12 XTC-10 PEM Shelf Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 5.18 inches / 131.57mm (3 RU)
Width 19.50 inches / 495.20mm
Depth (including the rear power 21.00 inches / 533.40mm
safety covers)
Depth (with PEMs installed) 22.00 inches / 558.80mm
Weight 18.5lb / 8.4kg
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of base XTC-10 system; see
Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-30 XTC-10 Product Details

Power Entry Module (PEM)

Table 1-13 XTC-10 PEM Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-PS-DC Power Entry Module with dual 60A power feeds, provides DC power to the XTC-10

Note: X-PS-DC is applicable to both the XTC-10 and XTC-4.

X-PS2-DC Power Entry Module, high efficiency, type 2 with dual 60A power feeds, provides 2 x
2250W DC power to the XTC-10 (4500W total power using both feeds)

Note: X-PS2-DC is available for chassis configurations that require additional power
and applicable to both the XTC-10 and XTC-4. Note that a combination of PEM types
(PON X-PS-DC and/or PON X-PS2-DC) in the same XTC-10 PEM shelf and/or
XTC-4 is not supported.

X-AIRFILTER-PS-DC PEM air filter kit, shipped with each PEM and must be installed by the customer

Note: X-AIRFILTER-PS-DC is applicable to both the XTC-10 and XTC-4.

The PEM provides DC power to the XTC-10 and contains dual 60A circuit breaker switches for
overcurrent protection on two independent power feeds as shown in Figure 1-7: XTC-10 PEM Faceplate
on page 1-31 (the PEM safety cover is not shown for clarity). Additionally, the PEM contains thermal
sensors that monitor the internal temperature of the PEM to protect internal components from overheating
or catching fire. An internal cooling fan mechanism is provided that draws air in through a front vent and
forces air out through a rear vent.
Each PEM is hot-swappable and provides the following features:
■ DC input overvoltage and undervoltage protection; automated power shutdown for DC input
overvoltage and undervoltage conditions
■ DC output overvoltage and overload protection; automated power shutdown for DC output
overvoltage and overload conditions (this feature is supported internally and is not subject to
external regulation)
■ Overtemperature warning and protection; automated power shutdown and restart for over
temperature
■ Reversed polarity detection
■ In-rush control
PEMs are installed in the XTC-10 PEM shelf which is typically mounted inside the XTC-10 cabinet
(occupying the upper 3 RU of rack space above the XTC-10) or on an industry standard ETSI (600mm) or
ANSI 23-inch rack. The PEM shelf houses up to six PEMs (providing N+N redundancy) depending on
system load requirements and the customer’s configuration.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-31

External Indicators
Figure 1-7 XTC-10 PEM Faceplate

Power LEDs

Table 1-14 XTC-10 PEM Visual Alarm Indicators

INPUT OUTPUT FAULT Description
(Green) (Green) (Red)

■ Front panel icons

ON ON OFF ■ Power input to the PEM as per specifications

■ Power output from the PEM as per specifications
■ No fault detected
ON ON ON ■ Power input to the PEM as per specifications
■ Power output from the PEM as per specifications
■ Minor fault detected
ON OFF ON ■ Power input to the PEM as per specifications
■ No power output from the PEM due to internal
fault(s)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-32 XTC-10 Product Details

Table 1-14 XTC-10 PEM Visual Alarm Indicators (continued)

INPUT OUTPUT FAULT Description
(Green) (Green) (Red)
OFF OFF ON ■ Power input to the PEM not per specifications
■ No power output from the PEM
■ PEM is detecting power from neighboring units in
the same feed

OFF OFF OFF ■ Power input to the PEM not per specifications
■ No power output from the PEM
■ PEM is not detecting power from neighboring
units in the same feed

Connectors
Each PEM accommodates two power feeds and provides a total of four sets of dual 1/4-20 studs on 5/8”
centers. Two sets of studs are for connection to -48V DC Power and two sets for connection to its Return.
The studs are capable of accommodating industry standard two-hole compression lugs on 5/8” centers. A
plastic safety cover is provided to prevent inadvertent contact with the terminals once installed.

Caution: To prevent damage to the PEM, the compression lugs used must have 1/4 inch
diameter stud hole size, 5/8 inch hole spacing, and the lug width must not exceed 0.60 inch. The
recommended torque for each KEP nut is 35.0in-lb (4.0Nm).

Air Filter
A replaceable air filter is necessary to filter out dust particles at the air intake of the PEM. Air is filtered at
80% dust arrestance. To ensure adequate cooling of the PEM, the air filter must be inspected at regular
intervals and possibly replaced. It is recommended to inspect the air filter once every six months.

Note: Each PEM ships with an air filter kit (PON X-AIRFILTER-PS-DC) which must be installed by the
customer. Refer to the XTC Site Preparation and Hardware Installation Guide for additional
information.

Technical Specifications

Table 1-15 XTC-10 PEM Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 5.17 inches / 131.32mm
Width 3.15 inches / 80.01mm
Depth 16.87 inches / 428.50mm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-33

Table 1-15 XTC-10 PEM Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 13.0lb / 5.9kg
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of base XTC-10 system; see
Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

XTC-10 Power Distribution Architecture

Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to the "line module" will refer to the
AOLM-500, AOLM-500B, AOLX-500, AOLX-500B, SOLM-500, SOLX-500, AOLM2-500,
AOLM2-500B, AOLX2-500, AOLX2-500B/P, SOLM2-500, SOLM2-500B, SOLX2-500,
SOLX2-500B/P, AOFM-500, AOFM-500B, AOFX-500, AOFX-500B/P, SOFM-500, SOFM-500B,
SOFX-500, SOFX-500B/P, AOFM-100, AOFX-100, AOFM-1200, AOFX-1200, SOFM-1200, and/or
SOFX-1200 interchangeably.

-50V DC power is distributed from the PEM shelf to the upper chassis backplane across two sets of
XTC-to-PEM shelf power cables which carry redundant A and B power feeds. DC power is fed to the
common components and circuit packs.

Figure 1-8 XTC-10 Power Distribution Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-34 XTC-10 Product Details

The XTC-10 hardware modules combine the power feed by diode-ORing and ORing FET. The -50V DC
inputs are individually fused on the circuit packs, IOTAP, and fan trays to protect it from overcurrent
conditions. The fuse is not field-replaceable. The status of each fuse is monitored before the ORing
diodes and FETs.

Input/Output Timing and Alarm Panel (IOTAP)

Note: In a multi-chassis configuration the DCN and AUX ports on the Main Chassis are active. The
DCN and AUX ports on the Expansion Chassis are disabled.

The IOTAP is part of the XTC-10 and houses the management and operations interfaces as described
below. The front view of the IOTAP is shown in Figure 1-9: XTC-10 IOTAP Front View on page 1-35.
■ Two 10/100/1000Mbps auto-negotiating Data Communication Network (DCN) RJ-45 Ethernet
interfaces, labeled as DCN. This interface provides ports for Ethernet network connectivity
■ Two 10/100/1000Mbps auto-negotiating Administrative Inter-LAN RJ-45 Ethernet interfaces,
labeled as AUX. This interface provides ports for Datawire services
■ One Craft RS-232 Serial port, labeled as Craft DTE. This interface provides a port for remote
management

Note: There is no modem port support on the IOTAP. The Craft RS-232 serial port is used as a
redundant serial port connection to the active XCM.

■ Chassis level alarm LEDs (Power, Critical, Major, and Minor)

Note: The IOTAP does not provide bay level alarm LEDs.

■ One Lamp Test button

■ One Alarm Cutoff (ACO) button
■ One ACO LED
■ External timing interface, labeled as External Timing. This interface provides ports for connecting
external T1/E1 timing references:
□ Four BNC connectors (labeled as A IN/OUT, B IN/OUT), 75 Ohms
□ Set of wire wrap pins (labeled as A IN/OUT, B IN/OUT), 75 Ohms
□ Set of wire wrap pins (labeled as A IN/OUT, B IN/OUT), 100/120 Ohms

Note: The external timing interfaces are not supported in the current release.

■ Alarm input/output SCSI interface, labeled as Alarm Input/Output. This interface is used for
connecting an external alarm wire wrap panel for monitoring environmental and office alarms:
□ Alarm Input—Bay Critical, Major, Minor, Alarm Cutoff

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-35

□ Alarm Output—Bay Critical, Major, Minor, Audible Critical, Major, Minor, Visual Power,
Critical, Major, Minor
■ One Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) grounding jack for attachment of an ESD wrist strap

External Indicators
Figure 1-9 XTC-10 IOTAP Front View

Chassis Level Alarm LEDs

Table 1-16 XTC-10 Visual Alarm Indicators - Chassis Level

LED Color Description
POWER Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply within the specified
operating range to the chassis
CRITICAL Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of at least one Critical alarm in the
chassis
MAJOR Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of at least one Major alarm in the
chassis
MINOR Yellow Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of at least one Minor alarm in the
chassis

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-36 XTC-10 Product Details

DCN and AUX Port LEDs

Table 1-17 XTC-10 Visual Alarm Indicators on the DCN and AUX Ports
DATA LINK Description
(Green) (Green)
ON ON ■ Link established
■ The port is active
OFF OFF ■ Link not established
OFF ON ■ Link established
■ The port is not active

Lamp Test
The IOTAP contains a lamp test button for testing the LEDs. When the lamp test button is pressed, all
LEDs on the IOTAP and the circuit packs on the chassis are lit (power LEDs illuminate Green and fault
LEDs illuminate Red) and bi-color LEDs will toggle between two colors (Green and Yellow) until the lamp
test button is released. Once the lamp test button is released, all LEDs will return to the previous
condition.

Alarm Cutoff (ACO) Indicators

The IOTAP contains one ACO button and an ACO LED. The ACO feature allows muting of the external
audible alarms. When the ACO button is pressed, all current critical, major, and minor audio alarms are
muted and the ACO LED is lit.

Table 1-18 XTC-10 Audio Alarm Indicators - Chassis Level

Condition ACO LED State Audio Alarm
There are no external alarms on the chassis OFF Not present
An external alarm is raised on the chassis OFF Present
ACO button is pressed ON Muted
An external alarm is cleared OFF Not present

Note: In a multi-chassis configuration the DCN and AUX ports on the Main chassis are active. The
DCN and AUX ports on the Expansion Chassis are disabled.

Chassis Level Audio Indicators

The IOTAP provides output alarm contacts for CRITICAL, MAJOR, and MINOR audible alarms. Audible
alert is triggered when an alarm is raised on the chassis.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-37

External Timing and Alarm Input/Output

Note: External timing interfaces are not supported in the current release.

The IOTAP contains a 68-pin SCSI connector that connects to a customer-supplied external alarm wire
wrap panel using a customer-supplied SCSI cable. See Table 1-20: XTC-10 Alarm Input/Output
Connector Pin Assignments on page 1-37 for connector pinout assignment.

I/O Connectors

Table 1-19 XTC-10 IOTAP Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
DCN A, DCN B 10Base-T/100Base-Tx/1000Base- Two connectors with redundancy for remote
T Auto-MDIX RJ-45 management through DCN
AUX A, AUX B 10Base-T/100Base-Tx/1000Base- Two connectors for datawire service to carry
T Auto-MDIX RJ-45 customer management traffic
CRAFT DTE 9600 baud RS-232 DTE DB-9 Used for remote management
Male
EXTERNAL TIMING BNC, 75 Ohms Not supported
(A and B)
Wire wrap, 75 Ohms
Wire wrap, 100/120 Ohms
ALARM INPUT/OUTPUT SCSI, 68-pin Used for connecting a customer-supplied external
alarm wire wrap panel for monitoring
environmental and office alarms; see Table 1-20:
XTC-10 Alarm Input/Output Connector Pin
Assignments on page 1-37 for connector pinout
assignment

Note: Cable guides are available on the IOTAP for cable management as shown in
Figure 1-9: XTC-10 IOTAP Front View on page 1-35.

Alarm Input/Output Connector Pinout

Table 1-20 XTC-10 Alarm Input/Output Connector Pin Assignments

Pin Signal Description I/O
1 ALM_IN_GEN0_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN0 N/A
2 ALM_IN_GEN0 General Purpose Alarm Input 0 Input
3 ALM_IN_GEN2_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN2 N/A
4 ALM_IN_GEN2 General Purpose Alarm Input 2 Input
5 ALM_IN_GEN4_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN4 N/A
6 ALM_IN_GEN4 General Purpose Alarm Input 4 Input

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-38 XTC-10 Product Details

Table 1-20 XTC-10 Alarm Input/Output Connector Pin Assignments (continued)

Pin Signal Description I/O
7 ALM_BAY_CRIT_IN_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_BAY_CRIT_IN_L N/A
8 ALM_BAY_CRIT_IN_L Bay Critical Alarm Input Input
9 ALM_BAY_MIN_IN_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_BAY_MIN_IN_L N/A
10 ALM_BAY_MIN_IN_L Bay Minor Alarm Input Input
11 N/C N/A N/A
12 N/C N/A N/A
13 N/C N/A N/A
14 ALM_OUT_GEN2_NC General Purpose Alarm Output 2 - Normally Closed Output
15 ALM_OUT_GEN2_NO General Purpose Alarm Output 2 - Normally Open Output
16 ALM_OUT_GEN2_CT General Purpose Alarm Output 2 - Common Terminal Output
17 ALM_OUT_BAY_CRIT_NC Bay Critical Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
18 ALM_OUT_BAY_CRIT_NO Bay Critical Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
19 ALM_OUT_BAY_CRIT_CT Bay Critical Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
20 ALM_OUT_BAY_MIN_NC Bay Minor Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
21 ALM_OUT_BAY_MIN_NO Bay Minor Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
22 ALM_OUT_BAY_MIN_CT Bay Minor Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
23 ALM_OUT_VIS_MAJ_NC Visual Major Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
24 ALM_OUT_VIS_MAJ_NO Visual Major Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
25 ALM_OUT_VIS_MAJ_CT Visual Major Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
26 ALM_OUT_AUD_CRIT_NC Audible Critical Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
27 ALM_OUT_AUD_CRIT_NO Audible Critical Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
28 ALM_OUT_AUD_CRIT_CT Audible Critical Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
29 ALM_OUT_AUD_MIN_NC Audible Minor Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
30 ALM_OUT_AUD_MIN_NO Audible Minor Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
31 ALM_OUT_AUD_MIN_CT Audible Minor Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
32 ALM_OUT_GEN0_NC General Purpose Alarm Output 0 - Normally Closed Output
33 ALM_OUT_GEN0_NO General Purpose Alarm Output 0 - Normally Open Output
34 ALM_OUT_GEN0_CT General Purpose Alarm Output 0 - Common Terminal Output
35 ALM_IN_GEN1_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN1 N/A
36 ALM_IN_GEN1 General Purpose Alarm Input 1 Input
37 ALM_IN_GEN3_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN3 N/A

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-39

Table 1-20 XTC-10 Alarm Input/Output Connector Pin Assignments (continued)

Pin Signal Description I/O
38 ALM_IN_GEN3 General Purpose Alarm Input 3 Input
39 ALM_IN_GEN5_50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN5 N/A
40 ALM_IN_GEN5 General Purpose Alarm Input 5 Input
41 ALM_BAY_MAJ_IN_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_BAY_MAJ_IN_L N/A
42 ALM_BAY_MAJ_IN_L Bay Major Alarm Input Input
43 ALM_ACO_EXT_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_ACO_EXT_L N/A
44 ALM_ACO_EXT_L External Alarm Cutoff Alarm Input Input
45 N/C N/A N/A
46 N/C N/A N/A
47 N/C N/A N/A
48 ALM_OUT_GEN3_NC General Purpose Alarm Output 3 - Normally Closed Output
49 ALM_OUT_GEN3_NO General Purpose Alarm Output 3 - Normally Open Output
50 ALM_OUT_GEN3_CT General Purpose Alarm Output 3 - Common Terminal Output
51 ALM_OUT_BAY_MAJ_NC Bay Major Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
52 ALM_OUT_BAY_MAJ_NO Bay Major Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
53 ALM_OUT_BAY_MAJ_CT Bay Major Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
54 ALM_OUT_VIS_CRIT_NC Visual Critical Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
55 ALM_OUT_VIS_CRIT_NO Visual Critical Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
56 ALM_OUT_VIS_CRIT_CT Visual Critical Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
57 ALM_OUT_VIS_MIN_NC Visual Minor Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
58 ALM_OUT_VIS_MIN_NO Visual Minor Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
59 ALM_OUT_VIS_MIN_CT Visual Minor Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
60 ALM_OUT_AUD_MAJ_NC Audible Major Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
61 ALM_OUT_AUD_MAJ_NO Audible Major Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
62 ALM_OUT_AUD_MAJ_CT Audible Major Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
63 ALM_OUT_PWR_FLT_NC Power Fault Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
64 ALM_OUT_PWR_FLT_NO Power Fault Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
65 ALM_OUT_PWR_FLT_CT Power Fault Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
66 ALM_OUT_GEN1_NC General Purpose Alarm Output 1 - Normally Closed Output
67 ALM_OUT_GEN1_NO General Purpose Alarm Output 1 - Normally Open Output
68 ALM_OUT_GEN1_CT General Purpose Alarm Output 1 - Common Terminal Output

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-40 XTC-10 Product Details

Fan Tray
Table 1-21 XTC-10 Fan Tray Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-FANTRAY-X10 XTC-10 replacement fan tray
X-FANTRAY2-X10 XTC-10 replacement fan tray, high efficiency

Note: X-FANTRAY2-X10 is required for XTC-10 deployments that include

AOFx-1200/SOFx-1200s, OTM-1200s, and/or OXM2-X10s. Note that a
combination of fan tray types (PON X-FANTRAY-X10 and/or PON X-FANTRAY2-
X10) in the same chassis is not supported.

The XTC-10 contains four removable fan trays which are located at the top and bottom of the chassis.
Each fan tray (see Figure 1-10: XTC-10 Fan Tray Faceplate on page 1-41) consists of four individually
controlled, variable speed fans.
Fan speed is regulated by the active XCM (or by local sensors if external control is unavailable). On initial
system startup, if the ambient temperature is 27º C or less, the fans are set to a speed that will cool the
system and comply with the NEBS acoustic limit. When the inlet temperature is higher than 27º C, fan
speed is increased to compensate for the higher temperature. Once normal operation is achieved, fan
speed is decreased to reduce noise levels in compliance with OSHA and NEBS standards, and to
increase fan MTBF.
The XTC-10 is split into two individual cooling zones, one for the upper half and one for the lower half of
the chassis, each with independent thermal operating properties. The top two fan trays operate as a set
and are referred to as Fan Tray 1 and 2, and the bottom set of fan trays are referred to as Fan Tray 3 and
4. Each set of fan trays operate in series to achieve the best combination of working in a high back
pressure setup while providing the most uniform airflow. The thermal system employs a pull-pull approach
to move air through the system. The airflow enters the system from the center of the XTC-10 (through a
central inlet air plenum, split in half) and is pulled up by the top set of fan trays and forced out through the
top rear and side exhaust vents. The bottom set of fan trays pull air down from the center of the XTC-10
and force it out through the bottom rear and side exhaust vents.
Four fan trays are required for normal operation on the XTC-10 and are redundant. Individual fans within
a fan tray are N+1 redundant with power hot-swap controllers. If an individual fan on a fan tray has failed,
the XTC-10 system can operate indefinitely in an environment up to 40º C. An alarm will be generated via
the management interfaces that indicates one of the fans has failed. Although the system can run reliably
with a single fan failure on a fan tray, the user should change the fan tray at the earliest convenience to
ensure against a second fan failure. The faulted fan tray should be kept installed inside the XTC-10 until a
replacement fan tray is available.
The fan trays should never be partially or completely removed from the system unless performing air filter
or fan tray maintenance. Prior to performing air filter/fan tray maintenance, ensure that a replacement air
filter or fan tray is on hand and prepped for installation (i.e. removed from the packaging and ready for
immediate insertion into the chassis). The fan trays must be inserted back into the system as soon as
possible to prevent chassis overheating and potential shutdown of modules.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-41

External Indicators
Figure 1-10 XTC-10 Fan Tray Faceplate

Table 1-22 XTC-10 Fan Tray Visual Alarm Indicators

LED Color Description
POWER Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the fan tray
FAULT Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault condition with the fan
tray. Flashing Red indicates that the fan is not under control of the active XCM (for
example, the active XCM has been reset or physically removed from the system)

Technical Specifications

Table 1-23 XTC-10 Fan Tray Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 2.14 inches / 54.36mm
Width 18.95 inches / 481.33mm
Depth 17.50 inches / 444.50mm
Weight 18.5lb / 8.4kg
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of base XTC-10 system; see
Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Air Filter
Table 1-24 XTC-10 Air Filter Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-AIRFILTER-X10 XTC-10 replacement air filter

The XTC-10 contains two replaceable air filters which are located behind the front air inlet at the center of
the chassis. Replaceable air filters are necessary to filter out dust particles at the air intake of the XTC-10.
Air is filtered at 80% dust arrestance. To ensure adequate cooling of the XTC-10 the air filters must be

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-42 XTC-10 Product Details

inspected at regular intervals and possibly replaced. It is recommended to inspect the air filters once
every six months.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 1-25 XTC-10 Air Filter Mechanical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.25 inches / 6.35mm
Width 17.30 inches / 439.42mm
Depth 18.90 inches / 480.06mm
Weight Less than 0.5lb / 0.2kg
Dust arrestance 80%

Card Cage
Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to the "line module" will refer to the
AOLM-500, AOLM-500B, AOLX-500, AOLX-500B, SOLM-500, SOLX-500, AOLM2-500,
AOLM2-500B, AOLX2-500, AOLX2-500B/P, SOLM2-500, SOLM2-500B, SOLX2-500,
SOLX2-500B/P, AOFM-500, AOFM-500B, AOFX-500, AOFX-500B/P, SOFM-500, SOFM-500B,
SOFX-500, SOFX-500B/P, AOFM-100, AOFX-100, AOFM-1200, AOFX-1200, SOFM-1200, and/or
SOFX-1200 interchangeably.

Note: OXM2-X10s are required for XTC-10 deployments that include AOFx-1200/SOFx-1200s and/or
OTM-1200s. In addition, an air inlet front cover kit (PON X-INLET-X10) and four high efficiency fan
trays (PON X-FANTRAY2-X10) must be previously installed in the XTC-10. Note that a combination
of OXM-X10s and OXM2-X10s in an XTC-10 switch fabric is only supported during a switch fabric
migration. For information on a switch fabric migration, refer to the XTC Task Oriented Procedures
Guide.

Note: The AOFx-1200/SOFx-1200 and/or OTM-1200 are supported on the XTC-10 only.

The XTC-10 contains three individual card cages: upper universal, switch fabric, and lower universal as
shown in Figure 1-11: XTC-10 Card Cage on page 1-44. For information on the IOTAP and/or fan trays,
refer to Input/Output Timing and Alarm Panel (IOTAP) on page 1-34 and/or Fan Tray on page 1-40
respectively.

Upper Universal Card Cage

The upper universal card cage contains seven chassis slots that provide the optical and digital transport,
timing synchronization, and management and control functions of the system. Slots A-1 through A-5 are
full-height slots reserved for line modules and/or OTM-500/OTM2-500/OTM-1200s, slot A-6A is a slot
reserved for TSM-X10s, and slot A-6B is a half-height slot reserved for XCMs. Table 1-26: XTC-10 Card
Slot Assignments on page 1-45 outlines the upper universal card slot assignments.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-43

Switch Fabric Card Cage

The switch fabric card cage contains ten chassis slots that provide the switching functions of the system.
Slots S-1 through S-10 are slots reserved for ten OXM-X10s or ten OXM2-X10s. Table 1-26: XTC-10
Card Slot Assignments on page 1-45 outlines the switch fabric card slot assignments.

Lower Universal Card Cage

The lower universal card cage contains seven chassis slots that provide the optical and digital transport,
timing synchronization, and management and control functions of the system. Slots B-1 through B-5 are
full-height slots reserved for line modules and/or OTM-500/OTM2-500/OTM-1200s, slot B-6A is a slot
reserved for TSM-X10s, and slot B-6B is a slot reserved for XCMs. Table 1-26: XTC-10 Card Slot
Assignments on page 1-45 outlines the lower universal card slot assignments.

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC-10 in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500/OTM-1200 accessible through the switch
fabric on the XTC-10. When routing signals to other line modules in the XTC-10, AOLM-500/AOLM-500B/
SOLM-500s, AOLM2-500/AOLM2-500B/SOLM2-500/SOLM2-500Bs, and/or AOFM-500/AOFM-500B/
SOFM-500/SOFM-500B/AOFM-1200/SOFM-1200s utilize fixed slot pairing (between the upper and lower
universal card slots) to support 1-way and 2-way add/drop connections and can route traffic only to its
paired set of line modules. For example, slots A-1 and B-1, A-2 and B-2, A-3 and B-3, A-4 and B-4,
and/or A-5 and B-5.
AOLX-500/AOLX-500B/SOLX-500s, AOLX2-500/AOLX2-500B/AOLX2-500P/SOLX2-500/SOLX2-500B/
SOLX2-500Ps, and/or AOFX-500/AOFX-500B/AOFX-500P/SOFX-500/SOFX-500B/SOFX-500P/
AOFX-1200/SOFX-1200s have no similar restrictions and can route signals to any line module in the
XTC-10. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-44 XTC-10 Product Details

Figure 1-11 XTC-10 Card Cage

Note: OXM2-X10s are required for XTC-10 deployments that include AOFx-1200/SOFx-1200s and/or
OTM-1200s. In addition, an air inlet front cover kit (PON X-INLET-X10) and four high efficiency fan
trays (PON X-FANTRAY2-X10) must be previously installed in the XTC-10. Note that a combination
of OXM-X10s and OXM2-X10s in an XTC-10 switch fabric is only supported during a switch fabric
migration. For information on a switch fabric migration, refer to the XTC Task Oriented Procedures
Guide.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-45

Note: Refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 1-43 for details on AOLM-500/AOLM-500B/

SOLM-500, AOLM2-500/AOLM2-500B/SOLM2-500/SOLM2-500B, and/or AOFM-500/AOFM-500B/
SOFM-500/SOFM-500B/AOFM-1200/SOFM-1200 fixed slot pairing restrictions.

Table 1-26 XTC-10 Card Slot Assignments

Slot Number Module Type
Upper Universal Card Slot Assignments
A-1
A-2
A-3 Line Module/OTM-500/OTM2-500/OTM-1200
(see note above)
A-4
A-5
A-6A TSM-X10
A-6B XCM
Switch Fabric Card Slot Assignments
S-1
S-2
S-3
S-4
S-5 OXM-X10 or OXM2-X10

S-6
S-7
S-8
S-9
S-10
Lower Universal Card Slot Assignments
B-1
B-2
B-3 Line Module/OTM-500/OTM2-500/OTM-1200
(see note above)
B-4
B-5
B-6B XCM
B-6A TSM-X10

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-46 XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Product Details

XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Product Details

The XTC-10 rectifier configuration (Figure 1-12: XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Front View on page 1-
47) is an AC-based power supply option used exclusively with the XTC-10 and available for customer
deployments that utilize AC input power. For these types of deployments, the XTC-10 rectifier
configuration is used in place of the DC-based power supply option (i.e. PEM shelf and PEMs).

Table 1-27 XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Product Details

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
ICS-RCTFR+ XTC-10 rectifier configuration kit; includes 2 ICS-RCTFR-SHLF-2725s, 2 ICS-
RCTFR-CTRLs, 8 ICS-RCTFR-2725s, 1 ICS-RCTFR-BRKRPNL, 1 ICS-RCTFR-DC-
CBL-S, 1 ICS-RCTFR-DC-CBL-L, 1 ICS-RCTFR-ACO-CBL, and 1 ICS-RCTFR-RM
ICS-RCTFR-SHLF-2725 Rectifier shelf, capable of providing up to 10,900W maximum output power (when 4
ICS-RCTFR-2725 modules are installed); includes 1 rectifier shelf
ICS-RCTFR-CTRL Controller module for the rectifier shelf
ICS-RCTFR-2725 Rectifier module providing up to 2,750W maximum output power
ICS-RCTFR-BRKRPNL AC power distribution panel for the XTC-10 rectifier configuration, provides 8 panel
mounted connectors for AC input, 8 UL approved power cord pigtails for AC output to
each rectifier shelf, and 8 individual power switches
ICS-RCTFR-DC-CBL-S DC cable set (short); required for connecting the lower rectifier shelf to the XTC-10
upper chassis backplane
ICS-RCTFR-DC-CBL-L DC cable set (long); required for connecting the upper rectifier shelf to the XTC-10
upper chassis backplane
ICS-RCTFR-ACO-CBL Rectifier shelf alarm cable; used for alarm input/output monitoring (Feed A and Feed
B), and connects from the XTC-10 IOTAP to each rectifier shelf
ICS-RCTFR-RM Rack mounting kit; required for mounting the rectifier shelves and rectifier switch box
in the XTC-10 cabinet (PON X-CABINET-X10 and/or X-CABINET-E1-X10) or on an
industry standard ANSI 23-inch rack

The main components of the XTC-10 rectifier configuration are described in the following sections:
■ XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf on page 1-47
■ XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Controller on page 1-50
■ XTC-10 Rectifier on page 1-51
■ XTC-10 Rectifier Switch Box on page 1-55

Front View
A front view of the XTC-10 rectifier configuration is shown in Figure 1-12: XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration
Front View on page 1-47. (The rectifier switch box front safety cover is not shown for clarity.)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-47

Figure 1-12 XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Front View

XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf

Table 1-28 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
ICS-RCTFR-SHLF-2725 XTC-10 rectifier shelf hosting 4 XTC-10 rectifiers and 1 XTC-10 rectifier shelf
controller, providing 1+1 redundancy (with two rectifier shelves), used for
XTC-10 configurations requiring modular AC-to-DC -48V DC power

The XTC-10 rectifier shelf (Figure 1-13: XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf on page 1-48), referred to as rectifier
shelf, is used exclusively with the XTC-10 as part of the XTC-10 rectifier configuration. The rectifier shelf
houses four XTC-10 rectifiers providing a maximum of 10,900W output power. Each XTC-10 rectifier
accepts an input voltage of 185V AC to 264V AC (200V AC to 240V AC nominal) and provides AC-to-DC
-48V DC power. The rectifier shelf also houses a rectifier shelf controller which occupies a dedicated slot
on the left side of the rectifier shelf.
Two separate rectifier shelves (Rectifier Shelf A and B) are used for the XTC-10 rectifier configuration;
four XTC-10 rectifiers occupying a single rectifier shelf comprise feed A and four additional XTC-10
rectifiers occupying a second rectifier shelf comprise feed B, providing redundant A and B power feeds
(1+1 redundancy).
The rectifier shelves are typically mounted (above the XTC-10) inside the XTC-10 cabinet or on an
industry standard ANSI 23-inch rack.

External Indicators
The rectifier shelf has no external indicators (status LEDs are located on each individual XTC-10 rectifier
and/or the XTC-10 rectifier shelf controller).

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-48 XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Product Details

Figure 1-13 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf

Connectors
The rectifier shelf provides four IEC 320 (EN 60320) C20 panel mounted connectors (3-pin male) at the
rear of the shelf for AC input. Four sets of dual 1/4-20 studs on 5/8” centers also located at the rear of the
shelf provide DC power distribution to the XTC-10 (for additional information on power distribution, see
XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Power Distribution Architecture on page 1-53). Two sets of studs provide
-48V DC power for a single feed (A or B) and two sets provide its return (A or B). The studs are capable
of accommodating industry standard two-hole compression lugs on 5/8” centers.

Caution: To prevent damage to the rectifier shelf, the compression lugs used must have 1/4 inch
diameter stud hole size, 5/8 inch hole spacing, and the lug width must not exceed 0.60 inch. The
recommended torque for each KEP nut is 35.0in-lb (4.0Nm).

Note: Connectors J2, J3, J4, J5, and J7 are not supported (the rectifier shelf is preconfigured at the
factory). Do not configure the rectifier shelf unless consulted to do so by a Technical Assistance
Center (TAC) resource.

Alarm Cable
The rectifier shelf also provides alarm input/output monitoring for feed A and feed B via a custom SCSI-3
alarm cable (PON ICS-RCTFR-ACO-CBL). A 10-pin Molex connector (J1) is located at the rear of rectifier
shelf.
The alarm cable contains a SCSI-3 68-pin connector at one end and two Molex 10-pin connectors
(labeled 1 and 2) at the other end. The SCSI-3 connector connects to the Alarm Input/Output SCSI
connector located on the XTC-10 IOTAP, Molex connector 1 connects to J1 located on Rectifier Shelf A
(upper rectifier shelf), and Molex connector 2 connects to J1 located on Rectifier Shelf B (lower rectifier
shelf). Table 1-29: XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Alarm Cable Connector Pin Assignments on page 1-49
Table 1-29: XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Alarm Cable Connector Pin Assignments on page 1-49 lists the
assignment of the connector pins for the XTC-10 rectifier shelf alarm cable.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-49

Table 1-29 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Alarm Cable Connector Pin Assignments
XTC-10 IOTAP XTC-10 Rectifer Shelf
(Alarm Input/Output SCSI connector) (J1 connector)
Pin Signal Pin Signal
Feed A
1 ALM_IN_GEN0_N50V 8 R1
2 ALM_IN_GEN0 3 R1 RTN
35 ALM_IN_GEN1_N50V 10 Power Major
36 ALM_IN_GEN1 5 Power Major RTN
Feed B
3 ALM_IN_GEN2_N50V 8 R1
4 ALM_IN_GEN2 3 R1 RTN
37 ALM_IN_GEN3_N50V 10 Power Major
38 ALM_IN_GEN3 5 Power Major RTN

Electrical Grounding Point

The rectifier shelf contains an electrical grounding point at the rear of the shelf.

Rectifier Shelf Control

Rectifier shelf control is provided by a rectifier shelf controller, see XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Controller on
page 1-50 for additional information.

Technical Specifications

Table 1-30 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 1.70 inches / 43.18mm (1 RU)
Width 17.42 inches / 442.47mm
Depth 16.91 inches / 429.51mm
Weight 8.75lb / 4.0kg
Electrical specifications Input voltage range 185V AC to 264V AC (200V AC to 240V AC
nominal)
Output voltage -49.0V DC +/-0.5V DC
Input frequency range 50Hz to 60Hz
Maximum output power (with four 10,900W
rectifiers installed)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-50 XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Product Details

XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Controller

Table 1-31 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Controller Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
ICS-RCTFR-CTRL Shelf controller for the XTC-10 rectifier shelf, provides control and alarm monitoring
functions over several communication interfaces that interconnect the XTC-10 rectifiers

The XTC-10 rectifier shelf controller (see figure below), referred to as rectifier shelf controller, provides
control and alarm monitoring functions over several communication interfaces that interconnect the
XTC-10 rectifiers. The rectifier shelf controller occupies a dedicated slot on the left side of the rectifier
shelf. Each rectifier shelf (Rectifier Shelf A and B) requires one rectifier shelf controller.
The rectifier shelf is typically mounted (above the XTC-10) inside the XTC-10 cabinet or on an industry
standard ANSI 23-inch rack.

External Indicators
Figure 1-14 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Controller Faceplate

Controller Status LEDs

Table 1-32 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Controller Status LED Indicators

LED Color Status Description
SYS (System or Green Normal Normal operation, no alarms. Inputs and outputs are in
Severity) their normal range
Red Critical Alarm Highest severity. Generally assigned to an alarm to
indicate a power affecting condition. Immediate attention
is required
Red Major Alarm High severity. Generally assigned to an alarm to indicate
a power affecting condition. Immediate attention is
required
Amber Minor Alarm Medium severity. Generally assigned to an alarm to
indicate a non-power affecting condition. Attention will
eventually be required

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-51

Table 1-32 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Controller Status LED Indicators (continued)
LED Color Status Description
ALM (Alarm) Not illuminated System is above the configured battery on discharge
(BD) threshold
Amber This state is not assigned by the present default
configuration
Red System is equal to or below the configured BD threshold

Connectors
The craft serial port connector on the front panel is not supported (the rectifier shelf controller is
preconfigured at the factory).

Note: Do not configure the rectifier shelf controller unless consulted to do so by a TAC resource.

Technical Specifications

Table 1-33 XTC-10 Rectifier Shelf Controller Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 1.66 inches / 42.16mm
Width 1.19 inches / 30.22mm
Depth 13.85 inches / 351.80mm
Weight 0.5lb / 0.2kg

XTC-10 Rectifier
Table 1-34 XTC-10 Rectifier Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
ICS-RCTFR-2725 AC-DC rectifier, 2,725W maximum output power, hot-swappable, used for XTC-10
configurations requiring modular AC-to-DC -48V DC power

The XTC-10 rectifier (see Figure 1-15: XTC-10 Rectifier Faceplate on page 1-52) accepts an input
voltage of 185V AC to 264V AC (200V AC to 240V AC nominal) and provides AC-to-DC -48V DC power.
Additionally, the XTC-10 rectifier contains internal circuitry for overcurrent and overload protection, and
provides thermal sensors that monitor the internal temperature of the XTC-10 rectifier to protect internal
components from overheating or catching fire. An internal cooling fan mechanism is provided that draws
air in through a front vent and forces air out through a rear vent.
XTC-10 rectifiers are hot-swappable and installed in the XTC-10 rectifier shelf which is typically mounted
(above the XTC-10) inside the XTC-10 cabinet or on an industry standard ANSI 23-inch rack.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-52 XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Product Details

External Indicators
Figure 1-15 XTC-10 Rectifier Faceplate

Power LEDs

Table 1-35 XTC-10 Rectifier Visual Alarm Indicators

Front Panel Icon Definition Description
Input ■ ON—Power input to the XTC-10 rectifier as per
specifications
■ Flashing—Power input to the XTC-10 rectifier not per
specifications

Output ■ ON—Power output from the XTC-10 rectifier as per

specifications
■ Flashing—Indicates an overload condition
Over temperature ■ ON—Indicates an over temperature warning

Fault ■ ON—Indicates an internal fault condition (i.e. thermal

shutdown, defective fan, blown AC fuse in unit, etc.);
power output from the XTC-10 rectifier as per
specifications
■ Flashing—Indicates an overload condition

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-53

Technical Specifications

Table 1-36 XTC-10 Rectifier Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 1.66 inches / 42.16mm
Width 4.00 inches / 101.60mm
Depth 13.85 inches / 351.80mm
Weight 4.6lb / 2.1kg
Electrical specifications Input voltage range 185V AC to 264V AC (200V AC to 240V AC
nominal)
Output voltage -49.0V DC +/-0.5V DC
Input frequency range 50Hz to 60Hz
Maximum output power 2,725W

XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Power Distribution Architecture

Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to the "line module" will refer to the
AOLM-500, AOLM-500B, AOLX-500, AOLX-500B, SOLM-500, SOLX-500, AOLM2-500,
AOLM2-500B, AOLX2-500, AOLX2-500B/P, SOLM2-500, SOLM2-500B, SOLX2-500,
SOLX2-500B/P, AOFM-500, AOFM-500B, AOFX-500, AOFX-500B/P, SOFM-500, SOFM-500B,
SOFX-500, SOFX-500B/P, AOFM-100, AOFX-100, AOFM-1200, AOFX-1200, SOFM-1200, and/or
SOFX-1200 interchangeably.

-48V DC power is distributed from the XTC-10 rectifier shelves to the upper chassis backplane across two
sets of DC power cables which carry redundant A and B power feeds. The backplane feeds the power
supply to the common components and circuit packs as shown in Figure 1-16: XTC-10 Rectifier
Configuration Power Distribution Diagram on page 1-54.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-54 XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Product Details

Figure 1-16 XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Power Distribution Diagram

The XTC-10 hardware modules combine the power feed by diode-ORing and ORing FET. The -48V DC
inputs are individually fused on the circuit packs, IOTAP, and fan trays to protect it from overcurrent
conditions. The fuse is not field-replaceable. The status of each fuse is monitored before the ORing
diodes and FETs.

XTC-10 Rack Mounting Ears

External rack mounting ears are included as part of PON ICS-RCTFR-RM to mount the rectifier shelf in
the XTC-10 cabinet (PON X-CABINET-X10 and/or X-CABINET-E1-X10) or on an industry standard ANSI
23-inch rack.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-55

XTC-10 Rectifier Switch Box

Table 1-37 XTC-10 Rectifier Switch Box Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
ICS-RCTFR-BRKRPNL AC power distribution panel for the XTC-10 rectifier configuration, provides 8 panel
mounted connectors for AC input, 8 UL approved power cord pigtails for AC output to
each rectifier shelf, and 8 individual power switches to apply or remove the AC input
from each XTC-10 rectifier

Note: AC power cords (for AC input) are not included with the XTC-10 rectifier
configuration. It is recommended to use grounded 20A power cords locally
approved for connection of IT equipment.

The XTC-10 rectifier switch box, referred to as rectifier switch box, functions as an AC power distribution
panel for the XTC-10 rectifier configuration as shown in the figure below (the rectifier switch box front
safety cover is not shown for clarity). The rectifier switch box electrically connects the AC input to each
rectifier shelf (Rectifier Shelf A and B). Eight individual power switches are provided at the front of the
rectifier switch box to power on (I) or power off (O) the AC input from each XTC-10 rectifier.
The rectifier switch box is typically mounted (above the XTC-10) inside the XTC-10 cabinet or on an
industry standard ANSI 23-inch rack.

External Indicators
Figure 1-17 XTC-10 Rectifier Switch Box Faceplate

Status LEDs
The rectifier switch box has no external status LEDs.

Connectors
The rectifier switch box contains eight IEC 320 (EN 60320) C20 panel mounted connectors (3-pin male)
at the rear of the switch box for AC input. Eight UL approved power cord pigtails with C19 connectors
(3-pin female) also located at the rear of the switch box are provided for AC output to each rectifier shelf.

Note: AC power cords (for AC input) are not included with the XTC-10 rectifier configuration. It is
recommended to use grounded 20A power cords locally approved for connection of IT equipment.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-56 XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Product Details

Electrical Grounding Point

The rectifier switch box contains an electrical grounding point on the right side, rear section of the switch
box.

Rack Mounting Ears

External rack mounting ears are included as part of PON ICS-RCTFR-RM to mount the rectifier switch
box in the XTC-10 cabinet (PON X-CABINET-X10 and/or X-CABINET-E1-X10) or on an industry standard
ANSI 23-inch rack.

Technical Specifications

Table 1-38 XTC-10 Rectifier Switch Box Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 1.71 inches / 43.43mm (1 RU)
Width 17.24 inches / 437.90mm
Depth 14.99 inches / 380.75mm
Weight 12.0lb / 5.4kg
Electrical specifications Input voltage range 185V AC to 264V AC (200V AC to 240V AC
nominal)
Input frequency range 50Hz to 60Hz

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-57

XTC-10 Cabinet/Rack Mounting Kit Product Details

Cabinet mounting ears are used to mount the XTC-10 in the XTC-10 cabinet. External rack mounting ears
are used to provide flush mounting configurations for industry standard ETSI (600mm) racks; flush and
mid-mounting configurations for industry standard ANSI 23-inch racks at flush, 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, and 8 inches
forward from the rack rails. Rear rack mounting ears are included with certain ANSI 23-inch rack
mounting kits for optional rear support.

Note: Cabinet/rack mounting kits are not included with the XTC-10 and/or XTC-10 cabinet, and must
be ordered separately.

Table 1-39 XTC-10 Cabinet/Rack Mounting Kit Product Details

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-RM-ETSI-B1-X10+ XTC-10 cabinet mounting kit; required for mounting the XTC-10 in the XTC-10
cabinet. Includes XTC-10 cabinet mounting ears (X-RM-ETSI-B2-X10)
X-RM-ETSI-B2-X10+ ETSI (600mm) rack mounting kit; required for flush mounting the XTC-10 on an ETSI
(600mm) rack with the option to install the XTC-10 doors. Includes ETSI front mounting
ears (X-RM-ETSI-X10)
X-RM-23-ANSI-B1-X10+ ANSI 23-inch rack mounting kit; required for flush/forward mounting the XTC-10 on an
ANSI 23-inch rack with the option to install the XTC-10 air baffles type 2. Includes ANSI
front mounting ears (X-RM-ANSI-X10)

Note: The XTC-10 must be flush mounted in order to install the air baffles type 2.

X-RM-23-ANSI-B2-X10+ ANSI 23-inch rack mounting kit; required for flush/forward mounting the XTC-10 on an
ANSI 23-inch rack with rear support and the option to install the XTC-10 air baffles type
2. Includes ANSI front mounting ears (X-RM-ANSI-X10) and ANSI rear mounting ears
(X-RM-ANSI-B2-X10)

Note: The XTC-10 must be flush mounted in order to install the air baffles type 2.

X-RM-23-ANSI-B5-X10+ ANSI 23-inch rack mounting kit; required for flush/forward mounting the XTC-10 on an
ANSI 23-inch rack with the option to install the XTC-10 doors. Includes ANSI front
mounting ears (X-RM-ANSI-X10) and ETSI front mounting ears (X-RM-ETSI-X10)

Note: ETSI front mounting ears (X-RM-ETSI-X10) are required in order to install
the optional XTC-10 doors on the XTC-10.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-58 XTC-10 Cabinet/Rack Mounting Kit Product Details

Table 1-39 XTC-10 Cabinet/Rack Mounting Kit Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-RM-23-ANSI-B6-X10+ ANSI 23-inch rack mounting kit; required for flush/forward mounting the XTC-10 on an
ANSI 23-inch rack with rear support and the option to install the XTC-10 doors. Includes
ANSI front mounting ears (X-RM-ANSI-X10), ANSI rear mounting ears (X-RM-ANSI-B2-
X10), and ETSI front mounting ears (X-RM-ETSI-X10)

Note: ETSI front mounting ears (X-RM-ETSI-X10) are required in order to install
the optional XTC-10 doors on the XTC-10.

X-RM-23-ANSI-B7-X10+ ANSI 23-inch rack mounting kit; required for flush mounting the XTC-10 on an ANSI 23-
inch rack with the option to install the XTC-10 doors and air baffles type 2. Includes
ANSI front mounting ears (X-RM2-ANSI-X10)
X-RM-23-ANSI-B8-X10+ ANSI 23-inch rack mounting kit; required for flush mounting the XTC-10 on an ANSI 23-
inch rack with rear support and the option to install the XTC-10 doors and air baffles
type 2. Includes ANSI front mounting ears (X-RM2-ANSI-X10) and ANSI rear mounting
ears (X-RM-ANSI-B2-X10)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-59

XTC-10 Cabinet Product Details

Table 1-40 XTC-10 Cabinet Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-CABINET-X10 Infinera custom cabinet used to house an XTC-10, an XTC-10 PEM shelf hosting up to 6
PEMs or an XTC-10 rectifier configuration. The cabinet is 600mm x 600mm floor, ETSI
compliant

Note: The cabinet is 600mm x 600mm floor, ETSI compliant when the optional side
support brackets and fiber routing horns are removed from the cabinet.

Note: Requires XTC-10 cabinet mounting kit (X-RM-ETSI-B1-X10+).

X-CABINET-E1-X10 Infinera custom cabinet used to house an XTC-10, an XTC-10 PEM shelf hosting up to 6
PEMs or an XTC-10 rectifier configuration while providing cable access through the
bottom of the cabinet for raised floor applications. The cabinet is 600mm x 600mm floor,
ETSI compliant

Note: Requires XTC-10 cabinet mounting kit (X-RM-ETSI-B1-X10+). Also note that
the XTC-10 cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X10) does not meet ETSI/NEBS requirements
for earthquake compliance. Contact your account team or the deployment team for
further information.

X-CABINET-X10 Functional Description

The XTC-10 cabinet (X-CABINET-X10; see Figure 1-18: XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-X10) on page 1-
61), consists of a seven foot steel enclosure on a skeletal frame including top, base, side and rear
panels, lockable front door, air baffles, and mounting hardware. The cabinet details are listed as follows:
■ The cabinet interior provides up to 45 RU of rack space to accommodate an XTC-10 PEM shelf or
an XTC-10 rectifier configuration (in the upper 3 RU) and an XTC-10 (in the lower 42 RU)
■ Chassis mounting ears are located in the cabinet to mount the XTC-10 PEM shelf or XTC-10
rectifier configuration and XTC-10
■ The top panel has lifting eyebolts and removable roof panels for network, power, and grounding
cable access
■ The base contains customizable mounting holes for cabinet grouting. In addition, the base contains
skid strips and guide angles to facilitate installation of the XTC-10 in the cabinet
■ The front door, side and rear panels contain acoustic material mounted on the inside for noise
reduction

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-60 XTC-10 Cabinet Product Details

■ The front door and rear panel are both removable and include perforated honeycomb steel to
facilitate airflow through the cabinet. Light pipes and an alarm cutoff (ACO) reset button are
provided on the front door
■ Air baffles are located in the cabinet to prevent heated exhaust air from mixing with cooler inlet air.
The rack mounting ears also serve as air baffles
■ Vertical cable trays with integrated cable hoops are provided on the interior of each side panel for
vertical cable management
■ Side support brackets are provided on the exterior of each side panel with cutouts containing fiber
horns for external fiber routing. Mounting holes are also provided on the exterior of each side panel
for attachment of third-party fiber management brackets
■ Internal and external electrical grounding points are located on the cabinet as follows:
□ Internal—two at the front (lower left side on the cabinet) and one on the front door (lower
right section)
□ External—two on the top panel; one at the front, upper left section (above the front door);
one at the rear, upper left section (above the rear panel)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-61

Figure 1-18 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-X10)

The XTC-10 cabinet (X-CABINET-X10) details are provided in Figure 1-19: XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-
X10) Details on page 1-62.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-62 XTC-10 Cabinet Product Details

Figure 1-19 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-X10) Details

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-63

Figure 1-20 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-X10) Dimensions

Note: The cabinet is 600mm x 600mm floor, ETSI compliant when the optional side support
brackets and fiber routing horns are removed from the cabinet.

Note: The dimension (width x depth) of each internal vertical cable tray is approximately 1.25 inches x
3.50 inches (31.75mm x 88.90mm).

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-64 XTC-10 Cabinet Product Details

Figure 1-21 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-X10) Top and Base Mounting Details

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-65

X-CABINET-E1-X10 Functional Description

The XTC-10 cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X10; see Figure 1-22: XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X10) on
page 1-66), consists of a steel enclosure including top, base, side and rear panels, lockable front door,
air baffles, and mounting hardware. The cabinet details are listed as follows:

Note: XTC-10 cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X10) does not meet ETSI/NEBS requirements for earthquake
compliance. Contact your account team or the deployment team for further information.
■ The cabinet interior provides up to 45 RU of rack space to accommodate an XTC-10 PEM shelf
or an XTC-10 rectifier configuration (in the upper 3 RU) and an XTC-10 (in the lower 42 RU)
■ Chassis mounting ears are located in the cabinet to mount the XTC-10 PEM shelf or XTC-10
rectifier configuration and XTC-10
■ The top panel contains mounting holes for installing lifting eyebolts and removable roof panels
for network, power, and grounding cable access (lifting eyebolts are shipped in an accessory
bag)
■ The base contains mounting holes for bolting down the cabinet and skid strips to facilitate
installation of the XTC-10 in the cabinet. In addition, the base contains cut-outs for network,
power, and grounding cable access
■ The front door, side and rear panels contain acoustic material mounted on the inside for noise
reduction
■ The front door and rear panel are both removable and include perforated honeycomb steel to
facilitate airflow through the cabinet
■ Air baffles are located in the cabinet to prevent heated exhaust air from mixing with cooler inlet
air. The rack mounting ears also serve as air baffles
■ Vertical cable trays (front and rear) with integrated cable hoops are provided on the interior of
each side panel for vertical cable management
■ Cabinet-to-cabinet door and cabinet-to-rear panel grounding cables are provided and pre-
installed at the factory
■ Internal electrical grounding points are located on the cabinet as follows:
□ Two at the front, upper left section (one on the front door and one on the left side of the
cabinet)
□ One at the rear, upper right section (above the rear panel)
□ One grounding bus bar at the upper rear section (on the top panel)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-66 XTC-10 Cabinet Product Details

Figure 1-22 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X10)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-67

Figure 1-23 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X10) Details

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-68 XTC-10 Cabinet Product Details

Figure 1-24 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X10) Dimensions

Note: The dimension (width x depth) of each internal vertical cable tray is (approximately):
Front cable tray—1.00 inches x 4.00 inches (25.40mm x 101.60mm)
Rear cable tray—1.50 inches x 2.00 inches (38.10mm x 50.80mm)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-69

Figure 1-25 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X10) Top and Base Mounting Details

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-70 XTC-10 Cabinet Product Details

Mechanical Specifications
Table 1-41 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-X10) Mechanical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 84.00 inches / 2133.60mm
Width (not including the optional 23.62 inches / 600.00mm
side support brackets and fiber
routing horns)
Width (including optional side 25.30 inches / 642.62mm
support brackets)
Width (including optional side 26.08 inches / 662.43mm
support brackets and fiber routing
horns)
Depth 23.62 inches / 600.00mm
Dimension (width x depth) of each 1.25 inches x 3.50 inches
internal vertical cable tray 31.75mm x 88.90mm
Weight - empty cabinet (including 280.0lb / 127.0kg
front door, top, base, rear and side
panels, and the optional side
support brackets and fiber routing
horns)

Table 1-42 XTC-10 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X10) Mechanical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 86.61 inches / 2200.00mm
Width 23.62 inches / 600.00mm
Depth 23.62 inches / 600.00mm
Dimension (width x depth) of each 1.00 inches x 4.00 inches
internal (front) vertical cable tray 25.40mm x 101.60mm
Dimension (width x depth) of each 1.50 inches x 2.00 inches
internal (rear) vertical cable tray 38.10mm x 50.80mm
Weight - empty cabinet including 308.6lb / 140.0kg
front door, top, base, rear and side
panels

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-71

XTC-4 Overview
Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to the "line module" will refer to the
AOLM-500, AOLM-500B, AOLX-500, AOLX-500B, SOLM-500, SOLX-500, AOLM2-500,
AOLM2-500B, AOLX2-500, AOLX2-500B/P, SOLM2-500, SOLM2-500B, SOLX2-500,
SOLX2-500B/P, AOFM-500, AOFM-500B, AOFX-500, AOFX-500B/P, SOFM-500, SOFM-500B,
SOFX-500, SOFX-500B/P, AOFM-100, and/or AOFX-100 interchangeably.

Note: The DTN-X (XTC-10 and XTC-4) is designed to operate in open frame racks or Infinera
supplied cabinets. Contact your account team or the deployment team if a third-party cabinet is
considered for installation as the cabinet specifications will need to be reviewed.

The XTC-4 is a half-bay chassis option providing four universal card slots to house line modules and/or
OTM-500/OTM2-500s. In addition, the XTC-4 is an ANSI 19-inch width chassis type with an available
ETSI (600mm) and 23-inch mounting option.

Table 1-43 XTC-4 Common Components

Name Description
Power Entry Module (PEM) See Power Entry Module
(PEM) on page 1-86
Input/Output Panel (I/O Panel) See Input/Output (I/O) Panel
on page 1-90
Timing and Alarm Panel (TAP) See Timing and Alarm Panel
(TAP) on page 1-94
Fan Tray See Fan Tray on page 1-96
Air Filter See Air Filter on page 1-98
Card Cage See Card Cage on page 1-99

Table 1-44 XTC-4 Supported Circuit Packs

Name Description
DTN-X Control Module (XCM) See DTN-X Control Module
(XCM) on page 1-111
Timing Synchronization Module (TSM-X4) See Timing Synchronization
Module (TSM-X4) on page 1-
121
OTN Switch Module (OXM-X4) See OTN Switch Module
(OXM-X4) on page 1-133
OTN Tributary Module 500G (OTM-500) See OTN Tributary Module
500G (OTM-500) on page 1-
137

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-72 XTC-4 Overview

Table 1-44 XTC-4 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
OTN Tributary Module 500G (OTM2-500) See OTN Tributary Module
500G (OTM2-500) on page
1-142
Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500) See Advanced OTN Line
Module 500G (AOLM-500)
on page 3-2
Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500B) See Advanced OTN Line
Module 500G (AOLM-500B)
on page 3-10
Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX-500) See Advanced OTN
Switching Line Module 500G
(AOLX-500) on page 3-19
Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX-500B) See Advanced OTN
Switching Line Module 500G
(AOLX-500B) on page 3-27
Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM-500) See Submarine OTN Line
Module 500G (SOLM-500)
on page 3-35
Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX-500) See Submarine OTN
Switching Line Module 500G
(SOLX-500) on page 3-43
Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500) See Advanced OTN Line
Module 500G (AOLM2-500)
on page 3-51
Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500B) See Advanced OTN Line
Module 500G (AOLM2-500B)
on page 3-60
Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX2-500) See Advanced OTN
Switching Line Module 500G
(AOLX2-500) on page 3-69
Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX2-500B/P) See Advanced OTN
Switching Line Module 500G
(AOLX2-500B/P) on page 3-
77
Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500) See Submarine OTN Line
Module 500G (SOLM2-500)
on page 3-86
Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500B) See Submarine OTN Line
Module 500G (SOLM2-500B)
on page 3-94

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-73

Table 1-44 XTC-4 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX2-500) See Submarine OTN
Switching Line Module 500G
(SOLX2-500) on page 3-103
Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX2-500B/P) See Submarine OTN
Switching Line Module 500G
(SOLX2-500B/P) on page 3-
111
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Line Module
500G (AOFM-500) on page
3-120
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500B) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Line Module
500G (AOFM-500B) on page
3-128
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (AOFX-500) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Switching Line
Module 500G (AOFX-500) on
page 3-137
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (AOFX-500B/P) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Switching Line
Module 500G
(AOFX-500B/P) on page 3-
145
Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500) See Submarine OTN
FlexChannel Line Module
500G (SOFM-500) on page
3-154
Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500B) See Submarine OTN
FlexChannel Line Module
500G (SOFM-500B) on page
3-163
Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (SOFX-500) See Submarine OTN
FlexChannel Switching Line
Module 500G (SOFX-500) on
page 3-173
Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (SOFX-500B/P) See Submarine OTN
FlexChannel Switching Line
Module 500G
(SOFX-500B/P) on page 3-
182

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-74 XTC-4 Overview

Table 1-44 XTC-4 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 100G (AOFM-100) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Line Module
100G (AOFM-100) on page
3-192
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Switching Module 100G (AOFX-100) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Line Switching
Module 100G (AOFX-100) on
page 3-198
Tributary Interface Module 100G (TIM-1-100G) See Tributary Interface
Module 100G (TIM-1-100G)
on page 4-6
Tributary Interface Module 100GE (TIM-1-100GE) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GE
(TIM-1-100GE) on page 4-
9
Tributary Interface Module 100GE (TIM-1B-100GE) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GE
(TIM-1B-100GE) on page 4-
12
Tributary Interface Module 100GM (TIM-1-100GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GM
(TIM-1-100GM) on page 4-
15
Tributary Interface Module 100GX (TIM-1-100GX) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GX
(TIM-1-100GX) on page 4-
18
Tributary Interface Module 100GE (TIM-1-100GE-Q) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GE
(TIM-1-100GE-Q) on page 4-
21
Tributary Interface Module 40G (TIM-1-40G) See Tributary Interface
Module 40G (TIM-1-40G) on
page 4-24
Tributary Interface Module 40GE (TIM-1-40GE) See Tributary Interface
Module 40GE (TIM-1-40GE)
on page 4-26
Tributary Interface Module 40GM (TIM-1-40GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 40GM (TIM-1-40GM)
on page 4-29

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-75

Table 1-44 XTC-4 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Tributary Interface Module 10GM (TIM-5-10GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 10GM (TIM-5-10GM)
on page 4-32
Tributary Interface Module 10GM (TIM-5B-10GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 10GM
(TIM-5B-10GM) on page 4-
36
Tributary Interface Module 10GX (TIM-5-10GX) See Tributary Interface
Module 10GX (TIM-5-10GX)
on page 4-39
Tributary Interface Module 16GM (TIM-16-2.5GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 2.5GM
(TIM-16-2.5GM) on page 4-
43
Line Interface Module 100GE (LIM-1-100GE) See Line Interface Module
100GE (LIM-1-100GE) on
page 4-62
Line Interface Module 100GM (LIM-1-100GM) See Line Interface Module
100GM (LIM-1-100GM) on
page 4-65
Line Interface Module 100GX (LIM-1-100GX) See Line Interface Module
100GX (LIM-1-100GX) on
page 4-68
DTN-X Interconnect Module 10GM (XICM-T-5-10GM) See DTN-X Interconnect
Module 10GM (XICM-
T-5-10GM) on page 4-72
Packet Switching Module 100GE (PXM-1-100GE) See Packet Switching
Module 100GE
(PXM-1-100GE) on page 4-
78
Packet Switching Module 10GE (PXM-16-10GE) See Packet Switching
Module 10GE
(PXM-16-10GE) on page 4-
81
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-SR10) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-SR10) on
page 4-93
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-S10X) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-S10X) on
page 4-95

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-76 XTC-4 Overview

Table 1-44 XTC-4 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-LR4) on
page 4-97
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-L10X) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-L10X) on
page 4-99
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TRX100267/TC) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TRX100267/TC) on
page 4-102
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100GMR-LR4)
on page 4-104
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-L10X) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100GMR-L10X)
on page 4-106
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-ER4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100GMR-ER4)
on page 4-109
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-SR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-Q-SR4)
on page 4-111
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-Q-LR4) on
page 4-113
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-CLR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-Q-CLR4)
on page 4-115
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-Q-
CWDM4) on page 4-117
Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40G-SR4) See Tributary Optical Module
40G (TOM-40G-SR4) on
page 4-123
Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40G-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
40G (TOM-40G-LR4) on
page 4-125
Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40GMR-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
40G (TOM-40GMR-LR4) on
page 4-127

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-77

Table 1-44 XTC-4 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40GMR-FR) See Tributary Optical Module
40G (TOM-40GMR-FR) on
page 4-129
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0)
on page 4-131
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1)
on page 4-133
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2)
on page 4-135
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2)
on page 4-137
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-DT) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-DT)
on page 4-140
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10GE-LRL) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10GE-LRL) on
page 4-144
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-SR1) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5G-SR1) on
page 4-148
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-IR2) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5G-IR2) on
page 4-150
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-LR2) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5G-LR2) on
page 4-153
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-SR1) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-SR1) on
page 4-156
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-IR1) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-IR1) on
page 4-159
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-MR-Dn-LR2) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-MR-Dn-LR2) on
page 4-163

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-78 XTC-4 Overview

Table 1-44 XTC-4 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-MR-Cn-LR2) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-MR-Cn-LR2) on
page 4-167
Tributary Optical Module 1G (TOM-1G-ZX) See Tributary Optical Module
1G (TOM-1G-ZX) on page 4-
169
Blank Circuit Packs See Blank Circuit Packs on
page 1-151

Front View
Figure 1-26 XTC-4 Front View

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-79

A single bay can accommodate two XTC-4s as shown in the figure below.

Figure 1-27 Two XTC-4s on a Rack

Note: In order for two XTC-4s to fit into a single bay, a minimum of 44 RU of free rack space is
required on the ETSI (600mm), ANSI 23-inch, or ANSI 19-inch rack. It is recommended that the first
XTC-4 be installed in the top half of the rack whenever possible.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-80 XTC-4 Thermal Loading

XTC-4 Thermal Loading

The table below provides typical heat release information (calculated for feet) for the XTC-4 housed in a
19-inch frame.

Table 1-45 XTC-4 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)

XTC-4 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 19-inch (482.6mm) Frame
Power 2405
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 2.00
(feet)
Frame Width 1.84
(feet)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (feet)
Aisle (feet)
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Heat Release (Watts/ft2)
1.0 436.5 402.9 374.1 349.2 327.4 308.1 291.0 275.7 261.9
1.5 402.9 374.1 349.2 327.4 308.1 291.0 275.7 261.9 249.4
2.0 374.1 349.2 327.4 308.1 291.0 275.7 261.9 249.4 238.1
2.5 349.2 327.4 308.1 291.0 275.7 261.9 249.4 238.1 227.7
3.0 327.4 308.1 291.0 275.7 261.9 249.4 238.1 227.7 218.2
3.5 308.1 291.0 275.7 261.9 249.4 238.1 227.7 218.2 209.5
4.0 291.0 275.7 261.9 249.4 238.1 227.7 218.2 209.5 201.4
4.5 275.7 261.9 249.4 238.1 227.7 218.2 209.5 201.4 194.0
5.0 261.9 249.4 238.1 227.7 218.2 209.5 201.4 194.0 187.1

The table below provides typical heat release information (calculated for meters) for the XTC-4 housed in
a 19-inch frame.

Table 1-46 XTC-4 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)

XTC-4 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 19-inch (482.6mm) Frame
Power 2405
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 0.61
(meters)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-81

Table 1-46 XTC-4 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters) (continued)
XTC-4 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 19-inch (482.6mm) Frame
Frame Width 0.56
(meters)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (meters)
Aisle (meters)
0.305 0.457 0.610 0.762 0.914 1.067 1.219 1.372 1.524
Heat Release (Watts/m2)
0.305 5637.0 5125.7 4696.9 4336.6 4027.5 3758.0 3523.7 3315.6 3131.9
0.457 5125.7 4699.5 4336.6 4027.5 3759.6 3523.7 3316.9 3131.9 2967.4
0.610 4696.9 4336.6 4025.6 3758.0 3523.7 3315.6 3131.9 2966.4 2818.5
0.762 4336.6 4027.5 3758.0 3523.7 3316.9 3131.9 2967.4 2818.5 2684.6
0.914 4027.5 3759.6 3523.7 3316.9 3133.0 2967.4 2819.4 2684.6 2562.9
1.067 3758.0 3523.7 3315.6 3131.9 2967.4 2818.5 2684.6 2562.1 2451.0
1.219 3523.7 3316.9 3131.9 2967.4 2819.4 2684.6 2562.9 2451.0 2349.1
1.372 3315.6 3131.9 2966.4 2818.5 2684.6 2562.1 2451.0 2348.5 2254.8
1.524 3131.9 2967.4 2818.5 2684.6 2562.9 2451.0 2349.1 2254.8 2168.3

The table below provides typical heat release information (calculated for feet) for the XTC-4 housed in a
23-inch frame.

Table 1-47 XTC-4 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)

XTC-4 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Power 2405
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 2.00
(feet)
Frame Width 2.17
(feet)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (feet)
Aisle (feet)
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Heat Release (Watts/ft2)
1.0 370.0 341.5 317.1 296.0 277.5 261.2 246.7 233.7 222.0
1.5 341.5 317.1 296.0 277.5 261.2 246.7 233.7 222.0 211.4
2.0 317.1 296.0 277.5 261.2 246.7 233.7 222.0 211.4 201.8
2.5 296.0 277.5 261.2 246.7 233.7 222.0 211.4 201.8 193.0

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-82 XTC-4 Thermal Loading

Table 1-47 XTC-4 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet) (continued)
XTC-4 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
3.0 277.5 261.2 246.7 233.7 222.0 211.4 201.8 193.0 185.0
3.5 261.2 246.7 233.7 222.0 211.4 201.8 193.0 185.0 177.6
4.0 246.7 233.7 222.0 211.4 201.8 193.0 185.0 177.6 170.8
4.5 233.7 222.0 211.4 201.8 193.0 185.0 177.6 170.8 164.4
5.0 222.0 211.4 201.8 193.0 185.0 177.6 170.8 164.4 158.6

Table 1-48 XTC-4 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)

XTC-4 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Power 2405
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 0.61
(meters)
Frame Width 0.66
(meters)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (meters)
Aisle (meters)
0.305 0.457 0.610 0.762 0.914 1.067 1.219 1.372 1.524
Heat Release (Watts/m2)
0.305 3983.1 3677.6 3414.1 3187.2 2988.6 2812.1 2656.4 2516.1 2390.6
0.457 3677.6 3415.7 3187.2 2988.6 2813.2 2656.4 2517.0 2390.6 2277.1
0.610 3414.1 3187.2 2987.3 2812.1 2656.4 2516.1 2390.6 2276.4 2173.3
0.762 3187.2 2988.6 2812.1 2656.4 2517.0 2390.6 2277.1 2173.3 2079.0
0.914 2988.6 2813.2 2656.4 2517.0 2391.4 2277.1 2173.9 2079.0 1992.6
1.067 2812.1 2656.4 2516.1 2390.6 2277.1 2173.3 2079.0 1992.1 1912.6
1.219 2656.4 2517.0 2390.6 2277.1 2173.9 2079.0 1992.6 1912.6 1839.3
1.372 2516.1 2390.6 2276.4 2173.3 2079.0 1992.1 1912.6 1838.8 1770.9
1.524 2390.6 2277.1 2173.3 2079.0 1992.6 1912.6 1839.3 1770.9 1707.8

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-83

XTC-4 Product Details

Table 1-49 XTC-4 Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
XTC-4 Switching Transport Chassis; includes 4 universal card slots for I/O, switch, timing,
and control modules
XTC-4-B1-SWITCH+ Fully loaded XTC-4 chassis kit with PEMs, common equipment bundle #1; includes 1
XTC-4, 2 XCMs, 1 TSM-X4, 5 OXM-X4s, 2 X-FANTRAY-X4s, and 4 X-PS-DCs
XTC-4-B2-SWITCH+ Standard XTC-4 chassis kit with PEMs, common equipment bundle #2; includes 1
XTC-4, 1 XCM, 1 TSM-X4, 5 OXM-X4s, 2 X-FANTRAY-X4s, and 2 X-PS-DCs
X-FIBERGUIDE-X4 XTC-4 fiber management kit
X-AIRBAFFLE-X4 XTC-4 air baffles kit
X-WRAPPER-B1-X4 XTC-4 exhaust panels kit for ANSI 23-inch rack mount
X-DOOR-X4 XTC-4 front chassis door kit

Functional Description
The XTC-4 houses the common equipment required for operations and the circuit packs that transport
and terminate optical signals. The XTC-4 provides a redundant and scalable switch fabric with ODU0
switching granularity to support customer traffic from line-to-trib, trib-to-trib, and/or line-to-line. The XTC-4
supports the following functions:
■ The XTC-4 can be deployed as a Main Chassis or an Expansion Chassis within a DTN-X network
element. For details regarding the exact combination and number of interconnected chassis
supported on a DTN-X network element, refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide
■ The XTC-4 is used in ROADM, Digital Terminal, Digital Add/Drop, and Digital Repeater
configurations
The XTC-4 is composed of the following components (see Figure 1-26: XTC-4 Front View on page 1-78
for an illustration):
■ Power Entry Module (PEM) on page 1-86
■ Input/Output (I/O) Panel on page 1-90
■ Timing and Alarm Panel (TAP) on page 1-94
■ Fan Tray on page 1-96
■ Air Filter on page 1-98
■ Card Cage on page 1-99

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-84 XTC-4 Product Details

Mechanical Specifications
Table 1-50 XTC-4 Mechanical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 38.44 inches / 976.38mm (22 RU)
Width - chassis only 17.50 inches / 444.50mm
Width (including integrated rack 19.00 inches / 482.60mm
mounting ears)
Width (chassis with air baffles or 21.38 inches / 543.00mm
exhaust panels kit installed (PON X-
AIRBAFFLE-X4 or X-WRAPPER-B1-
X4])

Note: Each intake/exhaust duct

has a width of 1.94 inches /
49.28mm and does not extend
beyond the height and/or depth of
the chassis.

Depth - chassis only 18.50 inches / 469.90mm

Depth (including fiber management 21.40 inches / 543.56mm
trays; excluding front chassis door)
Weight - chassis only 100.0lb / 45.4kg
Weight - fully loaded chassis (including 388.4lb / 176.2kg (approximately)
four PEMs)

Electrical Grounding Points

The XTC-4 contains four electrical grounding points located as follows:
■ Two at the front, lower left and right sections of the chassis
■ One on each side, lower rear section of the chassis

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Grounding Jack

The XTC-4 contains an ESD grounding jack located at the front of the chassis, lower section (middle of
the central inlet air plenum).

Fiber Management Trays

Fiber management trays are provided to route fibers away from the circuit packs in a manner that protects
the fibers and allows for any circuit pack to be inserted, removed, and/or replaced without disturbing
another circuit pack’s fibers. A fiber tray is located above and below the universal card cage. The fiber
trays at the top of the card cage are inverted. Fibers from the top half of each circuit pack are routed to
the upper tray and fibers from the bottom half of each circuit pack are routed to the lower tray.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-85

XTC-4 Dimensions
Figure 1-28 XTC-4 Dimensions

Note: When the front door is installed and in the closed position, the distance between the front of the
chassis and the front door is approximately 2.9 inches (75.0mm).

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-86 XTC-4 Product Details

Power Entry Module (PEM)

Table 1-51 XTC-4 PEM Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-PS-DC Power Entry Module with dual 60A power feeds, provides DC power to the XTC-4.

Note: X-PS-DC is applicable to both the XTC-4 and XTC-10.

X-PS2-DC Power Entry Module, high efficiency, type 2 with dual 60A power feeds, provides 2 x
2250W DC power to the XTC-4 (4500W total power using both feeds)

Note: X-PS2-DC is available for chassis configurations that require additional power
and applicable to both the XTC-4 and XTC-10. Note that a combination of PEM types
(PON X-PS-DC and/or PON X-PS2-DC) in the same XTC4 and/or XTC-10 PEM
shelf is not supported.

X-AIRFILTER-PS-DC PEM air filter kit, shipped with each PEM and must be installed by the customer

Note: X-AIRFILTER-PS-DC is applicable to both the XTC-4 and XTC-10.

The PEM provides DC power to the XTC-4 and contains dual 60A circuit breaker switches for overcurrent
protection on two independent power feeds as shown in Figure 1-29: XTC-4 PEM Faceplate on page 1-
87 (the PEM safety cover is not shown for clarity). Additionally, the PEM contains thermal sensors that
monitor the internal temperature of the PEM to protect internal components from overheating or catching
fire. An internal cooling fan mechanism is provided that draws air in through a front vent and forces air out
through a rear vent.
Each PEM is hot-swappable and provides the following features:
■ DC input overvoltage and undervoltage protection; automated power shutdown for DC input
overvoltage and undervoltage conditions
■ DC output overvoltage and overload protection; automated power shutdown for DC output
overvoltage and overload conditions (this feature is supported internally and is not subject to
external regulation)
■ Overtemperature warning and protection; automated power shutdown and restart for over
temperature
■ Reversed polarity detection
■ In-rush control
The top position of the XTC-4 accommodates up to four PEMs providing N+N redundancy depending on
system load requirements and the customer’s configuration. The two PEMs occupying the top left half
comprise feed A and are labeled PA1 (center position) and PA2 (left-most position), and the two PEMs
occupying the top right half comprise feed B and are labeled PB1 (center position) and PB2 (right-most
position).

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-87

External Indicators
Figure 1-29 XTC-4 PEM Faceplate

Power LEDs

Table 1-52 XTC-4 PEM Visual Alarm Indicators

INPUT OUTPUT FAULT Description
(Green) (Green) (Red)

■ Front panel icons

ON ON OFF ■ Power input to the PEM as per specifications

■ Power output from the PEM as per specifications
■ No fault detected
ON ON ON ■ Power input to the PEM as per specifications
■ Power output from the PEM as per specifications
■ Minor fault detected
ON OFF ON ■ Power input to the PEM as per specifications
■ No power output from the PEM due to internal
fault(s)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-88 XTC-4 Product Details

Table 1-52 XTC-4 PEM Visual Alarm Indicators (continued)

INPUT OUTPUT FAULT Description
(Green) (Green) (Red)
OFF OFF ON ■ Power input to the PEM not per specifications
■ No power output from the PEM
■ PEM is detecting power from neighboring units in
the same feed

OFF OFF OFF ■ Power input to the PEM not per specifications
■ No power output from the PEM
■ PEM is not detecting power from neighboring
units in the same feed

Connectors
Each PEM accommodates two power feeds and provides a total of four sets of dual 1/4-20 studs on 5/8”
centers. Two sets of studs are for connection to -48V DC Power and two sets for connection to its Return.
The studs are capable of accommodating industry standard two-hole compression lugs on 5/8” centers. A
plastic safety cover is provided to prevent inadvertent contact with the terminals once installed.

Caution: To prevent damage to the PEM, the compression lugs used must have 1/4 inch
diameter stud hole size, 5/8 inch hole spacing, and the lug width must not exceed 0.60 inch. The
recommended torque for each KEP nut is 35.0in-lb (4.0Nm).

Air Filter
A replaceable air filter is necessary to filter out dust particles at the air intake of the PEM. Air is filtered at
80% dust arrestance. To ensure adequate cooling of the PEM, the air filter must be inspected at regular
intervals and possibly replaced. It is recommended to inspect the air filter once every six months.

Note: Each PEM ships with an air filter kit (PON X-AIRFILTER-PS-DC) which must be installed by the
customer. Refer to the XTC Site Preparation and Hardware Installation Guide for additional
information.

Technical Specifications

Table 1-53 XTC-4 PEM Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 5.17 inches / 131.32mm
Width 3.15 inches / 80.01mm
Depth 16.87 inches / 428.50mm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-89

Table 1-53 XTC-4 PEM Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 13.0lb / 5.9kg
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of base XTC-4 system; see
Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

XTC-4 Power Distribution Architecture

Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to the "line module" will refer to the
AOLM-500, AOLM-500B, AOLX-500, AOLX-500B, SOLM-500, SOLX-500, AOLM2-500,
AOLM2-500B, AOLX2-500, AOLX2-500B/P, SOLM2-500, SOLM2-500B, SOLX2-500,
SOLX2-500B/P, AOFM-500, AOFM-500B, AOFX-500, AOFX-500B/P, SOFM-500, SOFM-500B,
SOFX-500, SOFX-500B/P, AOFM-100, and/or AOFX-100 interchangeably.

-50V DC power is distributed from the PEMs to the upper chassis backplane across PEM-to-XTC busbars
which carry redundant A and B power feeds. DC power is fed to the common components and circuit
packs as shown in Figure 1-30: XTC-4 Power Distribution Diagram on page 1-89.

Figure 1-30 XTC-4 Power Distribution Diagram

The XTC-4 hardware modules combine the power feed by diode-ORing and ORing FET. The -50V DC
inputs are individually fused on the circuit packs, I/O panel, TAP, and fan trays to protect it from
overcurrent conditions. The fuse is not field-replaceable. The status of each fuse is monitored before the
ORing diodes and FETs.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-90 XTC-4 Product Details

Input/Output (I/O) Panel

Note: In a multi-chassis configuration the DCN and AUX ports on the Main Chassis are active. The
DCN and AUX ports on the Expansion Chassis are disabled.

The I/O panel is part of the XTC-4. The I/O functions are divided into two physically separate panels
which together support the same functionality as the XTC-10 IOTAP. The management and operations
are described below. The front view of the I/O panel is shown in Figure 1-31: XTC-4 I/O Panel Front View
on page 1-90.
■ Two 10/100/1000Mbps auto-negotiating Data Communication Network (DCN) RJ-45 Ethernet
interfaces, labeled as DCN. This interface provides ports for Ethernet network connectivity
■ Two 10/100/1000Mbps auto-negotiating Administrative Inter-LAN RJ-45 Ethernet interfaces,
labeled as AUX. This interface provides ports for Datawire services
■ One Craft RS-232 Serial port, labeled as Craft DTE. This interface provides a port for remote
management

Note: There is no modem port support on the I/O panel. The Craft RS-232 serial port is used as
a redundant serial port connection to the active XCM.

■ Alarm input/output SCSI interface, labeled as Alarm Input/Output. This interface is used for
connecting an external alarm wire wrap panel for monitoring environmental and office alarms:
□ Alarm Input—Bay Critical, Major, Minor, Alarm Cutoff
□ Alarm Output—Bay Critical, Major, Minor, Audible Critical, Major, Minor, Visual Power,
Critical, Major, Minor

External Indicators
Figure 1-31 XTC-4 I/O Panel Front View

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-91

DCN and AUX Port LEDs

Table 1-54 XTC-4 Visual Alarm Indicators on the DCN and AUX Ports
DATA LINK Description
(Green) (Green)
ON ON ■ Link established
■ The port is active
OFF OFF ■ Link not established
OFF ON ■ Link established
■ The port is not active

Note: In a multi-chassis configuration the DCN and AUX ports on the Main chassis are active. The
DCN and AUX ports on the Expansion Chassis are disabled.

Alarm Input/Output
The I/O panel contains a 68-pin SCSI connector that connects to a customer-supplied external alarm wire
wrap panel using a customer-supplied SCSI cable. See Table 1-56: XTC-4 Alarm Input/Output Connector
Pin Assignments on page 1-92 for connector pinout assignment.

I/O Connectors

Table 1-55 XTC-4 I/O Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
DCN A, DCN B 10Base-T/100Base-Tx/1000Base- Two connectors with redundancy for remote
T Auto-MDIX RJ-45 management through DCN
AUX A, AUX B 10Base-T/100Base-Tx/1000Base- Two connectors for datawire service to carry
T Auto-MDIX RJ-45 customer management traffic
CRAFT DTE 9600 baud RS-232 DTE DB-9 Used for remote management
Male
ALARM INPUT/OUTPUT SCSI, 68-pin Used for connecting a customer-supplied external
alarm wire wrap panel for monitoring
environmental and office alarms; see Table 1-56:
XTC-4 Alarm Input/Output Connector Pin
Assignments on page 1-92 for connector pinout
assignment

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-92 XTC-4 Product Details

Alarm Input/Output Connector Pinout

Table 1-56 XTC-4 Alarm Input/Output Connector Pin Assignments

Pin Signal Description I/O
1 ALM_IN_GEN0_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN0 N/A
2 ALM_IN_GEN0 General Purpose Alarm Input 0 Input
3 ALM_IN_GEN2_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN2 N/A
4 ALM_IN_GEN2 General Purpose Alarm Input 2 Input
5 ALM_IN_GEN4_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN4 N/A
6 ALM_IN_GEN4 General Purpose Alarm Input 4 Input
7 ALM_BAY_CRIT_IN_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_BAY_CRIT_IN_L N/A
8 ALM_BAY_CRIT_IN_L Bay Critical Alarm Input Input
9 ALM_BAY_MIN_IN_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_BAY_MIN_IN_L N/A
10 ALM_BAY_MIN_IN_L Bay Minor Alarm Input Input
11 N/C N/A N/A
12 N/C N/A N/A
13 N/C N/A N/A
14 ALM_OUT_GEN2_NC General Purpose Alarm Output 2 - Normally Closed Output
15 ALM_OUT_GEN2_NO General Purpose Alarm Output 2 - Normally Open Output
16 ALM_OUT_GEN2_CT General Purpose Alarm Output 2 - Common Terminal Output
17 ALM_OUT_BAY_CRIT_NC Bay Critical Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
18 ALM_OUT_BAY_CRIT_NO Bay Critical Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
19 ALM_OUT_BAY_CRIT_CT Bay Critical Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
20 ALM_OUT_BAY_MIN_NC Bay Minor Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
21 ALM_OUT_BAY_MIN_NO Bay Minor Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
22 ALM_OUT_BAY_MIN_CT Bay Minor Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
23 ALM_OUT_VIS_MAJ_NC Visual Major Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
24 ALM_OUT_VIS_MAJ_NO Visual Major Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
25 ALM_OUT_VIS_MAJ_CT Visual Major Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
26 ALM_OUT_AUD_CRIT_NC Audible Critical Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
27 ALM_OUT_AUD_CRIT_NO Audible Critical Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
28 ALM_OUT_AUD_CRIT_CT Audible Critical Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
29 ALM_OUT_AUD_MIN_NC Audible Minor Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
30 ALM_OUT_AUD_MIN_NO Audible Minor Alarm Output - Normally Open Output

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-93

Table 1-56 XTC-4 Alarm Input/Output Connector Pin Assignments (continued)

Pin Signal Description I/O
31 ALM_OUT_AUD_MIN_CT Audible Minor Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
32 ALM_OUT_GEN0_NC General Purpose Alarm Output 0 - Normally Closed Output
33 ALM_OUT_GEN0_NO General Purpose Alarm Output 0 - Normally Open Output
34 ALM_OUT_GEN0_CT General Purpose Alarm Output 0 - Common Terminal Output
35 ALM_IN_GEN1_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN1 N/A
36 ALM_IN_GEN1 General Purpose Alarm Input 1 Input
37 ALM_IN_GEN3_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN3 N/A
38 ALM_IN_GEN3 General Purpose Alarm Input 3 Input
39 ALM_IN_GEN5_50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN5 N/A
40 ALM_IN_GEN5 General Purpose Alarm Input 5 Input
41 ALM_BAY_MAJ_IN_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_BAY_MAJ_IN_L N/A
42 ALM_BAY_MAJ_IN_L Bay Major Alarm Input Input
43 ALM_ACO_EXT_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_ACO_EXT_L N/A
44 ALM_ACO_EXT_L External Alarm Cutoff Alarm Input Input
45 N/C N/A N/A
46 N/C N/A N/A
47 N/C N/A N/A
48 ALM_OUT_GEN3_NC General Purpose Alarm Output 3 - Normally Closed Output
49 ALM_OUT_GEN3_NO General Purpose Alarm Output 3 - Normally Open Output
50 ALM_OUT_GEN3_CT General Purpose Alarm Output 3 - Common Terminal Output
51 ALM_OUT_BAY_MAJ_NC Bay Major Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
52 ALM_OUT_BAY_MAJ_NO Bay Major Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
53 ALM_OUT_BAY_MAJ_CT Bay Major Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
54 ALM_OUT_VIS_CRIT_NC Visual Critical Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
55 ALM_OUT_VIS_CRIT_NO Visual Critical Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
56 ALM_OUT_VIS_CRIT_CT Visual Critical Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
57 ALM_OUT_VIS_MIN_NC Visual Minor Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
58 ALM_OUT_VIS_MIN_NO Visual Minor Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
59 ALM_OUT_VIS_MIN_CT Visual Minor Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
60 ALM_OUT_AUD_MAJ_NC Audible Major Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
61 ALM_OUT_AUD_MAJ_NO Audible Major Alarm Output - Normally Open Output

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-94 XTC-4 Product Details

Table 1-56 XTC-4 Alarm Input/Output Connector Pin Assignments (continued)

Pin Signal Description I/O
62 ALM_OUT_AUD_MAJ_CT Audible Major Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
63 ALM_OUT_PWR_FLT_NC Power Fault Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
64 ALM_OUT_PWR_FLT_NO Power Fault Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
65 ALM_OUT_PWR_FLT_CT Power Fault Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
66 ALM_OUT_GEN1_NC General Purpose Alarm Output 1 - Normally Closed Output
67 ALM_OUT_GEN1_NO General Purpose Alarm Output 1 - Normally Open Output
68 ALM_OUT_GEN1_CT General Purpose Alarm Output 1 - Common Terminal Output

Timing and Alarm Panel (TAP)

The TAP is part of the XTC-4 and houses the external timing and alarm interfaces as described below.
The front view of the TAP is shown in Figure 1-32: XTC-4 TAP Front View on page 1-95.
■ Bay level alarm LEDs (Critical, Major, and Minor)
■ Chassis level alarm LEDs (Power, Critical, Major, and Minor)
■ One Lamp Test button
■ One Alarm Cutoff (ACO) button
■ One ACO LED
■ External timing interface, labeled as External Timing. This interface provides ports for connecting
external T1/E1 timing references:
□ Four BNC connectors (labeled as A IN/OUT, B IN/OUT), 75 Ohms
□ Set of wire wrap pins (labeled as A IN/OUT, B IN/OUT), 75 Ohms
□ Set of wire wrap pins (labeled as A IN/OUT, B IN/OUT), 100/120 Ohms

Note: The external timing interfaces are not supported in the current release.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-95

External Indicators
Figure 1-32 XTC-4 TAP Front View

Bay Level Alarm LEDs

Table 1-57 XTC-4 Visual Alarm Indicators - Bay Level

LED Color Description
CRITICAL Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of at least one Critical alarm in any of
the chassis in the bay
MAJOR Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of at least one Major alarm in any of
the chassis in the bay
MINOR Yellow Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of at least one Minor alarm in any of
the chassis in the bay

Chassis Level Alarm LEDs

Table 1-58 XTC-4 Visual Alarm Indicators - Chassis Level

LED Color Description
POWER Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply within the specified
operating range to the chassis
CRITICAL Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of at least one Critical alarm in the
chassis
MAJOR Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of at least one Major alarm in the
chassis
MINOR Yellow Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of at least one Minor alarm in the
chassis

Lamp Test
The TAP contains a lamp test button for testing the LEDs. When the lamp test button is pressed, all LEDs
on the TAP and the circuit packs on the chassis are lit (power LEDs illuminate Green and fault LEDs

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-96 XTC-4 Product Details

illuminate Red) and bi-color LEDs will toggle between two colors (Green and Yellow) until the lamp test
button is released. Once the lamp test button is released, all LEDs will return to the previous condition.

Alarm Cutoff (ACO) Indicators

The TAP contains one ACO button and an ACO LED. The ACO feature allows muting of the external
audible alarms. When the ACO button is pressed, all current critical, major, and minor audio alarms are
muted and the ACO LED is lit.

Table 1-59 XTC-4 Audio Alarm Indicators - Chassis Level

Condition ACO LED State Audio Alarm
There are no external alarms on the chassis OFF Not present
An external alarm is raised on the chassis OFF Present
ACO button is pressed ON Muted
An external alarm is cleared OFF Not present

Chassis Level Audio Indicators

The TAP provides output alarm contacts for CRITICAL, MAJOR, and MINOR audible alarms. Audible
alert is triggered when an alarm is raised on the chassis.

External Timing

Note: External timing interfaces are not supported in the current release.

Fan Tray
Table 1-60 XTC-4 Fan Tray Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-FANTRAY-X4 XTC-4 replacement fan tray

The XTC-4 contains two removable fan trays which are both located at the bottom of the chassis. Each
fan tray (see Figure 1-33: XTC-4 Fan Tray Faceplate on page 1-97) consists of four individually
controlled, variable speed fans.
Fan speed is regulated by the active XCM (or by local sensors if external control is unavailable). On initial
system startup, if the ambient temperature is 27º C or less, the fans are set to a speed that will cool the
system and comply with the NEBS acoustic limit. When the inlet temperature is higher than 27º C, fan
speed is increased to compensate for the higher temperature. Once normal operation is achieved, fan
speed is decreased to reduce noise levels in compliance with OSHA and NEBS standards, and to
increase fan MTBF.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-97

The fan trays are referred to as Fan Tray 1 and 2. The airflow enters the system through a central inlet air
plenum at the bottom of the chassis and is pushed up by the two fan trays and forced out through the top
rear and side exhaust vents.
Two fan trays are required for normal operation on the XTC-4 and are redundant. Individual fans within a
fan tray are N+1 redundant with power hot-swap controllers. If an individual fan on a fan tray has failed,
the XTC-4 system can operate indefinitely in an environment up to 40º C. An alarm will be generated via
the management interfaces that indicates one of the fans has failed. Although the system can run reliably
with a single fan failure on a fan tray, the user should change the fan tray at the earliest convenience to
ensure against a second fan failure. The faulted fan tray should be kept installed inside the XTC-4 until a
replacement fan tray is available.
The fan trays should never be partially or completely removed from the system unless performing air filter
or fan tray maintenance. Prior to performing air filter/fan tray maintenance, ensure that a replacement air
filter or fan tray is on hand and prepped for installation (i.e. removed from the packaging and ready for
immediate insertion into the chassis). The fan trays must be inserted back into the system as soon as
possible to prevent chassis overheating and potential shutdown of modules.

External Indicators
Figure 1-33 XTC-4 Fan Tray Faceplate

Table 1-61 XTC-4 Fan Tray Visual Alarm Indicators

LED Color Description
POWER Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the fan tray
FAULT Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault condition with the fan
tray. Flashing Red indicates that the fan is not under control of the active XCM (for
example, the active XCM has been reset or physically removed from the system)

Technical Specifications

Table 1-62 XTC-4 Fan Tray Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 2.14 inches / 54.36mm
Width 17.00 inches / 431.80mm
Depth 18.26 inches / 463.80mm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-98 XTC-4 Product Details

Table 1-62 XTC-4 Fan Tray Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 18.5lb / 8.4kg
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of base XTC-4 system; see
Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Air Filter
Table 1-63 XTC-4 Air Filter Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-AIRFILTER-X4 XTC-4 replacement air filter

The XTC-4 contains one replaceable air filter located behind the front air inlet at the bottom of the
chassis. Replaceable air filters are necessary to filter out dust particles at the air intake of the XTC-4. Air
is filtered at 80% dust arrestance. To ensure adequate cooling of the XTC-4 the air filters must be
inspected at regular intervals and possibly replaced. It is recommended to inspect the air filters once
every six months.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 1-64 XTC-4 Air Filter Mechanical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.25 inches / 6.35mm
Width 17.00 inches / 431.80mm
Depth 18.30 inches / 464.82mm
Weight Less than 0.5lb / 0.2kg
Dust arrestance 80%

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-99

Card Cage
Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to the "line module" will refer to the
AOLM-500, AOLM-500B, AOLX-500, AOLX-500B, SOLM-500, SOLX-500, AOLM2-500,
AOLM2-500B, AOLX2-500, AOLX2-500B/P, SOLM2-500, SOLM2-500B, SOLX2-500,
SOLX2-500B/P, AOFM-500, AOFM-500B, AOFX-500, AOFX-500B/P, SOFM-500, SOFM-500B,
SOFX-500, SOFX-500B/P, AOFM-100, and/or AOFX-100 interchangeably.

The XTC-4 contains a single card cage consisting of twelve chassis slots which house the circuit packs
that provide the optical and digital transport, timing synchronization, switching, and management and
control functions of the system as shown in Figure 1-34: XTC-4 Card Cage on page 1-100.
Universal slots A-1 through A-4 are full-height slots reserved for line modules and/or OTM-500/
OTM2-500s, XCM slots A-5A and A-5B are half-height slots reserved for XCMs, TSM slot A-6 is a slot
reserved for a TSM-X4, and OXM slots S-1 through S-5 are slots reserved for OXM-X4s.

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC-4 in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC-4. When routing signals to other line modules in the XTC-4, AOLM-500/AOLM-500B/SOLM-500s,
AOLM2-500/AOLM2-500B/SOLM2-500/SOLM2-500Bs, and/or AOFM-500/AOFM-500B/SOFM-500/
SOFM-500Bs utilize fixed slot pairing (between adjacent card slots) to support 1-way and 2-way add/drop
connections and can route traffic only to its paired set of line modules. For example, slots A-1 and A-2
and/or A-3 and A-4.
AOLX-500/AOLX-500B/SOLX-500s, AOLX2-500/AOLX2-500B/SOLX2-500/SOLX2-500B/SOLX2-500Ps,
and/or AOFX-500/AOFX-500B/AOFX-500P/SOFX-500/SOFX-500B/SOFX-500Ps have no similar
restrictions and can route signals to any line module in the XTC-4. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide for detailed information.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-100 XTC-4 Product Details

Figure 1-34 XTC-4 Card Cage

Note: Refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 1-99 for details on AOLM-500/AOLM-500B/SOLM-500,

AOLM2-500/AOLM2-500B/SOLM2-500/SOLM2-500B, and/or AOFM-500/AOFM-500B/SOFM-500/
SOFM-500B fixed slot pairing restrictions.

Table 1-65 XTC-4 Card Slot Assignments

Slot Number Module Type
Universal Card Slot Assignments
A-1
A-2
Line Module/OTM-500/OTM2-500
A-3 (see note below)

A-4
XCM Card Slot Assignments
A-5A
XCM
A-5B
TSM Card Slot Assignment
A-6 TSM-X4

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-101

Table 1-65 XTC-4 Card Slot Assignments (continued)

Slot Number Module Type
OXM Card Slot Assignments
S-1
S-2
OXM-X4
S-3
S-4
S-5

Note: Refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 1-99 for details on AOLM-500/AOLM-500B/SOLM-500,

AOLM2-500/AOLM2-500B/SOLM2-500/SOLM2-500B, and/or AOFM-500/AOFM-500B/SOFM-500/
SOFM-500B fixed slot pairing restrictions.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-102 XTC-4 Cabinet/Rack Mounting Kit Product Details

XTC-4 Cabinet/Rack Mounting Kit Product Details

Cabinet mounting ears are used to mount the XTC-4 in the XTC-4 cabinet. External rack mounting ears
are used to provide flush and mid-mounting configurations for industry standard ETSI (600mm) and ANSI
23-inch racks at flush, 5 and 7 inches forward from the rack rails. Rear rack mounting ears are included
with the ETSI (600mm) rack mounting kit for optional rear support. The XTC-4 also includes integrated
rack mounting ears used to flush mount the chassis on an industry standard ANSI 19-inch rack.

Note: Cabinet/rack mounting kits are not included with the XTC-4 and/or XTC-4 cabinet, and must be
ordered separately.

Table 1-66 XTC-4 Cabinet/Rack Mounting Kit Product Details

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
ICS-RM-ETSI-B2-X4 XTC-4 cabinet mounting kit; required for mounting the XTC-4 in the XTC-4 cabinet.
Includes ETSI front mounting ears

Note: PON ICS-RM-ETSI-B2-X4 replaces the following PONs: X-RM-ETSI-B2-X4

and X-RM-ETSI-B2-X4+.

X-RM-ETSI-B1-X4+ ETSI (600mm) rack mounting kit; required for flush/forward mounting the XTC-4 on an
ETSI (600mm) rack. Includes ETSI front and rear mounting ears (X-RM-ETSI-X4)
X-RM-23-ANSI-B1-X4+ ANSI 23-inch rack mounting kit; required for flush/forward mounting the XTC-4 on an
ANSI 23-inch rack. Includes ANSI front mounting ears (X-RM-ANSI-X4)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-103

XTC-4 Cabinet Product Details

Table 1-67 XTC-4 Cabinet Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-CABINET-E1-X4 Infinera custom cabinet used to house up to two XTC-4s while providing cable access
through the bottom of the cabinet for raised floor applications. The cabinet is 600mm x
600mm floor, ETSI compliant

Note: XTC-4 cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X4) does not meet ETSI/NEBS requirements

for earthquake compliance. Contact your account team or the deployment team for
further information.

X-CABINET-E1-X4 Functional Description

The XTC-4 cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X4; see Figure 1-35: XTC-4 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X4) on page 1-
104), consists of a steel enclosure including top, base, side and rear panels, lockable front door, air
baffles, and mounting hardware. The cabinet details are listed as follows:

Note: XTC-4 cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X4) does not meet ETSI/NEBS requirements for earthquake
compliance. Contact your account team or the deployment team for further information.
■ The cabinet interior provides up to 45 RU of rack space to accommodate up to two XTC-4s
■ Chassis mounting ears are located in the cabinet to mount the XTC-4
■ The top panel contains mounting holes for installing lifting eyebolts and removable roof panels
for network, power, and grounding cable access (lifting eyebolts are shipped in an accessory
bag)
■ The base contains mounting holes for bolting down the cabinet and skid strips to facilitate
installation of the XTC-4 in the cabinet. In addition, the base contains cut-outs for network,
power, and grounding cable access
■ The front door, side and rear panels contain acoustic material mounted on the inside for noise
reduction
■ The front door and rear panel are both removable and include perforated honeycomb steel to
facilitate airflow through the cabinet
■ Air baffles are located in the cabinet to prevent heated exhaust air from mixing with cooler inlet
air. The rack mounting ears also serve as air baffles
■ Vertical cable trays (front and rear) with integrated cable hoops are provided on the interior of
each side panel for vertical cable management
■ Cabinet-to-cabinet door and cabinet-to-rear panel grounding cables are provided and pre-
installed at the factory
■ Internal electrical grounding points are located on the cabinet as follows:

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-104 XTC-4 Cabinet Product Details

□ Two at the front, upper left section (one on the front door and one on the left side of the
cabinet)
□ One at the rear, upper right section (above the rear panel)
□ One grounding bus bar at the upper rear section (on the top panel)

Figure 1-35 XTC-4 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X4)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-105

Figure 1-36 XTC-4 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X4) Details

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-106 XTC-4 Cabinet Product Details

Figure 1-37 XTC-4 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X4) Dimensions

Note: The dimension (width x depth) of each internal vertical cable tray is (approximately):
Front cable tray—1.00 inches x 4.00 inches (25.40mm x 101.60mm)
Rear cable tray—1.50 inches x 2.00 inches (38.10mm x 50.80mm)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-107

Figure 1-38 XTC-4 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X4) Top and Base Mounting Details

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-108 XTC-4 Cabinet Product Details

Mechanical Specifications
Table 1-68 XTC-4 Cabinet (X-CABINET-E1-X4) Mechanical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 86.61 inches / 2200.00mm
Width 23.62 inches / 600.00mm
Depth 23.62 inches / 600.00mm
Dimension (width x depth) of each 1.00 inches x 4.00 inches
internal (front) vertical cable tray 25.40mm x 101.60mm
Dimension (width x depth) of each 1.50 inches x 2.00 inches
internal (rear) vertical cable tray 38.10mm x 50.80mm
Weight - empty cabinet including 308.6lb / 140.0kg
front door, top, base, rear and side
panels

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-109

XTC-10/XTC-4 Data Plane

Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to the "line module" will refer to the
AOLM-500, AOLM-500B, AOLX-500, AOLX-500B, SOLM-500, SOLX-500, AOLM2-500,
AOLM2-500B, AOLX2-500, AOLX2-500B/P, SOLM2-500, SOLM2-500B, SOLX2-500,
SOLX2-500B/P, AOFM-500, AOFM-500B, AOFX-500, AOFX-500B/P, SOFM-500, SOFM-500B,
SOFX-500, SOFX-500B/P, AOFM-100, AOFX-100, AOFM-1200, AOFX-1200, SOFM-1200, and/or
SOFX-1200 interchangeably.

Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to the OXM will refer to the OXM-X10,
OXM2-X10, and/or OXM-X4 interchangeably.

Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to the TSM will refer to the TSM-X10 and/or
TSM-X4 interchangeably.

Note: OXM2-X10 is required for XTC-10 deployments that include AOFx-1200/SOFx-1200s and/or
OTM-1200s. Note that a combination of OXM-X10s and OXM2-X10s in an XTC-10 switch fabric is
only supported during a switch fabric upgrade. In addition, an air inlet front cover kit (PON X-INLET-
X10) and four high efficiency fan trays (PON X-FANTRAY2-X10) must be previously installed in the
XTC-10.

Note: The AOFx-1200/SOFx-1200 and/or OTM-1200 are supported on the XTC-10 only.

The XTC-10 data plane comprises the switch fabric card slots containing ten OXM-X10s or ten OXM2-
X10s, and the upper universal and lower universal card slots containing up to ten line modules and/or
OTM-500/OTM2-500/OTM-1200s.
The XTC-4 data plane comprises the switch fabric card slots containing five OXM-X4s and the universal
card slots containing up to four line modules and/or OTM-500/OTM2-500s.

Switch Fabric Overview

The switch fabric is the core of the XTC-10/XTC-4. The switch fabric is implemented through OXMs
installed in the XTC-10/XTC-4 and provides a distributed, fault-tolerant, non-blocking architecture for
switching traffic between any two universal card slots or between any ports in a tributary module. The
XTC-10/XTC-4 support the following OXM types as described below:

OXM-X10
The switch fabric on the XTC-10 houses ten OXM-X10s (eight active OXM-X10s plus two standby
OXM-X10s providing 8+2 redundancy) and supports up to 500Gbps bidirectional traffic per universal card
slot for a total of 5Tbps per XTC-10.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-110 XTC-10/XTC-4 Data Plane

OXM2-X10
The switch fabric on the XTC-10 houses ten OXM2-X10s (eight active OXM2-X10s plus two standby
OXM2-X10s providing 8+2 redundancy) and supports up to 1200Gbps bidirectional traffic per universal
card slot for a total of 12Tbps per XTC-10.

OXM-X4
The switch fabric on the XTC-4 houses five OXM-X4s (four active OXM-X4s plus one standby OXM
providing 4+1 redundancy) and supports up to 500Gbps bidirectional traffic per universal card slot for a
total of 2Tbps per XTC-4.

Switch Fabric Synchronization

The switch fabric is completely synchronous where all switch link timing is locked to a common timing
reference in the XTC-10/XTC-4. Ingress links are nominally phase-aligned to each other (i.e. switch
frames start at the same time). Egress links are also nominally phase-aligned to each other and may
have a phase delay relative to ingress links. Both ingress and egress frame start times are coordinated by
a common switch fabric synchronization signal referred to as the active timing source. The operation of
the entire switch fabric depends on the correct generation, selection, and reception of a single active
timing source.
The active timing source signal can be generated by a TSM or an XCM (TSMs are the primary timing
sources and XCMs are the secondary/backup timing sources). The XTC-10 supports up to four timing
sources: TSM-A, TSM-B, XCM-A, or XCM-B, and the XTC-4 supports up to three timing sources: TSM-A,
XCM-A, or XCM-B.
The selected timing source is based on a priority table maintained by the XTC-10/XTC-4 system software.
The priority table is used to keep track of the active and standby timing sources available to the XTC-10/
XTC-4, prioritized (highest to lowest) in the following order: TSM-A, TSM-B, XCM-A, and XCM-B. Note
that the priority order is modified if a TSM/XCM incurs a fault or is physically removed from the XTC-10/
XTC-4, or administratively set to Lock by the user (from the management interfaces). Refer to the for
more information.
In the event of a fault on the active timing source, a timing switchover to the next highest priority source
(listed in the priority table) will occur.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-111

DTN-X Control Module (XCM)

Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to the "line module" will refer to the
AOLM-500, AOLM-500B, AOLX-500, AOLX-500B, SOLM-500, SOLX-500, AOLM2-500,
AOLM2-500B, AOLX2-500, AOLX2-500B/P, SOLM2-500, SOLM2-500B, SOLX2-500,
SOLX2-500B/P, AOFM-500, AOFM-500B, AOFX-500, AOFX-500B/P, SOFM-500, SOFM-500B,
SOFX-500, SOFX-500B/P, AOFM-100, AOFX-100, AOFM-1200, AOFX-1200, SOFM-1200, and/or
SOFX-1200 interchangeably.

Table 1-69 XCM Product Details

Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
XCM DTN-X Control Module

Functional Description
The DTN-X Control Module, referred to as XCM, is a half-height module that resides in the upper
universal card cage occupying reserved card slot A-6B and/or the lower universal card cage occupying
reserved card slot B-6B of the XTC-10; and/or reserved card slot A-5A and/or reserved card slot A-5B of
the XTC-4. The XTC-10 and XTC-4 each must have at least one XCM.
The XCM provides shelf controller functionality for all modules resident within the XTC. The XCM contains
the system software and configuration database for the DTN-X and performs the following:
■ Management gateway functions to the external DCN in the Main Chassis
■ Contains an Ethernet switch to establish Ethernet links with each OXM, line module, and/or
OTM-500/OTM2-500/OTM-1200
■ Provides data control functionality for each OXM
■ Provides a switch fabric synchronization signal (Stratum 3 level) which can be used as a common
timing reference by the switch fabric (in the case a TSM-X10/TSM-X4 is not available to provide
system timing). For more information on the switch fabric, refer to XTC-10/XTC-4 Data Plane on
page 1-109

Note: An active XCM can be cold reset only if another valid timing source is available.

■ Provides data plane circuit protection switching

■ Fine tunes the fan speed for each fan tray
■ Adapts to system power supply changes, verifies the power requirements for newly-installed line
modules and TIMs, and provides power up of the modules if available power is sufficient, refer to
XTC-10/XTC-4 Chassis Power Control on page 1-112
■ Coordinates the system lamp test

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-112 DTN-X Control Module (XCM)

■ In a multi-chassis configuration, the XCM in the Main Chassis performs node controller functions
controlling all chassis within the DTN-X

Note: Only XCMs in a Main Chassis will contain the configuration database.

■ In an Expansion Chassis, the XCM performs shelf controller functions controlling only the modules
resident within that chassis
The XCMs in the Main Chassis and Expansion Chassis are interconnected through nodal control (NC)
ports located on the XCM front panel. For high-availability, two (redundant) XCMs can be deployed
providing 1+1 redundant control for the XTC. One XCM actively performs the node/shelf control functions
while the other XCM is in the standby mode. In a multi-chassis configuration, the interconnected
redundant XCMs provide the inter-chassis redundancy. In addition, the XCM supports craft interfaces for
local management access.

XTC-10/XTC-4 Chassis Power Control

Note: For XTC-10 configurations only: when the XTC-10 is configured to use a third-party
AC-based power supply (refer to XTC-10 Rectifier Configuration Product Details on page 1-46 for
more details), the chassis must be set to Unmanaged 3rd Party power supply mode. In this
configuration, the XTC-10/XTC-4 Chassis Power Control feature is disabled for the XTC-10, the
system does not monitor the XTC-10 for power redundancy, nor does the system monitor for PEM
faults. For additional information regarding the Unmanaged Third-party Power Supply feature, refer to
the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide .

When a line module, TIM/TIM/LIM/XICM/PXM, etc. is installed in an XTC-10/XTC-4, the active XCM
recognizes the module and calculates the module's power requirements, then verifies whether the power
available to the system is sufficient to support the new module. Once the XCM determines that the
available power is sufficient, the XCM allows the new module to power up. If the current available power
is not sufficient, the XCM will not allow the module to fully power up; the module remains in a reset state
and consumes a minimal amount of power. Once available power increases sufficiently, the XCM will
automatically power up modules in the reset state.
This applies only to newly-installed or re-seated line modules, TIM/LIM/XICM/PXMs, etc.; if these
modules are cold reset the XCM does not interfere with the reboot.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-113

Block Diagram
Figure 1-39 XCM Functional Block Diagram

Note: NC ports are used for multi-chassis interconnection only. Timing functionality is not provided.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-114 DTN-X Control Module (XCM)

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 1-40 XCM Faceplate

Note: NC ports are used for multi-chassis interconnection only. Timing functionality is not provided.

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 1-70 XCM Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the XCM
NC (Node Green Indicates the circuit pack function: Active (Green) or Standby (off). Flashing
Controller) Green indicates circuit pack is up but the management planes are not up

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-115

Table 1-70 XCM Status LED Indicators (continued)

LED Color Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Active/In-service (Green) or Standby (Yellow).
Flashing Green indicates switchover of Standby to Active operation in progress
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (off) of an alarm on the circuit pack:
Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Craft Ethernet Port Indicators

Table 1-71 Craft Ethernet Port Alarm Indicators on the XCM

LED Color Description
LINK Green / Amber Indicates the Ethernet link function: port link established at 10Mbps (Green) or
port link established at 100/1000Mbps (Amber). When off, indicates any of the
following:
■ Main power is disabled
■ PHY circuit is in reset mode
■ No port link established
Flashing Green/Amber indicates that a lamp test has been
initiated (i.e. Lamp Test button on the IOTAP (XTC-10) or TAP
(XTC-4) has been pressed)

DATA Green Indicates activity (transmit or receive) on the port.

When off, indicates any of the following:
■ Main power is disabled
■ PHY circuit is in reset mode
■ No transmit or receive activity is present on the port
Flashing Green indicates any of the following:
■ Indicates that a lamp test has been initiated (i.e. Lamp Test
button on the IOTAP (XTC-10) or TAP (XTC-4) has been
pressed)
■ Receive or transmit activity present on the port

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-116 DTN-X Control Module (XCM)

NC Ethernet Port Indicators

Table 1-72 NC Ethernet Port Alarm Indicators on the XCM

LED Color Description
C (Control) Green / Amber Indicates the Ethernet link speed that is established: port link established at
10Gbps (Green) or port link established at 1000/100Mbps (Amber). When off,
indicates any of the following:
■ Main power is disabled
■ PHY circuit is in reset mode
■ No port link established

Connectors
Table 1-73 XCM Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
CRAFT10/100/1000 10Base-T/100Base-Tx/ Used by maintenance personnel for managing the network
Base-T 1000Base-T Auto-MDIX element
RJ-45
CRAFT DCE 9600 baud RS-232 DCE Used by maintenance personnel for initial commissioning of a
DB-9 Female network element during turn-up and test. Also used for field-
debugging
NC1 100Base-Tx/1000Base-T/ Used to connect to a node control shelf in a multi-chassis
10GBase-T Auto-MDIX configuration for Inter-chassis communication
NC2
RJ-45
HSNC1 10G Small Form Factor
Pluggable (SFP+) module
HSNC2
USB USB 2.0, type A Used by maintenance personnel to copy and/or update
system images and configuration information. This port only
supports Infinera-approved removable storage media

Note: NC ports are used for multi-chassis interconnection only. Timing functionality is not provided.

Technical Specifications
Table 1-74 XCM Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 12.93 inches / 328.42mm
Width 1.47 inches / 37.34mm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-117

Table 1-74 XCM Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 8.0lb / 3.6kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-118 Timing Synchronization Module (TSM-X10)

Timing Synchronization Module (TSM-X10)

Table 1-75 TSM-X10 Product Details
Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
TSM-X10 Timing Synchronization Module used on XTC-10

Functional Description
The Timing Synchronization Module, referred to as TSM-X10, is a module that resides in the upper
universal card cage occupying TSM slot A-6A and/or the lower universal card cage occupying TSM slot
B-6A of the XTC-10. The XTC-10 requires at least one TSM-X10.
The TSM-X10 provides a switch fabric synchronization signal (Stratum 3 level) which is used as a
common timing reference by the XTC-10 switch fabric, referred to as switch fabric. The switch fabric
synchronization signal is distributed to each card slot located on the switch fabric card cage and each
universal card cage. The operation of the entire switch fabric depends on the correct generation,
selection, and reception of a single switch fabric synchronization source. For more information on the
switch fabric, refer to XTC-10/XTC-4 Data Plane on page 1-109.
The switch fabric synchronization signal can function as Master, deriving the switch fabric synchronization
signal from a local oscillator, or it can generate the signaling by synchronizing to an external switch fabric
synchronization source. The external source can be another switch fabric synchronization source within
the XTC or supplied from the external timing shelf in a multi-bay configuration.

Note: The XCM also provides a switch fabric synchronization signal which can be used as a timing
reference by the switch fabric (in the case where both TSM-X10s are not available to provide system
timing).

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TSM-X10s. Cold reset is supported only if another valid timing
source (TSM-X10 or XCM) is available on the XTC-10.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-119

Block Diagram
Figure 1-41 TSM-X10 Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 1-42 TSM-X10 Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-120 Timing Synchronization Module (TSM-X10)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 1-76 TSM-X10 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to
the TSM-X10
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Active/In-service (Green) or Standby
(Yellow). Flashing Yellow indicates switchover or Make Standby
operation in progress
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (off) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

Connectors
The TSM-X10 has no external connectors.

Technical Specifications
Table 1-77 TSM-X10 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 4.42 inches / 112.27mm
Width 1.47 inches / 37.34mm
Depth 17.25 inches / 438.15mm
Weight 3.0lb / 1.4kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-121

Timing Synchronization Module (TSM-X4)

Table 1-78 TSM-X4 Product Details
Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
TSM-X4 Timing Synchronization Module used on XTC-4

Functional Description
The Timing Synchronization Module, referred to as TSM-X4, is a module that resides in the universal card
cage occupying TSM slot A-6 of the XTC-4. The XTC-4 requires a TSM-X4.
The TSM-X4 provides a switch fabric synchronization signal (Stratum 3 level) which is used as a common
timing reference by the XTC-4 switch fabric, referred to as switch fabric. The switch fabric synchronization
signal is distributed to each card slot located on the switch fabric card cage and the universal card cage.
The operation of the entire switch fabric depends on the correct generation, selection, and reception of a
single switch fabric synchronization source. For more information on the switch fabric, refer to XTC-10/
XTC-4 Data Plane on page 1-109.
The switch fabric synchronization signal can function as Master, deriving the switch fabric synchronization
signal from a local oscillator, or it can generate the signaling by synchronizing to an external switch fabric
synchronization source. The external source can be another switch fabric synchronization source within
the XTC or supplied from the external timing shelf in a multi-bay configuration.

Note: The XCM also provides a switch fabric synchronization signal which can be used as a timing
reference by the switch fabric (in the case where a TSM-X4 is not available to provide system timing).

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TSM-X4s. Cold reset is supported only if another valid timing
source (TSM-X4 or XCM) is available on the XTC-4.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-122 Timing Synchronization Module (TSM-X4)

Block Diagram
Figure 1-43 TSM-X4 Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-123

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 1-44 TSM-X4 Faceplate

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 1-79 TSM-X4 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to
the TSM-X4
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Active/In-service (Green) or Standby
(Yellow). Flashing Yellow indicates switchover or Make Standby
operation in progress
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (off) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

Connectors
The TSM-X4 has no external connectors.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-124 Timing Synchronization Module (TSM-X4)

Technical Specifications
Table 1-80 TSM-X4 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 5.86 inches / 148.84mm
Width 1.47 inches / 37.34mm
Depth 17.25 inches / 438.15mm
Weight 3.4lb / 1.5kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-125

OTN Switch Module (OXM-X10)

Table 1-81 OXM-X10 Product Details
Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
OXM-X10 OTN Switch Module used on XTC-10. An XTC-10 can house up to 10 OXM-X10s
for a maximum of 5Tbps switching

Functional Description
The Optical Transport Network (OTN) Switch Module, referred to as OXM-X10, is a module that resides in
the switch fabric card cage occupying OXM slots S-1 through S-10 of the XTC-10.
The XTC-10 switch fabric, referred to as switch fabric, houses a total of ten OXM-X10s (eight active
OXM-X10s plus two standby OXM-X10s providing 8+2 redundancy) for a maximum of 5Tbps switching.
For more information on the switch fabric, refer to XTC-10/XTC-4 Data Plane on page 1-109.
The OXM-X10 is an integral component of the switch fabric and performs the following:
■ Provides a distributed, fault-tolerant, non-blocking switch fabric architecture for switching traffic
between any two universal card slots, or between links in a single tributary module
■ Contains OTN switch fabric devices each containing high speed switch links that provide
interleaved time slot units from tributary streams. The devices can switch traffic from each ingress
to each egress link independently in a non-blocking manner
■ Receives up to four switch fabric synchronization clock signals, one from each TSM-X10 and XCM
to ensure the following:
□ Each OXM-X10 is locked to the known good clock reference
□ A 3:1 protection scheme is established to ensure that any failure due to non-availability of the
reference clock is minimal
□ To minimize any disruption to traffic and maintain a hitless operation
In the case of an equipment failure or removal of an active OXM, the DTN-X performs an automatic
switchover to a standby OXM. In this case, it is possible that traffic will be affected for up to 50ms. The
DTN-X also supports manual OXM switchovers, in which case traffic is not affected. Refer to the DTN and
DTN-X System Description Guide and/or for detailed information.
The OXM-X10 contains no external interfaces; all communication with other system modules is through
the backplane.

Note: Warm reset is not supported for OXM-X10s. Cold reset is supported only for standby
OXM-X10s.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-126 OTN Switch Module (OXM-X10)

Block Diagram
Figure 1-45 OXM-X10 Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-127

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 1-46 OXM-X10 Faceplate

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 1-82 OXM-X10 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to
the OXM-X10
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Active/In-service (Green) or Standby
(Yellow)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (off) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

Connectors
The OXM-X10 has no external connectors.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-128 OTN Switch Module (OXM-X10)

Technical Specifications
Table 1-83 OXM-X10 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 7.28 inches / 184.91mm
Width 1.86 inches / 47.24mm
Depth 17.00 inches / 431.80mm
Weight 5.6lb / 2.5kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-129

OTN Switch Module (OXM2-X10)

Table 1-84 OXM2-X10 Product Details
Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
OXM2-X10 OTN Switch Module used on XTC-10, functionally similar to the OXM-X10. An
XTC-10 can house up to 10 OXM2-X10s for a maximum of 12Tbps switching

Note: OXM2-X10s are required for XTC-10 deployments that include

AOFx-1200/SOFx-1200s and/or OTM-1200s. In addition, an air inlet front
cover kit (PON X-INLET-X10) and four high efficiency fan trays (PON X-
FANTRAY2-X10) must be previously installed in the XTC-10. Note that a
combination of OXM-X10s and OXM2-X10s in an XTC-10 switch fabric is only
supported during a switch fabric migration. For information on a switch fabric
migration, refer to the XTC Task Oriented Procedures Guide.

Functional Description
The Optical Transport Network (OTN) Switch Module, referred to as OXM2-X10, is a module that resides
in the switch fabric card cage occupying OXM slots S-1 through S-10 of the XTC-10.
The XTC-10 switch fabric, referred to as switch fabric, houses a total of ten OXM2-X10s (eight active
OXM2-X10s plus two standby OXM2-X10s providing 8+2 redundancy) for a maximum of 12Tbps
switching. For more information on the switch fabric, refer to XTC-10/XTC-4 Data Plane on page 1-109.
The OXM2-X10 is an integral component of the switch fabric and performs the following:
■ Provides a distributed, fault-tolerant, non-blocking switch fabric architecture for switching traffic
between any two universal card slots, or between links in a single tributary module
■ Contains OTN switch fabric devices each containing high speed switch links that provide
interleaved time slot units from tributary streams. The devices can switch traffic from each ingress
to each egress link independently in a non-blocking manner
■ Receives up to four switch fabric synchronization clock signals, one from each TSM-X10 and XCM
to ensure the following:
□ Each OXM2-X10 is locked to the known good clock reference
□ A 3:1 protection scheme is established to ensure that any failure due to non-availability of the
reference clock is minimal
□ To minimize any disruption to traffic and maintain a hitless operation
In the case of an equipment failure or removal of an active OXM, the DTN-X performs an automatic
switchover to a standby OXM. In this case, it is possible that traffic will be affected for up to 50ms. The
DTN-X also supports manual OXM switchovers, in which case traffic is not affected. Refer to the DTN and
DTN-X System Description Guide and/or for detailed information.
The OXM2-X10 contains no external interfaces; all communication with other system modules is through
the backplane.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-130 OTN Switch Module (OXM2-X10)

Note: Warm reset is not supported for OXM2-X10s. Cold reset is supported only for standby
OXM2-X10s.

Block Diagram
Figure 1-47 OXM2-X10 Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-131

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 1-48 OXM2-X10 Faceplate

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 1-85 OXM2-X10 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to
the OXM2-X10
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Active/In-service (Green) or Standby
(Yellow)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (off) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

Connectors
The OXM2-X10 has no external connectors.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-132 OTN Switch Module (OXM2-X10)

Technical Specifications
Table 1-86 OXM2-X10 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 7.28 inches / 184.91mm
Width 1.86 inches / 47.24mm
Depth 17.00 inches / 431.80mm
Weight 5.6lb / 2.5kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-133

OTN Switch Module (OXM-X4)

Table 1-87 OXM-X4 Product Details
Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
OXM-X4 OTN Switch Module used on XTC-4. An XTC-4 can house up to 5 OXM-X4s for a
maximum of 2Tbps switching

Functional Description
The Optical Transport Network (OTN) Switch Module, referred to as OXM-X4, is a module that resides in
the switch fabric card cage occupying OXM slots S-1 through S-5 of the XTC-4.
The XTC-4 switch fabric, referred to as switch fabric, houses a total of five OXM-X4s (four active
OXM-X4s plus one standby OXM-X4 providing 4+1 redundancy) for a maximum of 2Tbps switching. For
more information on the switch fabric, refer to XTC-10/XTC-4 Data Plane on page 1-109.
The OXM-X4 is an integral component of the switch fabric and performs the following:
■ Provides a distributed, fault-tolerant, non-blocking switch fabric architecture for switching traffic
between any two universal card slots, or between links in a single tributary module
■ Contains OTN switch fabric devices each containing high speed switch links that provide
interleaved time slot units from tributary streams. The devices can switch traffic from each ingress
to each egress link independently in a non-blocking manner
■ Receives up to three switch fabric synchronization clock signals, one from each TSM-X4 and XCM
to ensure the following:
□ Each OXM-X4 is locked to the known good clock reference
□ A 2:1 protection scheme is established to ensure that any failure due to non-availability of the
reference clock is minimal
□ To minimize any disruption to traffic and maintain a hitless operation
In the case of an equipment failure or removal of an active OXM, the DTN-X performs an automatic
switchover to a standby OXM. In this case, it is possible that traffic will be affected for up to 50ms. The
DTN-X also supports manual OXM switchovers, in which case traffic is not affected. Refer to the DTN and
DTN-X System Description Guide and/or for detailed information.
The OXM-X4 contains no external interfaces; all communication with other system modules is through the
backplane.

Note: Warm reset is not supported for OXM-X4s. Cold reset is supported only for standby
OXM-X4s.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-134 OTN Switch Module (OXM-X4)

Block Diagram
Figure 1-49 OXM-X4 Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-135

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 1-50 OXM-X4 Faceplate

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 1-88 OXM-X4 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to
the OXM-X4
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Active/In-service (Green) or Standby
(Yellow)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (off) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

Connectors
The OXM-X4 has no external connectors.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-136 OTN Switch Module (OXM-X4)

Technical Specifications
Table 1-89 OXM-X4 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 6.12 inches / 155.45mm
Width 1.47 inches / 37.34mm
Depth 17.00 inches / 431.80mm
Weight 5.2lb / 2.4kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-137

OTN Tributary Module 500G (OTM-500)

Table 1-90 OTM-500 Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
OTM-500 2 OTN Tributary Module, 500G

Functional Description
The Optical Transport Network (OTN) Tributary Module 500G, referred to as OTM-500, provides up to
500Gbps bidirectional bandwidth to the XTC-10/XTC-4 backplane using pluggable TIM/LIM/XICMs. The
OTM-500 contains ten sub-slots each of which provide support for various tributary interfaces such as
SONET, SDH, OTN, and/or Ethernet.
The OTM-500 contains a 500G client and switch fabric interface and a processor complex device. The
client and switch fabric interface is an integrated OTN digital wrapper device providing bidirectional
bandwidth. The processor complex device is responsible for extracting, processing, and inserting
overhead information in the data streams transiting the client and switch fabric interface.
The OTM-500s can be installed in upper universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card
slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10, and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4 and
support the following TIM/LIM/XICM types (refer to OTM-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-138 for
information regarding sub-slot restrictions on the OTM-500):
■ TIM-1-100G
■ TIM-1-100GE
■ TIM-1B-100GE
■ TIM-1-100GM
■ TIM-1-100GX
■ TIM-1-100GE-Q
■ TIM-1-40G
■ TIM-1-40GE
■ TIM-1-40GM
■ TIM-5-10GM
■ TIM-5B-10GM
■ TIM-5-10GX
■ TIM-16-2.5GM
■ LIM-1-100GE

2 OTM-500 is generally no longer available but is still supported.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-138 OTN Tributary Module 500G (OTM-500)

■ LIM-1-100GM
■ LIM-1-100GX
■ XICM-T-5-10GM

OTM-500 Sub-slot Restrictions

Due to system cooling restrictions, LIMs and/or TIM/XICMs equipped with the TOM-10G-SFPP-DT can
only be installed in certain sub-slots on the OTM-500 depending on chassis type. Refer to the table
below.

Table 1-91 OTM-500 Sub-slot Restrictions

OTM-500 Sub-slots Chassis Type
XTC-10 3 XTC-4 XTC-4 (with Air Baffles installed)
1 and 2 LIMs are not supported LIMs and/or TIM/XICMs equipped LIMs and/or TIM/XICMs equipped
with TOM-10G-SFPP-DTs are with TOM-10G-SFPP-DTs are not
3 and 4
not supported supported
5 and 6 No restrictions LIMs are not supported LIMs are not supported
7 and 8 No restrictions No restrictions
9 and 10

3 For the XTC-10 lower universal card cage (shelf B), the sub-slot restrictions are opposite of the upper universal
card cage (shelf A). For example, sub-slots 1 through 6 have no restrictions but sub-slots 7 through 10 cannot
contain LIMs.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-139

Block Diagram
Figure 1-51 OTM-500 Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-140 OTN Tributary Module 500G (OTM-500)

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 1-52 OTM-500 Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-141

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 1-92 OTM-500 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
OTM-500
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators
The OTM-500 has no port indicators.

Connectors
The OTM-500 has no external connectors.

Technical Specifications
Table 1-93 OTM-500 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 22.0lb / 10.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-142 OTN Tributary Module 500G (OTM2-500)

OTN Tributary Module 500G (OTM2-500)

Table 1-94 OTM2-500 Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
OTM2-500 OTN Tributary Module, 500G, functionally similar to the OTM-500 and supports the
insertion of single-slot TIMs, single-slot XICMs, double-slot TIMs, and double-slot
AOFM-100/AOFX-100s, but also contains removable card guides to allow for the
insertion of dual height dual width (DHDW) PXMs.

Functional Description
The Optical Transport Network (OTN) Tributary Module 500G, referred to as OTM2-500, provides up to
500Gbps bidirectional bandwidth to the XTC-10/XTC-4 backplane using pluggable TIM/LIM/XICM/PXM/
AOFM-100/AOFX-100s. The OTM2-500 is functionally similar to the OTM-500 and contains ten sub-slots
each of which provide support for various tributary interfaces such as SONET, SDH, OTN, and/or
Ethernet. However, the OTM2-500 contains two removable card guides which can be removed by the
user to create two DHDW sub-slots allowing for the insertion of PXMs. Each DHDW sub-slot occupies
four adjacent sub-slots; sub-slots 1 through 4 represent DHDW sub-slot #1 and sub-slots 7 through 10
represent DHDW sub-slot #2.
The OTM2-500 contains a 500G client and switch fabric interface and a processor complex device. The
client and switch fabric interface is an integrated OTN digital wrapper device providing bidirectional
bandwidth. The processor complex device is responsible for extracting, processing, and inserting
overhead information in the data streams transiting the client and switch fabric interface.
The OTM2-500s can be installed in upper universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal
card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10, and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4 and
support the following TIM/LIM/XICM/PXM/AOFM-100/AOFX-100 types (refer to OTM2-500 Sub-slot
Restrictions on page 1-143 for information regarding sub-slot restrictions on the OTM2-500):
■ TIM-1-100G
■ TIM-1-100GE
■ TIM-1B-100GE
■ TIM-1-100GM
■ TIM-1-100GX
■ TIM-1-100GE-Q
■ TIM-1-40G
■ TIM-1-40GE
■ TIM-1-40GM
■ TIM-5-10GM
■ TIM-5B-10GM

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-143

■ TIM-5-10GX
■ TIM-16-2.5GM
■ LIM-1-100GE
■ LIM-1-100GM
■ LIM-1-100GX
■ XICM-T-5-10GM
■ PXM-1-100GE
■ PXM-16-10GE
■ AOFM-100
■ AOFX-100

OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions

Due to system cooling restrictions, LIMs, TIM/XICMs equipped with the TOM-10G-SFPP-DT, and/or
AOFM-100/AOFX-100s can only be installed in certain sub-slots on the OTM2-500 depending on chassis
type. Refer to the table below.

Table 1-95 OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions

OTM2-500 Sub-slots Chassis Type
XTC-10 4 XTC-4 XTC-4 (with Air Baffles installed)
1 and 2 LIMs are not supported LIMs and/or TIM/XICMs LIMs, TIM/XICMs equipped with
equipped with TOM-10G- TOM-10G-SFPP-DTs, and/or
3 and 4
SFPP-DTs are not supported AOFM-100/AOFX-100s are not
supported
5 and 6 No restrictions LIMs are not supported LIMs are not supported
7 and 8 No restrictions No restrictions
9 and 10

4 For the XTC-10 lower universal card cage (shelf B), the sub-slot restrictions are opposite of the upper universal
card cage (shelf A). For example, sub-slots 1 through 6 have no restrictions but sub-slots 7 through 10 cannot
contain LIMs.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-144 OTN Tributary Module 500G (OTM2-500)

Block Diagram
Figure 1-53 OTM2-500 Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-145

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 1-54 OTM2-500 Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-146 OTN Tributary Module 500G (OTM2-500)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 1-96 OTM2-500 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
OTM2-500
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators
The OTM2-500 has no port indicators.

Connectors
The OTM2-500 has no external connectors.

Technical Specifications
Table 1-97 OTM2-500 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 22.0lb / 10.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-147

OTN Tributary Module 1200G (OTM-1200)

Table 1-98 OTM-1200 Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
OTM-1200 OTN Tributary Module, 1200G, supports the insertion of single-slot TIM2s. Also
contains a removable card guide to allow for the insertion of dual height dual width
(DHDW) modules (not supported in the current release).

Note: In order for the OTM-1200 to function as designed, the XTC-10 switch
fabric must be fully populated with OXM2-X10s. In addition, an air inlet front
cover kit (PON X-INLET-X10) and four high efficiency fan trays (PON X-
FANTRAY2-X10) must be previously installed in the XTC-10.

Functional Description
The Optical Transport Network (OTN) Tributary Module 1200G, referred to as OTM-1200, provides up to
1200Gbps bidirectional bandwidth to the XTC-10 backplane using pluggable TIM2s. The OTM-1200
contains six sub-slots each of which provide support for various tributary interfaces such as SONET,
SDH, OTN, and/or Ethernet.
The OTM-1200 contains a 1200G client and switch fabric interface and a processor complex device. The
client and switch fabric interface is an integrated OTN digital wrapper device providing bidirectional
bandwidth. The processor complex device is responsible for extracting, processing, and inserting
overhead information in the data streams transiting the client and switch fabric interface.
The OTM-1200s can be installed in upper universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal
card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10 and support the following TIM2s:
■ TIM2-2-100GM
■ TIM2-2-100GX
■ TIM2-18-10GM
■ TIM2-18-10GX

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-148 OTN Tributary Module 1200G (OTM-1200)

Block Diagram
Figure 1-55 OTM-1200 Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-149

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 1-56 OTM-1200 Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-150 OTN Tributary Module 1200G (OTM-1200)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 1-99 OTM-1200 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
OTM-1200
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators
The OTM-1200 has no port indicators.

Connectors
The OTM-1200 has no external connectors.

Technical Specifications
Table 1-100 OTM-1200 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 26.9lb / 12.2kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Caution: Prior to removing and/or replacing an OTM-1200 from a live XTC-10 chassis, it is
recommended to perform a "graceful shutdown operation" on the OTM-1200 (from the Infinera
management interfaces) to optimize deactivation and initialization of the OTM-1200. Refer to the
GNM Configuration Management Guide for additional information. Note that this behavior is
specific to OTM-1200 module types and differs from previous OTM module types.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-10/XTC-4 1-151

Blank Circuit Packs

Caution: In order for the chassis to maintain proper airflow as designed, all unpopulated card
slots/sub-slots must have appropriate blanks installed. When removing and/or replacing a
module, the card slot/sub-slot must not be left open for more than five minutes. It is
recommended that you install an appropriate blank immediately after removing a module until
you are ready to install the replacement module.

Whenever a circuit pack is removed, the blank space must be occupied by the corresponding blank circuit
pack. Blank circuit packs serve three important functions:
■ Prevents exposure to hazardous voltage and currents inside the chassis
■ Contains any electromagnetic interference (EMI) that might affect other equipment
■ Directs the flow of cooling air through the chassis

Table 1-101 XTC-10/XTC-4 Blank Circuit Packs

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-XCM-BLANK DTN-X Control Module (XCM) slot blank used on XTC-10 and/or XTC-4
X-TSM-BLANK-X10 Timing Synchronization Module (TSM) slot blank used on XTC-10
X-TSM-BLANK-X4 TSM slot blank used on XTC-4
X-OXM-BLANK-X10 OTN Switch Module (OXM) slot blank used on XTC-10
X-OXM-BLANK-X4 OXM slot blank used on XTC-4
X-UNIV-BLANK Universal (UNIV) card cage slot blank used on XTC-10 and/or XTC-4
X-TIMA-BLANK Tributary Interface Module (TIM) single-slot blank used on OTM-500/OTM2-500
X-TIM2A-BLANK TIM2 single-slot blank used on OTM-1200
X-PS-BLANK Power Entry Module (PEM) slot blank used on XTC-10 PEM shelf and/or XTC-4

Note: PON X-PS-BLANK includes 2 PEM slot blanks.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

1-152 Blank Circuit Packs

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

 CHAPTER 2

XTC-2/XTC-2E

The Switching Transport Chassis (XTC-2/XTC-2E) are chassis types that are part of the DTN-X product
line targeted for metro and regional applications. The XTC-2/XTC-2E is a network element deployed in an
Intelligent Transport Network and provides digital bandwidth management and client access to the Dense
Wavelength Division Multiplexing (DWDM) transport bandwidth.
An XTC-2/XTC-2E network element can be optically connected to a Modular Passive Chassis (MPC) for
additional network flexibility. The MPC houses Band Pass Filter Panels (BPPs) that perform passive
filtering of signals to/from FlexROADM Multiplexing Module/FlexROADM Modules (FMM-C-5/FMM-C-12s
and/or FRM-4D/FRM-20Xs) residing on XTC-2E/MTC-9s and/or FlexROADM Modules (FRM-9Ds)
residing on MTC-9/MTC-6s. For more details on the MTC-9/MTC-6, refer to the Line Systems Hardware
Description Guide and for more details on the MPC, refer to the Passive Equipment Hardware Description
Guide.

Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to the XTC will refer to the XTC-10, XTC-4,
XTC-2, and/or XTC-2E interchangeably.

Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to "FlexILS chassis" will refer to the XTC-2E,
MTC-9, and/or MTC-6 interchangeably.

Note: For information on the supported FlexILS optical modules (supported on the XTC-2E optical
shelf only), refer to the Line Systems Hardware Description Guide.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-2 XTC-2/XTC-2E Power Consumption and Configuration Rules

XTC-2/XTC-2E Power Consumption and Configuration Rules

Power consumption numbers for the XTC-2 and XTC-2E are presented as two values:
■ Typical Power Draw—characterizes average power usage under normal operating system
conditions and can be used for estimating average power consumption over time (ongoing
operational cost for power consumption)
■ Maximum Power Draw—is worst-case power draw under severe equipment, environmental, and
network conditions

Note: The power consumption numbers provided in the table below should not be used for
planning or determining the number of required power feeds for the XTC-2/XTC-2E. Additional
factors such as power efficiency and failure scenarios need to be considered for proper
calculations to determine the required number of PEMs and power feeds. Contact your account
team or the deployment team for assistance.

Table 2-1 XTC-2/XTC-2E Power Consumption Numbers

Configuration Typical Power Maximum Maximum
Draw at 25º C Power Draw at Power Draw at
(Watts) 40º C (Watts) 50º C (Watts)
Base XTC2-A1-OTXM+ (2 XCM-Hs, 1 OTXM-600, 4 AC 419 749 1,259
PEMs, 1 IOTAP, 1 air filter, and 1 fan tray)
Base XTC2-B1-OTXM+ (2 XCM-Hs, 1 OTXM-600, 4 DC 419 749 1,259
PEMs, 1 IOTAP, 1 air filter, and 1 fan tray)
Base XTC2E-A1-OTXM+ (2 XCM-Hs, 1 OTXM-600, 4 AC 437 793 1,342
PEMs, 1 IOTAP, 2 air filters, and 2 fan trays)
Base XTC2E-B1-OTXM+ (2 XCM-Hs, 1 OTXM-600, 4 DC 437 793 1,342
PEMs, 1 IOTAP, 2 air filters, and 2 fan trays)
XCM-H 30 31 32
AOFM-100 or AOFX-100 85.5 87.5 105
OTSM-600 or OTXM-600 247 252 259
TIM-1-100GE or TIM-1B-100GE 91 101 114
TIM-1-100GX 95 105 108
TIM-1-100GE-Q 70 75 80
TIM-5-10GM, TIM-5B-10GM, or TIM-5-10GX 45 46 48
TIM-16-2.5GM 74 80 84
LIM-1-100GE 102 111 122
LIM-1-100GX 106 115 116
PXM-1-100GE 158 157 166

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-3

Table 2-1 XTC-2/XTC-2E Power Consumption Numbers (continued)

Configuration Typical Power Maximum Maximum
Draw at 25º C Power Draw at Power Draw at
(Watts) 40º C (Watts) 50º C (Watts)
PXM-16-10GE 137 141 142
XTC-2E Optical Shelf
IAM-B-ECXH2 43 43 62
FMM-C-5-EC-TR 31.5 31.5 45
FMM-C-12-EC-TR 27 27 38
FRM-4D-B-3-EC 63 61 64
FRM-20X-R-EC 65 64 65
OTDM-4D 18 18 25
OTDM-4D-L 18 18 25

Note: The power draw numbers listed for the TIM/LIM/PXMs in the table above include power
allocation for TOM(s).

Maximum Power Draw

The XTC-2/XTC-2E typically requires a maximum of two primary and two redundant (AC or DC) power
feeds. A starter configuration can be deployed consisting of one primary and one redundnat power feed,
depending on the customer's power requirements.
The user can configure the system software to calculate per-chassis worst-case power draw based on
shelf configuration, and escalate a standing condition for an XTC-2/XTC-2E when this configuration is
exceeded. The power draw limit is compared against the total estimated power draw for all of the
equipment provisioned (and pre-provisioned) in the chassis.
The chassis raises an alarm if the sum of the power values for the provisioned/pre-provisioned equipment
in the chassis exceeds the user configured maximum power draw value. This raised alarm does not
indicate actual power draw, but indicates that the system is configured in such a way that should all
environmental, network and system conditions be worst-case—that this is the potential total maximum
power draw of the system under those conditions.

Note: The active XCM-H controls the power up for most of the installed modules (i.e. OTSM-600/
OTXM-600s, AOFM-100/AOFX-100s, TIM/LIM/PXMs, etc.). If not enough power feeds are
connected, the system software will not power up the modules and notify the user via the
management interfaces. Refer to XTC-2/XTC-2E Chassis Power Control on page 2-65 for more
details.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-4 XTC-2/XTC-2E Power Consumption and Configuration Rules

Inrush Current
Inrush current refers to the maximum, instantaneous current drawn by the XTC-2/XTC-2E at initial system
power up (or by a module inserted into an XTC-2/XTC-2E already powered up). The inrush current for the
XTC-2/XTC-2E will not exceed the worst-case power consumption current for the particular shelf
configuration (or module) within the appropriate ambient selected (normal or short-term operation). For
example:
■ For environments under 25º C (normal operation), the inrush current will not exceed that for the
25º C worst-case power consumption
■ For environments under 40º C (normal operation), the inrush current will not exceed that for the
40º C worst-case power consumption
■ For environments under 50º C (short-term operation), the inrush current will not exceed that for the
50º C worst-case power consumption

Input Voltage Operating Range and Thresholds

The XTC-2/XTC-2E DC input voltage operating range and thresholds are shown in the figure below. The
thresholds comply with the ATT-TP-76200 standard. (The thresholds shown do not apply to fan trays
which operate over a wider voltage range.)

Figure 2-1 Input Voltage Operating Range and Thresholds

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-5

XTC-2/XTC-2E Compliancy
Table 2-2 XTC-2/XTC-2E Hardware Compliancy
Category Approval Agency / Requirement
Safety Certifications ■ IEC/EN/UL 60950-1: Safety of Information Technology Equipment
■ CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1: Safety of Information Technology
Equipment
■ AS/NZS 60950-1: Approval & Test specification - Safety of Information
Technology Equipment
■ UL Class II: Fire Safety (air filters)
NEBS/ETSI Compliancy ■ NEBS Level 3
□ GR-63-CORE: Network Equipment Building Systems - Physical
Protection
□ GR-1089-CORE: Electromagnetic Compatibility and Electrical
Safety - Generic requirement for Network Telecommunications
Equipment
■ ETS 300 386
■ ETS 300 019-2-1, 2, 3, and 4 A1 (earthquake test methods)
■ ETSI EN 300 019 (environmental compliance)
EMC Emissions ■ CISPR 32/EN 55032 Class A, FCC-A, VCCI-A
EMC Immunity ■ CISPR 35/EN 55035
Laser Safety ■ IEC/EN 60825 Series: Safety of Laser Products
■ IEC/EN 60825-1: 2014
■ IEC/EN 60825-2: 2007
■ FDA 21 CFR 1040: Performance Standard of Light Emitting Products

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-6 XTC-2/XTC-2E Compliancy

Table 2-2 XTC-2/XTC-2E Hardware Compliancy (continued)

Category Approval Agency / Requirement
General Compliancy ■ ETSI ETS 300 119-2
■ ETSI ETS 300 119-4
■ GR-78-CORE
■ GR-253-CORE
■ GR-1209-CORE
■ GR-1221-CORE
■ ATIS 00600315 (previously ANSI T1.315)
■ ATIS T1.304 (previously ANSI T1.304)
■ ATT-TP-76200
RoHS Declaration ■ https://www.infinera.com/wp-content/uploads/Infinera-Taiwan-RoHS-
Declaration.pdf

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-7

XTC-2/XTC-2E Technical Specifications

Table 2-3 XTC-2/XTC-2E Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Electrical specifications Power consumption XTC-2:
■ Typical (at 25º C): 1,898W
■ Maximum (at 40º C): 2,289W
■ Maximum (at 50º C): 2,983W
XTC-2E:
■ Typical (at 25º C): 2,125W
■ Maximum (at 40º C): 2,542W
■ Maximum (at 50º C): 3,367W
Refer to Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2 for module
level power consumption numbers
Input voltage range (DC) -40V DC to -72V DC
IEC/EN/UL/CSA 60950-1
See Figure 1-1: Input Voltage Operating Range
and Thresholds on page 1-5 for detailed
information regarding the input voltage operating
range and thresholds
Input voltage range (AC) 185V AC to 264V AC (200V AC to 240V AC
nominal)
IEC/EN/UL/CSA 60950-1
Environmental specifications Operating temperature range Normal operation (including system power up):
5º C to 40º C
Short-term operation: -5º C to 50º C
Storage temperature range -40º C to 70º C
High relative humidity 90% non-condensing

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-8 XTC-2 Overview

XTC-2 Overview
The XTC-2 is a chassis option providing eight digital card slots to house up to two OTSM-600/
OTXM-600s in the current release (the digital card slots will also support future muxponder/transponder
module types). In addition, the XTC-2 is a 19-inch width chassis type with an available ETSI (600mm) and
ANSI 23-inch mounting option.

Table 2-4 XTC-2 Common Components

Name Description
Power Entry Module (PEM) See Power Entry Module (PEM)
on page 2-25
Input/Output Timing and Alarm Panel (IOTAP) See Input/Output Timing and
Alarm Panel (IOTAP) on page 2-
30
Fan Tray See Fan Tray on page 2-34
Air Filter See Air Filter on page 2-36
Card Cage See Card Cage on page 2-37

Table 2-5 XTC-2 Supported Circuit Packs

Name Description
Digital Chassis (Shelf A)
XTC-2/XTC-2E Control Module Half-height (XCM-H) See XTC-2/XTC-2E Control
Module Half-height (XCM-H)
on page 2-65
OTN Tributary Static Module 600G (OTSM-600) See OTN Tributary Static
Module 600G (OTSM-600)
on page 2-70
OTN Tributary Switching Module 600G (OTXM-600) See OTN Tributary Switching
Module 600G (OTXM-600)
on page 2-76
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 100G (AOFM-100) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Line Module
100G (AOFM-100) on page
3-192
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Switching Line Module 100G (AOFX-100) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Line Switching
Module 100G (AOFX-100) on
page 3-198

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-9

Table 2-5 XTC-2 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Tributary Interface Module 100GE (TIM-1-100GE) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GE
(TIM-1-100GE) on page 4-
9
Tributary Interface Module 100GE (TIM-1B-100GE) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GE
(TIM-1B-100GE) on page 4-
12
Tributary Interface Module 100GX (TIM-1-100GX) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GX
(TIM-1-100GX) on page 4-
18
Tributary Interface Module 100GE (TIM-1-100GE-Q) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GE
(TIM-1-100GE-Q) on page 4-
21
Tributary Interface Module 10GM (TIM-5-10GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 10GM (TIM-5-10GM)
on page 4-32
Tributary Interface Module 10GM (TIM-5B-10GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 10GM
(TIM-5B-10GM) on page 4-
36
Tributary Interface Module 10GX (TIM-5-10GX) See Tributary Interface
Module 10GX (TIM-5-10GX)
on page 4-39
Tributary Interface Module 16GM (TIM-16-2.5GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 2.5GM
(TIM-16-2.5GM) on page 4-
43
Line Interface Module 100GE (LIM-1-100GE) See Line Interface Module
100GE (LIM-1-100GE) on
page 4-62
Line Interface Module 100GX (LIM-1-100GX) See Line Interface Module
100GX (LIM-1-100GX) on
page 4-68
Packet Switching Module 100GE (PXM-1-100GE) See Packet Switching
Module 100GE
(PXM-1-100GE) on page 4-
78

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-10 XTC-2 Overview

Table 2-5 XTC-2 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Packet Switching Module 10GE (PXM-16-10GE) See Packet Switching
Module 10GE
(PXM-16-10GE) on page 4-
81
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-SR10) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-SR10) on
page 4-93
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-S10X) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-S10X) on
page 4-95
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-LR4) on
page 4-97
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-L10X) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-L10X) on
page 4-99
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TRX100267/TC) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TRX100267/TC) on
page 4-102
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100GMR-LR4)
on page 4-104
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-L10X) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100GMR-L10X)
on page 4-106
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-ER4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100GMR-ER4)
on page 4-109
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-SR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-Q-SR4)
on page 4-111
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-Q-LR4) on
page 4-113
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-CLR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-Q-CLR4)
on page 4-115
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-Q-
CWDM4) on page 4-117

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-11

Table 2-5 XTC-2 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0)
on page 4-131
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1)
on page 4-133
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2)
on page 4-135
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2)
on page 4-137
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-DT) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-DT)
on page 4-140
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10GE-LRL) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10GE-LRL) on
page 4-144
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-SR1) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5G-SR1) on
page 4-148
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-IR2) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5G-IR2) on
page 4-150
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-LR2) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5G-LR2) on
page 4-153
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-SR1) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-SR1) on
page 4-156
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-IR1) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-IR1) on
page 4-159
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-MR-Dn-LR2) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-MR-Dn-LR2) on
page 4-163
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-MR-Cn-LR2) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-MR-Cn-LR2) on
page 4-167

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-12 XTC-2 Overview

Table 2-5 XTC-2 Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Tributary Optical Module 1G (TOM-1G-ZX) See Tributary Optical Module
1G (TOM-1G-ZX) on page 4-
169
Blank Circuit Packs See Blank Circuit Packs on
page 2-81

Front View of XTC-2

A front view of the XTC-2, with components and circuit packs, is shown in the figure below and/or Figure
2-3: XTC-2 (with DC PEMs) Front View on page 2-13.
A single bay can accommodate three XTC-2s as shown in Figure 2-4: Three XTC-2s on a Rack on page
2-14.

Figure 2-2 XTC-2 (with AC PEMs) Front View

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-13

Figure 2-3 XTC-2 (with DC PEMs) Front View

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-14 XTC-2 Overview

Figure 2-4 Three XTC-2s on a Rack

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-15

XTC-2 Thermal Loading

AC-based Power Supply

The table below provides typical heat release information for the XTC-2 housed in a 19-inch frame.

Table 2-6 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)

XTC-2 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 19-inch (482.6mm) Frame
Power 1539
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 1.50
(feet)
Frame Width 1.83
(feet)
Equipment 1.75
Height (feet)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (feet)
Aisle (feet)
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Heat Release (Watts/ft2)
1.0 191.9 174.5 159.9 147.6 137.1 128.0 120.0 112.9 106.6
1.5 174.5 159.9 147.6 137.1 128.0 120.0 112.9 106.6 101.0
2.0 159.9 147.6 137.1 128.0 120.0 112.9 106.6 101.0 96.0
2.5 147.6 137.1 128.0 120.0 112.9 106.6 101.0 96.0 91.4
3.0 137.1 128.0 120.0 112.9 106.6 101.0 96.0 91.4 87.2
3.5 128.0 120.0 112.9 106.6 101.0 96.0 91.4 87.2 83.5
4.0 120.0 112.9 106.6 101.0 96.0 91.4 87.2 83.5 80.0
4.5 112.9 106.6 101.0 96.0 91.4 87.2 83.5 80.0 76.8
5.0 106.6 101.0 96.0 91.4 87.2 83.5 80.0 76.8 73.8

The table below provides typical heat release information for the XTC-2 housed in a 19-inch frame.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-16 XTC-2 Thermal Loading

Table 2-7 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)

XTC-2 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 19-inch (482.6mm) Frame
Power 1539
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 0.46
(meters)
Frame Width 0.56
(meters)
Equipment 0.53
Height (meters)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (meters)
Aisle (meters)
0.305 0.457 0.610 0.762 0.914 1.067 1.219 1.372 1.524
Heat Release (Watts/m2)
0.305 6779.6 6164.7 5649.0 5215.6 4843.9 4519.7 4237.9 3987.7 3766.7
0.457 6164.7 5652.1 5215.6 4843.9 4521.7 4237.9 3989.2 3766.7 3568.9
0.610 5649.0 5215.6 4841.6 4519.7 4237.9 3987.7 3766.7 3567.7 3389.8
0.762 5215.6 4843.9 4519.7 4237.9 3989.2 3766.7 3568.9 3389.8 3228.8
0.914 4843.9 4521.7 4237.9 3989.2 3768.1 3568.9 3390.9 3228.8 3082.4
1.067 4519.7 4237.9 3987.7 3766.7 3568.9 3389.8 3228.8 3081.4 2947.8
1.219 4237.9 3989.2 3766.7 3568.9 3390.9 3228.8 3082.4 2947.8 2825.3
1.372 3987.7 3766.7 3567.7 3389.8 3228.8 3081.4 2947.8 2824.5 2711.8
1.524 3766.7 3568.9 3389.8 3228.8 3082.4 2947.8 2825.3 2711.8 2607.8

The table below provides typical heat release information for the XTC-2 housed in a 23-inch frame.

Table 2-8 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)

XTC-2 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Power 1539
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 1.50
(feet)
Frame Width 2.17
(feet)
Equipment 1.75
Height (feet)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-17

Table 2-8 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet) (continued)
XTC-2 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (feet)
Aisle (feet)
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Heat Release (Watts/ft2)
1.0 162.4 147.6 135.3 124.9 116.0 108.2 101.5 95.5 90.2
1.5 147.6 135.3 124.9 116.0 108.2 101.5 95.5 90.2 85.4
2.0 135.3 124.9 116.0 108.2 101.5 95.5 90.2 85.4 81.2
2.5 124.9 116.0 108.2 101.5 95.5 90.2 85.4 81.2 77.3
3.0 116.0 108.2 101.5 95.5 90.2 85.4 81.2 77.3 73.8
3.5 108.2 101.5 95.5 90.2 85.4 81.2 77.3 73.8 70.6
4.0 101.5 95.5 90.2 85.4 81.2 77.3 73.8 70.6 67.6
4.5 95.5 90.2 85.4 81.2 77.3 73.8 70.6 67.6 64.9
5.0 90.2 85.4 81.2 77.3 73.8 70.6 67.6 64.9 62.4

The table below provides typical heat release information for the XTC-2 housed in a 23-inch frame.

Table 2-9 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)

XTC-2 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Power 1539
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 0.46
(meters)
Frame Width 0.66
(meters)
Equipment 0.53
Height (meters)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (meters)
Aisle (meters)
0.305 0.457 0.610 0.762 0.914 1.067 1.219 1.372 1.524
Heat Release (Watts/m2)
0.305 5742.1 5221.3 4784.5 4417.4 4102.6 3828.1 3589.4 3377.4 3190.3
0.457 5221.3 4787.2 4417.4 4102.6 3829.7 3589.4 3378.7 3190.3 3022.8
0.610 4784.5 4417.4 4100.7 3828.1 3589.4 3377.4 3190.3 3021.7 2871.0
0.762 4417.4 4102.6 3828.1 3589.4 3378.7 3190.3 3022.8 2871.0 2734.7
0.914 4102.6 3829.7 3589.4 3378.7 3191.4 3022.8 2872.0 2734.7 2610.7

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-18 XTC-2 Thermal Loading

Table 2-9 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters) (continued)
XTC-2 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
1.067 3828.1 3589.4 3377.4 3190.3 3022.8 2871.0 2734.7 2609.9 2496.7
1.219 3589.4 3378.7 3190.3 3022.8 2872.0 2734.7 2610.7 2496.7 2392.9
1.372 3377.4 3190.3 3021.7 2871.0 2734.7 2609.9 2496.7 2392.3 2296.8
1.524 3190.3 3022.8 2871.0 2734.7 2610.7 2496.7 2392.9 2296.8 2208.7

DC-based Power Supply

The table below provides typical heat release information for the XTC-2 housed in a 19-inch frame.

Table 2-10 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)

XTC-2 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 19-inch (482.6mm) Frame
Power 1570
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 1.50
(feet)
Frame Width 1.83
(feet)
Equipment 1.75
Height (feet)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (feet)
Aisle (feet)
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Heat Release (Watts/ft2)
1.0 195.8 178.0 163.1 150.6 139.8 130.5 122.4 115.2 108.8
1.5 178.0 163.1 150.6 139.8 130.5 122.4 115.2 108.8 103.0
2.0 163.1 150.6 139.8 130.5 122.4 115.2 108.8 103.0 97.9
2.5 150.6 139.8 130.5 122.4 115.2 108.8 103.0 97.9 93.2
3.0 139.8 130.5 122.4 115.2 108.8 103.0 97.9 93.2 89.0
3.5 130.5 122.4 115.2 108.8 103.0 97.9 93.2 89.0 85.1
4.0 122.4 115.2 108.8 103.0 97.9 93.2 89.0 85.1 81.6
4.5 115.2 108.8 103.0 97.9 93.2 89.0 85.1 81.6 78.3
5.0 108.8 103.0 97.9 93.2 89.0 85.1 81.6 78.3 75.3

The table below provides typical heat release information for the XTC-2 housed in a 19-inch frame.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-19

Table 2-11 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)

XTC-2 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 19-inch (482.6mm) Frame
Power 1570
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 0.46
(meters)
Frame Width 0.56
(meters)
Equipment 0.53
Height (meters)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (meters)
Aisle (meters)
0.305 0.457 0.610 0.762 0.914 1.067 1.219 1.372 1.524
Heat Release (Watts/m2)
0.305 6915.2 6288.1 5762.0 5319.9 4940.8 4610.1 4322.7 4067.5 3842.1
0.457 6288.1 5765.2 5319.9 4940.8 4612.2 4322.7 4069.0 3842.1 3640.3
0.610 5762.0 5319.9 4938.5 4610.1 4322.7 4067.5 3842.1 3639.1 3457.6
0.762 5319.9 4940.8 4610.1 4322.7 4069.0 3842.1 3640.3 3457.6 3293.4
0.914 4940.8 4612.2 4322.7 4069.0 3843.5 3640.3 3458.7 3293.4 3144.0
1.067 4610.1 4322.7 4067.5 3842.1 3640.3 3457.6 3293.4 3143.1 3006.8
1.219 4322.7 4069.0 3842.1 3640.3 3458.7 3293.4 3144.0 3006.8 2881.8
1.372 4067.5 3842.1 3639.1 3457.6 3293.4 3143.1 3006.8 2881.0 2766.1
1.524 3842.1 3640.3 3457.6 3293.4 3144.0 3006.8 2881.8 2766.1 2660.0

The table below provides typical heat release information for the XTC-2 housed in a 23-inch frame.

Table 2-12 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)

XTC-2 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Power 1570
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 1.50
(feet)
Frame Width 2.17
(feet)
Equipment 1.75
Height (feet)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-20 XTC-2 Thermal Loading

Table 2-12 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet) (continued)
XTC-2 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (feet)
Aisle (feet)
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Heat Release (Watts/ft2)
1.0 165.6 150.5 138.0 127.4 118.3 110.4 103.5 97.4 92.0
1.5 150.5 138.0 127.4 118.3 110.4 103.5 97.4 92.0 87.2
2.0 138.0 127.4 118.3 110.4 103.5 97.4 92.0 87.2 82.8
2.5 127.4 118.3 110.4 103.5 97.4 92.0 87.2 82.8 78.9
3.0 118.3 110.4 103.5 97.4 92.0 87.2 82.8 78.9 75.3
3.5 110.4 103.5 97.4 92.0 87.2 82.8 78.9 75.3 72.0
4.0 103.5 97.4 92.0 87.2 82.8 78.9 75.3 72.0 69.0
4.5 97.4 92.0 87.2 82.8 78.9 75.3 72.0 69.0 66.2
5.0 92.0 87.2 82.8 78.9 75.3 72.0 69.0 66.2 63.7

The table below provides typical heat release information for the XTC-2 housed in a 23-inch frame.

Table 2-13 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)

XTC-2 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Power 1570
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 0.46
(meters)
Frame Width 0.66
(meters)
Equipment 0.53
Height (meters)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (meters)
Aisle (meters)
0.305 0.457 0.610 0.762 0.914 1.067 1.219 1.372 1.524
Heat Release (Watts/m2)
0.305 5857.0 5325.8 4880.3 4505.8 4184.7 3904.7 3661.2 3445.0 3254.1
0.457 5325.8 4883.0 4505.8 4184.7 3906.4 3661.2 3446.3 3254.1 3083.3
0.610 4880.3 4505.8 4182.8 3904.7 3661.2 3445.0 3254.1 3082.2 2928.5
0.762 4505.8 4184.7 3904.7 3661.2 3446.3 3254.1 3083.3 2928.5 2789.4
0.914 4184.7 3906.4 3661.2 3446.3 3255.3 3083.3 2929.4 2789.4 2662.9

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-21

Table 2-13 XTC-2 Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters) (continued)
XTC-2 Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
1.067 3904.7 3661.2 3445.0 3254.1 3083.3 2928.5 2789.4 2662.1 2546.7
1.219 3661.2 3446.3 3254.1 3083.3 2929.4 2789.4 2662.9 2546.7 2440.8
1.372 3445.0 3254.1 3082.2 2928.5 2789.4 2662.1 2546.7 2440.1 2342.8
1.524 3254.1 3083.3 2928.5 2789.4 2662.9 2546.7 2440.8 2342.8 2252.9

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-22 XTC-2 Product Details

XTC-2 Product Details

Table 2-14 XTC-2 Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
XTC-2 Switching Transport Chassis; includes 8 digital card slots to support OTSM-600/
OTXM-600s (and future muxponder/transponder module types). Up to 2 OTSM-600/
OTXM-600s can be installed per XTC-2 each requiring 4 contiguous card slots; each
OTSM-600/OTXM-600 provides 12 sub-slots for installing digital I/O modules; 2 reserved
card slots are also provided for the installation of up to 2 XCM-H modules for
management and control

Note: The IOTAP, fan tray, air filter, PEMs, and modules such as XCMH,
OTSM-600/OTXM-600, etc. are not included as part of PON XTC-2. Refer to the
common equipment bundles listed below.

XTC2-A1-OTXM+ XTC-2 switching package, common equipment bundle #1 with AC PEMs; includes 1
XTC-2, 1 X-IO-TAP-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2, 1 X-AIRFILTER-X2, 2 XCM-Hs, 1
OTXM-600, and 4 X-PS-AC-X2s

Note: AC power cords (for AC input) are not included with the AC PEMs. It is
recommended to use grounded 15A power cords locally approved for connection of
IT equipment.

XTC2-B1-OTXM+ XTC-2 switching package, common equipment bundle #1 with DC PEMs; includes 1
XTC-2, 1 X-IO-TAP-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2, 1 X-AIRFILTER-X2, 2 XCM-Hs, 1
OTXM-600, and 4 X-PS-DC-X2s (4 DC PEMs and 4 DC power cables)
XTC2-A2-OTXM+ XTC-2 switching package, common equipment bundle #2 with AC PEMs; includes 1
XTC-2, 1 X-IO-TAP-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2, 1 X-AIRFILTER-X2, 1 XCM-H, 1 OTXM-600,
and 2 X-PS-AC-X2s

Note: AC power cords (for AC input) are not included with the AC PEMs. It is
recommended to use grounded 15A power cords locally approved for connection of
IT equipment.

XTC2-B2-OTXM+ XTC-2 switching package, common equipment bundle #2 with DC PEMs; includes 1
XTC-2, 1 X-IO-TAP-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2, 1 X-AIRFILTER-X2, 1 XCM-H, 1 OTXM-600,
and 2 X-PS-DC-X2s (2 DC PEMs and 2 DC power cables)
XTC2-A2-OTSM+ XTC-2 muxponder package, common equipment bundle #2 with AC PEMs; includes 1
XTC-2, 1 X-IO-TAP-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2, 1 X-AIRFILTER-X2, 1 XCM-H, 1 OTSM-600,
and 2 X-PS-AC-X2s

Note: AC power cords (for AC input) are not included with the AC PEMs. It is
recommended to use grounded 15A power cords locally approved for connection of
IT equipment.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-23

Table 2-14 XTC-2 Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
XTC2-B2-OTSM+ XTC-2 muxponder package, common equipment bundle #2 with DC PEMs; includes 1
XTC-2, 1 X-IO-TAP-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2, 1 X-AIRFILTER-X2, 1 XCM-H, 1 OTSM-600,
and 2 X-PS-DC-X2s (2 DC PEMs and 2 DC power cables)
X-IO-TAP-X2 XTC-2/XTC-2E Input/Output Timing and Alarm Panel (IOTAP); includes chassis level
alarm indicators, alarm dry contacts, and timing reference inputs

Note: The timing reference inputs are not supported in the current release.

X-FANTRAY-X2 XTC-2/XTC-2E fan tray; used on digital shelf (shelf A)

X-AIRFILTER-X2 XTC-2/XTC-2E air filter; used on digital shelf (shelf A)
X-DOOR-X2 XTC-2 front door kit

Functional Description
The XTC-2 houses the common equipment required for operations and the circuit packs that transport
and terminate optical signals. The XTC-2 provides a redundant and scalable switch fabric with ODU0
switching granularity to support customer traffic from line-to-trib, trib-to-trib, and/or line-to-line. The XTC-2
supports the following functions:
■ The XTC-2 can be deployed as a Main Chassis or an Expansion Chassis within a DTN-X network
element. For details regarding the exact combination and number of interconnected chassis
supported on a DTN-X network element, refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide
■ The XTC-2 is used in Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer (ROADM), Digital Terminal,
Digital Add/Drop, and Digital Repeater configurations supporting metro to long haul applications but
targeted for metro and regional applications
The XTC-2 is composed of the following components (see Front View of XTC-2 on page 2-12 for an
illustration):
■ Power Entry Module (PEM) on page 2-25
■ Input/Output Timing and Alarm Panel (IOTAP) on page 2-30
■ Fan Tray on page 2-34
■ Air Filter on page 2-36
■ Card Cage on page 2-37

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-24 XTC-2 Product Details

Mechanical Specifications
Table 2-15 XTC-2 Mechanical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 20.94 inches / 531.88mm (12 RU)
Width - chassis only 17.40 inches / 441.96mm
Width (including integrated rack 19.00 inches / 482.60mm
mounting ears)
Depth - chassis only 18.53 inches / 470.66mm
Depth (including fiber management 21.32 inches / 541.53mm
tray; excluding front chassis door)
Weight - chassis only 51.3lb / 23.3kg
Weight - chassis bundle (2 XCM-Hs, 4 91.6lb / 41.5kg
PEMs, 1 IOTAP, 1 fan tray, and 1 air
filter)
Weight - fully loaded chassis 187.0lb / 84.8kg (approximately)

Electrical Grounding Points on XTC-2

The XTC-2 contains four electrical grounding points located as follows:
■ One on each side, lower front section of the chassis
■ Two at the rear, lower left and right sections of the chassis

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Grounding Jacks on XTC-2

The XTC-2 contains one ESD grounding jack located at the front, lower middle section of the chassis
(below the fiber management tray).

Fiber Management Tray for XTC-2

A fiber management tray is provided to route fibers away from the circuit packs in a manner that protects
the fibers and allows for any circuit pack to be inserted, removed, and/or replaced without disturbing
another circuit pack’s fibers. A fiber tray is located below the digital card cage.

XTC-2 Dimensions
The XTC-2 top and front dimensions of the chassis are provided in Figure 2-5: XTC-2 Dimensions on
page 2-25.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-25

Figure 2-5 XTC-2 Dimensions

Note: When the front doors are installed and in the closed position, the distance between the front of
the chassis and the front doors is approximately 3.2 inches (82.0mm).

Power Entry Module (PEM)

Table 2-16 XTC-2/XTC-2E PEM Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-PS-AC-X2 Power Entry Module, 185V AC to 264V AC (200V AC to 240V AC nominal) AC input with
a single IEC 320 (EN 60320) C20 panel mounted connector (3-pin male), 15A, 3,000W
maximum output power, hot-swappable, provides -54V DC power to the XTC-2/XTC-2E.
Up to 4 AC PEMs providing N+N redundancy can be housed in an XTC-2/XTC-2E

Note: AC power cords (for AC input) are not included with the AC PEM. It is
recommended to use grounded 15A power cords locally approved for connection of
IT equipment.

X-PS-DC-X2 Power Entry Module, -40V DC to -72V DC (-48V DC typical) single feed DC input with a
single DC connector, 50A, 2,500W maximum output power, hot-swappable, provides
-54V DC power to the XTC-2/XTC-2E. Up to 4 DC PEMs providing N+N redundancy can
be housed in an XTC-2/XTC-2E. Includes 1 DC power cable (PON X-PS-DC-CBL) for DC
input
X-PS-DC-CBL Replacement DC power cable for the DC PEM, Red/Black wires, AMP 4-pin female
connector, UL 1015, 10 AWG, 600V, 105C, 15.0 feet (4.6 meters) length, unterminated.
(A cable strain bracket is also included and attached to the DC power connector with a
releasable cable tie.)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-26 XTC-2 Product Details

The left side of the XTC-2/XTC-2E accommodates up to four PEMs providing N+N redundancy
depending on system load requirements and the customer’s configuration. The two PEMs occupying the
upper two PEM slots comprise feed A and are labeled PEM A1 and PEM A2, and the two PEMs
occupying the lower two PEM slots comprise feed B and are labeled PEM B1 and PEM B2. The features
of the supported PEM types are described in the sections below.

Note: The XTC-2/XTC-2E supports up to four AC PEMs or four DC PEMs only; a combination of AC
and DC PEMs in the same chassis is not supported.

AC PEM
The AC PEM (shown in Figure 2-6: XTC-2/XTC-2E AC PEM Faceplate on page 2-27) receives a 185V
AC to 264V AC (200V to 240V AC nominal) input and converts it to -54V DC output to the XTC-2/XTC-2E
backplane. The AC PEM incorporates a high-density front-to-back airflow design using an internal cooling
fan to draw air in through a front vent and to force air out through a rear vent. Thermal sensors are
located within the PEM that monitor the internal temperature of the PEM to protect internal components
from overheating or catching fire.

Note: In order to comply with the GR-1089 Lightning Criteria for equipment interfacing with AC power
ports, an external Surge Protective Device (SPD) is intended to be used at the AC input of the AC
PEM.

Each AC PEM is hot-swappable and provides the following features:

■ AC input overvoltage and undervoltage protection; automated power shutdown and restart for AC
input overvoltage and undervoltage conditions
■ DC output overvoltage and overload protection; automated power shutdown for DC output
overvoltage and overload conditions
■ Overtemperature warning and protection; automated power shutdown and restart for
overtemperature conditions
■ In-rush control
■ In-line fusing to protect other chassis from a local short circuit condition
DC PEM
The DC PEM (shown in Figure 2-7: XTC-2/XTC-2E DC PEM Faceplate on page 2-28) receives a -40V
DC to -72V DC (-48V DC typical) single feed input and converts it to -54V DC output to the XTC-2/
XTC-2E backplane. The DC PEM incorporates a high-density front-to-back airflow design using an
internal cooling fan to draw air in through a front vent and force air out through a rear vent. Thermal
sensors are located within the PEM that monitor the internal temperature of the PEM to protect internal
components from overheating or catching fire.
Each DC PEM is hot-swappable and provides the following features:
■ DC input overvoltage and undervoltage protection; automated power shutdown for DC input
overvoltage and undervoltage conditions
■ DC output overvoltage and overload protection; automated power shutdown for DC output
overvoltage and overload conditions

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-27

■ Overtemperature warning and protection; automated power shutdown and restart for
overtemperature conditions
■ Reversed polarity detection
■ In-rush control
■ In-line fusing to protect other chassis from a local short circuit condition

PEM External Indicators

Figure 2-6 XTC-2/XTC-2E AC PEM Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-28 XTC-2 Product Details

Figure 2-7 XTC-2/XTC-2E DC PEM Faceplate

PEM Power LEDs

Table 2-17 XTC-2/XTC-2E PEM Visual Alarm Indicators

POWER POWER Description
INPUT FAULT
(Green) (Red)
ON OFF Input lead is receiving power
Power output from the PEM as per specifications
ON ON Input lead is receiving power
Power output from the PEM not to specifications
OFF ON Input lead is not receiving power
No power output from the PEM as per specifications
OFF OFF Input lead is not receiving power
No power to either PEM

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-29

PEM Connectors
AC PEM
Each AC PEM is provided with an IEC 320 (EN 60320) C20 panel mounted connector (3-pin male) that is
connected to an AC power cord containing a C19 plug (3-pin female) for AC input. A cable retention
device is provided to secure the power cord for protection against unintended removal.

Note: AC power cords (for AC input) are not included with the AC PEMs. It is recommended to use
grounded 15A power cords locally approved for connection of IT equipment.

DC PEM
Each DC PEM is provided with a DC connector that connects to an Infinera supplied DC power cable for
DC input.

Note: One DC power cable (for DC input) is included with each DC PEM. Replacement DC power
cable(s) can be ordered separately as PON X-PS-DC-CBL.

Note: An optional grounding point is located on each DC PEM. However, the DC PEMs do not require
separate grounding cables. (The chassis must be properly grounded.)

PEM Technical Specifications

Table 2-18 XTC-2/XTC-2E AC and DC PEM Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 4.00 inches / 101.60mm
Width 1.63 inches / 41.40mm
Depth 17.21 inches / 437.13mm
Weight 4.6lb / 2.1kg
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of base XTC-2/XTC-2E
system; see Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E
Power Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Power Distribution Architecture

-54V DC power is distributed from the PEMs to the chassis backplane across PEM-to-XTC-2/XTC-2E
busbars which carry redundant A and B power feeds. The backplane feeds the power supply to the
common components and circuit packs as shown in Figure 2-8: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power Distribution
Diagram on page 2-30.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-30 XTC-2 Product Details

Figure 2-8 XTC-2/XTC-2E Power Distribution Diagram

The XTC-2/XTC-2E hardware modules combine the power feed by diode-ORing and ORing FET. The
-54V DC inputs are individually fused on the circuit packs, IOTAP, and fan trays to protect it from
overcurrent conditions. The fuse is not field-replaceable. The status of each fuse is monitored before the
ORing diodes and FETs.

Input/Output Timing and Alarm Panel (IOTAP)

The IOTAP is part of the XTC-2/XTC-2E and houses the management and operations interfaces as
described below. The front view of the IOTAP is shown in Figure 2-9: XTC-2/XTC-2E IOTAP Front View
on page 2-31.
■ Building-integrated Timing Supply (BITS) RJ-45 connector, labeled as BITS_A. This interface is not
supported in the current release
■ BITS RJ-45 connector, labeled as BITS_B. This interface is not supported in the current release
■ 1 Pulse per Second/Time of Day (1PPS/ToD) RJ-45 connector, labeled as 1PPS/ToD. This
interface is not supported in the current release
■ Chassis level alarm LEDs (Power, Critical, Major, and Minor)

Note: The IOTAP does not provide bay level alarm LEDs.

■ One Lamp Test button

■ One Alarm Cutoff (ACO) button

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-31

■ One ACO LED

■ Alarm input/output SCSI interface, labeled as Alarm Input/Output. This interface is used for
connecting an external alarm wire wrap panel for monitoring environmental and office alarms:
□ Alarm Input—Bay Critical, Major, Minor, Alarm Cutoff
□ Alarm Output—Bay Critical, Major, Minor, Audible Critical, Major, Minor, Visual Power,
Critical, Major, Minor

IOTAP External Indicators

Figure 2-9 XTC-2/XTC-2E IOTAP Front View

IOTAP Chassis Level Alarm LEDs

Table 2-19 XTC Visual Alarm Indicators - Chassis Level

LED Color Description
POWER Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply within the specified
operating range to the chassis
CRITICAL Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of at least one Critical alarm in the
chassis
MAJOR Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of at least one Major alarm in the
chassis
MINOR Yellow Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of at least one Minor alarm in the
chassis

IOTAP Lamp Test

The IOTAP contains a lamp test button for testing the LEDs. When the lamp test button is pressed, all
LEDs on the IOTAP and the circuit packs on the chassis are lit (power LEDs illuminate Green and fault
LEDs illuminate Red) and bi-color LEDs will toggle between two colors (Green and Yellow) until the lamp
test button is released. Once the lamp test button is released, all LEDs will return to the previous
condition.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-32 XTC-2 Product Details

IOTAP Chassis Level Audio Indicators

The IOTAP provides output alarm contacts for CRITICAL, MAJOR, and MINOR audible alarms. Audible
alert is triggered when an alarm is raised on the chassis.

IOTAP External Timing and Alarm Input/Output

Note: External timing interfaces are not supported in the current release.

The IOTAP contains a 68-pin SCSI connector that connects to a customer-supplied external alarm wire
wrap panel using a customer-supplied SCSI cable. See Table 2-21: XTC-2/XTC-2E Alarm Input/Output
Connector Pin Assignments on page 2-32 for connector pinout assignment.

IOTAP I/O Connectors

Table 2-20 XTC IOTAP Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
BITS_A, BITS_B RJ-45 Not supported
1PPS/ToD RJ-45
ALARM INPUT/OUTPUT SCSI, 68-pin Used for connecting a customer-supplied external
alarm wire wrap panel for monitoring
environmental and office alarms; see IOTAP Alarm
Input/Output Connector Pinout on page 2-32 for
connector pinout assignment

IOTAP Alarm Input/Output Connector Pinout

Table 2-21 XTC-2/XTC-2E Alarm Input/Output Connector Pin Assignments

Pin Signal Description I/O
1 ALM_IN_GEN0_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN0 N/A
2 ALM_IN_GEN0 General Purpose Alarm Input 0 Input
3 ALM_IN_GEN2_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN2 N/A
4 ALM_IN_GEN2 General Purpose Alarm Input 2 Input
5 ALM_IN_GEN4_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN4 N/A
6 ALM_IN_GEN4 General Purpose Alarm Input 4 Input
7 ALM_BAY_CRIT_IN_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_BAY_CRIT_IN_L N/A
8 ALM_BAY_CRIT_IN_L Bay Critical Alarm Input Input
9 ALM_BAY_MIN_IN_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_BAY_MIN_IN_L N/A
10 ALM_BAY_MIN_IN_L Bay Minor Alarm Input Input
11 N/C N/A N/A
12 N/C N/A N/A

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-33

Table 2-21 XTC-2/XTC-2E Alarm Input/Output Connector Pin Assignments (continued)

Pin Signal Description I/O
13 N/C N/A N/A
14 ALM_OUT_GEN2_NC General Purpose Alarm Output 2 - Normally Closed Output
15 ALM_OUT_GEN2_NO General Purpose Alarm Output 2 - Normally Open Output
16 ALM_OUT_GEN2_CT General Purpose Alarm Output 2 - Common Terminal Output
17 ALM_OUT_BAY_CRIT_NC Bay Critical Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
18 ALM_OUT_BAY_CRIT_NO Bay Critical Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
19 ALM_OUT_BAY_CRIT_CT Bay Critical Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
20 ALM_OUT_BAY_MIN_NC Bay Minor Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
21 ALM_OUT_BAY_MIN_NO Bay Minor Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
22 ALM_OUT_BAY_MIN_CT Bay Minor Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
23 ALM_OUT_VIS_MAJ_NC Visual Major Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
24 ALM_OUT_VIS_MAJ_NO Visual Major Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
25 ALM_OUT_VIS_MAJ_CT Visual Major Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
26 ALM_OUT_AUD_CRIT_NC Audible Critical Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
27 ALM_OUT_AUD_CRIT_NO Audible Critical Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
28 ALM_OUT_AUD_CRIT_CT Audible Critical Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
29 ALM_OUT_AUD_MIN_NC Audible Minor Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
30 ALM_OUT_AUD_MIN_NO Audible Minor Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
31 ALM_OUT_AUD_MIN_CT Audible Minor Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
32 ALM_OUT_GEN0_NC General Purpose Alarm Output 0 - Normally Closed Output
33 ALM_OUT_GEN0_NO General Purpose Alarm Output 0 - Normally Open Output
34 ALM_OUT_GEN0_CT General Purpose Alarm Output 0 - Common Terminal Output
35 ALM_IN_GEN1_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN1 N/A
36 ALM_IN_GEN1 General Purpose Alarm Input 1 Input
37 ALM_IN_GEN3_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN3 N/A
38 ALM_IN_GEN3 General Purpose Alarm Input 3 Input
39 ALM_IN_GEN5_50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_IN_GEN5 N/A
40 ALM_IN_GEN5 General Purpose Alarm Input 5 Input
41 ALM_BAY_MAJ_IN_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_BAY_MAJ_IN_L N/A
42 ALM_BAY_MAJ_IN_L Bay Major Alarm Input Input
43 ALM_ACO_EXT_N50V Negative 50V reference for ALM_ACO_EXT_L N/A

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-34 XTC-2 Product Details

Table 2-21 XTC-2/XTC-2E Alarm Input/Output Connector Pin Assignments (continued)

Pin Signal Description I/O
44 ALM_ACO_EXT_L External Alarm Cutoff Alarm Input Input
45 N/C N/A N/A
46 N/C N/A N/A
47 N/C N/A N/A
48 ALM_OUT_GEN3_NC General Purpose Alarm Output 3 - Normally Closed Output
49 ALM_OUT_GEN3_NO General Purpose Alarm Output 3 - Normally Open Output
50 ALM_OUT_GEN3_CT General Purpose Alarm Output 3 - Common Terminal Output
51 ALM_OUT_BAY_MAJ_NC Bay Major Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
52 ALM_OUT_BAY_MAJ_NO Bay Major Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
53 ALM_OUT_BAY_MAJ_CT Bay Major Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
54 ALM_OUT_VIS_CRIT_NC Visual Critical Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
55 ALM_OUT_VIS_CRIT_NO Visual Critical Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
56 ALM_OUT_VIS_CRIT_CT Visual Critical Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
57 ALM_OUT_VIS_MIN_NC Visual Minor Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
58 ALM_OUT_VIS_MIN_NO Visual Minor Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
59 ALM_OUT_VIS_MIN_CT Visual Minor Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
60 ALM_OUT_AUD_MAJ_NC Audible Major Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
61 ALM_OUT_AUD_MAJ_NO Audible Major Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
62 ALM_OUT_AUD_MAJ_CT Audible Major Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
63 ALM_OUT_PWR_FLT_NC Power Fault Alarm Output - Normally Closed Output
64 ALM_OUT_PWR_FLT_NO Power Fault Alarm Output - Normally Open Output
65 ALM_OUT_PWR_FLT_CT Power Fault Alarm Output - Common Terminal Output
66 ALM_OUT_GEN1_NC General Purpose Alarm Output 1 - Normally Closed Output
67 ALM_OUT_GEN1_NO General Purpose Alarm Output 1 - Normally Open Output
68 ALM_OUT_GEN1_CT General Purpose Alarm Output 1 - Common Terminal Output

Fan Tray
Table 2-22 XTC-2 Fan Tray Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-FANTRAY-X2 XTC-2 and XTC-2E replacement fan tray; used on the digital shelf (shelf A)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-35

The XTC-2 contains a removable fan tray located on the digital shelf (shelf A) at the top of the chassis.
The fan tray (see figure below) consists of six individually controlled, variable speed fans.
Fan speed is regulated by the active XCM-H (or by local sensors if external control is unavailable). On
initial system startup, if the ambient temperature is 27º C or less, the fans are set to a speed that will cool
the system and comply with the NEBS acoustic limit. When the inlet temperature is higher than 27º C, fan
speed is increased to compensate for the higher temperature. Once normal operation is achieved, fan
speed is decreased to reduce noise levels in compliance with OSHA and NEBS standards, and to
increase fan MTBF.
The airflow enters the system from the bottom front of the XTC-2 (through a central inlet air plenum) and
is pulled up by the fan tray, and forced out through the top rear exhaust vents. (There are no side inlet or
exhaust vents located on the chassis.)

Note: The airflow for the PEMs is independent from the main part of the chassis; airflow for the PEMs
enters from the front of each PEM and is pulled rearward by an internal cooling fan, and forced out
through the rear exhaust vents (located directly behind the PEMs).

The fan tray is required for normal operation on the XTC-2 and is hot-swappable. Individual fans within
the fan tray are N+1 redundant. If an individual fan on a fan tray has failed, the XTC-2 system can operate
indefinitely in an environment up to 40º C. An alarm will be generated via the management interfaces that
indicates one of the fans has failed. Although the system can run reliably with a single fan failure on a fan
tray, the user should change the fan tray at the earliest convenience to ensure against a second fan
failure. The faulted fan tray should be kept installed inside the XTC-2 until a replacement fan tray is
available.
The fan tray should never be partially or completely removed from the system unless performing air filter
or fan tray maintenance. Prior to performing air filter/fan tray maintenance, ensure that a replacement air
filter or fan tray is on hand and prepped for installation (i.e. removed from the packaging and ready for
immediate insertion into the chassis). The fan tray must be inserted back into the system as soon as
possible to prevent chassis overheating and potential shutdown of modules.

Fan Tray External Indicators

Figure 2-10 XTC-2 Fan Tray Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-36 XTC-2 Product Details

Table 2-23 XTC-2 Fan Tray Visual Alarm Indicators

LED Color Description
POWER Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the fan tray
FAULT Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault condition with the fan
tray. Flashing Red indicates that the fan is not under control of the active XCM-H
(for example, the active XCM-H has been reset or physically removed from the
system)

Fan Tray Technical Specifications

Table 2-24 XTC-2 Fan Tray Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 1.86 inches / 47.24mm
Width 15.29 inches / 388.37mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 13.8lb / 6.3kg
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of base XTC-2 system; see
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Air Filter
Table 2-25 XTC-2 Air Filter Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-AIRFILTER-X2 XTC-2 and XTC-2E replacement air filter; used on the digital shelf (shelf A)

The XTC-2 contains a replaceable air filter located at the bottom front of the XTC-2 (above the central
inlet air plenum). A replaceable air filter is necessary to filter out dust particles at the air intake of the
XTC-2. Air is filtered at 80% dust arrestance. To ensure adequate cooling of the XTC-2 the air filter must
be inspected at regular intervals and possibly replaced. It is recommended to inspect the air filter once
every six months.

XTC-2 Air Filter Mechanical Specifications

Table 2-26 XTC-2 Air Filter Mechanical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.25 inches / 6.35mm
Width 15.65 inches / 397.51mm
Depth 17.10 inches / 434.34mm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-37

Table 2-26 XTC-2 Air Filter Mechanical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight Less than 0.5lb / 0.2kg
Dust arrestance 80%

Card Cage
The XTC-2 contains a single card cage (digital shelf) consisting of nine chassis slots which house the
circuit packs that provide the digital transport, and management and control functions of the system as
shown in the figure below.
Digital slots 1 through 4 are reserved for an OTSM-600/OTXM-600, slots 5 through 8 are reserved for a
second OTSM-600/OTXM-600, and slot 9 is divided into two half-height slots (9A and 9B) reserved for
XCM-Hs. Table 2-27: XTC-2 Card Slot Assignments on page 2-38 outlines the XTC-2 card slot
assignments.
Removable EEPROM
The XTC-2 contains a fixed and a removable EEPROM module located on the chassis backplane. The
removable EEPROM module contains the chassis backplane serial number that generalized multi
protocol label switching (GMPLS) uses for service provisioning. In case of return material authorization
(RMA) of the chassis, the removable EEPROM module is removed from the old chassis and installed into
the replacement chassis, so that existing GMPLS services can be maintained even if a chassis is
replaced. The fixed EEPROM contains a separate chassis backplane serial number which can be used to
track the physical chassis in case of replacement/warranty.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-38 XTC-2 Product Details

Figure 2-11 XTC-2 Card Cage

Table 2-27 XTC-2 Card Slot Assignments

Slot Number Module Type
Digital Card Slot Assignments
1 OTSM-600/OTXM-600 #1
2
3
4
5 OTSM-600/OTXM-600 #2
6
7
8
9A XCM-H
9B

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-39

XTC-2E Overview
The XTC-2E is a chassis option providing eight digital card slots to house up to two OTSM-600/
OTXM-600s (similar to the XTC-2) and six optical card slots to house FlexILS optical modules. In addition,
the XTC-2E is a 19-inch width chassis type with an available ETSI (600mm) and ANSI 23-inch mounting
option.

Table 2-28 XTC-2E Common Components

Name Description
Power Entry Module (PEM) See Power Entry Module (PEM)
on page 2-25
Input/Output Timing and Alarm Panel (IOTAP) See Input/Output Timing and
Alarm Panel (IOTAP) on page 2-
30
Fan Tray See Fan Tray on page 2-58
Air Filter See Air Filter on page 2-60
Card Cage See Card Cage on page 2-61

Table 2-29 XTC-2E Supported Circuit Packs

Name Description
Digital Chassis (Shelf A)
XTC-2/XTC-2E Control Module Half-height (XCM-H) See XTC-2/XTC-2E Control
Module Half-height (XCM-H)
on page 2-65
OTN Tributary Static Module 600G (OTSM-600) See OTN Tributary Static
Module 600G (OTSM-600)
on page 2-70
OTN Tributary Switching Module 600G (OTXM-600) See OTN Tributary Switching
Module 600G (OTXM-600)
on page 2-76
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 100G (AOFM-100) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Line Module
100G (AOFM-100) on page
3-192
Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Switching Line Module 100G (AOFX-100) See Advanced OTN
FlexChannel Line Switching
Module 100G (AOFX-100) on
page 3-198

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-40 XTC-2E Overview

Table 2-29 XTC-2E Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Tributary Interface Module 100GE (TIM-1-100GE) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GE
(TIM-1-100GE) on page 4-
9
Tributary Interface Module 100GE (TIM-1B-100GE) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GE
(TIM-1B-100GE) on page 4-
12
Tributary Interface Module 100GX (TIM-1-100GX) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GX
(TIM-1-100GX) on page 4-
18
Tributary Interface Module 100GE (TIM-1-100GE-Q) See Tributary Interface
Module 100GE
(TIM-1-100GE-Q) on page 4-
21
Tributary Interface Module 10GM (TIM-5-10GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 10GM (TIM-5-10GM)
on page 4-32
Tributary Interface Module 10GM (TIM-5B-10GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 10GM
(TIM-5B-10GM) on page 4-
36
Tributary Interface Module 10GX (TIM-5-10GX) See Tributary Interface
Module 10GX (TIM-5-10GX)
on page 4-39
Tributary Interface Module 16GM (TIM-16-2.5GM) See Tributary Interface
Module 2.5GM
(TIM-16-2.5GM) on page 4-
43
Line Interface Module 100GE (LIM-1-100GE) See Line Interface Module
100GE (LIM-1-100GE) on
page 4-62
Line Interface Module 100GX (LIM-1-100GX) See Line Interface Module
100GX (LIM-1-100GX) on
page 4-68
Packet Switching Module 100GE (PXM-1-100GE) See Packet Switching
Module 100GE
(PXM-1-100GE) on page 4-
78

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-41

Table 2-29 XTC-2E Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Packet Switching Module 10GE (PXM-16-10GE) See Packet Switching
Module 10GE
(PXM-16-10GE) on page 4-
81
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-SR10) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-SR10) on
page 4-93
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-S10X) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-S10X) on
page 4-95
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-LR4) on
page 4-97
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-L10X) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-L10X) on
page 4-99
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TRX100267/TC) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TRX100267/TC) on
page 4-102
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100GMR-LR4)
on page 4-104
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-L10X) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100GMR-L10X)
on page 4-106
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-ER4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100GMR-ER4)
on page 4-109
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-SR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-Q-SR4)
on page 4-111
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-LR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-Q-LR4) on
page 4-113
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-CLR4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-Q-CLR4)
on page 4-115
Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4) See Tributary Optical Module
100G (TOM-100G-Q-
CWDM4) on page 4-117

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-42 XTC-2E Overview

Table 2-29 XTC-2E Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0)
on page 4-131
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1)
on page 4-133
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2)
on page 4-135
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2)
on page 4-137
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-DT) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-DT)
on page 4-140
Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10GE-LRL) See Tributary Optical Module
10G (TOM-10GE-LRL) on
page 4-144
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-SR1) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5G-SR1) on
page 4-148
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-IR2) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5G-IR2) on
page 4-150
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-LR2) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5G-LR2) on
page 4-153
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-SR1) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-SR1) on
page 4-156
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-IR1) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-IR1) on
page 4-159
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-MR-Dn-LR2) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-MR-Dn-LR2) on
page 4-163
Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-MR-Cn-LR2) See Tributary Optical Module
2.5G (TOM-MR-Cn-LR2) on
page 4-167

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-43

Table 2-29 XTC-2E Supported Circuit Packs (continued)

Name Description
Tributary Optical Module 1G (TOM-1G-ZX) See Tributary Optical Module
1G (TOM-1G-ZX) on page 4-
169
Blank Circuit Packs See Blank Circuit Packs on
page 2-81
Optical Chassis (Shelf B)
Infinera Line System (ILS) Amplifier Module (IAM-2) Refer to the Line Systems
Hardware Description Guide.
FlexROADM Multiplexing Module (FMM-C-5)
FlexROADM Multiplexing Module (FMM-C-12)
FlexROADM Module (FRM-4D)
FlexROADM Module (FRM-20X)
Optical Time Domain Reflectometer Module (OTDM)

Front View of XTC-2E

A front view of the XTC-2E, with components and circuit packs, is shown in Figure 2-12: XTC-2E (with AC
PEMs) Front View on page 2-44 and/or Figure 2-13: XTC-2E (with DC PEMs) Front View on page 2-
45.
A single bay can accommodate three XTC-2Es as shown in Figure 2-14: Three XTC-2Es on a Rack on
page 2-46.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-44 XTC-2E Overview

Figure 2-12 XTC-2E (with AC PEMs) Front View

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-45

Figure 2-13 XTC-2E (with DC PEMs) Front View

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-46 XTC-2E Overview

Figure 2-14 Three XTC-2Es on a Rack

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-47

XTC-2E Thermal Loading

AC-based Power Supply

The table below provides typical heat release information for the XTC-2E housed in a 19-inch frame.

Table 2-30 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)

XTC-2E Typical Heat Release Calculation for 19-inch (482.6mm) Frame
Power 1685
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 2.00
(feet)
Frame Width 1.83
(feet)
Equipment 2.19
Height (feet)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (feet)
Aisle (feet)
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Heat Release (Watts/ft2)
1.0 139.9 129.1 119.9 111.9 104.9 98.8 93.3 88.4 83.9
1.5 129.1 119.9 111.9 104.9 98.8 93.3 88.4 83.9 79.9
2.0 119.9 111.9 104.9 98.8 93.3 88.4 83.9 79.9 76.3
2.5 111.9 104.9 98.8 93.3 88.4 83.9 79.9 76.3 73.0
3.0 104.9 98.8 93.3 88.4 83.9 79.9 76.3 73.0 70.0
3.5 98.8 93.3 88.4 83.9 79.9 76.3 73.0 70.0 67.2
4.0 93.3 88.4 83.9 79.9 76.3 73.0 70.0 67.2 64.6
4.5 88.4 83.9 79.9 76.3 73.0 70.0 67.2 64.6 62.2
5.0 83.9 79.9 76.3 73.0 70.0 67.2 64.6 62.2 60.0

The table below provides typical heat release information for the XTC-2E housed in a 19-inch frame.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-48 XTC-2E Thermal Loading

Table 2-31 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)

XTC-2E Typical Heat Release Calculation for 19-inch (482.6mm) Frame
Power 1685
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 0.61
(meters)
Frame Width 0.56
(meters)
Equipment 0.67
Height (meters)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (meters)
Aisle (meters)
0.305 0.457 0.610 0.762 0.914 1.067 1.219 1.372 1.524
Heat Release (Watts/m2)
0.305 4938.4 4559.7 4232.9 3951.6 3705.3 3486.6 3293.5 3119.6 2964.0
0.457 4559.7 4234.9 3951.6 3705.3 3488.0 3293.5 3120.6 2964.0 2823.3
0.610 4232.9 3951.6 3703.8 3486.6 3293.5 3119.6 2964.0 2822.4 2694.5
0.762 3951.6 3705.3 3486.6 3293.5 3120.6 2964.0 2823.3 2694.5 2577.7
0.914 3705.3 3488.0 3293.5 3120.6 2965.0 2823.3 2695.3 2577.7 2470.6
1.067 3486.6 3293.5 3119.6 2964.0 2823.3 2694.5 2577.7 2469.9 2371.4
1.219 3293.5 3120.6 2964.0 2823.3 2695.3 2577.7 2470.6 2371.4 2280.4
1.372 3119.6 2964.0 2822.4 2694.5 2577.7 2469.9 2371.4 2279.9 2195.7
1.524 2964.0 2823.3 2694.5 2577.7 2470.6 2371.4 2280.4 2195.7 2117.5

The table below provides typical heat release information for the XTC-2E housed in a 23-inch frame.

Table 2-32 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)

XTC-2E Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Power 1685
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 2.00
(feet)
Frame Width 2.17
(feet)
Equipment 2.19
Height (feet)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-49

Table 2-32 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet) (continued)
XTC-2E Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (feet)
Aisle (feet)
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Heat Release (Watts/ft2)
1.0 118.3 109.2 101.4 94.7 88.8 83.5 78.9 74.7 71.0
1.5 109.2 101.4 94.7 88.8 83.5 78.9 74.7 71.0 67.6
2.0 101.4 94.7 88.8 83.5 78.9 74.7 71.0 67.6 64.5
2.5 94.7 88.8 83.5 78.9 74.7 71.0 67.6 64.5 61.7
3.0 88.8 83.5 78.9 74.7 71.0 67.6 64.5 61.7 59.2
3.5 83.5 78.9 74.7 71.0 67.6 64.5 61.7 59.2 56.8
4.0 78.9 74.7 71.0 67.6 64.5 61.7 59.2 56.8 54.6
4.5 74.7 71.0 67.6 64.5 61.7 59.2 56.8 54.6 52.6
5.0 71.0 67.6 64.5 61.7 59.2 56.8 54.6 52.6 50.7

The table below provides typical heat release information for the XTC-2E housed in a 23-inch frame.

Table 2-33 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)

XTC-2E Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Power 1685
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 0.61
(meters)
Frame Width 0.66
(meters)
Equipment 0.67
Height (meters)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (meters)
Aisle (meters)
0.305 0.457 0.610 0.762 0.914 1.067 1.219 1.372 1.524
Heat Release (Watts/m2)
0.305 4182.7 3861.9 3585.2 3346.9 3138.3 2953.1 2789.5 2642.2 2510.4
0.457 3861.9 3586.9 3346.9 3138.3 2954.2 2789.5 2643.1 2510.4 2391.2
0.610 3585.2 3346.9 3137.0 2953.1 2789.5 2642.2 2510.4 2390.5 2282.2
0.762 3346.9 3138.3 2953.1 2789.5 2643.1 2510.4 2391.2 2282.2 2183.2
0.914 3138.3 2954.2 2789.5 2643.1 2511.3 2391.2 2282.8 2183.2 2092.5

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-50 XTC-2E Thermal Loading

Table 2-33 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters) (continued)
XTC-2E Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
1.067 2953.1 2789.5 2642.2 2510.4 2391.2 2282.2 2183.2 2091.9 2008.5
1.219 2789.5 2643.1 2510.4 2391.2 2282.8 2183.2 2092.5 2008.5 1931.5
1.372 2642.2 2510.4 2390.5 2282.2 2183.2 2091.9 2008.5 1931.0 1859.7
1.524 2510.4 2391.2 2282.2 2183.2 2092.5 2008.5 1931.5 1859.7 1793.4

DC-based Power Supply

The table below provides typical heat release information for the XTC-2E housed in a 19-inch frame.

Table 2-34 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)

XTC-2E Typical Heat Release Calculation for 19-inch (482.6mm) Frame
Power 1705
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 2.00
(feet)
Frame 1.83
Width
(feet)
Equipment 2.19
Height (feet)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (feet)
Aisle (feet)
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Heat Release (Watts/ft2)
1.0 141.6 130.7 121.4 113.3 106.2 99.9 94.4 89.4 84.9
1.5 130.7 121.4 113.3 106.2 99.9 94.4 89.4 84.9 80.9
2.0 121.4 113.3 106.2 99.9 94.4 89.4 84.9 80.9 77.2
2.5 113.3 106.2 99.9 94.4 89.4 84.9 80.9 77.2 73.9
3.0 106.2 99.9 94.4 89.4 84.9 80.9 77.2 73.9 70.8
3.5 99.9 94.4 89.4 84.9 80.9 77.2 73.9 70.8 68.0
4.0 94.4 89.4 84.9 80.9 77.2 73.9 70.8 68.0 65.3
4.5 89.4 84.9 80.9 77.2 73.9 70.8 68.0 65.3 62.9
5.0 84.9 80.9 77.2 73.9 70.8 68.0 65.3 62.9 60.7

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-51

The table below provides typical heat release information for the XTC-2E housed in a 19-inch frame.

Table 2-35 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)

XTC-2E Typical Heat Release Calculation for 19-inch (482.6mm) Frame
Power 1705
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 0.61
(meters)
Frame Width 0.56
(meters)
Equipment 0.67
Height (meters)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (meters)
Aisle (meters)
0.305 0.457 0.610 0.762 0.914 1.067 1.219 1.372 1.524
Heat Release (Watts/m2)
0.305 4997.6 4614.4 4283.7 3999.0 3749.8 3528.4 3333.0 3157.0 2999.6
0.457 4614.4 4285.7 3999.0 3749.8 3529.8 3333.0 3158.0 2999.6 2857.1
0.610 4283.7 3999.0 3748.2 3528.4 3333.0 3157.0 2999.6 2856.2 2726.8
0.762 3999.0 3749.8 3528.4 3333.0 3158.0 2999.6 2857.1 2726.8 2608.6
0.914 3749.8 3529.8 3333.0 3158.0 3000.6 2857.1 2727.6 2608.6 2500.2
1.067 3528.4 3333.0 3157.0 2999.6 2857.1 2726.8 2608.6 2499.5 2399.8
1.219 3333.0 3158.0 2999.6 2857.1 2727.6 2608.6 2500.2 2399.8 2307.8
1.372 3157.0 2999.6 2856.2 2726.8 2608.6 2499.5 2399.8 2307.2 2222.0
1.524 2996.6 2857.1 2726.8 2608.6 2500.2 2399.8 2307.8 2222.0 2142.9

The table below provides typical heat release information for the XTC-2E housed in a 23-inch frame.

Table 2-36 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet)

XTC-2E Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Power 1705
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 2.00
(feet)
Frame Width 2.17
(feet)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-52 XTC-2E Thermal Loading

Table 2-36 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Feet) (continued)
XTC-2E Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Equipment 2.19
Height (feet)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (feet)
Aisle (feet)
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Heat Release (Watts/ft2)
1.0 119.8 110.5 102.6 95.8 89.8 84.5 79.8 75.6 71.9
1.5 110.5 102.6 95.8 89.8 84.5 79.8 75.6 71.9 68.4
2.0 102.6 95.8 89.8 84.5 79.8 75.6 71.9 68.4 65.3
2.5 95.8 89.8 84.5 79.8 75.6 71.9 68.4 65.3 62.5
3.0 89.8 84.5 79.8 75.6 71.9 68.4 65.3 62.5 59.9
3.5 84.5 79.8 75.6 71.9 68.4 65.3 62.5 59.9 57.5
4.0 79.8 75.6 71.9 68.4 65.3 62.5 59.9 57.5 55.3
4.5 75.6 71.9 68.4 65.3 62.5 59.9 57.5 55.3 53.2
5.0 71.9 68.4 65.3 62.5 59.9 57.5 55.3 53.2 51.3

The table below provides typical heat release information for the XTC-2E housed in a 23-inch frame.

Table 2-37 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters)

XTC-2E Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
Power 1705
Consumption
(Watts)
Frame Depth 0.61
(meters)
Frame Width 0.66
(meters)
Equipment 0.67
Height (meters)
Maintenance Wiring Aisle (meters)
Aisle (meters)
0.305 0.457 0.610 0.762 0.914 1.067 1.219 1.372 1.524
Heat Release (Watts/m2)
0.305 4232.9 3908.2 3628.2 3387.0 3175.9 2988.5 2822.9 2673.8 2540.5
0.457 3908.2 3629.9 3387.0 3175.9 2989.6 2822.9 2674.8 2540.5 2419.9
0.610 3628.2 3387.0 3174.6 2988.5 2822.9 2673.8 2540.5 2419.2 2309.5

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-53

Table 2-37 XTC-2E Typical Heat Release (Calculated for Meters) (continued)
XTC-2E Typical Heat Release Calculation for 23-inch (600mm) Frame
0.762 3387.0 3175.9 2988.5 2822.9 2674.8 2540.5 2419.9 2309.5 2209.4
0.914 3175.9 2989.6 2822.9 2674.8 2541.4 2419.9 2310.2 2209.4 2117.6
1.067 2988.5 2822.9 2673.8 2540.5 2419.9 2309.5 2209.4 2117.0 2032.6
1.219 2822.9 2674.8 2540.5 2419.9 2310.2 2209.4 2117.6 2032.6 1954.6
1.372 2673.8 2540.5 2419.2 2309.5 2209.4 2117.0 2032.6 1954.1 1882.0
1.524 2540.5 2419.9 2309.5 2209.4 2117.6 2032.6 1954.6 1882.0 1814.9

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-54 XTC-2E Product Details

XTC-2E Product Details

Table 2-38 XTC-2E Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
XTC-2E Switching Transport Chassis; includes 8 digital card slots to support OTSM-600/
OTXM-600s (and future muxponder/transponder module types). Up to 2 OTSM-600/
OTXM-600s can be installed per XTC-2E each requiring 4 contiguous card slots; each
OTSM-600/OTXM-600 provides 12 sub-slots for installing digital I/O modules; 2 reserved
card slots are also provided for the installation of up to 2 XCM-H modules for
management and control. The XTC-2E also includes 6 optical card slots for installing
FlexILS optical modules

Note: The IOTAP, fan trays, air filters, PEMs, and modules such as XCMH,
OTSM-600/OTXM-600, etc. are not included as part of PON XTC-2E. Refer to the
common equipment bundles listed below.

XTC2E-A1-OTXM+ XTC-2E switching package, common equipment bundle #1 with AC PEMs; includes 1
XTC-2E, 1 X-IO-TAP-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2O, 1 X-AIRFILTER-X2, 1
X-AIRFILTER-X2O, 2 XCM-Hs, 1 OTXM-600, and 4 X-PS-AC-X2s

Note: AC power cords (for AC input) are not included with the AC PEMs. It ids
recommended to use grounded 15A power cords locally approved for connection of
IT equipment.

XTC2E-B1-OTXM+ XTC-2E switching package, common equipment bundle #1 with DC PEMs; includes 1
XTC-2E, 1 X-IO-TAP-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2O, 1 X-AIRFILTER-X2, 1
X-AIRFILTER-X2O, 2 XCM-Hs, 1 OTXM-600, and 4 X-PS-DC-X2s (4 DC PEMs and 4
DC power cables)
XTC2E-A2-OTXM+ XTC-2E switching package, common equipment bundle #2 with AC PEMs; includes 1
XTC-2E, 1 X-IO-TAP-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2O, 1 X-AIRFILTER-X2, 1
X-AIRFILTER-X2O, 1 XCM-H, 1 OTXM-600, and 2 X-PS-AC-X2s

Note: AC power cords (for AC input) are not included with the AC PEMs. It is
recommended to use grounded 15A power cords locally approved for connection of
IT equipment.

XTC2E-B2-OTXM+ XTC-2E switching package, common equipment bundle #2 with DC PEMs; includes 1
XTC-2E, 1 X-IO-TAP-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2O, 1 X-AIRFILTER-X2, 1
X-AIRFILTER-X2O, 1 XCM-H, 1 OTXM-600, and 2 X-PS-DC-X2s (2 DC PEMs and 2 DC
power cables)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-55

Table 2-38 XTC-2E Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
XTC2E-A2-OTSM+ XTC-2E muxponder package, common equipment bundle #2 with AC PEMs; includes 1
XTC-2E, 1 X-IO-TAP-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2O, 1 X-AIRFILTER-X2, 1
X-AIRFILTER-X2O, 1 XCM-H, 1 OTSM-600, and 2 X-PS-AC-X2s

Note: AC power cords (for AC input) are not included with the AC PEMs. It is
recommended to use grounded 15A power cords locally approved for connection of
IT equipment.

XTC2E-B2-OTSM+ XTC-2E muxponder package, common equipment bundle #2 with DC PEMs; includes 1
XTC-2E, 1 X-IO-TAP-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2, 1 X-FANTRAY-X2O, 1 X-AIRFILTER-X2, 1
X-AIRFILTER-X2O, 1 XCM-H, 1 OTSM-600, and 2 X-PS-DC-X2s (2 DC PEMs and 2 DC
power cables)
X-IO-TAP-X2 XTC-2/XTC-2E Input/Output Timing and Alarm Panel (IOTAP); includes chassis level
alarm indicators, alarm dry contacts, and timing reference inputs

Note: The timing reference inputs are not supported in the current release.

X-FANTRAY-X2 XTC-2/XTC-2E fan tray; used on digital shelf (shelf A)

X-FANTRAY-X2O XTC-2E fan tray; used on optical shelf (shelf B)
X-AIRFILTER-X2 XTC-2/XTC-2E air filter; used on digital shelf (shelf A)
X-AIRFILTER-X2O XTC-2E air filter; used on optical shelf (shelf B)
X-DOOR-X2E XTC-2E front door kit

Functional Description
The XTC-2E houses the common equipment required for operations and the circuit packs that transport
and terminate optical signals. The XTC-2E provides a redundant and scalable switch fabric with ODU0
switching granularity to support customer traffic from line-to-trib, trib-to-trib, and/or line-to-line. The
XTC-2E supports the following functions:
■ The XTC-2E can be deployed as a Main Chassis or an Expansion Chassis within a DTN-X network
element. For details regarding the exact combination and number of interconnected chassis
supported on a DTN-X network element, refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide
■ The XTC-2E is used in Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer (ROADM), Digital Terminal,
Digital Add/Drop, and Digital Repeater configurations supporting metro to long haul applications but
targeted for metro and regional applications
The XTC-2E is composed of the following components (see Front View of XTC-2E on page 2-43 for an
illustration):

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-56 XTC-2E Product Details

■ Power Entry Module (PEM) on page 2-25

■ Input/Output Timing and Alarm Panel (IOTAP) on page 2-57
■ Fan Tray on page 2-58
■ Air Filter on page 2-60
■ Card Cage on page 2-61

Mechanical Specifications
Table 2-39 XTC-2E Mechanical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 26.19 inches / 665.23mm (15 RU)
Width - chassis only 17.40 inches / 441.96mm
Width (including integrated rack 19.00 inches / 482.60mm
mounting ears)
Depth - chassis only 18.53 inches / 470.66mm
Depth (including fiber management 21.32 inches / 541.53mm
trays; excluding front chassis door)
Weight - chassis only 58.2lb / 26.4kg
Weight - chassis bundle (2 XCM-Hs, 4 103.2lb / 46.8kg
PEMs, 1 IOTAP, 2 fan trays, and 2 air
filter)
Weight - fully loaded chassis 250.0lb / 113.4kg (approximately)

XTC-2E Electrical Grounding Points

The XTC-2E contains four electrical grounding points located as follows:
■ One on each side, lower front section of the chassis
■ Two at the rear, lower left and right sections of the chassis

XTC-2E Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Grounding Jacks

The XTC-2E contains one ESD grounding jack located at the front, lower middle section of the chassis
(below the fiber management tray).

XTC-2E Fiber Management Trays

Fiber management trays are provided to route fibers away from the circuit packs in a manner that protects
the fibers and allows for any circuit pack to be inserted, removed, and/or replaced without disturbing
another circuit pack’s fibers. The XTC-2E contains two fiber trays, one located below the digital card cage
and a second located on the right side of the optical card cage positioned vertically between the optical
card cage and the air filter.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-57

XTC-2E Dimensions
Figure 2-15 XTC-2E Dimensions

Note: When the front doors are installed and in the closed position, the distance between the front of
the chassis and the front doors is approximately 3.2 inches (82.0mm)

Power Entry Module (PEM)

Refer to the PEM section as described in Power Entry Module (PEM) on page 2-25.

Input/Output Timing and Alarm Panel (IOTAP)

Refer to the IOTAP section as described in Input/Output Timing and Alarm Panel (IOTAP) on page 2-30.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-58 XTC-2E Product Details

Fan Tray
Table 2-40 XTC-2E Fan Tray Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-FANTRAY-X2 XTC-2 and XTC-2E replacement fan tray; used on the digital shelf (shelf A)

Note: Refer to Fan Tray on page 2-34 for detailed information regarding the fan
tray used on the digital shelf (shelf A).

X-FANTRAY-X2O XTC-2E (only) replacement fan tray; used on the optical shelf (shelf B)

The XTC-2E contains two removable fan trays, one is located on the digital shelf (shelf A) at the top of the
chassis and a second is located on the optical shelf (shelf B) also at the top of the chassis on the left side.
The fan tray for the digital shelf (Figure 2-10: XTC-2 Fan Tray Faceplate on page 2-35) consists of six
individually controlled, variable speed fans, and the fan tray for the optical shelf (Figure 2-16: XTC-2E Fan
Tray Faceplate on page 2-59) consists of four individually controlled, variable speed fans.

Note: Refer to Fan Tray on page 2-34 for detailed information regarding the fan tray used on the
digital shelf (shelf A).

Fan speed is regulated by the active XCM-H (or by local sensors if external control is unavailable). On
initial system startup, if the ambient temperature is 27º C or less, the fans are set to a speed that will cool
the system and comply with the NEBS acoustic limit. When the inlet temperature is higher than 27º C, fan
speed is increased to compensate for the higher temperature. Once normal operation is achieved, fan
speed is decreased to reduce noise levels in compliance with OSHA and NEBS standards, and to
increase fan MTBF.
The airflow enters the system from two locations on the chassis; for the digital shelf, airflow enters from
the bottom front of the XTC-2E (through a central inlet air plenum) and is pulled up by a fan tray, and
forced out through the top rear exhaust vents; for the optical shelf, airflow enters from the top front (ride
side) of the XTC-2E (through a secondary inlet air plenum) and is pulled across the optical shelf by a
second fan tray, and forced out through the top rear exhaust vents. (There are no side inlet or exhaust
vents located on the chassis.)

Note: The airflow for the PEMs is independent from the main part of the chassis; airflow for the PEMs
enters from the front of each PEM and is pulled rearward by an internal cooling fan, and forced out
through the rear exhaust vents (located directly behind the PEMs).

Both fan trays are required for normal operation on the XTC-2E and are hot-swappable. Individual fans
within the fan trays are N+1 redundant. If an individual fan on a fan tray has failed, the XTC-2E system
can operate indefinitely in an environment up to 40º C. An alarm will be generated via the management
interfaces that indicates one of the fans has failed. Although the system can run reliably with a single fan
failure on a fan tray, the user should change the fan tray at the earliest convenience to ensure against a
second fan failure. The faulted fan tray should be kept installed inside the XTC-2E until a replacement fan
tray is available.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-59

The fan trays should never be partially or completely removed from the system unless performing air filter
or fan tray maintenance. Prior to performing air filter/fan tray maintenance, ensure that a replacement air
filter or fan tray is on hand and prepped for installation (i.e. removed from the packaging and ready for
immediate insertion into the chassis). The fan trays must be inserted back into the system as soon as
possible to prevent chassis overheating and potential shutdown of modules.

XTC-2E Fan Tray External Indicators

Figure 2-16 XTC-2E Fan Tray Faceplate

Table 2-41 XTC-2E Fan Tray Visual Alarm Indicators

LED Color Description
POWER Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the fan tray
FAULT Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault condition with the fan
tray. Flashing Red indicates that the fan is not under control of the active XCM-H
(for example, the active XCM-H has been reset or physically removed from the
system)

XTC-2E Fan Tray Technical Specifications

Table 2-42 XTC-2E Fan Tray Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 7.11 inches / 180.59mm
Width 1.84 inches / 46.74mm
Depth 16.20 inches / 411.58mm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-60 XTC-2E Product Details

Table 2-42 XTC-2E Fan Tray Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 5.0lb / 2.3kg
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of base XTC-2E system;
see Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Air Filter
Table 2-43 XTC-2E Air Filter Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-AIRFILTER-X2 XTC-2 and XTC-2E replacement air filter; used on the digital shelf (shelf A)

Note: Refer to Air Filter on page 2-36 for detailed information regarding the air
filter used on the digital shelf (shelf A).

X-AIRFILTER-X2O XTC-2E (only) replacement air filter; used on the optical shelf (shelf B)

The XTC-2E contains two replaceable air filters located on the chassis as follows; for the digital shelf
(shelf A), at the bottom front of the XTC-2E (above the central inlet air plenum) and for the optical shelf
(shelf B), at the top front (right side, adjacent to the secondary inlet air plenum).

Note: Refer to Air Filter on page 2-36 for detailed information regarding the air filter used on the digital
shelf (shelf A).

Replaceable air filters are necessary to filter out dust particles at each air intake of the XTC-2E. Air is
filtered at 80% dust arrestance. To ensure adequate cooling of the XTC-2E the air filters must be
inspected at regular intervals and possibly replaced. It is recommended to inspect the air filters once
every six monthss.

XTC-2E Air Filter Mechanical Specifications

Table 2-44 XTC-2E Air Filter Mechanical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.25 inches / 6.35mm
Width 5.10 inches / 129.54mm
Depth 8.89 inches / 225.81mm
Weight Less than 0.2lb / 0.1kg
Dust arrestance 80%

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-61

Card Cage
The XTC-2E contains two card cages: a main card cage (digital shelf) consisting of nine chassis slots that
provide the digital transport, management and control functions of the system; and a secondary card
cage (optical shelf) consisting of six chassis slots which house the circuit packs that provide the optical
functions of the system as shown in Figure 2-17: XTC-2E Card Cage on page 2-62.
Digital slots 1 through 4 are reserved for an OTSM-600/OTXM-600, slots 5 through 8 are reserved for a
second OTSM-600/OTXM-600, and slot 9 is divided into two half-height slots (9A and 9B) reserved for
XCM-Hs. Optical slots 1 through 6 are reserved for the following FlexILS optical modules: ILS Amplifier
Modules (IAM-2s), FlexROADM Multiplexing Modules (FMM-C-5/FMM-C-12s), FlexROADM Modules
(FRM-4D/FRM-20Xs), and/or Optical Time Domain Reflectometer Modules (OTDMs). Table 2-45:
XTC-2E Card Slot Assignments on page 2-62 outlines the XTC-2E card slot assignments.
Removable EEPROM
The XTC-2E contains a fixed and a removable EEPROM module located on the chassis backplane. The
removable EEPROM module contains the chassis backplane serial number that generalized multi
protocol label switching (GMPLS) uses for service provisioning. In case of return material authorization
(RMA) of the chassis, the removable EEPROM module is removed from the old chassis and installed into
the replacement chassis, so that existing GMPLS services can be maintained even if a chassis is
replaced. The fixed EEPROM contains a separate chassis backplane serial number which can be used to
track the physical chassis in case of replacement/warranty.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-62 XTC-2E Product Details

Figure 2-17 XTC-2E Card Cage

Table 2-45 XTC-2E Card Slot Assignments

Slot Number Module Type
Optical Card Slot Assignments
6 IAM-2/FMM-C-5/FMM-C-12/FRM-4D/FRM-20X/OTDM
5
4
3
2
1

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-63

Table 2-45 XTC-2E Card Slot Assignments (continued)

Slot Number Module Type
Digital Card Slot Assignments
1 OTSM-600/OTXM-600 #1
2
3
4
5 OTSM-600/OTXM-600 #2
6
7
8
9A
XCM-H
9B

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-64 XTC-2/XTC-2E Rack Mounting Kit Product Details

XTC-2/XTC-2E Rack Mounting Kit Product Details

Each XTC-2/XTC-2E includes integrated rack mounting ears used to flush mount the chassis on an
industry standard ANSI 19-inch rack. External rack mounting ears are used to provide flush and mid-
mounting configurations for industry standard ETSI (600mm) or ANSI 23-inch racks; and mid-mounting
configurations for ANSI 19-inch racks.

Table 2-46 XTC-2/XTC-2E Rack Mounting Kit Product Details

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-RM-ETSI-X2 ETSI (600mm) rack mounting kit; required for flush/forward mounting the XTC-2/
XTC-2E on an ETSI (600mm) rack
X-RM-23-ANSI-X2 ANSI 23-inch rack mounting kit; required for flush/forward mounting the XTC-2/XTC-2E
on an ANSI 23-inch rack
X-RM-19-ANSI-X2 ANSI 19-inch rack mounting kit; required for forward mounting the XTC-2/XTC-2E on
an ANSI 19-inch rack

Note: The integrated ANSI 19-inch rack mounting ears are used when flush
mounting an XTC-2/XTC-2E on an ANSI 19-inch rack.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-65

XTC-2/XTC-2E Control Module Half-height (XCM-H)

Table 2-47 XCM Product Details
Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
XCM-H XTC-2/XTC-2E Control Module Half-height

Functional Description
The XTC-2/XTC-2E Control Module Half-height, referred to as XCM-H, is a half-height module that
resides in the digital card cage occupying reserved card slot 9A and/or 9B of the XTC-2/XTC-2E. The
XTC-2/XTC-2E each must have at least one XCM-H.
The XCM-H provides shelf controller functionality for all modules resident within the XTC. The XCM-H
contains the system software and configuration database for the DTN-X and performs the following:
■ Management gateway functions to the external DCN in the Main Chassis
■ Contains an Ethernet switch to establish Ethernet links with each OTSM-600/OTXM-600
■ Provides data plane circuit protection switching
■ Fine tunes the fan speed for each fan tray
■ Adapts to system power supply changes, verifies the power requirements for newly-installed
AOFM-100/AOFX-100s and TIM/LIM/PXMs, and provides power up of the modules if available
power is sufficient, refer to XTC-2/XTC-2E Chassis Power Control on page 2-65
■ Coordinates the system lamp test
■ In a multi-chassis configuration, the XCM-H in the Main Chassis performs node controller functions
controlling all chassis within the DTN-X

Note: Only XCM-Hs in a Main Chassis will contain the configuration database.

■ In an Expansion Chassis, the XCM-H performs shelf controller functions controlling only the
modules resident within that chassis
The XCM-Hs in the Main Chassis and Expansion Chassis are interconnected through nodal control (NC)
ports located on the XCM-H front panel. For high-availability, two (redundant) XCM-Hs can be deployed
providing 1+1 redundant control for the XTC-2/XTC-2E. One XCM-H actively performs the node/shelf
control functions while the other XCM-H is in the standby mode. In a multi-chassis configuration, the
interconnected redundant XCM-Hs provide the inter-chassis redundancy. In addition, the XCM-H
supports craft interfaces for local management access.

XTC-2/XTC-2E Chassis Power Control

When a module (i.e. OTSM-600/OTXM-600, AOFM-100/AOFX-100, TIM/LIM/PXM, etc.) is installed in an
XTC-2/XTC-2E, the active XCM-H recognizes the module and calculates the module's power
requirements, then verifies whether the power available to the system is sufficient to support the new
module. Once the XCM-H determines that the available power is sufficient, the XCM-H allows the new

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-66 XTC-2/XTC-2E Control Module Half-height (XCM-H)

module to power up. If the current available power is not sufficient, the XCM-H will not allow the module
to fully power up; the module remains in a reset state and consumes a minimal amount of power. Once
available power increases sufficiently, the XCM-H will automatically power up modules in the reset state.
This applies only to newly-installed or re-seated OTSM-600/OTXM-600, AOFM-100/AOFX-100s,
TIM/LIM/PXMs, etc.; if these modules are cold reset the XCM-H does not interfere with the reboot.

Block Diagram
Figure 2-18 XCM-H Functional Block Diagram

Note: NC ports are used for multi-chassis interconnection only. Timing functionality is not provided.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-67

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 2-19 XCM-H Faceplate

Note: NC ports are used for multi-chassis interconnection only. Timing functionality is not provided.

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 2-48 XCM-H Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the XCM-H
NC (Node Green Indicates the circuit pack function: Active (Green) or Standby (off). Flashing
Controller) Green indicates circuit pack is up but the management planes are not up
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Active/In-service (Green) or Standby (Yellow).
Flashing Green indicates switchover of Standby to Active operation in progress
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (off) of an alarm on the circuit pack:
Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-68 XTC-2/XTC-2E Control Module Half-height (XCM-H)

Craft Ethernet Port Indicators

Table 2-49 Craft/AUX/DCN Ethernet Port Alarm Indicators on the XCM-H

LED Color Description
LINK Green / Amber Indicates the Ethernet link function: port link established at 10Mbps (Green) or
port link established at 100Mbps (Amber). When off, indicates any of the
following:
■ Main power is disabled
■ PHY circuit is in reset mode
■ No port link established
Flashing Green/Amber indicates that a lamp test has been
initiated (i.e. Lamp Test button on the IOTAP has been pressed)

DATA Green Indicates activity (transmit or receive) on the port.

When off, indicates any of the following:
■ Main power is disabled
■ PHY circuit is in reset mode
■ No transmit or receive activity is present on the port
Flashing Green indicates any of the following:
■ Indicates that a lamp test has been initiated (i.e. Lamp Test
button on the IOTAP has been pressed)
■ Receive or transmit activity present on the port

NC Ethernet Port Indicators

Table 2-50 NC Ethernet Port Alarm Indicators on the XCM-H

LED Color Description
C (Control) Green / Amber Indicates the Ethernet link speed that is established: port link established at
10Gbps (Green) or port link established at 1000/100Mbps (Amber). When off,
indicates any of the following:
■ Main power is disabled
■ PHY circuit is in reset mode
■ No port link established

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-69

Connectors
Table 2-51 XCM-H Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
CRAFT 115200 baud RS-232 DCE Used by maintenance personnel for initial commissioning of a
RJ-45 network element during turn-up and test. Also used for field-
debugging
E-CRAFT 10/100Base-T Auto-MDIX Used by maintenance personnel for managing the network
RJ-45 element
AUX 10/100Base-T Auto-MDIX Used for datawire service to carry customer management
RJ-45 traffic
DCN Used for remote management of Ethernet network
connectivity through DCN
NC1 10/100/1000Base-T Auto- Used to connect to a node control shelf in a multi-chassis
MDIX RJ-45 configuration for Inter-chassis communication
NC2

Note: NC ports are used for multi-chassis interconnection only. Timing functionality is not provided.

Technical Specifications
Table 2-52 XCM-H Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 6.53 inches / 165.86mm
Width 1.30 inches / 33.02mm
Depth 17.68 inches / 449.07mm
Weight 3.5lb / 1.6kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-70 OTN Tributary Static Module 600G (OTSM-600)

OTN Tributary Static Module 600G (OTSM-600)

Table 2-53 OTSM-600 Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
OTSM-600 OTN Tributary Static Module, 600G, utilizes defined paired sub-slots to support
transponder, muxponder, and regenponder functionality with restricted data path
switching between non-paired sub-slots, supports the insertion of single-slot TIMs
and double-slot TIM/LIM/AOFM-100/AOFX-100s; contains removable card guides to
allow for the insertion of dual height dual width (DHDW) PXMs (in the current release,
only PXM-16-10GEs are supported)

Functional Description
The Optical Transport Network (OTN) Tributary Static Module 600G, referred to as OTSM-600, provides
up to 600Gbps bidirectional bandwidth to the XTC-2/XTC-2E backplane using pluggable TIMs, LIMs,
PXMs, and/or AOFM-100/AOFX-100s. The OTSM-600 utilizes defined paired sub-slots as described in
OTSM Slot Pairing on page 2-71.
The OTSM-600 includes twelve sub-slots each of which provide support for various tributary interfaces
such as SONET, SDH, OTN, and/or Ethernet.

Note: In order to insert a PXM, a removable card guide must first be removed by the user to create a
DHDW sub-slot (up to two DHDW sub-slots can be created). Each DHDW sub-slot occupies four
adjacent sub-slots; sub-slots 3 through 6 represent DHDW sub-slot #1 and sub-slots 9 through 12
represent DHDW sub-slot #2.

The OTSM-600 contains a 600G client and switch fabric interface and a processor complex device. The
client and switch fabric interface is an integrated OTN digital wrapper device providing bidirectional
bandwidth. The processor complex device is responsible for extracting, processing, and inserting
overhead information in the data streams transiting the client and switch fabric interface. Note that the
switch fabric and timing synchronization functionality is integrated into the OTSM-600 as opposed to the
switch fabric implementation used on the XTC-10/XTC-4 (which consists of separate OXMs and TSMs).
Each OTSM-600 provides a timing source with all timing sources managed via the management
interfaces.

Note: The XTC-2/XTC-2E can have up to two timing sources depending on the number of installed
OTSM-600/OTXM-600s in the chassis. (The XCM-H does not provide a timing source.)

The OTSM-600s require four adjacent digital card slots and can be installed in digital card slots 1 and/or 5
of the XTC-2/XTC-2E. The following TIM/LIM/PXM/AOFM-100/AOFX-100 types are supported:
■ TIM-1-100GE
■ TIM-1B-100GE
■ TIM-1-100GX

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-71

■ TIM-1-100GE-Q
■ TIM-5-10GM
■ TIM-5B-10GM
■ TIM-5-10GX
■ TIM-16-2.5GM
■ LIM-1-100GE
■ LIM-1-100GX
■ PXM-1-100GE
■ PXM-16-10GE
■ AOFM-100
■ AOFX-100

Note: In the current release, when a TIM-5-10GX is installed on an XTC-2/XTC-2E, the OTN client
interface is limited to ODU2/ODU2e data rates; ODU1/ODU0 multiplexing is not supported.

OTSM Slot Pairing

The OTSM-600 utilizes defined paired sub-slots; data path switching is supported between slot pairs 1
and 3, 2 and 4, 5 and 6, etc., as shown in the figure below. An OFx-100 installed on an OTSM can route
line-side traffic to any TIM installed in the supported slot pair on the same OTSM.

Figure 2-20 OTSM-600 Slot Pairing

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-72 OTN Tributary Static Module 600G (OTSM-600)

In the case of double-width slot modules such as the OFx-100, the double slot module can utilize two
paired peer single slots with single-width TIMs or it can utilize a double-width LIM/TIM, as shown in the
figure below.

Figure 2-21 OTSM Slot Pairing with Double-Width Modules

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-73

Block Diagram
Figure 2-22 OTSM-600 Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-74 OTN Tributary Static Module 600G (OTSM-600)

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 2-23 OTSM-600 Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-75

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 2-54 OTSM-600 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
OTSM-600
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)
SYNC MASTER Green / Yellow Indicates the timing source status: Solid Green (timing source is Active on the
OTSM-600), solid Yellow (timing source is in Standby on the OTSM-600), or
dimmed (timing source is unavailable)

Port Indicators
The OTSM-600 has no port indicators.

Connectors
The OTSM-600 has no external (user accessible) connectors.

Note: The Ethernet port located on the OTSM-600 faceplate (adjacent to the status LEDs) is for
internal debug purposes only and not supported. Contact a TAC resource for additional information.

Technical Specifications
Table 2-55 OTSM-600 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 7.00 inches / 177.80mm
Width 13.10 inches / 332.74mm
Depth 23.6 inches / 599.44mm
Weight 20.6lb / 9.3kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-76 OTN Tributary Switching Module 600G (OTXM-600)

OTN Tributary Switching Module 600G (OTXM-600)

Table 2-56 OTXM-600 Product Details
Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
OTXM-600 OTN Tributary Switching Module, 600G, provides add/drop capability of up to
600Gbps and a peer connectivity of up to 600Gbps with another OTXM-600 (a total of
1.2Tbps of non-blocking capacity is available between two peer OTXM-600s),
supports the insertion of single-slot TIMs and double-slot TIM/LIM/AOFM-100/
AOFX-100s; contains removable card guides to allow for the insertion of dual height
dual width (DHDW) PXMs (in the current release, only PXM-16-10GEs are
supported)

Functional Description
The Optical Transport Network (OTN) Tributary Switching Module 600G, referred to as OTXM-600,
provides up to 600Gbps bidirectional bandwidth to the XTC-2/XTC-2E backplane using pluggable TIMs,
LIMs, PXMs, and/or AOFM-100/AOFX-100s. The OTXM-600 provides unrestricted add/drop capability of
up to 600Gbps and a peer connectivity of up to 600Gbps with another OTXM-600 for a total of 1.2Tbps of
non-blocking capacity between the two peer OTXM-600s.
The OTXM-600 includes twelve sub-slots each of which provide support for various tributary interfaces
such as SONET, SDH, OTN, and/or Ethernet.

Note: In order to insert a PXM, a removable card guide must first be removed by the user to create a
DHDW sub-slot (up to two DHDW sub-slots can be created). Each DHDW sub-slot occupies four
adjacent sub-slots; sub-slots 3 through 6 represent DHDW sub-slot #1 and sub-slots 9 through 12
represent DHDW sub-slot #2.

The OTXM-600 contains a 600G client and switch fabric interface and a processor complex device. The
client and switch fabric interface is an integrated OTN digital wrapper device providing bidirectional
bandwidth. The processor complex device is responsible for extracting, processing, and inserting
overhead information in the data streams transiting the client and switch fabric interface. Note that the
switch fabric and timing synchronization functionality is integrated into the OTXM-600 as opposed to the
switch fabric implementation used on the XTC-10/XTC-4 (which consists of separate OXMs and TSMs).
Each OTXM-600 provides a timing source with all timing sources managed via the management
interfaces.

Note: The XTC-2/XTC-2E can have up to two timing sources depending on the number of installed
OTSM-600/OTXM-600s in the chassis. (The XCM-H does not provide a timing source.)

The OTXM-600s require four adjacent digital card slots and can be installed in digital card slots 1 and/or 5
of the XTC-2/XTC-2E. The following TIM/LIM/PXM/AOFM-100/AOFX-100 types are supported:
■ TIM-1-100GE
■ TIM-1B-100GE

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-77

■ TIM-1-100GX
■ TIM-1-100GE-Q
■ TIM-5-10GM
■ TIM-5B-10GM
■ TIM-5-10GX
■ TIM-16-2.5GM
■ LIM-1-100GE
■ LIM-1-100GX
■ PXM-1-100GE
■ PXM-16-10GE
■ AOFM-100
■ AOFX-100

Note: In the current release, when a TIM-5-10GX is installed on an XTC-2/XTC-2E, the OTN client
interface is limited to ODU2/ODU2e data rates; ODU1/ODU0 multiplexing is not supported.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-78 OTN Tributary Switching Module 600G (OTXM-600)

Block Diagram
Figure 2-24 OTXM-600 Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-79

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 2-25 OTXM-600 Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-80 OTN Tributary Switching Module 600G (OTXM-600)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 2-57 OTXM-600 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
OTXM-600
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)
SYNC MASTER Green / Yellow Indicates the timing source status: Solid Green (timing source is Active on the
OTXM-600), solid Yellow (timing source is in Standby on the OTXM-600), or
dimmed (timing source is unavailable)

Port Indicators
The OTXM-600 has no port indicators.

Connectors
The OTXM-600 has no external (user accessible) connectors.

Note: The Ethernet port located on the OTXM-600 faceplate (adjacent to the status LEDs) is for
internal debug purposes only and not supported. Contact a TAC resource for additional information.

Technical Specifications
Table 2-58 OTXM-600 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 7.00 inches / 177.80mm
Width 13.10 inches / 332.74mm
Depth 23.6 inches / 599.44mm
Weight 20.6lb / 9.3kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC-2/XTC-2E 2-81

Blank Circuit Packs

Caution: In order for the chassis to maintain proper airflow as designed, all unpopulated card
slots/sub-slots must have appropriate blanks installed. When removing and/or replacing a
module, the card slot/sub-slot must not be left open for more than five minutes. It is
recommended that you install an appropriate blank immediately after removing a module until
you are ready to install the replacement module.

Whenever a circuit pack is removed, the blank space must be occupied by the corresponding blank circuit
pack. Blank circuit packs serve three important functions:
■ Prevents exposure to hazardous voltage and currents inside the chassis
■ Contains any electromagnetic interference (EMI) that might affect other equipment
■ Directs the flow of cooling air through the chassis

Table 2-59 XTC-2/XTC-2E Blank Circuit Packs

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
X-XCMH-BLANK XTC-2/XTC-2E Control Module Half-height (XCM-H) slot blank used on XTC-2
and/or XTC-2E
X-OTXM-BLANK OTN Tributary Switching Module (OTXM) slot blank used on XTC-2 and/or XTC-2E
X-TIMA-BLANK Tributary Interface Module (TIM) single-slot blank used on OTSM-600/OTXM-600
X-PS-BLANK-X2 Power Entry Module (PEM) slot blank used on XTC-2 and/or XTC-2E
MTC-BLANK-1 Single-slot universal blank used on XTC-2E (optical shelf)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

2-82 Blank Circuit Packs

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

 CHAPTER 3

XTC Line Modules

The XTC line modules are module types that are used to transport client signals through the network
elements.

Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to the XTC will refer to the XTC-10, XTC-4,
XTC-2, and/or XTC-2E interchangeably.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-2 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500)

Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500)

The AOLM-500 supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and
per-channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 500Gbps of bandwidth (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-3 for additional information). AOLM-500s are tunable line modules that
can be configured for one of four OCGs. For example, the AOLM-500-T4-1-C5 is set to OCG 1 by default
but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on OCG 1, 2, 9, or 10.
The AOLM-500s are optically connected to a DTC/MTC (BMM/BMM2/BMM2P/BMM2H) or OTC
(BMM2C) to provide bandwidth for up to 8Tbps (8000Gbps) of traffic signals (160 channels x 50Gbps).
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. AOLM-500s can be
installed in upper universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through B-5
of the XTC-10, and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Table 3-1 AOLM-500 Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOLM-500-T4-1-C5 5 Long Haul AOLM-500, OCG 1 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable OCGs:
1, 2, 9, 10
AOLM-500-T4-1-C6 5 Enhanced Reach
AOLM-500-T4-3-C5 5 Long Haul AOLM-500, OCG 3 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable OCGs:
3, 4, 11, 12
AOLM-500-T4-3-C6 5 Enhanced Reach
AOLM-500-T4-5-C5 5 Long Haul AOLM-500, OCG 5 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable OCGs:
5, 6, 13, 14
AOLM-500-T4-5-C6 5 Enhanced Reach
AOLM-500-T4-7-C5 5 Long Haul AOLM-500, OCG 7 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable OCGs:
7, 8, 15, 16
AOLM-500-T4-7-C6 5 Enhanced Reach

Note: When connecting an AOLM-500 to a Gen 1 BMM, the addition of a 15dB optical attenuator pad
is required for normal operation. Also, when connecting an AOLM-500 to a BMM2C, the AOLM-500
must be set to Gen 1 mode.

The Advanced Optical Transport Network (OTN) Line Module 500G, referred to as AOLM-500, performs
the following functions:
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to another AOLM-500 utilizing fixed slot pairing
between the upper and lower universal card slots (XTC-10) or between adjacent universal card
slots (XTC-4), refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-4 for additional information
■ Optimized for 1-way and 2-way add/drop connections for the following types of deployments:
□ Point-to-point links
□ Linear add/drop links

5 AOLM-500 is generally no longer available but is still supported.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-3

□ Rings
□ Express routes on large networks
□ Regenerations
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of sixteen wavelength multiplexed Optical Carrier Groups (OCGs)
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the OCG
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for a direct line module-to-line module
interconnection without the requirement of an intermediate BMM
■ Supports the Layer 0 Optical Private Network (L0 OPN) feature, wherein a subscriber’s line module
OCG is connected to a provider’s BMM OCG for cases in which the subscriber does not have
access to fiber between required service end points. The subscriber can use the fiber in the
provider’s network between the required endpoints. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide for detailed information
■ Improves per-fiber transmission capacity within the DTN-X C-Band while retaining a
minimum channel spacing of 25GHz
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +50,000ps/nm

Modulation Formats
The AOLM-500 supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
AOLM-500-T4-n-C6 only

Note: DC-PM-BPSK is not supported on the AOLM-500-T4-n-C5. However, the management

interfaces do not block the user from provisioning DC-PM-BPSK on this module.

■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-enhanced binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-eBPSK)

■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)

Note: Due to hardware limitations on the AOLM-500, when SC-PM-QPSK is provisioned, the
wavelengths used for the optical channels are swapped, i.e. the wavelength used for
channel 1 will be swapped with the wavelength used for channel 2, channels 3 and 4 are
swapped, channels 5 and 6 are swapped, etc. Refer to the Optical Channel Plan provided in
the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for additional information.

The AOLM-500 provides support for mixed modulation meaning that the module can support channels
configured for different modulation formats within an OCG.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-4 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500)

Note: The optical channel must be locked when changing the modulation format between QPSK and
BPSK (the line module equipment does not need to be locked).

Note: In dual carrier (DC) mode, only the odd-numbered optical channels can be configured for
modulation format; each even-numbered optical channel is automatically configured to match the
modulation format of the previous odd-numbered channel. For modules in single carrier (SC) mode,
each optical channel can be configured independently for modulation format. Before editing the
modulation format, the applicable optical channels must be put in the locked or maintenance state
(the line module equipment itself does not need to be locked).

The table below provides details of the OTN and OCG facilities supported on the AOLM-500 including the
supported client and line rates.

Table 3-2 AOLM-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
AOLM-500 Type Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
OTUki (Number of AOLM-500 (OCG
ODU0s) Bandwidth)
C5/C6 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format) (see note below)
C6 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
(see note below)
C5/C6 DC-PM-eBPSK
C5/C6 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)
(see note above)

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. When routing signals to other line modules in the XTC, AOLM-500s utilize fixed slot pairing to
support 1-way and 2-way add/drop connections and can route traffic only to its paired set of line modules
as follows:
■ XTC-10—universal card slots A-1 and B-1, A-2 and B-2, A-3 and B-3, A-4 and B-4, and/or
A-5 and B-5
■ XTC-4—universal card slots A-1 and A-2 and/or A-3 and A-4
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-5

Block Diagram
Figure 3-1 AOLM-500 Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-6 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500)

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-2 AOLM-500 Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-7

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-3 AOLM-500 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
AOLM-500
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-4 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOLM-500

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of AOLM-500 OCG timed out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an OCG Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an OCG signal

Connectors
Table 3-5 AOLM-500 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from the corresponding OCG port on the DTC/MTC
(BMM/BMM2/BMM2P/BMM2H) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting from a BMM2C, ensure that the

AOLM-500 has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

OUT LC Connects to the corresponding OCG port on the DTC/MTC

(BMM/BMM2/BMM2P/BMM2H) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting to a Gen 1 BMM, the addition of a 15dB

optical attenuator pad is required for normal operation.

Note: When connecting to a BMM2C, ensure that the

AOLM-500 has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-8 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-6 AOLM-500 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 29.0lb / 13.2kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-7 AOLM-500 OCG Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification
AOLM-500-T4-n-C5/C6 Input power level -9.3 to 8.0dBm
(n=1,3,5,7)
Output power level
AOLM-500 to BMM -14.0 to -12.5dBm
AOLM-500 to BMM2/BMM2H -1.0 to 0.5dBm
AOLM-500 to BMM2P 4.0 to 5.5dBm
AOLM-500 to BMM2C -5.0 to 0.5dBm

Note: For an AOLM-500 set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of the
target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report OPR
Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-8 AOLM-500 Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
AOLM-500-T4-1-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 1 1548.915nm to 1563.455nm
AOLM-500-T4-1-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 2 1548.515nm to 1563.047nm
(tuned as OCG 2)
AOLM-500-T4-3-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 3 1548.115nm to 1562.640nm
AOLM-500-T4-3-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 4 1547.715nm to 1562.233nm
(tuned as OCG 4)
AOLM-500-T4-5-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 5 1531.507nm to 1545.720nm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-9

Table 3-8 AOLM-500 Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
AOLM-500-T4-5-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 6 1531.116nm to 1545.322nm
(tuned as OCG 6)
AOLM-500-T4-7-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 7 1530.725nm to 1544.924nm
AOLM-500-T4-7-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 8 1530.334nm to 1544.526nm
(tuned as OCG 8)
AOLM-500-T4-1-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 9 1549.115nm to 1563.659nm
(tuned as OCG 9)
AOLM-500-T4-1-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 10 1548.715nm to 1563.251nm
(tuned as OCG 10)
AOLM-500-T4-3-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 11 1548.315nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as OCG 11)
AOLM-500-T4-3-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 12 1547.915nm to 1562.436nm
(tuned as OCG 12)
AOLM-500-T4-5-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 13 1531.311nm to 1545.521nm
(tuned as OCG 13)
AOLM-500-T4-5-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 14 1530.920nm to 1545.123nm
(tuned as OCG 14)
AOLM-500-T4-7-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 15 1530.529nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as OCG 15)
AOLM-500-T4-7-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 16 1530.139nm to 1544.327nm
(tuned as OCG 16)

Optical Patch Cable Loss Specifications

The optical patch cable losses supported for the AOLM-500 are listed as follows:
■ 16.5dB (15dB attenuator pad + 1.5dB) between OLM OCG and BMM OCG (Gen 1) (if the loss
exceeds the threshold, an Optical Loss - Out of Range High (OL-OORH) alarm will be generated
on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG and BMM2/BMM2P/BMM2H OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG (Gen 1 mode) and BMM2C OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-10 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500B)

Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500B)

The AOLM-500B utilizes a software licensing feature called Instant Bandwidth to provide incremental
support of line module bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network Administrator
(DNA), and the activated bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node Manager (GNM) or
the TL1 interface. Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding Instant Bandwidth
license application and management. The AOLM-500B is identical to the non-Instant Bandwidth
AOLM-500 except that it provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of bandwidth (depending on modulation format)
which allows for deployment in networks that do not currently require the maximum of 500Gbps of
capacity per line module but may anticipate future growth. For these networks, the AOLM-500B can be
deployed in increments of 100Gbps (or 50Gbps) to allow for scoping to the current need of the network
(refer to Modulation Formats on page 3-11 for additional information).
The AOLM-500B supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and
per-channel software configurable modulation options. AOLM-500Bs are tunable line modules that can be
configured for one of four OCGs. For example, the AOLM-500B-T4-1-C5 is set to OCG 1 by default but
can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on OCG 1, 2, 9, or 10.
The AOLM-500Bs are optically connected to a DTC/MTC (BMM/BMM2/BMM2P/BMM2H) or OTC
(BMM2C) to provide bandwidth for up to 8Tbps (8000Gbps) of traffic signals (160 channels x 50Gbps).
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. AOLM-500Bs can be
installed in upper universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through
B-5 of the XTC-10, and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Table 3-9 AOLM-500B Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOLM-500B-T4-1-C5 6 Long Haul AOLM-500B, OCG 1 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 1, 2, 9, 10
AOLM-500B-T4-1-C6 6 Enhanced Reach
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
AOLM-500B-T4-3-C5 6 Long Haul AOLM-500B, OCG 3 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 3, 4, 11, 12
AOLM-500B-T4-3-C6 6 Enhanced Reach
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
AOLM-500B-T4-5-C5 6 Long Haul AOLM-500B, OCG 5 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 5, 6, 13, 14
AOLM-500B-T4-5-C6 6 Enhanced Reach
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
AOLM-500B-T4-7-C5 6 Long Haul AOLM-500B, OCG 7 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 7, 8, 15, 16
AOLM-500B-T4-7-C6 6 Enhanced Reach
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth

6 AOLM-500B is generally no longer available but is still supported.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-11

Note: When connecting an AOLM-500B to a Gen 1 BMM, the addition of a 15dB optical attenuator
pad is required for normal operation. Also, when connecting an AOLM-500B to a BMM2C, the
AOLM-500B must be set to Gen 1 mode.

The Advanced Optical Transport Network (OTN) Line Module 500G, referred to as AOLM-500B, performs
the following functions:
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to another AOLM-500B utilizing fixed slot pairing
between the upper and lower universal card slots (XTC-10) or between adjacent universal card
slots (XTC-4), refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-13 for additional information
■ Optimized for 1-way and 2-way add/drop connections for the following types of deployments:
□ Point-to-point links
□ Linear add/drop links
□ Rings
□ Express routes on large networks
□ Regenerations
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of sixteen wavelength multiplexed Optical Carrier Groups (OCGs)
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the OCG
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for a direct line module-to-line module
interconnection without the requirement of an intermediate BMM
■ Supports the Layer 0 Optical Private Network (L0 OPN) feature, wherein a subscriber’s line module
OCG is connected to a provider’s BMM OCG for cases in which the subscriber does not have
access to fiber between required service end points. The subscriber can use the fiber in the
provider’s network between the required endpoints. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide for detailed information
■ Improves per-fiber transmission capacity within the DTN-X C-Band while retaining a
minimum channel spacing of 25GHz
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +50,000ps/nm

Modulation Formats
The AOLM-500B supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
AOLM-500B-T4-n-C6 only

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-12 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500B)

Note: DC-PM-BPSK is not supported on the AOLM-500B-T4-n-C5. However, the management

interfaces do not block the user from provisioning DC-PM-BPSK on these modules.

■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-enhanced binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-eBPSK)

■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)

Note: Due to hardware limitations on the AOLM-500B, when SC-PM-QPSK is provisioned, the
wavelengths used for the optical channels are swapped, i.e. the wavelength used for
channel 1 will be swapped with the wavelength used for channel 2, channels 3 and 4 are
swapped, channels 5 and 6 are swapped, etc. Refer to the Optical Channel Plan provided in
the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for additional information.

The AOLM-500B provides support for mixed modulation meaning that the module can support channels
configured for different modulation formats within an OCG.

Note: The optical channel must be locked when changing the modulation format between QPSK and
BPSK (the line module equipment does not need to be locked).

Note: In dual carrier (DC) mode, only the odd-numbered optical channels can be configured for
modulation format; each even-numbered optical channel is automatically configured to match the
modulation format of the previous odd-numbered channel. For modules in single carrier (SC) mode,
each optical channel can be configured independently for modulation format. Before editing the
modulation format, the applicable optical channels must be put in the locked or maintenance state
(the line module equipment itself does not need to be locked).

The table below provides details of the OTN and OCG facilities supported on the AOLM-500B including
the supported client and line rates.

Table 3-10 AOLM-500B Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
AOLM-500B Type Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
OTUki (Number of AOLM-500B (OCG
ODU0s) Bandwidth)
C5/C6 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format) (see note below)
C6 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
(see note below)
C5/C6 DC-PM-eBPSK
C5/C6 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)
(see note above)

Note: The AOLM-500B initially provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of Instant Bandwidth (depending on
modulation format). Contact your account team to purchase additional Instant Bandwidth software
licenses for additional line module bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network
Administrator (DNA), and the activated bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-13

Manager (GNM) or the TL1 interface. Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding
Instant Bandwidth license application and management.

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. When routing signals to other line modules in the XTC, AOLM-500Bs utilize fixed slot pairing to
support 1-way and 2-way add/drop connections and can route traffic only to its paired set of line modules
as follows:
■ XTC-10—universal card slots A-1 and B-1, A-2 and B-2, A-3 and B-3, A-4 and B-4, and/or
A-5 and B-5
■ XTC-4—universal card slots A-1 and A-2 and/or A-3 and A-4
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-14 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500B)

Block Diagram
Figure 3-3 AOLM-500B Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-15

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-4 AOLM-500B Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-16 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500B)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-11 AOLM-500B Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
AOLM-500B
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-12 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOLM-500B

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of AOLM-500B OCG timed
out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an OCG Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an OCG signal

Connectors
Table 3-13 AOLM-500B Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from the corresponding OCG port on the DTC/MTC
(BMM/BMM2/BMM2P/BMM2H) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting from a BMM2C, ensure that the

AOLM-500B has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

OUT LC Connects to the corresponding OCG port on the DTC/MTC

(BMM/BMM2/BMM2P/BMM2H) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting to a Gen 1 BMM, the addition of a 15dB

optical attenuator pad is required for normal operation.

Note: When connecting to a BMM2C, ensure that the

AOLM-500B has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-17

Technical Specifications
Table 3-14 AOLM-500B Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 29.0lb / 13.2kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-15 AOLM-500B OCG Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification
AOLM-500B-T4-n-C5/C6 Input power level -9.3 to 8.0dBm
(n=1,3,5,7)
Output power level
AOLM-500B to BMM -14.0 to -12.5dBm
AOLM-500B to BMM2/BMM2H -1.0 to 0.5dBm
AOLM-500B to BMM2P 4.0 to 5.5dBm
AOLM-500B to BMM2C -5.0 to 0.5dBm

Note: For an AOLM-500B set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of
the target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report
OPR Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-16 AOLM-500B Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
AOLM-500B-T4-1-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 1 1548.915nm to 1563.455nm
AOLM-500B-T4-1-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 2 1548.515nm to 1563.047nm
(tuned as OCG 2)
AOLM-500B-T4-3-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 3 1548.115nm to 1562.640nm
AOLM-500B-T4-3-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 4 1547.715nm to 1562.233nm
(tuned as OCG 4)
AOLM-500B-T4-5-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 5 1531.507nm to 1545.720nm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-18 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM-500B)

Table 3-16 AOLM-500B Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
AOLM-500B-T4-5-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 6 1531.116nm to 1545.322nm
(tuned as OCG 6)
AOLM-500B-T4-7-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 7 1530.725nm to 1544.924nm
AOLM-500B-T4-7-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 8 1530.334nm to 1544.526nm
(tuned as OCG 8)
AOLM-500B-T4-1-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 9 1549.115nm to 1563.659nm
(tuned as OCG 9)
AOLM-500B-T4-1-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 10 1548.715nm to 1563.251nm
(tuned as OCG 10)
AOLM-500B-T4-3-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 11 1548.315nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as OCG 11)
AOLM-500B-T4-3-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 12 1547.915nm to 1562.436nm
(tuned as OCG 12)
AOLM-500B-T4-5-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 13 1531.311nm to 1545.521nm
(tuned as OCG 13)
AOLM-500B-T4-5-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 14 1530.920nm to 1545.123nm
(tuned as OCG 14)
AOLM-500B-T4-7-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 15 1530.529nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as OCG 15)
AOLM-500B-T4-7-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 16 1530.139nm to 1544.327nm
(tuned as OCG 16)

Optical Patch Cable Loss Specifications

The optical patch cable losses supported for the AOLM-500B are listed as follows:
■ 16.5dB (15dB attenuator pad + 1.5dB) between OLM OCG and BMM OCG (Gen 1) (if the loss
exceeds the threshold, an Optical Loss - Out of Range High (OL-OORH) alarm will be generated
on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG and BMM2/BMM2P/BMM2H OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG (Gen 1 mode) and BMM2C OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-19

Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX-500)

The AOLX-500 supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and
per-channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 500Gbps of bandwidth (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-20 for additional information). AOLX-500s are tunable line modules that
can be configured for one of four OCGs. For example, the AOLX-500-T4-1-C5 is set to OCG 1 by default
but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on OCG 1, 2, 9, or 10.
The AOLX-500s are optically connected to a DTC/MTC (BMM/BMM2/BMM2P/BMM2H) or OTC (BMM2C)
to provide bandwidth for up to 8Tbps (8000Gbps) of traffic signals (160 channels x 50Gbps). Refer to the
DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. AOLX-500s can be installed in upper
universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10,
and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Table 3-17 AOLX-500 Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOLX-500-T4-1-C5 7 Long Haul AOLX-500, OCG 1 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable OCGs:
1, 2, 9, 10
AOLX-500-T4-1-C6 7 Enhanced Reach
AOLX-500-T4-3-C5 7 Long Haul AOLX-500, OCG 3 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable OCGs:
3, 4, 11, 12
AOLX-500-T4-3-C6 7 Enhanced Reach
AOLX-500-T4-5-C5 7 Long Haul AOLX-500, OCG 5 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable OCGs:
5, 6, 13, 14
AOLX-500-T4-5-C6 7 Enhanced Reach
AOLX-500-T4-7-C5 7 Long Haul AOLX-500, OCG 7 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable OCGs:
7, 8, 15, 16
AOLX-500-T4-7-C6 7 Enhanced Reach

Note: When connecting an AOLX-500 to a Gen 1 BMM, the addition of a 15dB optical attenuator pad
is required for normal operation. Also, when connecting an AOLX-500 to a BMM2C, the AOLX-500
must be set to Gen 1 mode.

The Advanced Optical Transport Network (OTN) Switching Line Module 500G, referred to as AOLX-500,
performs the following functions:
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to the switch fabric to enable all switched data to be
directed to any of the line card slots within the XTC, refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-21
for additional information
■ Optimized for multi-way junctions and full switching applications for the following types of
deployments:
□ Multi-degree junction nodes
□ Large mesh networks
7 AOLX-500 is generally no longer available but is still supported.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-20 Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX-500)

■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of sixteen wavelength multiplexed Optical Carrier Groups (OCGs)
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the OCG
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for a direct line module-to-line module
interconnection without the requirement of an intermediate BMM
■ Supports the Layer 0 Optical Private Network (L0 OPN) feature, wherein a subscriber’s line module
OCG is connected to a provider’s BMM OCG for cases in which the subscriber does not have
access to fiber between required service end points. The subscriber can use the fiber in the
provider’s network between the required endpoints. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide for detailed information
■ Improves per-fiber transmission capacity within the DTN-X C-Band while retaining a
minimum channel spacing of 25GHz
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +50,000ps/nm

Modulation Formats
The AOLX-500 supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
AOLX-500-T4-n-C6 only

Note: DC-PM-BPSK is not supported on the AOLX-500-T4-n-C5. However, the management

interfaces do not block the user from provisioning DC-PM-BPSK on this module.

■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-enhanced binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-eBPSK)

■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)

Note: Due to hardware limitations on the AOLX-500, when SC-PM-QPSK is provisioned, the
wavelengths used for the optical channels are swapped, i.e. the wavelength used for
channel 1 will be swapped with the wavelength used for channel 2, channels 3 and 4 are
swapped, channels 5 and 6 are swapped, etc. Refer to the Optical Channel Plan provided in
the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for additional information.

The AOLX-500 provides support for mixed modulation meaning that the module can support channels
configured for different modulation formats within an OCG.

Note: The optical channel must be locked when changing the modulation format between QPSK and
BPSK (the line module equipment does not need to be locked).

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-21

Note: In dual carrier (DC) mode, only the odd-numbered optical channels can be configured for
modulation format; each even-numbered optical channel is automatically configured to match the
modulation format of the previous odd-numbered channel. For modules in single carrier (SC) mode,
each optical channel can be configured independently for modulation format. Before editing the
modulation format, the applicable optical channels must be put in the locked or maintenance state
(the line module equipment itself does not need to be locked).

The table below provides details of the OTN and OCG facilities supported on the AOLX-500 including the
supported client and line rates.

Table 3-18 AOLX-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
AOLX-500 Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
Type OTUki (Number of AOLX-500 (OCG
ODU0s) Bandwidth)
C5/C6 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C6 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C5/C6 DC-PM-eBPSK
C5/C6 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)
(see note above)

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. As previously mentioned, AOLX-500s have no restrictions and can route signals to any line module
in the XTC. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-22 Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX-500)

Block Diagram
Figure 3-5 AOLX-500 Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-23

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-6 AOLX-500 Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-24 Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX-500)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-19 AOLX-500 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
AOLX-500
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-20 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOLX-500

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of AOLX-500 OCG timed out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an OCG Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an OCG signal

Connectors
Table 3-21 AOLX-500 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from the corresponding OCG port on the DTC/MTC
(BMM/BMM2/BMM2P/BMM2H) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting from a BMM2C, ensure that the

AOLX-500 has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

OUT LC Connects to the corresponding OCG port on the DTC/MTC

(BMM/BMM2/BMM2P/BMM2H) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting to a Gen 1 BMM, the addition of a 15dB

optical attenuator pad is required for normal operation.

Note: When connecting to a BMM2C, ensure that the

AOLX-500 has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-25

Technical Specifications
Table 3-22 AOLX-500 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 29.0lb / 13.2kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-23 AOLX-500 OCG Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification
AOLX-500-T4-n-C5/C6 Input power level -9.3 to 8.0dBm
(n=1,3,5,7)
Output power level
AOLX-500 to BMM -14.0 to -12.5dBm
AOLX-500 to BMM2/BMM2H -1.0 to 0.5dBm
AOLX-500 to BMM2P 4.0 to 5.5dBm
AOLX-500 to BMM2C -5.0 to 0.5dBm

Note: For an AOLX-500 set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of the
target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report OPR
Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-24 AOLX-500 Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
AOLX-500-T4-1-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 1 1548.915nm to 1563.455nm
AOLX-500-T4-1-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 2 1548.515nm to 1563.047nm
(tuned as OCG 2)
AOLX-500-T4-3-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 3 1548.115nm to 1562.640nm
AOLX-500-T4-3-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 4 1547.715nm to 1562.233nm
(tuned as OCG 4)
AOLX-500-T4-5-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 5 1531.507nm to 1545.720nm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-26 Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX-500)

Table 3-24 AOLX-500 Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
AOLX-500-T4-5-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 6 1531.116nm to 1545.322nm
(tuned as OCG 6)
AOLX-500-T4-7-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 7 1530.725nm to 1544.924nm
AOLX-500-T4-7-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 8 1530.334nm to 1544.526nm
(tuned as OCG 8)
AOLX-500-T4-1-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 9 1549.115nm to 1563.659nm
(tuned as OCG 9)
AOLX-500-T4-1-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 10 1548.715nm to 1563.251nm
(tuned as OCG 10)
AOLX-500-T4-3-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 11 1548.315nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as OCG 11)
AOLX-500-T4-3-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 12 1547.915nm to 1562.436nm
(tuned as OCG 12)
AOLX-500-T4-5-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 13 1531.311nm to 1545.521nm
(tuned as OCG 13)
AOLX-500-T4-5-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 14 1530.920nm to 1545.123nm
(tuned as OCG 14)
AOLX-500-T4-7-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 15 1530.529nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as OCG 15)
AOLX-500-T4-7-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 16 1530.139nm to 1544.327nm
(tuned as OCG 16)

Optical Patch Cable Loss Specifications

The optical patch cable losses supported for the AOLX-500 are listed as follows:
■ 16.5dB (15dB attenuator pad + 1.5dB) between OLM OCG and BMM OCG (Gen 1) (if the loss
exceeds the threshold, an Optical Loss - Out of Range High (OL-OORH) alarm will be generated
on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG and BMM2/BMM2P/BMM2H OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG (Gen 1 mode) and BMM2C OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-27

Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX-500B)

The AOLX-500B utilizes a software licensing feature called Instant Bandwidth to provide incremental
support of line module bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network Administrator
(DNA), and the activated bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node Manager (GNM) or
the TL1 interface. Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding Instant Bandwidth
license application and management. The AOLX-500B is identical to the non-Instant Bandwidth
AOLX-500 except that it provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of bandwidth (depending on modulation format)
which allows for deployment in networks that do not currently require the maximum of 500Gbps of
capacity per line module but may anticipate future growth. For these networks, the AOLX-500B can be
deployed in increments of 100Gbps (or 50Gbps) to allow for scoping to the current need of the network
(refer to Modulation Formats on page 3-28 for additional information).
The AOLX-500B supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and
per-channel software configurable modulation options. AOLX-500Bs are tunable line modules that can be
configured for one of four OCGs. For example, the AOLX-500B-T4-1-C5 is set to OCG 1 by default but
can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on OCG 1, 2, 9, or 10.
The AOLX-500Bs are optically connected to a DTC/MTC (BMM/BMM2/BMM2P/BMM2H) or OTC
(BMM2C) to provide bandwidth for up to 8Tbps (8000Gbps) of traffic signals (160 channels x 50Gbps).
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. AOLX-500Bs can be
installed in upper universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through
B-5 of the XTC-10, and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Table 3-25 AOLX-500B Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOLX-500B-T4-1-C5 8 Long Haul AOLX-500B, OCG 1 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 1, 2, 9, 10
AOLX-500B-T4-1-C6 8 Enhanced Reach
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
AOLX-500B-T4-3-C5 8 Long Haul AOLX-500B, OCG 3 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 3, 4, 11, 12
AOLX-500B-T4-3-C6 8 Enhanced Reach
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
AOLX-500B-T4-5-C5 8 Long Haul AOLX-500B, OCG 5 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 5, 6, 13, 14
AOLX-500B-T4-5-C6 8 Enhanced Reach
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
AOLX-500B-T4-7-C5 8 Long Haul AOLX-500B, OCG 7 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 7, 8, 15, 16
AOLX-500B-T4-7-C6 8 Enhanced Reach
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth

8 AOLX-500B is generally no longer available but is still supported.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-28 Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX-500B)

Note: When connecting an AOLX-500B to a Gen 1 BMM, the addition of a 15dB optical attenuator
pad is required for normal operation. Also, when connecting an AOLX-500B to a BMM2C, the
AOLX-500B must be set to Gen 1 mode.

The Advanced Optical Transport Network (OTN) Switching Line Module 500G, referred to as AOLX-500B,
performs the following functions:
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to the switch fabric to enable all switched data to be
directed to any of the line card slots within the XTC, refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-30
for additional information
■ Optimized for multi-way junctions and full switching applications for the following types of
deployments:
□ Multi-degree junction nodes
□ Large mesh networks
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of sixteen wavelength multiplexed Optical Carrier Groups (OCGs)
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the OCG
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for a direct line module-to-line module
interconnection without the requirement of an intermediate BMM
■ Supports the Layer 0 Optical Private Network (L0 OPN) feature, wherein a subscriber’s line module
OCG is connected to a provider’s BMM OCG for cases in which the subscriber does not have
access to fiber between required service end points. The subscriber can use the fiber in the
provider’s network between the required endpoints. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide for detailed information
■ Improves per-fiber transmission capacity within the DTN-X C-Band while retaining a
minimum channel spacing of 25GHz
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +50,000ps/nm

Modulation Formats
The AOLX-500B supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
AOLX-500B-T4-n-C6 only

Note: DC-PM-BPSK is not supported on the AOLX-500B-T4-n-C5. However, the management

interfaces do not block the user from provisioning DC-PM-BPSK on this module.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-29

■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-enhanced binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-eBPSK)

■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)

Note: Due to hardware limitations on the AOLX-500B, when SC-PM-QPSK is provisioned, the
wavelengths used for the optical channels are swapped, i.e. the wavelength used for
channel 1 will be swapped with the wavelength used for channel 2, channels 3 and 4 are
swapped, channels 5 and 6 are swapped, etc. Refer to the Optical Channel Plan provided in
the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for additional information.

The AOLX-500B provides support for mixed modulation meaning that the module can support channels
configured for different modulation formats within an OCG.

Note: The optical channel must be locked when changing the modulation format between QPSK and
BPSK (the line module equipment does not need to be locked).

Note: In dual carrier (DC) mode, only the odd-numbered optical channels can be configured for
modulation format; each even-numbered optical channel is automatically configured to match the
modulation format of the previous odd-numbered channel. For modules in single carrier (SC) mode,
each optical channel can be configured independently for modulation format. Before editing the
modulation format, the applicable optical channels must be put in the locked or maintenance state
(the line module equipment itself does not need to be locked).

The table below provides details of the OTN and OCG facilities supported on the AOLX-500B including
the supported client and line rates.

Table 3-26 AOLX-500B Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
AOLX-500B Type Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
OTUki (Number of AOLX-500B (OCG
ODU0s) Bandwidth)
C5/C6 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format) (see note below)
C6 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
(see note below)
C5/C6 DC-PM-eBPSK
C5/C6 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)
(see note above)

Note: The AOLX-500B initially provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of Instant Bandwidth (depending on
modulation format). Contact your account team to purchase additional Instant Bandwidth software
licenses for additional line module bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network
Administrator (DNA), and the activated bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node
Manager (GNM) or the TL1 interface. Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding
Instant Bandwidth license application and management.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-30 Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX-500B)

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. As previously mentioned, AOLX-500Bs have no restrictions and can route signals to any line
module in the XTC. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Block Diagram
Figure 3-7 AOLX-500B Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-31

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-8 AOLX-500B Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-32 Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX-500B)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-27 AOLX-500B Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
AOLX-500B
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-28 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOLX-500B

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of AOLX-500B OCG timed
out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an OCG Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an OCG signal

Connectors
Table 3-29 AOLX-500B Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from the corresponding OCG port on the DTC/MTC
(BMM/BMM2/BMM2P/BMM2H) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting from a BMM2C, ensure that the

AOLX-500B has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

OUT LC Connects to the corresponding OCG port on the DTC/MTC

(BMM/BMM2/BMM2P/BMM2H) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting to a Gen 1 BMM, the addition of a 15dB

optical attenuator pad is required for normal operation.

Note: When connecting to a BMM2C, ensure that the

AOLX-500B has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-33

Technical Specifications
Table 3-30 AOLX-500B Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 29.0lb / 13.2kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-31 AOLX-500B OCG Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification
AOLX-500B-T4-n-C5/C6 Input power level -9.3 to 8.0dBm
(n=1,3,5,7)
Output power level
AOLX-500B to BMM -14.0 to -12.5dBm
AOLX-500B to BMM2/BMM2H -1.0 to 0.5dBm
AOLX-500B to BMM2P 4.0 to 5.5dBm
AOLX-500B to BMM2C -5.0 to 0.5dBm

Note: For an AOLX-500B set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of
the target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report
OPR Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-32 AOLX-500B Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
AOLX-500B-T4-1-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 1 1548.915nm to 1563.455nm
AOLX-500B-T4-1-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 2 1548.515nm to 1563.047nm
(tuned as OCG 2)
AOLX-500B-T4-3-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 3 1548.115nm to 1562.640nm
AOLX-500B-T4-3-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 4 1547.715nm to 1562.233nm
(tuned as OCG 4)
AOLX-500B-T4-5-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 5 1531.507nm to 1545.720nm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-34 Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX-500B)

Table 3-32 AOLX-500B Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
AOLX-500B-T4-5-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 6 1531.116nm to 1545.322nm
(tuned as OCG 6)
AOLX-500B-T4-7-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 7 1530.725nm to 1544.924nm
AOLX-500B-T4-7-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 8 1530.334nm to 1544.526nm
(tuned as OCG 8)
AOLX-500B-T4-1-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 9 1549.115nm to 1563.659nm
(tuned as OCG 9)
AOLX-500B-T4-1-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 10 1548.715nm to 1563.251nm
(tuned as OCG 10)
AOLX-500B-T4-3-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 11 1548.315nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as OCG 11)
AOLX-500B-T4-3-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 12 1547.915nm to 1562.436nm
(tuned as OCG 12)
AOLX-500B-T4-5-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 13 1531.311nm to 1545.521nm
(tuned as OCG 13)
AOLX-500B-T4-5-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 14 1530.920nm to 1545.123nm
(tuned as OCG 14)
AOLX-500B-T4-7-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 15 1530.529nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as OCG 15)
AOLX-500B-T4-7-C5/C6 Wavelength range OCG 16 1530.139nm to 1544.327nm
(tuned as OCG 16)

Optical Patch Cable Loss Specifications

The optical patch cable losses supported for the AOLX-500B are listed as follows:
■ 16.5dB (15dB attenuator pad + 1.5dB) between OLM OCG and BMM OCG (Gen 1) (if the loss
exceeds the threshold, an Optical Loss - Out of Range High (OL-OORH) alarm will be generated
on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG and BMM2/BMM2P/BMM2H OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG (Gen 1 mode) and BMM2C OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-35

Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM-500)

The SOLM-500 supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and
per-channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 500Gbps of bandwidth (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-36 for additional information). SOLM-500s are tunable line modules that
can be configured for one of four OCGs. For example, the SOLM-500-T4-1-C11 is set to OCG 1 by
default but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on OCG 1, 2, 9, or 10.
The SOLM-500s are optically connected to a DTC (BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C) to provide
bandwidth for up to 8Tbps (8000Gbps) of traffic signals (160 channels x 50Gbps). Refer to the DTN and
DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. SOLM-500s can be installed in upper universal
card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10,
and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Table 3-33 SOLM-500 Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
SOLM-500-T4-1-C11 9 Enhanced Reach SOLM-500, OCG 1 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable OCGs:
1, 2, 9, 10
SOLM-500-T4-3-C11 9 SOLM-500, OCG 3 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable OCGs:
3, 4, 11, 12
SOLM-500-T4-5-C11 9 SOLM-500, OCG 5 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable OCGs:
5, 6, 13, 14
SOLM-500-T4-7-C11 9 SOLM-500, OCG 7 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable OCGs:
7, 8, 15, 16

Note: When connecting an SOLM-500 to a BMM2C, the SOLM-500 must be set to Gen 1 mode.

The Submarine Optical Transport Network (OTN) Line Module 500G, referred to as SOLM-500, performs
the following functions:
■ Used exclusively for DTN-X links operating in submarine line terminating equipment (SLTE) mode
1
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to another SOLM-500 utilizing fixed slot pairing
between the upper and lower universal card slots (XTC-10) or between adjacent universal card
slots (XTC-4), refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-37 for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of sixteen wavelength multiplexed Optical Carrier Groups (OCGs)
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the OCG
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices

9 SOLM-500 is generally no longer available but is still supported.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-36 Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM-500)

■ Supports the Layer 0 Optical Private Network (L0 OPN) feature, wherein a subscriber’s line module
OCG is connected to a provider’s BMM OCG for cases in which the subscriber does not have
access to fiber between required service end points. The subscriber can use the fiber in the
provider’s network between the required endpoints. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide for detailed information
■ Improves per-fiber transmission capacity within the DTN-X C-Band while retaining a
minimum channel spacing of 25GHz
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +50,000ps/nm
■ Support for manually configuring the receive EDFA gain. The receive EDFA gain is an absolute
value, not an offset value

Note: Do not configure the receive EDFA gain unless consulted to do so by a TAC resource.

Modulation Formats
The SOLM-500 supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK)
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-enhanced binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-eBPSK)
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)

Note: Due to hardware limitations on the SOLM-500, when SC-PM-QPSK is provisioned, the
wavelengths used for the optical channels are swapped, i.e. the wavelength used for
channel 1 will be swapped with the wavelength used for channel 2, channels 3 and 4 are
swapped, channels 5 and 6 are swapped, etc. Refer to the Optical Channel Plan provided in
the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for additional information.

The SOLM-500 provides support for mixed modulation meaning that the module can support channels
configured for different modulation formats within an OCG.

Note: The optical channel must be locked when changing the modulation format between QPSK and
BPSK (the line module equipment does not need to be locked).

Note: In dual carrier (DC) mode, only the odd-numbered optical channels can be configured for
modulation format; each even-numbered optical channel is automatically configured to match the
modulation format of the previous odd-numbered channel. For modules in single carrier (SC) mode,
each optical channel can be configured independently for modulation format. Before editing the
modulation format, the applicable optical channels must be put in the locked or maintenance state
(the line module equipment itself does not need to be locked).

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-37

The table below provides details of the OTN and OCG facilities supported on the SOLM-500 including the
supported client and line rates.

Table 3-34 SOLM-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
SOLM-500 Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
Type OTUki (Number of SOLM-500 (OCG
ODU0s) Bandwidth)
C11 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
DC-PM-eBPSK
SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)
(see note above)

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line module installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. When routing signals to other line modules in the XTC, SOLM-500s utilize fixed slot pairing to
support 1-way and 2-way add/drop connections and can route traffic only to its paired set of line modules
as follows:
■ XTC-10—universal card slots A-1 and B-1, A-2 and B-2, A-3 and B-3, A-4 and B-4, and/or
A-5 and B-5
■ XTC-4—universal card slots A-1 and A-2 and/or A-3 and A-4
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-38 Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM-500)

Block Diagram
Figure 3-9 SOLM-500 Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-39

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-10 SOLM-500 Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-40 Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM-500)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-35 SOLM-500 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
SOLM-500
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-36 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOLM-500

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of SOLM-500 OCG timed out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an OCG Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an OCG signal

Connectors
Table 3-37 SOLM-500 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from the corresponding OCG port on the DTC
(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting from a BMM2C, ensure that the

SOLM-500 has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

OUT LC Connects to the corresponding OCG port on the DTC

(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting to a BMM2C, ensure that the

SOLM-500 has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-41

Technical Specifications
Table 3-38 SOLM-500 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 29.0lb / 13.2kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-39 SOLM-500 OCG Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification
SOLM-500-T4-n-C11 Input power level -9.3 to 8.0dBm
(n=1,3,5,7)
Output power level
SOLM-500 to BMM2 -1.0 to 0.5dBm
SOLM-500 to BMM2P 4.0 to 5.5dBm
SOLM-500 to BMM2C -5.0 to 0.5dBm

Table 3-40 SOLM-500 Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
SOLM-500-T4-1-C11 Wavelength range OCG 1 1548.915nm to 1563.455nm
SOLM-500-T4-1-C11 Wavelength range OCG 2 1548.515nm to 1563.047nm
(tuned as OCG 2)
SOLM-500-T4-3-C11 Wavelength range OCG 3 1548.115nm to 1562.640nm
SOLM-500-T4-3-C11 Wavelength range OCG 4 1547.715nm to 1562.233nm
(tuned as OCG 4)
SOLM-500-T4-5-C11 Wavelength range OCG 5 1531.507nm to 1545.720nm
SOLM-500-T4-5-C11 Wavelength range OCG 6 1531.116nm to 1545.322nm
(tuned as OCG 6)
SOLM-500-T4-7-C11 Wavelength range OCG 7 1530.725nm to 1544.924nm
SOLM-500-T4-7-C11 Wavelength range OCG 8 1530.334nm to 1544.526nm
(tuned as OCG 8)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-42 Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM-500)

Table 3-40 SOLM-500 Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
SOLM-500-T4-1-C11 Wavelength range OCG 9 1549.115nm to 1563.659nm
(tuned as OCG 9)
SOLM-500-T4-1-C11 Wavelength range OCG 10 1548.715nm to 1563.251nm
(tuned as OCG 10)
SOLM-500-T4-3-C11 Wavelength range OCG 11 1548.315nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as OCG 11)
SOLM-500-T4-3-C11 Wavelength range OCG 12 1547.915nm to 1562.436nm
(tuned as OCG 12)
SOLM-500-T4-5-C11 Wavelength range OCG 13 1531.311nm to 1545.521nm
(tuned as OCG 13)
SOLM-500-T4-5-C11 Wavelength range OCG 14 1530.920nm to 1545.123nm
(tuned as OCG 14)
SOLM-500-T4-7-C11 Wavelength range OCG 15 1530.529nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as OCG 15)
SOLM-500-T4-7-C11 Wavelength range OCG 16 1530.139nm to 1544.327nm
(tuned as OCG 16)

Optical Patch Cable Loss Specifications

The optical patch cable losses supported for the SOLM-500 are listed as follows:
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG and BMM2/BMM2P OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG (Gen 1 mode) and BMM2C OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-43

Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX-500)

The SOLX-500 supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and
per-channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 500Gbps of bandwidth (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-44 for additional information). SOLX-500s are tunable line modules that
can be configured for one of four OCGs. For example, the SOLX-500-T4-1-C11 is set to OCG 1 by
default but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on OCG 1, 2, 9, or 10.
The SOLX-500s are optically connected to a DTC (BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C) to provide
bandwidth for up to 8Tbps (8000Gbps) of traffic signals (160 channels x 50Gbps). Refer to the DTN and
DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. SOLX-500s can be installed in upper universal
card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10,
and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Table 3-41 SOLX-500 Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
SOLX-500-T4-1-C11 10 Enhanced Reach SOLX-500, OCG 1 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable OCGs:
1, 2, 9, 10
SOLX-500-T4-3-C11 10 SOLX-500, OCG 3 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable OCGs:
3, 4, 11, 12
SOLX-500-T4-5-C11 10 SOLX-500, OCG 5 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable OCGs:
5, 6, 13, 14
SOLX-500-T4-7-C11 10 SOLX-500, OCG 7 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable OCGs:
7, 8, 15, 16

Note: When connecting an SOLX-500 to a BMM2C, the SOLX-500 must be set to Gen 1 mode.

The Submarine Optical Transport Network (OTN) Switching Line Module 500G, referred to as SOLX-500,
performs the following functions:
■ Used exclusively for DTN-X links operating in submarine line terminating equipment (SLTE) mode
1
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to the switch fabric to enable all switched data to be
directed to any of the line card slots within the XTC, refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-45
for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of sixteen wavelength multiplexed Optical Carrier Groups (OCGs)
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the OCG
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices

10 SOLX-500 is generally no longer available but is still supported.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-44 Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX-500)

■ Supports the Layer 0 Optical Private Network (L0 OPN) feature, wherein a subscriber’s line module
OCG is connected to a provider’s BMM OCG for cases in which the subscriber does not have
access to fiber between required service end points. The subscriber can use the fiber in the
provider’s network between the required endpoints. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide for detailed information
■ Improves per-fiber transmission capacity within the DTN-X C-Band while retaining a
minimum channel spacing of 25GHz
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +50,000ps/nm
■ Support for manually configuring the receive EDFA gain. The receive EDFA gain is an absolute
value, not an offset value

Note: Do not configure the receive EDFA gain unless consulted to do so by a TAC resource.

Modulation Formats
The SOLX-500 supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK)
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-enhanced binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-eBPSK)
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)

Note: Due to hardware limitations on the SOLX-500, when SC-PM-QPSK is provisioned, the
wavelengths used for the optical channels are swapped, i.e. the wavelength used for
channel 1 will be swapped with the wavelength used for channel 2, channels 3 and 4 are
swapped, channels 5 and 6 are swapped, etc. Refer to the Optical Channel Plan provided in
the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for additional information.

The SOLX-500 provides support for mixed modulation meaning that the module can support channels
configured for different modulation formats within an OCG.

Note: The optical channel must be locked when changing the modulation format between QPSK and
BPSK (the line module equipment does not need to be locked).

Note: In dual carrier (DC) mode, only the odd-numbered optical channels can be configured for
modulation format; each even-numbered optical channel is automatically configured to match the
modulation format of the previous odd-numbered channel. For modules in single carrier (SC) mode,
each optical channel can be configured independently for modulation format. Before editing the
modulation format, the applicable optical channels must be put in the locked or maintenance state
(the line module equipment itself does not need to be locked).

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-45

The table below provides details of the OTN and OCG facilities supported on the SOLX-500 including the
supported client and line rates.

Table 3-42 SOLX-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
SOLX-500 Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
Type OTUki (Number of SOLX-500 (OCG
ODU0s) Bandwidth)
C11 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
DC-PM-eBPSK
SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)
(see note above)

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. As previously mentioned, SOLX-500s have no restrictions and can route signals to any line module
in the XTC. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-46 Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX-500)

Block Diagram
Figure 3-11 SOLX-500 Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-47

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-12 SOLX-500 Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-48 Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX-500)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-43 SOLX-500 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
SOLX-500
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-44 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOLX-500

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of SOLX-500 OCG timed out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an OCG Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an OCG signal

Connectors
Table 3-45 SOLX-500 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from the corresponding OCG port on the DTC
(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting from a BMM2C, ensure that the

SOLX-500 has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

OUT LC Connects to the corresponding OCG port on the DTC

(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting to a BMM2C, ensure that the

SOLX-500 has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-49

Technical Specifications
Table 3-46 SOLX-500 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 29.0lb / 13.2kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-47 SOLX-500 OCG Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification
SOLX-500-T4-n-C11 Input power level -9.3 to 8.0dBm
(n=1,3,5,7)
Output power level
SOLX-500 to BMM2 -1.0 to 0.5dBm
SOLX-500 to BMM2P 4.0 to 5.5dBm
SOLX-500 to BMM2C -5.0 to 0.5dBm

Table 3-48 SOLX-500 Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
SOLX-500-T4-1-C11 Wavelength range OCG 1 1548.915nm to 1563.455nm
SOLX-500-T4-1-C11 Wavelength range OCG 2 1548.515nm to 1563.047nm
(tuned as OCG 2)
SOLX-500-T4-3-C11 Wavelength range OCG 3 1548.115nm to 1562.640nm
SOLX-500-T4-3-C11 Wavelength range OCG 4 1547.715nm to 1562.233nm
(tuned as OCG 4)
SOLX-500-T4-5-C11 Wavelength range OCG 5 1531.507nm to 1545.720nm
SOLX-500-T4-5-C11 Wavelength range OCG 6 1531.116nm to 1545.322nm
(tuned as OCG 6)
SOLX-500-T4-7-C11 Wavelength range OCG 7 1530.725nm to 1544.924nm
SOLX-500-T4-7-C11 Wavelength range OCG 8 1530.334nm to 1544.526nm
(tuned as OCG 8)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-50 Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX-500)

Table 3-48 SOLX-500 Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
SOLX-500-T4-1-C11 Wavelength range OCG 9 1549.115nm to 1563.659nm
(tuned as OCG 9)
SOLX-500-T4-1-C11 Wavelength range OCG 10 1548.715nm to 1563.251nm
(tuned as OCG 10)
SOLX-500-T4-3-C11 Wavelength range OCG 11 1548.315nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as OCG 11)
SOLX-500-T4-3-C11 Wavelength range OCG 12 1547.915nm to 1562.436nm
(tuned as OCG 12)
SOLX-500-T4-5-C11 Wavelength range OCG 13 1531.311nm to 1545.521nm
(tuned as OCG 13)
SOLX-500-T4-5-C11 Wavelength range OCG 14 1530.920nm to 1545.123nm
(tuned as OCG 14)
SOLX-500-T4-7-C11 Wavelength range OCG 15 1530.529nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as OCG 15)
SOLX-500-T4-7-C11 Wavelength range OCG 16 1530.139nm to 1544.327nm
(tuned as OCG 16)

Optical Patch Cable Loss Specifications

The optical patch cable losses supported for the SOLX-500 are listed as follows:
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG and BMM2/BMM2P OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG (Gen 1 mode) and BMM2C OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-51

Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500)

The AOLM2-500 utilizes an encoding algorithm called Soft Decision-Forward Error Correction (SD-FEC)
that enables the AOLM2-500 to achieve a lower optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) sensitivity providing
greater un-regenerated reach for 100G wavelengths. Otherwise, the AOLM2-500 is functionally similar to
the AOLM-500 and supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-
channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 500Gbps of bandwidth (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-52 for additional information). AOLM2-500s are tunable line modules that
can be configured for one of four OCGs. For example, the AOLM2-500-T4-1-C5 is set to OCG 1 by
default but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on OCG 1, 2, 9, or 10.
The AOLM2-500s are optically connected to a DTC (BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C) to provide
bandwidth for up to 8Tbps (8000Gbps) of traffic signals (160 channels x 50Gbps). Refer to the DTN and
DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. AOLM2-500s can be installed in upper universal
card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10,
and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Table 3-49 AOLM2-500 Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOLM2-500-T4-1-C5 Long Haul AOLM2-500, OCG 1 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 1, 2, 9, 10
AOLM2-500-T4-1-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOLM2-500-T4-1-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOLM2-500-T4-3-C5 Long Haul AOLM2-500, OCG 3 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 3, 4, 11, 12
AOLM2-500-T4-3-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOLM2-500-T4-3-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOLM2-500-T4-5-C5 Long Haul AOLM2-500, OCG 5 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 5, 6, 13, 14
AOLM2-500-T4-5-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOLM2-500-T4-5-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOLM2-500-T4-7-C5 Long Haul AOLM2-500, OCG 7 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 7, 8, 15, 16
AOLM2-500-T4-7-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOLM2-500-T4-7-C8 Ultra Long Haul

Note: When connecting an AOLM2-500 to a BMM2C, the AOLM2-500 must be set to Gen 1 mode.

The Advanced Optical Transport Network (OTN) Line Module 500G, referred to as AOLM2-500, performs
the following functions:

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-52 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500)

■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to another AOLM2-500 utilizing fixed slot pairing
between the upper and lower universal card slots (XTC-10) or between adjacent universal card
slots (XTC-4), refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-54 for additional information
■ Optimized for 1-way and 2-way add/drop connections for the following types of deployments:
□ Point-to-point links
□ Linear add/drop links
□ Rings
□ Express routes on large networks
□ Regenerations
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of sixteen wavelength multiplexed Optical Carrier Groups (OCGs)
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the OCG
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for a direct line module-to-line module
interconnection without the requirement of an intermediate BMM
■ Supports the Layer 0 Optical Private Network (L0 OPN) feature, wherein a subscriber’s line module
OCG is connected to a provider’s BMM OCG for cases in which the subscriber does not have
access to fiber between required service end points. The subscriber can use the fiber in the
provider’s network between the required endpoints. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide for detailed information
■ Improves per-fiber transmission capacity within the DTN-X C-Band while retaining a
minimum channel spacing of 25GHz
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +50,000ps/nm

Modulation Formats
The AOLM2-500 supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
AOLM2-500-T4-n-C8 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)
The AOLM2-500 provides support for mixed modulation meaning that the module can support channels
configured for different modulation formats within an OCG.

Note: The optical channel must be locked when changing the modulation format between QPSK and
BPSK (the line module equipment does not need to be locked).

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-53

Note: In dual carrier (DC) mode, only the odd-numbered optical channels can be configured for
modulation format; each even-numbered optical channel is automatically configured to match the
modulation format of the previous odd-numbered channel. For modules in single carrier (SC) mode,
each optical channel can be configured independently for modulation format. Before editing the
modulation format, the applicable optical channels must be put in the locked or maintenance state
(the line module equipment itself does not need to be locked).

The table below provides details of the OTN and OCG facilities supported on the AOLM2-500 including
the supported client and line rates.

Table 3-50 AOLM2-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
AOLM2-500 Type Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
OTUki (Number of AOLM2-500 (OCG
ODU0s) Bandwidth)
C5/C6/C8 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C8 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C5/C6/C8 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)

Encoding Formats
The AOLM2-500 supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Bit differential latency optimized (default format for AOLM2-500-T4-n-C5 and/or
AOLM2-500-T4-n-C6)
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized
■ Block coherent (default format for AOLM2-500-T4-n-C8; not supported on AOLM2-500-T4-n-C5
and/or AOLM2-500-T4-n-C6)
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an OCG is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned on the first channel of the OCG and is then
automatically applied to all other channels on the OCG. In addition, the encoding formats must be
the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the AOLM2-500
in order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the management interfaces to
indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending a cold reset of the
AOLM2-500.

Table 3-51: AOLM2-500 Supported Encoding Formats on page 3-54 provides details of the
encoding formats supported on the AOLM2-500.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-54 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500)

Table 3-51 AOLM2-500 Supported Encoding Formats

AOLM2-500 Type Encoding Format
C5/C6/C8 Bit differential latency optimized (default format for C5/C6)
C5/C6/C8 Bit differential tolerance optimized
C8 Block coherent (default format)

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. When routing signals to other line modules in the XTC, AOLM2-500s utilize fixed slot pairing to
support 1-way and 2-way add/drop connections and can route traffic only to its paired set of line modules
as follows:
■ XTC-10—universal card slots A-1 and B-1, A-2 and B-2, A-3 and B-3, A-4 and B-4, and/or
A-5 and B-5
■ XTC-4—universal card slots A-1 and A-2 and/or A-3 and A-4
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-55

Block Diagram
Figure 3-13 AOLM2-500 Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-56 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500)

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-14 AOLM2-500 Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-57

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-52 AOLM2-500 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
AOLM2-500
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-53 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOLM2-500

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of AOLM2-500 OCG timed
out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an OCG Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an OCG signal

Connectors
Table 3-54 AOLM2-500 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from the corresponding OCG port on the DTC
(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting from a BMM2C, ensure that the

AOLM2-500 has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

OUT LC Connects to the corresponding OCG port on the DTC

(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting to a BMM2C, ensure that the

AOLM2-500 has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-58 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-55 AOLM2-500 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 33.0lb / 15.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-56 AOLM2-500 OCG Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification
AOLM2-500-T4-n-C5/C6/C8 Input power level
(n=1,3,5,7)
BMM2/BMM2P to AOLM2-500 -6.6 to 8.3dBm
BMM2C to AOLM2-500 -11.5 to 5.3dBm
Output power level
AOLM2-500 to BMM2 -1.0 to 0.5dBm
AOLM2-500 to BMM2P 4.0 to 5.5dBm
AOLM2-500 to BMM2C -5.0 to 0.5dBm

Note: For an AOLM2-500 set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of
the target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report
OPR Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-57 AOLM2-500 Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
AOLM2-500-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 1 1548.915nm to 1563.455nm
AOLM2-500-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 2 1548.515nm to 1563.047nm
(tuned as OCG 2)
AOLM2-500-T4-3-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 3 1548.115nm to 1562.640nm
AOLM2-500-T4-3-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 4 1547.715nm to 1562.233nm
(tuned as OCG 4)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-59

Table 3-57 AOLM2-500 Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
AOLM2-500-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 5 1531.507nm to 1545.720nm
AOLM2-500-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 6 1531.116nm to 1545.322nm
(tuned as OCG 6)
AOLM2-500-T4-7-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 7 1530.725nm to 1544.924nm
AOLM2-500-T4-7-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 8 1530.334nm to 1544.526nm
(tuned as OCG 8)
AOLM2-500-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 9 1549.115nm to 1563.659nm
(tuned as OCG 9)
AOLM2-500-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 10 1548.715nm to 1563.251nm
(tuned as OCG 10)
AOLM2-500-T4-3-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 11 1548.315nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as OCG 11)
AOLM2-500-T4-3-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 12 1547.915nm to 1562.436nm
(tuned as OCG 12)
AOLM2-500-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 13 1531.311nm to 1545.521nm
(tuned as OCG 13)
AOLM2-500-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 14 1530.920nm to 1545.123nm
(tuned as OCG 14)
AOLM2-500-T4-7-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 15 1530.529nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as OCG 15)
AOLM2-500-T4-7-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 16 1530.139nm to 1544.327nm
(tuned as OCG 16)

Optical Patch Cable Loss Specifications

The optical patch cable losses supported for the AOLM2-500 are listed as follows:
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG and BMM2/BMM2P OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG (Gen 1 mode) and BMM2C OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-60 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500B)

Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500B)

The AOLM2-500B utilizes a software licensing feature called Instant Bandwidth to provide incremental
support of line module bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network Administrator
(DNA), and the activated bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node Manager (GNM) or
the TL1 interface. Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding Instant Bandwidth
license application and management. The AOLM2-500B is identical to the non-Instant Bandwidth
AOLM2-500 except that it provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of bandwidth (depending on modulation format)
which allows for deployment in networks that do not currently require the maximum of 500Gbps of
capacity per line module but may anticipate future growth. For these networks, the AOLM2-500B can be
deployed in increments of 100Gbps (or 50Gbps) to allow for scoping to the current need of the network
(refer to Modulation Formats on page 3-61 for additional information).
The AOLM2-500B supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and
per-channel software configurable modulation options. AOLM2-500Bs are tunable line modules that can
be configured for one of four OCGs. For example, the AOLM2-500B-T4-1-C5 is set to OCG 1 by default
but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on OCG 1, 2, 9, or 10.
The AOLM2-500Bs are optically connected to a DTC (BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C) to provide
bandwidth for up to 8Tbps (8000Gbps) of traffic signals (160 channels x 50Gbps). Refer to the DTN and
DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. AOLM2-500Bs can be installed in upper universal
card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10,
and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Table 3-58 AOLM2-500B Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOLM2-500B-T4-1-C5 Long Haul AOLM2-500B, OCG 1 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 1, 2, 9, 10
AOLM2-500B-T4-1-C6 Enhanced Reach
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOLM2-500B-T4-1-C8 Ultra Long Haul incremental line module bandwidth

AOLM2-500B-T4-3-C5 Long Haul AOLM2-500B, OCG 3 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable

OCGs: 3, 4, 11, 12
AOLM2-500B-T4-3-C6 Enhanced Reach
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOLM2-500B-T4-3-C8 Ultra Long Haul incremental line module bandwidth

AOLM2-500B-T4-5-C5 Long Haul AOLM2-500B, OCG 5 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable

OCGs: 5, 6, 13, 14
AOLM2-500B-T4-5-C6 Enhanced Reach
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOLM2-500B-T4-5-C8 Ultra Long Haul incremental line module bandwidth

AOLM2-500B-T4-7-C5 Long Haul AOLM2-500B, OCG 7 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable

OCGs: 7, 8, 15, 16
AOLM2-500B-T4-7-C6 Enhanced Reach
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOLM2-500B-T4-7-C8 Ultra Long Haul incremental line module bandwidth

Note: When connecting an AOLM2-500B to a BMM2C, the AOLM2-500B must be set to Gen 1 mode.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-61

The Advanced Optical Transport Network (OTN) Line Module 500G, referred to as AOLM2-500B,
performs the following functions:
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to another AOLM2-500B utilizing fixed slot pairing
between the upper and lower universal card slots (XTC-10) or between adjacent universal card
slots (XTC-4), refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-63 for additional information
■ Optimized for 1-way and 2-way add/drop connections for the following types of deployments:
□ Point-to-point links
□ Linear add/drop links
□ Rings
□ Express routes on large networks
□ Regenerations
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of sixteen wavelength multiplexed Optical Carrier Groups (OCGs)
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the OCG
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for a direct line module-to-line module
interconnection without the requirement of an intermediate BMM
■ Supports the Layer 0 Optical Private Network (L0 OPN) feature, wherein a subscriber’s line module
OCG is connected to a provider’s BMM OCG for cases in which the subscriber does not have
access to fiber between required service end points. The subscriber can use the fiber in the
provider’s network between the required endpoints. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide for detailed information
■ Improves per-fiber transmission capacity within the DTN-X C-Band while retaining a
minimum channel spacing of 25GHz
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +50,000ps/nm

Modulation Formats
The AOLM2-500B supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management
interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
AOLM2-500B-T4-n-C8
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)
The AOLM2-500B provides support for mixed modulation meaning that the module can support channels
configured for different modulation formats within an OCG.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-62 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500B)

Note: The optical channel must be locked when changing the modulation format between QPSK and
BPSK (the line module equipment does not need to be locked).

Note: In dual carrier (DC) mode, only the odd-numbered optical channels can be configured for
modulation format; each even-numbered optical channel is automatically configured to match the
modulation format of the previous odd-numbered channel. For modules in single carrier (SC) mode,
each optical channel can be configured independently for modulation format. Before editing the
modulation format, the applicable optical channels must be put in the locked or maintenance state
(the line module equipment itself does not need to be locked).

The table below provides details of the OTN and OCG facilities supported on the AOLM2-500B including
the supported client and line rates.

Table 3-59 AOLM2-500B Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
AOLM2-500B Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
Type OTUki (Number of AOLM2-500B (OCG
ODU0s) Bandwidth)
C5/C6/C8 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C8 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C5/C6/C8 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)

Note: The AOLM2-500B initially provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of Instant Bandwidth (depending on
modulation format). Contact your account team to purchase additional Instant Bandwidth software
licenses for additional line module bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network
Administrator (DNA), and the activated bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node
Manager (GNM) or the TL1 interface. Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding
Instant Bandwidth license application and management.

Encoding Formats
The AOLM2-500B supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Bit differential latency optimized (default format for AOLM2-500B-T4-n-C5 and/or
AOLM2-500B-T4-n-C6)
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized
■ Block coherent (default format for AOLM2-500B-T4-n-C8; not supported on AOLM2-500B-T4-n-C5
and/or AOLM2-500B-T4-n-C6)
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an OCG is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned on the first channel of the OCG and is then
automatically applied to all other channels on the OCG. In addition, the encoding formats must be
the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-63

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the AOLM2-500B
in order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the management interfaces to
indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending a cold reset of the
AOLM2-500B.

The table below provides details of the encoding formats supported on the AOLM2-500B.

Table 3-60 AOLM2-500B Supported Encoding Formats

AOLM2-500B Type Encoding Format
C5/C6/C8 Bit differential latency optimized (default format for C5/C6)
C5/C6/C8 Bit differential tolerance optimized
C8 Block coherent (default format)

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. When routing signals to other line modules in the XTC, AOLM2-500Bs utilize fixed slot pairing to
support 1-way and 2-way add/drop connections and can route traffic only to its paired set of line modules
as follows:
■ XTC-10—universal card slots A-1 and B-1, A-2 and B-2, A-3 and B-3, A-4 and B-4, and/or
A-5 and B-5
■ XTC-4—universal card slots A-1 and A-2 and/or A-3 and A-4
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-64 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500B)

Block Diagram
Figure 3-15 AOLM2-500B Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-65

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-16 AOLM2-500B Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-66 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500B)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-61 AOLM2-500B Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
AOLM2-500B
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-62 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOLM2-500B

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of AOLM2-500B OCG timed
out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an OCG Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an OCG signal

Connectors
Table 3-63 AOLM2-500B Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from the corresponding OCG port on the DTC
(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting from a BMM2C, ensure that the

AOLM2-500B has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

OUT LC Connects to the corresponding OCG port on the DTC

(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting to a BMM2C, ensure that the

AOLM2-500B has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-67

Technical Specifications
Table 3-64 AOLM2-500B Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 33.0lb / 15.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-65 AOLM2-500B OCG Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification
AOLM2-500B-T4-n-C5/C6/C8 Input power level
(n=1,3,5,7)
BMM2/BMM2P to AOLM2-500B -6.6 to 8.3dBm
BMM2C to AOLM2-500B -11.5 to 5.3dBm
Output power level
AOLM2-500B to BMM2 -1.0 to 0.5dBm
AOLM2-500B to BMM2P 4.0 to 5.5dBm
AOLM2-500B to BMM2C -5.0 to 0.5dBm

Note: For an AOLM2-500B set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of
the target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report
OPR Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-66 AOLM2-500B Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
AOLM2-500B-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 1 1548.915nm to 1563.455nm
AOLM2-500B-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 2 1548.515nm to 1563.047nm
(tuned as OCG 2)
AOLM2-500B-T4-3-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 3 1548.115nm to 1562.640nm
AOLM2-500B-T4-3-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 4 1547.715nm to 1562.233nm
(tuned as OCG 4)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-68 Advanced OTN Line Module 500G (AOLM2-500B)

Table 3-66 AOLM2-500B Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
AOLM2-500B-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 5 1531.507nm to 1545.720nm
AOLM2-500B-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 6 1531.116nm to 1545.322nm
(tuned as OCG 6)
AOLM2-500B-T4-7-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 7 1530.725nm to 1544.924nm
AOLM2-500B-T4-7-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 8 1530.334nm to 1544.526nm
(tuned as OCG 8)
AOLM2-500B-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 9 1549.115nm to 1563.659nm
(tuned as OCG 9)
AOLM2-500B-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 10 1548.715nm to 1563.251nm
(tuned as OCG 10)
AOLM2-500B-T4-3-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 11 1548.315nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as OCG 11)
AOLM2-500B-T4-3-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 12 1547.915nm to 1562.436nm
(tuned as OCG 12)
AOLM2-500B-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 13 1531.311nm to 1545.521nm
(tuned as OCG 13)
AOLM2-500B-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 14 1530.920nm to 1545.123nm
(tuned as OCG 14)
AOLM2-500B-T4-7-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 15 1530.529nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as OCG 15)
AOLM2-500B-T4-7-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 16 1530.139nm to 1544.327nm
(tuned as OCG 16)

Optical Patch Cable Loss Specifications

The optical patch cable losses supported for the AOLM2-500B are listed as follows:
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG and BMM2/BMM2P OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG (Gen 1 mode) and BMM2C OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-69

Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX2-500)

The AOLX2-500 utilizes an encoding algorithm called Soft Decision-Forward Error Correction (SD-FEC)
that enables the AOLX2-500 to achieve a lower optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) sensitivity providing
greater un-regenerated reach for Infinera 100G wavelengths. Otherwise, the AOLX2-500 is functionally
similar to the AOLX-500 and supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection)
and per-channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 500Gbps of bandwidth (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-70 for additional information). AOLX2-500s are tunable line modules that
can be configured for one of four OCGs. For example, the AOLX2-500-T4-1-C5 is set to OCG 1 by
default but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on OCG 1, 2, 9, or 10.
The AOLX2-500s are optically connected to a DTC (BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C) to provide
bandwidth for up to 8Tbps (8000Gbps) of traffic signals (160 channels x 50Gbps). Refer to the DTN and
DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. AOLX2-500s can be installed in upper universal
card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10,
and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Table 3-67 AOLX2-500 Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOLX2-500-T4-1-C5 Long Haul AOLX2-500, OCG 1 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 1, 2, 9, 10
AOLX2-500-T4-1-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOLX2-500-T4-1-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOLX2-500-T4-3-C5 Long Haul AOLX2-500, OCG 3 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 3, 4, 11, 12
AOLX2-500-T4-3-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOLX2-500-T4-3-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOLX2-500-T4-5-C5 Long Haul AOLX2-500, OCG 5 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 5, 6, 13, 14
AOLX2-500-T4-5-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOLX2-500-T4-5-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOLX2-500-T4-7-C5 Long Haul AOLX2-500, OCG 7 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 7, 8, 15, 16
AOLX2-500-T4-7-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOLX2-500-T4-7-C8 Ultra Long Haul

Note: When connecting an AOLX2-500 to a BMM2C, the AOLX2-500 must be set to Gen 1 mode.

The Advanced Optical Transport Network (OTN) Switching Line Module 500G, referred to as AOLX2-500,
performs the following functions:

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-70 Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX2-500)

■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to the switch fabric to enable all switched data to be
directed to any of the line card slots within the XTC, refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-72
for additional information
■ Optimized for multi-way junctions and full switching applications for the following types of
deployments:
□ Multi-degree junction nodes
□ Large mesh networks
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of sixteen wavelength multiplexed Optical Carrier Groups (OCGs)
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the OCG
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for a direct line module-to-line module
interconnection without the requirement of an intermediate BMM
■ Supports the Layer 0 Optical Private Network (L0 OPN) feature, wherein a subscriber’s line module
OCG is connected to a provider’s BMM OCG for cases in which the subscriber does not have
access to fiber between required service end points. The subscriber can use the fiber in the
provider’s network between the required endpoints. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide for detailed information
■ Improves per-fiber transmission capacity within the DTN-X C-Band while retaining a
minimum channel spacing of 25GHz
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +50,000ps/nm

Modulation Formats
The AOLX2-500 supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
AOLX2-500-T4-n-C8 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)
The AOLX2-500 provides support for mixed modulation meaning that the module can support channels
configured for different modulation formats within an OCG.

Note: The optical channel must be locked when changing the modulation format between QPSK and
BPSK (the line module equipment does not need to be locked).

Note: In dual carrier (DC) mode, only the odd-numbered optical channels can be configured for
modulation format; each even-numbered optical channel is automatically configured to match the
modulation format of the previous odd-numbered channel. For modules in single carrier (SC) mode,

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-71

each optical channel can be configured independently for modulation format. Before editing the
modulation format, the applicable optical channels must be put in the locked or maintenance state
(the line module equipment itself does not need to be locked).

The table below provides details of the OTN and OCG facilities supported on the AOLX2-500 including
the supported client and line rates.

Table 3-68 AOLX2-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
AOLX2-500 Type Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
OTUki (Number of AOLX2-500 (OCG
ODU0s) Bandwidth)
C5/C6/C8 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C8 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C5/C6/C8 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)

Encoding Formats
The AOLX2-500 supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Bit differential latency optimized (default format for AOLX2-500-T4-n-C5 and/or
AOLX2-500-T4-n-C6)
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized
■ Block coherent (default format for AOLX2-500-T4-n-C8; not supported on AOLX2-500-T4-n-C5
and/or AOLX2-500-T4-n-C6)
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an OCG is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned on the first channel of the OCG and is then
automatically applied to all other channels on the OCG. In addition, the encoding formats must be
the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the AOLX2-500 in
order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the management interfaces to
indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending a cold reset of the
AOLX2-500.

Table 3-69: AOLX2-500 Supported Encoding Formats on page 3-72 provides details of the
encoding formats supported on the AOLX2-500.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-72 Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX2-500)

Table 3-69 AOLX2-500 Supported Encoding Formats

AOLX2-500 Type Encoding Format
C5/C6/C8 Bit differential latency optimized (default format for C5/C6)
C5/C6/C8 Bit differential tolerance optimized
C8 Block coherent (default format)

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. As previously mentioned, AOLX2-500s have no restrictions and can route signals to any line
module in the XTC. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Block Diagram
Figure 3-17 AOLX2-500 Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-73

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-18 AOLX2-500 Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-74 Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX2-500)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-70 AOLX2-500 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
AOLX2-500
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-71 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOLX2-500

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of AOLX2-500 OCG timed out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an OCG Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an OCG signal

Connectors
Table 3-72 AOLX2-500 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from the corresponding OCG port on the DTC
(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting from a BMM2C, ensure that the

AOLX2-500 has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

OUT LC Connects to the corresponding OCG port on the DTC

(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting to a BMM2C, ensure that the

AOLX2-500 has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-75

Technical Specifications
Table 3-73 AOLX2-500 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 33.0lb / 15.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-74 AOLX2-500 OCG Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification
AOLX2-500-T4-n-C5/C6/C8 Input power level
(n=1,3,5,7)
BMM2/BMM2P to AOLX2-500 -6.6 to 8.3dBm
BMM2C to AOLX2-500 -11.5 to 5.3dBm
Output power level
AOLX2-500 to BMM2 -1.0 to 0.5dBm
AOLX2-500 to BMM2P 4.0 to 5.5dBm
AOLX2-500 to BMM2C -5.0 to 0.5dBm

Note: For an AOLX2-500 set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of
the target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report
OPR Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-75 AOLX2-500 Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
AOLX2-500-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 1 1548.915nm to 1563.455nm
AOLX2-500-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 2 1548.515nm to 1563.047nm
(tuned as OCG 2)
AOLX2-500-T4-3-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 3 1548.115nm to 1562.640nm
AOLX2-500-T4-3-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 4 1547.715nm to 1562.233nm
(tuned as OCG 4)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-76 Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX2-500)

Table 3-75 AOLX2-500 Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
AOLX2-500-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 5 1531.507nm to 1545.720nm
AOLX2-500-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 6 1531.116nm to 1545.322nm
(tuned as OCG 6)
AOLX2-500-T4-7-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 7 1530.725nm to 1544.924nm
AOLX2-500-T4-7-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 8 1530.334nm to 1544.526nm
(tuned as OCG 8)
AOLX2-500-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 9 1549.115nm to 1563.659nm
(tuned as OCG 9)
AOLX2-500-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 10 1548.715nm to 1563.251nm
(tuned as OCG 10)
AOLX2-500-T4-3-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 11 1548.315nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as OCG 11)
AOLX2-500-T4-3-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 12 1547.915nm to 1562.436nm
(tuned as OCG 12)
AOLX2-500-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 13 1531.311nm to 1545.521nm
(tuned as OCG 13)
AOLX2-500-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 14 1530.920nm to 1545.123nm
(tuned as OCG 14)
AOLX2-500-T4-7-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 15 1530.529nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as OCG 15)
AOLX2-500-T4-7-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 16 1530.139nm to 1544.327nm
(tuned as OCG 16)

Optical Patch Cable Loss Specifications

The optical patch cable losses supported for the AOLX2-500 are listed as follows:
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG and BMM2/BMM2P OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG (Gen 1 mode) and BMM2C OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-77

Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX2-500B/P)

The AOLX2-500B/P utilizes a software licensing feature called Instant Bandwidth to provide incremental
support of line module bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network Administrator
(DNA), and the activated bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node Manager (GNM) or
the TL1 interface. Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding Instant Bandwidth
license application and management. The differences between the AOLX2-500B and AOLX2-500P are
described as follows:
■ AOLX2-500B—functionally identical to the non-Instant Bandwidth AOLX2-500 except that it
provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of bandwidth (depending on modulation format) which allows for
deployment in networks that do not currently require the maximum of 500Gbps of capacity per line
module but may anticipate future growth. For these networks, the AOLX2-500B can be deployed in
increments of 100Gbps (or 50Gbps) to allow for scoping to the current need of the network (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-79 for additional information)
■ AOLX2-500P—functionally identical to the non-Instant Bandwidth AOLX2-500 except that by
default the AOLX2-500P provides no bandwidth/capacity; the amount of bandwidth required is
determined by the customer via software licensing
The AOLX2-500B/P supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and
per-channel software configurable modulation options. AOLX2-500B/Ps are tunable line modules that can
be configured for one of four OCGs. For example, the AOLX2-500B-T4-1-C5 and/or AOLX2-500P-T4-1-
C5 are set to OCG 1 by default but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on OCG
1, 2, 9, or 10.
The AOLX2-500B/Ps are optically connected to a DTC (BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C) to provide
bandwidth for up to 8Tbps (8000Gbps) of traffic signals (160 channels x 50Gbps). Refer to the DTN and
DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. AOLX2-500B/Ps can be installed in upper
universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10,
and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Table 3-76 AOLX2-500B/P Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOLX2-500B-T4-1-C5 Long Haul AOLX2-500B/P, OCG 1 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
AOLX2-500P-T4-1-C5 OCGs: 1, 2, 9, 10
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOLX2-500B-T4-1-C6 Enhanced Reach
incremental line module bandwidth
AOLX2-500P-T4-1-C6
AOLX2-500B-T4-1-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOLX2-500P-T4-1-C8
AOLX2-500B-T4-3-C5 Long Haul AOLX2-500B/P, OCG 3 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
AOLX2-500P-T4-3-C5 OCGs: 3, 4, 11, 12
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOLX2-500B-T4-3-C6 Enhanced Reach
incremental line module bandwidth
AOLX2-500P-T4-3-C6

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-78 Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX2-500B/P)

Table 3-76 AOLX2-500B/P Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOLX2-500B-T4-3-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOLX2-500P-T4-3-C8
AOLX2-500B-T4-5-C5 Long Haul AOLX2-500B/P, OCG 5 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
AOLX2-500P-T4-5-C5 OCGs: 5, 6, 13, 14
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOLX2-500B-T4-5-C6 Enhanced Reach
incremental line module bandwidth
AOLX2-500P-T4-5-C6
AOLX2-500B-T4-5-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOLX2-500P-T4-5-C8
AOLX2-500B-T4-7-C5 Long Haul AOLX2-500B/P, OCG 7 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
AOLX2-500P-T4-7-C5 OCGs: 7, 8, 15, 16
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOLX2-500B-T4-7-C6 Enhanced Reach
incremental line module bandwidth
AOLX2-500P-T4-7-C6
AOLX2-500B-T4-7-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOLX2-500P-T4-7-C8

Note: When connecting an AOLX2-500B/P to a BMM2C, the AOLX2-500B/P must be set to Gen 1
mode.

The Advanced Optical Transport Network (OTN) Switching Line Module 500G, referred to as
AOLX2-500B/P, performs the following functions:
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to the switch fabric to enable all switched data to be
directed to any of the line card slots within the XTC, refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-80
for additional information
■ Optimized for multi-way junctions and full switching applications for the following types of
deployments:
□ Multi-degree junction nodes
□ Large mesh networks
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of sixteen wavelength multiplexed Optical Carrier Groups (OCGs)
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the OCG
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for a direct line module-to-line module
interconnection without the requirement of an intermediate BMM
■ Supports the Layer 0 Optical Private Network (L0 OPN) feature, wherein a subscriber’s line module
OCG is connected to a provider’s BMM OCG for cases in which the subscriber does not have

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-79

access to fiber between required service end points. The subscriber can use the fiber in the
provider’s network between the required endpoints. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide for detailed information
■ Improves per-fiber transmission capacity within the DTN-X C-Band while retaining a
minimum channel spacing of 25GHz
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +50,000ps/nm

Modulation Formats
The AOLX2-500B/P supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management
interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-n-C8 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)
The AOLX2-500B/P provides support for mixed modulation meaning that the module can support
channels configured for different modulation formats within an OCG.

Note: The optical channel must be locked when changing the modulation format between QPSK and
BPSK (the line module equipment does not need to be locked).

Note: In dual carrier (DC) mode, only the odd-numbered optical channels can be configured for
modulation format; each even-numbered optical channel is automatically configured to match the
modulation format of the previous odd-numbered channel. For modules in single carrier (SC) mode,
each optical channel can be configured independently for modulation format. Before editing the
modulation format, the applicable optical channels must be put in the locked or maintenance state
(the line module equipment itself does not need to be locked).

The table below provides details of the OTN and OCG facilities supported on the AOLX2-500B/P
including the supported client and line rates.

Table 3-77 AOLX2-500B/P Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
AOLX2-500B/P Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
Type OTUki (Number of AOLX2-500B/P (OCG
ODU0s) Bandwidth)
C5/C6/C8 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C8 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C5/C6/C8 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-80 Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX2-500B/P)

Note: The AOLX2-500B initially provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of Instant Bandwidth (depending on
modulation format) and the AOLX2-500P initially provides no bandwidth (by default). Contact your
account team to purchase additional Instant Bandwidth software licenses for additional line module
bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network Administrator (DNA), and the activated
bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node Manager (GNM) or the TL1 interface.
Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding Instant Bandwidth license application
and management.

Encoding Formats
The AOLX2-500B/P supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management
interfaces):
■ Bit differential latency optimized (default format for AOLX2-500B/P-T4-n-C5 and/or
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-n-C6)
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized
■ Block coherent (default format for AOLX2-500B/P-T4-n-C8; not supported on AOLX2-500B/P-T4-n-
C5 and/or AOLX2-500B/P-T4-n-C6)
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an OCG is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned on the first channel of the OCG and is then
automatically applied to all other channels on the OCG. In addition, the encoding formats must be
the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the
AOLX2-500B/P in order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the
management interfaces to indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending
a cold reset of the AOLX2-500B/P.

The table below provides details of the encoding formats supported on the AOLX2-500B/P.

Table 3-78 AOLX2-500B/P Supported Encoding Formats

AOLX2-500B/P Type Encoding Format
C5/C6/C8 Bit differential latency optimized (default format for C5/C6)
C5/C6/C8 Bit differential tolerance optimized
C8 Block coherent (default format)

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-81

XTC. As previously mentioned, AOLX2-500B/Ps have no restrictions and can route signals to any line
module in the XTC. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Block Diagram
Figure 3-19 AOLX2-500B/P Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-82 Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX2-500B/P)

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-20 AOLX2-500B/P Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-83

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-79 AOLX2-500B/P Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
AOLX2-500B/P
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-80 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOLX2-500B/P

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of AOLX2-500B/P OCG timed
out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an OCG Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an OCG signal

Connectors
Table 3-81 AOLX2-500B/P Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from the corresponding OCG port on the DTC
(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting from a BMM2C, ensure that the

AOLX2-500B/P has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

OUT LC Connects to the corresponding OCG port on the DTC

(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting to a BMM2C, ensure that the

AOLX2-500B/P has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-84 Advanced OTN Switching Line Module 500G (AOLX2-500B/P)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-82 AOLX2-500B/P Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 33.0lb / 15.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-83 AOLX2-500B/P OCG Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-n-C5/C6/C8 Input power level
(n=1,3,5,7)
BMM2/BMM2P to AOLX2-500B/P -6.6 to 8.3dBm
BMM2C to AOLX2-500B/P -11.5 to 5.3dBm
Output power level
AOLX2-500B/P to BMM2 -1.0 to 0.5dBm
AOLX2-500B/P to BMM2P 4.0 to 5.5dBm
AOLX2-500B/P to BMM2C -5.0 to 0.5dBm

Note: For an AOLX2-500B/P set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB
of the target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report
OPR Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-84 AOLX2-500B/P Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 1 1548.915nm to 1563.455nm
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 2 1548.515nm to 1563.047nm
(tuned as OCG 2)
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-3-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 3 1548.115nm to 1562.640nm
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-3-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 4 1547.715nm to 1562.233nm
(tuned as OCG 4)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-85

Table 3-84 AOLX2-500B/P Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 5 1531.507nm to 1545.720nm
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 6 1531.116nm to 1545.322nm
(tuned as OCG 6)
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-7-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 7 1530.725nm to 1544.924nm
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-7-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 8 1530.334nm to 1544.526nm
(tuned as OCG 8)
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 9 1549.115nm to 1563.659nm
(tuned as OCG 9)
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 10 1548.715nm to 1563.251nm
(tuned as OCG 10)
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-3-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 11 1548.315nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as OCG 11)
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-3-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 12 1547.915nm to 1562.436nm
(tuned as OCG 12)
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 13 1531.311nm to 1545.521nm
(tuned as OCG 13)
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 14 1530.920nm to 1545.123nm
(tuned as OCG 14)
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-7-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 15 1530.529nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as OCG 15)
AOLX2-500B/P-T4-7-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range OCG 16 1530.139nm to 1544.327nm
(tuned as OCG 16)

Optical Patch Cable Loss Specifications

The optical patch cable losses supported for the AOLX2-500B/P are listed as follows:
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG and BMM2/BMM2P OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG (Gen 1 mode) and BMM2C OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-86 Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500)

Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500)

The SOLM2-500 utilizes an encoding algorithm called Soft Decision-Forward Error Correction (SD-FEC)
that enables the SOLM2-500 to achieve a lower optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) sensitivity providing
greater un-regenerated reach for 100G wavelengths. Otherwise, the SOLM2-500 is functionally similar to
the SOLM-500 and supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-
channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 500Gbps of bandwidth (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-87 for additional information). SOLM2-500s are tunable line modules that
can be configured for one of four OCGs. For example, the SOLM2-500-T4-1-C12 is set to OCG 1 by
default but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on OCG 1, 2, 9, or 10.
The SOLM2-500s are optically connected to a DTC (BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C) to provide
bandwidth for up to 8Tbps (8000Gbps) of traffic signals (160 channels x 50Gbps). Refer to the DTN and
DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. SOLM2-500s can be installed in upper universal
card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10,
and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Table 3-85 SOLM2-500 Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
SOLM2-500-T4-1-C12 Enhanced Reach SOLM2-500, OCG 1 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 1, 2, 9, 10
SOLM2-500-T4-1-C13 Ultra Long Haul
SOLM2-500-T4-3-C12 Enhanced Reach SOLM2-500, OCG 3 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 3, 4, 11, 12
SOLM2-500-T4-3-C13 Ultra Long Haul
SOLM2-500-T4-5-C12 Enhanced Reach SOLM2-500, OCG 5 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 5, 6, 13, 14
SOLM2-500-T4-5-C13 Ultra Long Haul
SOLM2-500-T4-7-C12 Enhanced Reach SOLM2-500, OCG 7 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 7, 8, 15, 16
SOLM2-500-T4-7-C13 Ultra Long Haul

Note: When connecting an SOLM2-500 to a BMM2C, the SOLM2-500 must be set to Gen 1 mode.

The Submarine Optical Transport Network (OTN) Line Module 500G, referred to as SOLM2-500,
performs the following functions:
■ Used exclusively for DTN-X links operating in submarine line terminating equipment (SLTE) mode
1
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to another SOLM2-500 utilizing fixed slot pairing
between the upper and lower universal card slots (XTC-10) or between adjacent universal card
slots (XTC-4), refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-88 for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of sixteen wavelength multiplexed Optical Carrier Groups (OCGs)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-87

■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the OCG
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for a direct line module-to-line module
interconnection without the requirement of an intermediate BMM
■ Supports the Layer 0 Optical Private Network (L0 OPN) feature, wherein a subscriber’s line module
OCG is connected to a provider’s BMM OCG for cases in which the subscriber does not have
access to fiber between required service end points. The subscriber can use the fiber in the
provider’s network between the required endpoints. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide for detailed information
■ Improves per-fiber transmission capacity within the DTN-X C-Band while retaining a
minimum channel spacing of 25GHz
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +50,000ps/nm
■ Support for manually configuring the receive EDFA gain. The receive EDFA gain is an absolute
value, not an offset value

Note: Do not configure the receive EDFA gain unless consulted to do so by a TAC resource.

■ Support for selective channel shutdown where the user can selectively shutdown individual optical
channels, in the transmit direction, via the management interfaces

Modulation Formats
The SOLM2-500 supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
SOLM2-500-T4-n-C13 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)
The SOLM2-500 provides support for mixed modulation meaning that the module can support channels
configured for different modulation formats within an OCG.

Note: The optical channel must be locked when changing the modulation format between QPSK and
BPSK (the line module equipment does not need to be locked).

Note: In dual carrier (DC) mode, only the odd-numbered optical channels can be configured for
modulation format; each even-numbered optical channel is automatically configured to match the
modulation format of the previous odd-numbered channel. For modules in single carrier (SC) mode,
each optical channel can be configured independently for modulation format. Before editing the
modulation format, the applicable optical channels must be put in the locked or maintenance state
(the line module equipment itself does not need to be locked).

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-88 Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500)

The table below provides details of the OTN and OCG facilities supported on the SOLM2-500 including
the supported client and line rates.

Table 3-86 SOLM2-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
SOLM2-500 Type Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
OTUki (Number of SOLM2-500 (OCG
ODU0s) Bandwidth)
C12/C13 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C13 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C12/C13 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)

Encoding Formats
The SOLM2-500 supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Block coherent (default format)
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized
■ Bit differential latency optimized
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an OCG is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned on the first channel of the OCG and is then
automatically applied to all other channels on the OCG. In addition, the encoding formats must be
the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the SOLM2-500
in order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the management interfaces to
indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending a cold reset of the
SOLM2-500.

The table below provides details of the encoding formats supported on the SOLM2-500.

Table 3-87 SOLM2-500 Supported Encoding Formats

SOLM2-500 Type Encoding Format
C12/C13 Block coherent (default format)
Bit differential tolerance optimized
Bit differential latency optimized

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line module installed in the chassis. All line

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-89

modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. When routing signals to other line modules in the XTC, SOLM2-500s utilize fixed slot pairing to
support 1-way and 2-way add/drop connections and can route traffic only to its paired set of line modules
as follows:
■ XTC-10—universal card slots A-1 and B-1, A-2 and B-2, A-3 and B-3, A-4 and B-4, and/or
A-5 and B-5
■ XTC-4—universal card slots A-1 and A-2 and/or A-3 and A-4
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Block Diagram
Figure 3-21 SOLM2-500 Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-90 Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500)

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-22 SOLM2-500 Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-91

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-88 SOLM2-500 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
SOLM2-500
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-89 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOLM2-500

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of SOLM2-500 OCG timed
out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an OCG Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an OCG signal

Connectors
Table 3-90 SOLM2-500 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from the corresponding OCG port on the DTC
(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting from a BMM2C, ensure that the

SOLM2-500 has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

OUT LC Connects to the corresponding OCG port on the DTC

(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting to a BMM2C, ensure that the

SOLM2-500 has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-92 Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-91 SOLM2-500 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 33.0lb / 15.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-92 SOLM2-500 OCG Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification
SOLM2-500-T4-n-C12/C13 Input power level
(n=1,3,5,7)
BMM2/BMM2P to SOLM2-500 -6.6 to 8.3dBm
BMM2C to SOLM2-500 -11.5 to 5.3dBm
Output power level
SOLM2-500 to BMM2 -1.0 to 0.5dBm
SOLM2-500 to BMM2P 4.0 to 5.5dBm
SOLM2-500 to BMM2C -5.0 to 0.5dBm

Note: For an SOLM2-500 set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of
the target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report
OPR Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-93 SOLM2-500 Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
SOLM2-500-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 1 1548.915nm to 1563.455nm
SOLM2-500-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 2 1548.515nm to 1563.047nm
(tuned as OCG 2)
SOLM2-500-T4-3-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 3 1548.115nm to 1562.640nm
SOLM2-500-T4-3-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 4 1547.715nm to 1562.233nm
(tuned as OCG 4)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-93

Table 3-93 SOLM2-500 Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
SOLM2-500-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 5 1531.507nm to 1545.720nm
SOLM2-500-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 6 1531.116nm to 1545.322nm
(tuned as OCG 6)
SOLM2-500-T4-7-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 7 1530.725nm to 1544.924nm
SOLM2-500-T4-7-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 8 1530.334nm to 1544.526nm
(tuned as OCG 8)
SOLM2-500-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 9 1549.115nm to 1563.659nm
(tuned as OCG 9)
SOLM2-500-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 10 1548.715nm to 1563.251nm
(tuned as OCG 10)
SOLM2-500-T4-3-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 11 1548.315nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as OCG 11)
SOLM2-500-T4-3-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 12 1547.915nm to 1562.436nm
(tuned as OCG 12)
SOLM2-500-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 13 1531.311nm to 1545.521nm
(tuned as OCG 13)
SOLM2-500-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 14 1530.920nm to 1545.123nm
(tuned as OCG 14)
SOLM2-500-T4-7-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 15 1530.529nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as OCG 15)
SOLM2-500-T4-7-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 16 1530.139nm to 1544.327nm
(tuned as OCG 16)

Optical Patch Cable Loss Specifications

The optical patch cable losses supported for the SOLM2-500 are listed as follows:
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG and BMM2/BMM2P OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG (Gen 1 mode) and BMM2C OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-94 Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500B)

Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500B)

The SOLM2-500B utilizes a software licensing feature called Instant Bandwidth to provide incremental
support of line module bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network Administrator
(DNA), and the activated bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node Manager (GNM) or
the TL1 interface. Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding Instant Bandwidth
license application and management. The SOLM2-500B is identical to the non-Instant Bandwidth
SOLM2-500 except that it provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of bandwidth (depending on modulation format)
which allows for deployment in networks that do not currently require the maximum of 500Gbps of
capacity per line module but may anticipate future growth. For these networks, the SOLM2-500B can be
deployed in increments of 100Gbps (or 50Gbps) to allow for scoping to the current need of the network
(refer to Modulation Formats on page 3-95 for additional information).
The SOLM2-500B supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and
per-channel software configurable modulation options. SOLM2-500Bs are tunable line modules that can
be configured for one of four OCGs. For example, the SOLM2-500B-T4-1-C12 is set to OCG 1 by default
but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on OCG 1, 2, 9, or 10.
The SOLM2-500Bs are optically connected to a DTC (BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C) to provide
bandwidth for up to 8Tbps (8000Gbps) of traffic signals (160 channels x 50Gbps). Refer to the DTN and
DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. SOLM2-500Bs can be installed in upper universal
card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10,
and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Table 3-94 SOLM2-500B Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
SOLM2-500B-T4-1-C12 Enhanced Reach SOLM2-500B, OCG 1 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 1, 2, 9, 10
SOLM2-500B-T4-1-C13 Ultra Long Haul
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOLM2-500B-T4-3-C12 Enhanced Reach SOLM2-500B, OCG 3 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 3, 4, 11, 12
SOLM2-500B-T4-3-C13 Ultra Long Haul
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOLM2-500B-T4-5-C12 Enhanced Reach SOLM2-500B, OCG 5 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 5, 6, 13, 14
SOLM2-500B-T4-5-C13 Ultra Long Haul
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOLM2-500B-T4-7-C12 Enhanced Reach SOLM2-500B, OCG 7 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 7, 8, 15, 16
SOLM2-500B-T4-7-C13 Ultra Long Haul
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth

Note: When connecting an SOLM2-500B to a BMM2C, the SOLM2-500B must be set to Gen 1 mode.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-95

The Submarine Optical Transport Network (OTN) Line Module 500G, referred to as SOLM2-500B,
performs the following functions:
■ Used exclusively for DTN-X links operating in submarine line terminating equipment (SLTE) mode
1
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to another SOLM2-500B utilizing fixed slot pairing
between the upper and lower universal card slots (XTC-10) or between adjacent universal card
slots (XTC-4), refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-97 for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of sixteen wavelength multiplexed Optical Carrier Groups (OCGs)
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the OCG
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for a direct line module-to-line module
interconnection without the requirement of an intermediate BMM
■ Supports the Layer 0 Optical Private Network (L0 OPN) feature, wherein a subscriber’s line module
OCG is connected to a provider’s BMM OCG for cases in which the subscriber does not have
access to fiber between required service end points. The subscriber can use the fiber in the
provider’s network between the required endpoints. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide for detailed information
■ Improves per-fiber transmission capacity within the DTN-X C-Band while retaining a
minimum channel spacing of 25GHz
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +50,000ps/nm
■ Support for manually configuring the receive EDFA gain. The receive EDFA gain is an absolute
value, not an offset value

Note: Do not configure the receive EDFA gain unless consulted to do so by a TAC resource.

■ Support for selective channel shutdown where the user can selectively shutdown individual optical
channels, in the transmit direction, via the management interfaces

Modulation Formats
The SOLM2-500B supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management
interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
SOLM2-500B-T4-n-C13 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-96 Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500B)

The SOLM2-500B provides support for mixed modulation meaning that the module can support channels
configured for different modulation formats within an OCG.

Note: The optical channel must be locked when changing the modulation format between QPSK and
BPSK (the line module equipment does not need to be locked).

Note: In dual carrier (DC) mode, only the odd-numbered optical channels can be configured for
modulation format; each even-numbered optical channel is automatically configured to match the
modulation format of the previous odd-numbered channel. For modules in single carrier (SC) mode,
each optical channel can be configured independently for modulation format. Before editing the
modulation format, the applicable optical channels must be put in the locked or maintenance state
(the line module equipment itself does not need to be locked).

The table below provides details of the OTN and OCG facilities supported on the SOLM2-500B including
the supported client and line rates.

Table 3-95 SOLM2-500B Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
SOLM2-500B Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
Type OTUki (Number of SOLM2-500B (OCG
ODU0s) Bandwidth)
C12/C13 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C13 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C12/C13 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)

Note: The SOLM2-500B initially provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of Instant Bandwidth (depending on
modulation format). Contact your account team to purchase additional Instant Bandwidth software
licenses for additional line module bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network
Administrator (DNA), and the activated bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node
Manager (GNM) or the TL1 interface. Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding
Instant Bandwidth license application and management.

Encoding Formats
The SOLM2-500B supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Block coherent (default format)
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized
■ Bit differential latency optimized
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an OCG is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned on the first channel of the OCG and is then

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-97

automatically applied to all other channels on the OCG. In addition, the encoding formats must be
the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the SOLM2-500B
in order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the management interfaces to
indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending a cold reset of the
SOLM2-500B.

The table below provides details of the encoding formats supported on the SOLM2-500B.

Table 3-96 SOLM2-500B Supported Encoding Formats

SOLM2-500B Type Encoding Format
C12/C13 Block coherent (default format)
Bit differential tolerance optimized
Bit differential latency optimized

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line module installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. When routing signals to other line modules in the XTC, SOLM2-500Bs utilize fixed slot pairing to
support 1-way and 2-way add/drop connections and can route traffic only to its paired set of line modules
as follows:
■ XTC-10—universal card slots A-1 and B-1, A-2 and B-2, A-3 and B-3, A-4 and B-4, and/or
A-5 and B-5
■ XTC-4—universal card slots A-1 and A-2 and/or A-3 and A-4
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-98 Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500B)

Block Diagram
Figure 3-23 SOLM2-500B Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-99

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-24 SOLM2-500B Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-100 Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500B)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-97 SOLM2-500B Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
SOLM2-500B
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-98 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOLM2-500B

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of SOLM2-500B OCG timed
out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an OCG Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an OCG signal

Connectors
Table 3-99 SOLM2-500B Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from the corresponding OCG port on the DTC
(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting from a BMM2C, ensure that the

SOLM2-500B has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

OUT LC Connects to the corresponding OCG port on the DTC

(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting to a BMM2C, ensure that the

SOLM2-500B has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-101

Technical Specifications
Table 3-100 SOLM2-500B Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 33.0lb / 15.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-101 SOLM2-500B OCG Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification
SOLM2-500B-T4-n-C12/C13 Input power level
(n=1,3,5,7)
BMM2/BMM2P to SOLM2-500B -6.6 to 8.3dBm
BMM2C to SOLM2-500B -11.5 to 5.3dBm
Output power level
SOLM2-500B to BMM2 -1.0 to 0.5dBm
SOLM2-500B to BMM2P 4.0 to 5.5dBm
SOLM2-500B to BMM2C -5.0 to 0.5dBm

Note: For an SOLM2-500B set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of
the target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report
OPR Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-102 SOLM2-500B Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
SOLM2-500B-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 1 1548.915nm to 1563.455nm
SOLM2-500B-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 2 1548.515nm to 1563.047nm
(tuned as OCG 2)
SOLM2-500B-T4-3-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 3 1548.115nm to 1562.640nm
SOLM2-500B-T4-3-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 4 1547.715nm to 1562.233nm
(tuned as OCG 4)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-102 Submarine OTN Line Module 500G (SOLM2-500B)

Table 3-102 SOLM2-500B Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
SOLM2-500B-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 5 1531.507nm to 1545.720nm
SOLM2-500B-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 6 1531.116nm to 1545.322nm
(tuned as OCG 6)
SOLM2-500B-T4-7-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 7 1530.725nm to 1544.924nm
SOLM2-500B-T4-7-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 8 1530.334nm to 1544.526nm
(tuned as OCG 8)
SOLM2-500B-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 9 1549.115nm to 1563.659nm
(tuned as OCG 9)
SOLM2-500B-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 10 1548.715nm to 1563.251nm
(tuned as OCG 10)
SOLM2-500B-T4-3-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 11 1548.315nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as OCG 11)
SOLM2-500B-T4-3-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 12 1547.915nm to 1562.436nm
(tuned as OCG 12)
SOLM2-500B-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 13 1531.311nm to 1545.521nm
(tuned as OCG 13)
SOLM2-500B-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 14 1530.920nm to 1545.123nm
(tuned as OCG 14)
SOLM2-500B-T4-7-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 15 1530.529nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as OCG 15)
SOLM2-500B-T4-7-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 16 1530.139nm to 1544.327nm
(tuned as OCG 16)

Optical Patch Cable Loss Specifications

The optical patch cable losses supported for the SOLM2-500B are listed as follows:
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG and BMM2/BMM2P OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG (Gen 1 mode) and BMM2C OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-103

Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX2-500)

The SOLX2-500 utilizes an encoding algorithm called Soft Decision-Forward Error Correction (SD-FEC)
that enables the SOLX2-500 to achieve a lower optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) sensitivity providing
greater un-regenerated reach for 100G wavelengths. Otherwise, the SOLX2-500 is functionally similar to
the SOLX-500 and supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-
channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 500Gbps of bandwidth (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-104 for additional information). SOLX2-500s are tunable line modules that
can be configured for one of four OCGs. For example, the SOLX2-500-T4-1-C12 is set to OCG 1 by
default but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on OCG 1, 2, 9, or 10.
The SOLX2-500s are optically connected to a DTC (BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C) to provide
bandwidth for up to 8Tbps (8000Gbps) of traffic signals (160 channels x 50Gbps). Refer to the DTN and
DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. SOLX2-500s can be installed in upper universal
card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10,
and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Table 3-103 SOLX2-500 Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
SOLX2-500-T4-1-C12 Enhanced Reach SOLX2-500, OCG 1 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 1, 2, 9, 10
SOLX2-500-T4-1-C13 Ultra Long Haul
SOLX2-500-T4-3-C12 Enhanced Reach SOLX2-500, OCG 3 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 3, 4, 11, 12
SOLX2-500-T4-3-C13 Ultra Long Haul
SOLX2-500-T4-5-C12 Enhanced Reach SOLX2-500, OCG 5 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 5, 6, 13, 14
SOLX2-500-T4-5-C13 Ultra Long Haul
SOLX2-500-T4-7-C12 Enhanced Reach SOLX2-500, OCG 7 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 7, 8, 15, 16
SOLX2-500-T4-7-C13 Ultra Long Haul

Note: When connecting an SOLX2-500 to a BMM2C, the SOLX2-500 must be set to Gen 1 mode.

The Submarine Optical Transport Network (OTN) Switching Line Module 500G, referred to as
SOLX2-500, performs the following functions:
■ Used exclusively for DTN-X links operating in submarine line terminating equipment (SLTE) mode
1
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to the switch fabric to enable all switched data to be
directed to any of the line card slots within the XTC, refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-105
for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of sixteen wavelength multiplexed Optical Carrier Groups (OCGs)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-104 Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX2-500)

■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the OCG
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for a direct line module-to-line module
interconnection without the requirement of an intermediate BMM
■ Supports the Layer 0 Optical Private Network (L0 OPN) feature, wherein a subscriber’s line module
OCG is connected to a provider’s BMM OCG for cases in which the subscriber does not have
access to fiber between required service end points. The subscriber can use the fiber in the
provider’s network between the required endpoints. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide for detailed information
■ Improves per-fiber transmission capacity within the DTN-X C-Band while retaining a
minimum channel spacing of 25GHz
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +50,000ps/nm
■ Support for manually configuring the receive EDFA gain. The receive EDFA gain is an absolute
value, not an offset value

Note: Do not configure the receive EDFA gain unless consulted to do so by a TAC resource.

■ Support for selective channel shutdown where the user can selectively shutdown individual optical
channels, in the transmit direction, via the management interfaces

Modulation Formats
The SOLX2-500 supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
SOLX2-500-T4-n-C13 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)
The SOLX2-500 provides support for mixed modulation meaning that the module can support channels
configured for different modulation formats within an OCG.

Note: The optical channel must be locked when changing the modulation format between QPSK and
BPSK (the line module equipment does not need to be locked).

Note: In dual carrier (DC) mode, only the odd-numbered optical channels can be configured for
modulation format; each even-numbered optical channel is automatically configured to match the
modulation format of the previous odd-numbered channel. For modules in single carrier (SC) mode,
each optical channel can be configured independently for modulation format. Before editing the
modulation format, the applicable optical channels must be put in the locked or maintenance state
(the line module equipment itself does not need to be locked).

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-105

The table below provides details of the OTN and OCG facilities supported on the SOLX2-500 including
the supported client and line rates.

Table 3-104 SOLX2-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
SOLX2-500 Type Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
OTUki (Number of SOLX2-500 (OCG
ODU0s) Bandwidth)
C12/C13 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C13 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C12/C13 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)

Encoding Formats
The SOLX2-500 supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Block coherent (default format)
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized
■ Bit differential latency optimized
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an OCG is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned on the first channel of the OCG and is then
automatically applied to all other channels on the OCG. In addition, the encoding formats must be
the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the SOLX2-500 in
order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the management interfaces to
indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending a cold reset of the
SOLX2-500.

The table below provides details of the encoding formats supported on the SOLX2-500.

Table 3-105 SOLX2-500 Supported Encoding Formats

SOLX2-500 Type Encoding Format
C12/C13 Block coherent (default format)
Bit differential tolerance optimized
Bit differential latency optimized

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-106 Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX2-500)

modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. As previously mentioned, SOLX2-500s have no restrictions and can route signals to any line
module in the XTC. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Block Diagram
Figure 3-25 SOLX2-500 Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-107

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-26 SOLX2-500 Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-108 Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX2-500)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-106 SOLX2-500 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
SOLX2-500
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-107 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOLX2-500

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of SOLX2-500 OCG timed out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an OCG Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an OCG signal

Connectors
Table 3-108 SOLX2-500 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from the corresponding OCG port on the DTC
(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting from a BMM2C, ensure that the

SOLX2-500 has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

OUT LC Connects to the corresponding OCG port on the DTC

(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting to a BMM2C, ensure that the

SOLX2-500 has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-109

Technical Specifications
Table 3-109 SOLX2-500 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 33.0lb / 15.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-110 SOLX2-500 OCG Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification
SOLX2-500-T4-n-C12/C13 Input power level
(n=1,3,5,7)
BMM2/BMM2P to SOLX2-500 -6.6 to 8.3dBm
BMM2C to SOLX2-500 -11.5 to 5.3dBm
Output power level
SOLX2-500 to BMM2 -1.0 to 0.5dBm
SOLX2-500 to BMM2P 4.0 to 5.5dBm
SOLX2-500 to BMM2C -5.0 to 0.5dBm

Note: For an SOLX2-500 set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of
the target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report
OPR Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-111 SOLX2-500 Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
SOLX2-500-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 1 1548.915nm to 1563.455nm
SOLX2-500-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 2 1548.515nm to 1563.047nm
(tuned as OCG 2)
SOLX2-500-T4-3-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 3 1548.115nm to 1562.640nm
SOLX2-500-T4-3-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 4 1547.715nm to 1562.233nm
(tuned as OCG 4)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-110 Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX2-500)

Table 3-111 SOLX2-500 Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
SOLX2-500-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 5 1531.507nm to 1545.720nm
SOLX2-500-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 6 1531.116nm to 1545.322nm
(tuned as OCG 6)
SOLX2-500-T4-7-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 7 1530.725nm to 1544.924nm
SOLX2-500-T4-7-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 8 1530.334nm to 1544.526nm
(tuned as OCG 8)
SOLX2-500-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 9 1549.115nm to 1563.659nm
(tuned as OCG 9)
SOLX2-500-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 10 1548.715nm to 1563.251nm
(tuned as OCG 10)
SOLX2-500-T4-3-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 11 1548.315nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as OCG 11)
SOLX2-500-T4-3-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 12 1547.915nm to 1562.436nm
(tuned as OCG 12)
SOLX2-500-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 13 1531.311nm to 1545.521nm
(tuned as OCG 13)
SOLX2-500-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 14 1530.920nm to 1545.123nm
(tuned as OCG 14)
SOLX2-500-T4-7-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 15 1530.529nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as OCG 15)
SOLX2-500-T4-7-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 16 1530.139nm to 1544.327nm
(tuned as OCG 16)

Optical Patch Cable Loss Specifications

The optical patch cable losses supported for the SOLX2-500 are listed as follows:
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG and BMM2/BMM2P OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG (Gen 1 mode) and BMM2C OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-111

Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX2-500B/P)

The SOLX2-500B/P utilizes a software licensing feature called Instant Bandwidth to provide incremental
support of line module bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network Administrator
(DNA), and the activated bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node Manager (GNM) or
the TL1 interface. Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding Instant Bandwidth
license application and management. The differences between the SOLX2-500B and SOLX2-500P are
described as follows:
■ SOLX2-500B—functionally identical to the non-Instant Bandwidth SOLX2-500 except that it
provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of bandwidth (depending on modulation format) which allows for
deployment in networks that do not currently require the maximum of 500Gbps of capacity per line
module but may anticipate future growth. For these networks, the SOLX2-500B can be deployed in
increments of 100Gbps (or 50Gbps) to allow for scoping to the current need of the network (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-113 for additional information)
■ SOLX2-500P—functionally identical to the non-Instant Bandwidth SOLX2-500 except that by
default the SOLX2-500P provides no bandwidth/capacity; the amount of bandwidth required is
determined by the customer via software licensing
The SOLX2-500B/P supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and
per-channel software configurable modulation options. SOLX2-500B/Ps are tunable line modules that can
be configured for one of four OCGs. For example, the SOLX2-500B-T4-1-C12 and/or SOLX2-500P-T4-1-
C13 are set to OCG 1 by default but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on
OCG 1, 2, 9, or 10.
The SOLX2-500B/Ps are optically connected to a DTC (BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C) to provide
bandwidth for up to 8Tbps (8000Gbps) of traffic signals (160 channels x 50Gbps). Refer to the DTN and
DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. SOLX2-500B/Ps can be installed in upper
universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10,
and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Table 3-112 SOLX2-500B/P Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
SOLX2-500B-T4-1-C12 Enhanced Reach SOLX2-500B/P, OCG 1 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 1, 2, 9, 10
SOLX2-500B-T4-1-C13 Ultra Long Haul
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
SOLX2-500P-T4-1-C13
incremental line module bandwidth
SOLX2-500B-T4-3-C12 Enhanced Reach SOLX2-500B/P, OCG 3 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 3, 4, 11, 12
SOLX2-500B-T4-3-C13 Ultra Long Haul
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
SOLX2-500P-T4-3-C13
incremental line module bandwidth
SOLX2-500B-T4-5-C12 Enhanced Reach SOLX2-500B/P, OCG 5 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 5, 6, 13, 14
SOLX2-500B-T4-5-C13 Ultra Long Haul
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
SOLX2-500P-T4-5-C13
incremental line module bandwidth

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-112 Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX2-500B/P)

Table 3-112 SOLX2-500B/P Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
SOLX2-500B-T4-7-C12 Enhanced Reach SOLX2-500B/P, OCG 7 (default OCG), C-Band, tunable
OCGs: 7, 8, 15, 16
SOLX2-500B-T4-7-C13 Ultra Long Haul
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
SOLX2-500P-T4-7-C13
incremental line module bandwidth

Note: When connecting an SOLX2-500B to a BMM2C, the SOLX2-500B/P must be set to Gen 1
mode.

The Submarine Optical Transport Network (OTN) Switching Line Module 500G, referred to as
SOLX2-500B/P, performs the following functions:
■ Used exclusively for DTN-X links operating in submarine line terminating equipment (SLTE) mode
1
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to the switch fabric to enable all switched data to be
directed to any of the line card slots within the XTC, refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-114
for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of sixteen wavelength multiplexed Optical Carrier Groups (OCGs)
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the OCG
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for a direct line module-to-line module
interconnection without the requirement of an intermediate BMM
■ Supports the Layer 0 Optical Private Network (L0 OPN) feature, wherein a subscriber’s line module
OCG is connected to a provider’s BMM OCG for cases in which the subscriber does not have
access to fiber between required service end points. The subscriber can use the fiber in the
provider’s network between the required endpoints. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide for detailed information
■ Improves per-fiber transmission capacity within the DTN-X C-Band while retaining a
minimum channel spacing of 25GHz
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +50,000ps/nm
■ Support for manually configuring the receive EDFA gain. The receive EDFA gain is an absolute
value, not an offset value

Note: Do not configure the receive EDFA gain unless consulted to do so by a TAC resource.

■ Support for selective channel shutdown where the user can selectively shutdown individual optical
channels, in the transmit direction, via the management interfaces

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-113

Modulation Formats
The SOLX2-500B/P supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management
interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-n-C13 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)
The SOLX2-500B/P provides support for mixed modulation meaning that the module can support
channels configured for different modulation formats within an OCG.

Note: The optical channel must be locked when changing the modulation format between QPSK and
BPSK (the line module equipment does not need to be locked).

Note: In dual carrier (DC) mode, only the odd-numbered optical channels can be configured for
modulation format; each even-numbered optical channel is automatically configured to match the
modulation format of the previous odd-numbered channel. For modules in single carrier (SC) mode,
each optical channel can be configured independently for modulation format. Before editing the
modulation format, the applicable optical channels must be put in the locked or maintenance state
(the line module equipment itself does not need to be locked).

The table below provides details of the OTN and OCG facilities supported on the SOLX2-500B/P
including the supported client and line rates.

Table 3-113 SOLX2-500B/P Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
SOLX2-500B/P Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
Type OTUki (Number of SOLX2-500B/P (OCG
ODU0s) Bandwidth)
C12/C13 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C13 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C12/C13 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)

Note: The SOLX2-500B initially provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of Instant Bandwidth (depending on
modulation format) and the SOLX2-500P initially provides no bandwidth (by default). Contact your
account team to purchase additional Instant Bandwidth software licenses for additional line module
bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network Administrator (DNA), and the activated
bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node Manager (GNM) or the TL1 interface.
Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding Instant Bandwidth license application
and management.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-114 Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX2-500B/P)

Encoding Formats
The SOLX2-500B/P supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management
interfaces):
■ Block coherent (default format)
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized
■ Bit differential latency optimized
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an OCG is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned on the first channel of the OCG and is then
automatically applied to all other channels on the OCG. In addition, the encoding formats must be
the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the
SOLX2-500B/P in order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the
management interfaces to indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending
a cold reset of the SOLX2-500B/P.

The table below provides details of the encoding formats supported on the SOLX2-500B/P.

Table 3-114 SOLX2-500B/P Supported Encoding Formats

SOLX2-500B/P Type Encoding Format
C12/C13 Block coherent (default format)
Bit differential tolerance optimized
Bit differential latency optimized

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. As previously mentioned, SOLX2-500B/Ps have no restrictions and can route signals to any line
module in the XTC. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-115

Block Diagram
Figure 3-27 SOLX2-500B/P Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-116 Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX2-500B/P)

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-28 SOLX2-500B/P Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-117

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-115 SOLX2-500B/P Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
SOLX2-500B/P
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-116 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOLX2-500B/P

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of SOLX2-500B/P OCG timed
out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an OCG Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an OCG signal

Connectors
Table 3-117 SOLX2-500B/P Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from the corresponding OCG port on the DTC
(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting from a BMM2C, ensure that the

SOLX2-500B/P has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

OUT LC Connects to the corresponding OCG port on the DTC

(BMM2/BMM2P) or OTC (BMM2C)

Note: When connecting to a BMM2C, ensure that the

SOLX2-500B/P has been set to Gen 1 mode and tuned to the
correct OCG.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-118 Submarine OTN Switching Line Module 500G (SOLX2-500B/P)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-118 SOLX2-500B/P Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
Weight 33.0lb / 15.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-119 SOLX2-500B/P OCG Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-n-C12/C13 Input power level
(n=1,3,5,7)
BMM2/BMM2P to SOLX2-500B/P -6.6 to 8.3dBm
BMM2C to SOLX2-500B/P -11.5 to 5.3dBm
Output power level
SOLX2-500B/P to BMM2 -1.0 to 0.5dBm
SOLX2-500B/P to BMM2P 4.0 to 5.5dBm
SOLX2-500B/P to BMM2C -5.0 to 0.5dBm

Note: For an SOLX2-500B/P set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB
of the target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report
OPR Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-120 SOLX2-500B/P Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 1 1548.915nm to 1563.455nm
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 2 1548.515nm to 1563.047nm
(tuned as OCG 2)
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-3-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 3 1548.115nm to 1562.640nm
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-3-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 4 1547.715nm to 1562.233nm
(tuned as OCG 4)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-119

Table 3-120 SOLX2-500B/P Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 5 1531.507nm to 1545.720nm
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 6 1531.116nm to 1545.322nm
(tuned as OCG 6)
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-7-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 7 1530.725nm to 1544.924nm
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-7-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 8 1530.334nm to 1544.526nm
(tuned as OCG 8)
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 9 1549.115nm to 1563.659nm
(tuned as OCG 9)
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 10 1548.715nm to 1563.251nm
(tuned as OCG 10)
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-3-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 11 1548.315nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as OCG 11)
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-3-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 12 1547.915nm to 1562.436nm
(tuned as OCG 12)
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 13 1531.311nm to 1545.521nm
(tuned as OCG 13)
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 14 1530.920nm to 1545.123nm
(tuned as OCG 14)
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-7-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 15 1530.529nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as OCG 15)
SOLX2-500B/P-T4-7-C12/C13 Wavelength range OCG 16 1530.139nm to 1544.327nm
(tuned as OCG 16)

Optical Patch Cable Loss Specifications

The optical patch cable losses supported for the SOLX2-500B/P are listed as follows:
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG and BMM2/BMM2P OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)
■ 1.5dB between OLM OCG (Gen 1 mode) and BMM2C OCG (if the loss exceeds the threshold, an
OL-OORH alarm will be generated on the OLM OCG)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-120 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500)

Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500)

The AOFM-500 is a tunable super channel (SCh) based OTN line module that utilizes Soft Decision-
Forward Error Correction (SD-FEC) which enables the AOFM-500 to achieve a lower optical signal-to-
noise ratio (OSNR) sensitivity and provide greater un-regenerated reach for 500G wavelengths. The
AOFM-500 supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-channel
software configurable modulation options providing up to 500Gbps of bandwidth (refer to Modulation
Formats on page 3-121 for additional information). AOFM-500s can be configured for one of four SChs.
For example, the AOFM-500-T4-1-C5 is set to SCh 1 by default but can be tuned via the management
interfaces to carry signals on SCh 1, 2, 3, or 4.
The AOFM-500s are optically connected to a FlexILS chassis (either directly to an FSM or OPSM, or
indirectly to an FRM via an FSP-C or FMP-C) to provide bandwidth for up to 9.5Tbps (9500Gbps) of traffic
signals (19 SChs x 500Gbps). Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for more
information. AOFM-500s can be installed in upper universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower
universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10, and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the
XTC-4.

Table 3-121 AOFM-500 Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOFM-500-T4-1-C5 Long Haul AOFM-500, SCh 1 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 1, 2, 3, 4
AOFM-500-T4-1-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOFM-500-T4-1-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOFM-500-T4-5-C5 Long Haul AOFM-500, SCh 5 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 5, 6, 7, 8
AOFM-500-T4-5-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOFM-500-T4-5-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOFM-500-T4-9-C5 Long Haul AOFM-500, SCh 9 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 9, 10, 11, 12
AOFM-500-T4-9-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOFM-500-T4-9-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOFM-500-T4-13-C5 Long Haul AOFM-500, SCh 13 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 13, 14, 15, 16
AOFM-500-T4-13-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOFM-500-T4-13-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOFM-500-T4-17-C5 Long Haul AOFM-500, SCh 17 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 17, 18, 19
AOFM-500-T4-17-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOFM-500-T4-17-C8 Ultra Long Haul

The Advanced Optical Transport Network (OTN) FlexChannel Line Module 500G, referred to as
AOFM-500, performs the following functions:

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-121

■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to another AOFM-500 utilizing fixed slot pairing
between the upper and lower universal card slots (XTC-10) or between adjacent universal card
slots (XTC-4), refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-122 for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of nineteen wavelength multiplexed SChs
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the SCh
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode for interconnection with a third-party line system
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +/-50,000ps/nm

Modulation Formats
The AOFM-500 supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
AOFM-500-T4-n-C8 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (DC-PM-3QAM);
supported on AOFM-500-T4-n-C8 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (SC-PM-3QAM);
supported on AOFM-500-T4-n-C8 only
■ Multiple carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (NC-PM-3QAM);
supported on AOFM-500-T4-n-C8 only
Note that the provisioning of different modulation formats for channels within an SCh is not supported.
The modulation format is provisioned for the SCh. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description
Guide for detailed information.
The table below provides details of the OTN and SCh facilities supported on the AOFM-500 including the
supported client and line rates.

Table 3-122 AOFM-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
AOFM-500 Type Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
OTUki (Number of AOFM-500
ODU0s) (SCh Bandwidth)
C5/C6/C8 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C8 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C5/C6/C8 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-122 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500)

Table 3-122 AOFM-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats (continued)
AOFM-500 Type Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
OTUki (Number of AOFM-500
ODU0s) (SCh Bandwidth)
C8 DC-PM-3QAM OTUCni N/A 375Gbps 11
SC-PM-3QAM
NC-PM-3QAM

Encoding Formats
The AOFM-500 supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Bit differential latency optimized (default format for AOFM-500-T4-n-C5 and/or AOFM-500-T4-n-
C6)
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized
■ Block coherent (default format for AOFM-500-T4-n-C8; not supported on AOFM-500-T4-n-C5
and/or AOFM-500-T4-n-C6)
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an SCh is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned for the super channel group (SCG). In addition, the
encoding formats must be the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the AOFM-500 in
order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the management interfaces to
indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending a cold reset of the
AOFM-500.

The table below provides details of the encoding formats supported on the AOFM-500.

Table 3-123 AOFM-500 Supported Encoding Formats

AOFM-500 Type Encoding Format
C5/C6/C8 Bit differential latency optimized (default format for C5/C6)
C5/C6/C8 Bit differential tolerance optimized
C8 Block coherent (default format)

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the

11 For 3QAM/OTUCni, this represents the theoretical maximum bandwidth per AOFM-500; the actual bandwidth
will depend on the rate of the OTUCni entities provisioned on the AOFM-500, refer to the DTN and DTN-X
System Description Guide for detailed information.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-123

XTC. When routing signals to other line modules in the XTC, AOFM-500s utilize fixed slot pairing to
support 1-way and 2-way add/drop connections and can route traffic only to its paired set of line modules
as follows:
■ XTC-10—universal card slots A-1 and B-1, A-2 and B-2, A-3 and B-3, A-4 and B-4, and/or
A-5 and B-5
■ XTC-4—universal card slots A-1 and A-2 and/or A-3 and A-4
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Block Diagram
Figure 3-29 AOFM-500 Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-124 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500)

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-30 AOFM-500 Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-125

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-124 AOFM-500 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
AOFM-500
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-125 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOFM-500

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of AOFM-500 SCh timed out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an SCh Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an SCh signal

Connectors
Table 3-126 AOFM-500 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from an add/drop port on a FlexILS chassis (FSM or
OPSM), or an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
OUT LC Connects to an add/drop port on a FlexILS chassis (FSM or OPSM),
or an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-127 AOFM-500 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-126 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500)

Table 3-127 AOFM-500 Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 33.0lb / 15.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-128 AOFM-500 SCh Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification (per SCh Specification per SCh
port) (10 Carriers)
AOFM-500-T4-n-C5/C6/C8 Input power level
(n=1,5,9,13,17)
FRM-9D to AOFM-500 -8.1 to -1.6dBm -15.8 to -11.9dBm
via an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
FRM-9D to FSM-8D-12 to -23.5 to -14.1dBm -14.3 to 5.5dBm
AOFM-500
Output power level
AOFM-500 to FRM-9D -21.4 to -11.8dBm -11.4 to -1.8dBm
via an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
AOFM-500 to FSM-8D-12 -14.3 to 0.0dBm -4.3 to 10.0dBm

Note: For an AOFM-500 set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of the
target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report OPR
Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-129 AOFM-500 Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
AOFM-500-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 1 1566.928nm to 1564.883nm
AOFM-500-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 2 1564.883nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as SCh 2)
AOFM-500-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 3 1562.844nm to 1560.809nm
(tuned as SCh 3)
AOFM-500-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 4 1560.809nm to 1558.780nm
(tuned as SCh 4)
AOFM-500-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 5 1558.780nm to 1556.757nm
AOFM-500-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 6 1556.757nm to 1554.739nm
(tuned as SCh 6)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-127

Table 3-129 AOFM-500 Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
AOFM-500-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 7 1554.739nm to 1552.725nm
(tuned as SCh 7)
AOFM-500-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 8 1552.725nm to 1550.717nm
(tuned as SCh 8)
AOFM-500-T4-9-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 9 1550.717nm to 1548.715nm
AOFM-500-T4-9-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 10 1548.715nm to 1546.717nm
(tuned as SCh 10)
AOFM-500-T4-9-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 11 1546.717nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as SCh 11)
AOFM-500-T4-9-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 12 1544.725nm to 1542.737nm
(tuned as SCh 12)
AOFM-500-T4-13-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 13 1542.737nm to 1540.755nm
AOFM-500-T4-13-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 14 1540.755nm to 1538.778nm
(tuned as SCh 14)
AOFM-500-T4-13-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 15 1538.778nm to 1536.806nm
(tuned as SCh 15)
AOFM-500-T4-13-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 16 1536.806nm to 1534.839nm
(tuned as SCh 16)
AOFM-500-T4-17-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 17 1534.839nm to 1532.877nm
AOFM-500-T4-17-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 18 1532.877nm to 1530.920nm
(tuned as SCh 18)
AOFM-500-T4-17-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 19 1530.920nm to 1528.968nm
(tuned as SCh 19)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-128 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500B)

Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500B)

The AOFM-500B utilizes a software licensing feature called Instant Bandwidth to provide incremental
support of line module bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network Administrator
(DNA), and the activated bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node Manager (GNM) or
the TL1 interface. Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding Instant Bandwidth
license application and management. The AOFM-500B is identical to then on-Instant Bandwidth
AOFM-500 except that it provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of bandwidth (depending on modulation format)
which allows for deployment in networks that do not currently require the maximum of 500Gbps of
capacity per line module but may anticipate future growth. For these networks, the AOFM-500B can be
deployed in increments of 100Gbps (or 50Gbps) to allow for scoping to the current need of the network
(refer to Modulation Formats on page 3-129 for additional information).
The AOFM-500B supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-
channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 500Gbps of bandwidth. AOFM-500Bs
can be configured for one of four SChs. For example, the AOFM-500B-T4-1-C5 is set to SCh 1 by default
but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on SCh 1, 2, 3, or 4.
The AOFM-500Bs are optically connected to a FlexILS chassis (either directly to an FSM or OPSM, or
indirectly to an FRM via an FSP-C or FMP-C) to provide bandwidth for up to 9.5Tbps (9500Gbps) of traffic
signals (19 SChs x 500Gbps). Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for more
information. AOFM-500Bs can be installed in upper universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower
universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10, and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the
XTC-4.

Table 3-130 AOFM-500B Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOFM-500B-T4-1-C5 Long Haul AOFM-500B, SCh 1 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 1, 2, 3, 4
AOFM-500B-T4-1-C6 Enhanced Reach
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOFM-500B-T4-1-C8 Ultra Long Haul incremental line module bandwidth

AOFM-500B-T4-5-C5 Long Haul AOFM-500B, SCh 5 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),

tunable SChs: 5, 6, 7, 8
AOFM-500B-T4-5-C6 Enhanced Reach
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOFM-500B-T4-5-C8 Ultra Long Haul incremental line module bandwidth

AOFM-500B-T4-9-C5 Long Haul AOFM-500B, SCh 9 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),

tunable SChs: 9, 10, 11, 12
AOFM-500B-T4-9-C6 Enhanced Reach
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOFM-500B-T4-9-C8 Ultra Long Haul incremental line module bandwidth

AOFM-500B-T4-13-C5 Long Haul AOFM-500B, SCh 13 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),

tunable SChs: 13, 14, 15, 16
AOFM-500B-T4-13-C6 Enhanced Reach
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOFM-500B-T4-13-C8 Ultra Long Haul incremental line module bandwidth

AOFM-500B-T4-17-C5 Long Haul AOFM-500B, SCh 17 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),

tunable SChs: 17, 18, 19

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-129

Table 3-130 AOFM-500B Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOFM-500B-T4-17-C6 Enhanced Reach Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
AOFM-500B-T4-17-C8 Ultra Long Haul

The Advanced Optical Transport Network (OTN) FlexChannel Line Module 500G, referred to as
AOFM-500B, performs the following functions:
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to another AOFM-500B utilizing fixed slot pairing
between the upper and lower universal card slots (XTC-10) or between adjacent universal card
slots (XTC-4), refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-131 for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of nineteen wavelength multiplexed SChs
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the SCh
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode for interconnection with a third-party line system
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +/-50,000ps/nm

Modulation Formats
The AOFM-500B supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
AOFM-500B-T4-n-C8 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (DC-PM-3QAM);
supported on AOFM-500B-T4-n-C8 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (SC-PM-3QAM);
supported on AOFM-500B-T4-n-C8 only
■ Multiple carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (NC-PM-3QAM);
supported on AOFM-500B-T4-n-C8 only
Note that the provisioning of different modulation formats for channels within an SCh is not supported.
The modulation format is provisioned for the SCh. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description
Guide for detailed information.
Table 3-131: AOFM-500B Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats on page 3-130
provides details of the OTN and SCh facilities supported on the AOFM-500B including the supported
client and line rates.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-130 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500B)

Table 3-131 AOFM-500B Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
AOFM-500B Type Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
OTUki (Number of AOFM-500B
ODU0s) (SCh Bandwidth)
C5/C6/C8 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C8 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C5/C6/C8 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)
C8 DC-PM-3QAM OTUCni N/A 375Gbps 12
SC-PM-3QAM
NC-PM-3QAM

Note: The AOFM-500B initially provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of Instant Bandwidth (depending on
modulation format). Contact your account team to purchase additional Instant Bandwidth software
licenses for additional line module bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network
Administrator (DNA), and the activated bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node
Manager (GNM) or the TL1 interface. Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding
Instant Bandwidth license application and management.

Encoding Formats
The AOFM-500B supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Bit differential latency optimized (default format for AOFM-500B-T4-n-C5 and/or
AOFM-500B-T4-n-C6)
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized
■ Block coherent (default format for AOFM-500B-T4-n-C8; not supported on AOFM-500B-T4-n-C5
and/or AOFM-500B-T4-n-C6)
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an SCh is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned for the super channel group (SCG). In addition, the
encoding formats must be the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the AOFM-500B
in order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the management interfaces to
indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending a cold reset of the
AOFM-500B.

12 For 3QAM/OTUCni, this represents the theoretical maximum bandwidth per AOFM-500B; the actual bandwidth
will depend on the rate of the OTUCni entities provisioned on the AOFM-500B, refer to the DTN and DTN-X
System Description Guide for detailed information.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-131

The table below provides details of the encoding formats supported on the AOFM-500B.

Table 3-132 AOFM-500B Supported Encoding Formats

AOFM-500B Type Encoding Format
C5/C6/C8 Bit differential latency optimized (default format for C5/C6)
C5/C6/C8 Bit differential tolerance optimized
C8 Block coherent (default format)

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. When routing signals to other line modules in the XTC, AOFM-500Bs utilize fixed slot pairing to
support 1-way and 2-way add/drop connections and can route traffic only to its paired set of line modules
as follows:
■ XTC-10—universal card slots A-1 and B-1, A-2 and B-2, A-3 and B-3, A-4 and B-4, and/or
A-5 and B-5
■ XTC-4—universal card slots A-1 and A-2 and/or A-3 and A-4
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-132 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500B)

Block Diagram
Figure 3-31 AOFM-500B Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-133

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-32 AOFM-500B Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-134 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500B)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-133 AOFM-500B Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
AOFM-500B
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-134 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOFM-500B

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of AOFM-500B SCh timed out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an SCh Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an SCh signal

Connectors
Table 3-135 AOFM-500B Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from an add/drop port on a FlexILS chassis (FSM or
OPSM), or an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
OUT LC Connects to an add/drop port on a FlexILS chassis (FSM or OPSM),
or an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-136 AOFM-500B Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-135

Table 3-136 AOFM-500B Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 33.0lb / 15.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-137 AOFM-500B SCh Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification (per SCh Specification per SCh
port) (10 Carriers)
AOFM-500B-T4-n-C5/C6/C8 Input power level
(n=1,5,9,13,17)
FRM-9D to AOFM-500B -8.1 to -1.6dBm -15.8 to -11.9dBm
via an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
FRM-9D to FSM-8D-12 to -23.5 to -14.1dBm -14.3 to 5.5dBm
AOFM-500B
Output power level
AOFM-500B to FRM-9D -21.4 to -11.8dBm -11.4 to -1.8dBm
via an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
AOFM-500B to FSM-8D-12 -14.3 to 0.0dBm -4.3 to 10.0dBm

Note: For an AOFM-500B set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of
the target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report
OPR Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-138 AOFM-500B Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
AOFM-500B-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 1 1566.928nm to 1564.883nm
AOFM-500B-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 2 1564.883nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as SCh 2)
AOFM-500B-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 3 1562.844nm to 1560.809nm
(tuned as SCh 3)
AOFM-500B-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 4 1560.809nm to 1558.780nm
(tuned as SCh 4)
AOFM-500B-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 5 1558.780nm to 1556.757nm
AOFM-500B-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 6 1556.757nm to 1554.739nm
(tuned as SCh 6)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-136 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (AOFM-500B)

Table 3-138 AOFM-500B Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
AOFM-500B-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 7 1554.739nm to 1552.725nm
(tuned as SCh 7)
AOFM-500B-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 8 1552.725nm to 1550.717nm
(tuned as SCh 8)
AOFM-500B-T4-9-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 9 1550.717nm to 1548.715nm
AOFM-500B-T4-9-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 10 1548.715nm to 1546.717nm
(tuned as SCh 10)
AOFM-500B-T4-9-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 11 1546.717nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as SCh 11)
AOFM-500B-T4-9-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 12 1544.725nm to 1542.737nm
(tuned as SCh 12)
AOFM-500B-T4-13-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 13 1542.737nm to 1540.755nm
AOFM-500B-T4-13-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 14 1540.755nm to 1538.778nm
(tuned as SCh 14)
AOFM-500B-T4-13-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 15 1538.778nm to 1536.806nm
(tuned as SCh 15)
AOFM-500B-T4-13-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 16 1536.806nm to 1534.839nm
(tuned as SCh 16)
AOFM-500B-T4-17-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 17 1534.839nm to 1532.877nm
AOFM-500B-T4-17-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 18 1532.877nm to 1530.920nm
(tuned as SCh 18)
AOFM-500B-T4-17-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 19 1530.920nm to 1528.968nm
(tuned as SCh 19)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-137

Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G

(AOFX-500)
The AOFX-500 is a tunable super channel (SCh) based OTN switching line module that utilizes Soft
Decision-Forward Error Correction (SD-FEC) which enables the AOFX-500 to achieve a lower optical
signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) sensitivity and provide greater un-regenerated reach for 500G wavelengths.
The AOFX-500 supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-
channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 500Gbps of bandwidth (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-138 for additional information). AOFX-500s can be configured for one of
four SChs. For example, the AOFX-500-T4-1-C5 is set to SCh 1 by default but can be tuned via the
management interfaces to carry signals on SCh 1, 2, 3, or 4.
The AOFX-500s are optically connected to a FlexILS chassis (either directly to an FSM or OPSM, or
indirectly to an FRM via an FSP-C or FMP-C) to provide bandwidth for up to 9.5Tbps (9500Gbps) of traffic
signals (19 SChs x 500Gbps). Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for more
information. AOFX-500s can be installed in upper universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower
universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10, and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the
XTC-4.

Table 3-139 AOFX-500 Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOFX-500-T4-1-C5 Long Haul AOFX-500, SCh 1 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 1, 2, 3, 4
AOFX-500-T4-1-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOFX-500-T4-1-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOFX-500-T4-5-C5 Long Haul AOFX-500, SCh 5 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 5, 6, 7, 8
AOFX-500-T4-5-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOFX-500-T4-5-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOFX-500-T4-9-C5 Long Haul AOFX-500, SCh 9 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 9, 10, 11, 12
AOFX-500-T4-9-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOFX-500-T4-9-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOFX-500-T4-13-C5 Long Haul AOFX-500, SCh 13 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 13, 14, 15, 16
AOFX-500-T4-13-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOFX-500-T4-13-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOFX-500-T4-17-C5 Long Haul AOFX-500, SCh 17 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 17, 18, 19
AOFX-500-T4-17-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOFX-500-T4-17-C8 Ultra Long Haul

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-138 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (AOFX-500)

The Advanced Optical Transport Network (OTN) FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G, referred to as
AOFX-500, performs the following functions:
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to the switch fabric to enable all switched data to be
directed to any of the line card slots within the XTC, refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-140
for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of nineteen wavelength multiplexed SChs
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the SChs
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode for interconnection with a third-party line system
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +/-50,000ps/nm

Modulation Formats
The AOFX-500 supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
AOFX-500-T4-n-C8 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (DC-PM-3QAM);
supported on AOFX-500-T4-n-C8 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (SC-PM-3QAM);
supported on AOFX-500-T4-n-C8 only
■ Multiple carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (NC-PM-3QAM);
supported on AOFX-500-T4-n-C8 only
Note that the provisioning of different modulation formats for channels within an SCh is not supported.
The modulation format is provisioned for the SCh. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description
Guide for detailed information.
Table 3-140: AOFX-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats on page 3-139
provides details of the OTN and SCh facilities supported on the AOFX-500 including the supported client
and line rates.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-139

Table 3-140 AOFX-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
AOFX-500 Type Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
OTUki (Number of AOFX-500
ODU0s) (SCh Bandwidth)
C5/C6/C8 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C8 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C5/C6/C8 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)
C8 DC-PM-3QAM OTUCni N/A 375Gbps 13
SC-PM-3QAM
NC-PM-3QAM

Encoding Formats
The AOFX-500 supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Bit differential latency optimized (default format for AOFX-500-T4-n-C5 and/or AOFX-500-T4-n-C6)
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized
■ Block coherent (default format for AOFX-500-T4-n-C8; not supported on AOFX-500-T4-n-C5
and/or AOFX-500-T4-n-C6)
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an SCh is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned for the super channel group (SCG). In addition, the
encoding formats must be the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the AOFX-500 in
order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the management interfaces to
indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending a cold reset of the
AOFX-500.

The table below provides details of the encoding formats supported on the AOFX-500.

Table 3-141 AOFX-500 Supported Encoding Formats

AOFX-500 Type Encoding Format
C5/C6/C8 Bit differential latency optimized (default format for C5/C6)
C5/C6/C8 Bit differential tolerance optimized
C8 Block coherent (default format)

13 For 3QAM/OTUCni, this represents the theoretical maximum bandwidth per AOFX-500; the actual bandwidth
will depend on the rate of the OTUCni entities provisioned on the AOFX-500, refer to the DTN and DTN-X
System Description Guide for detailed information.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-140 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (AOFX-500)

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. As previously mentioned, AOFX-500s have no restrictions and can route signals to any line module
in the XTC. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Block Diagram
Figure 3-33 AOFX-500 Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-141

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-34 AOFX-500 Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-142 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (AOFX-500)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-142 AOFX-500 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
AOFX-500
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-143 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOFX-500

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of AOFX-500 SCh timed out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an SCh Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an SCh signal

Connectors
Table 3-144 AOFX-500 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from an add/drop port on a FlexILS chassis (FSM or
OPSM), or an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
OUT LC Connects to an add/drop port on a FlexILS chassis (FSM or OPSM),
or an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-145 AOFX-500 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-143

Table 3-145 AOFX-500 Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 33.0lb / 15.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-146 AOFX-500 SCh Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification (per SCh Specification per SCh
port) (10 Carriers)
AOFX-500-T4-n-C5/C6/C8 Input power level
(n=1,5,9,13,17)
FRM-9D to AOFX-500 -8.1 to -1.6dBm -15.8 to -11.9dBm
via an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
FRM-9D to FSM-8D-12 to -23.5 to -14.1dBm -14.3 to 5.5dBm
AOFX-500
Output power level
AOFX-500 to FRM-9D -21.4 to -11.8dBm -11.4 to -1.8dBm
via an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
AOFX-500 to FSM-8D-12 -14.3 to 0.0dBm -4.3 to 10.0dBm

Note: For an AOFX-500 set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of the
target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report OPR
Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-147 AOFX-500 Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
AOFX-500-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 1 1566.928nm to 1564.883nm
AOFX-500-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 2 1564.883nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as SCh 2)
AOFX-500-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 3 1562.844nm to 1560.809nm
(tuned as SCh 3)
AOFX-500-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 4 1560.809nm to 1558.780nm
(tuned as SCh 4)
AOFX-500-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 5 1558.780nm to 1556.757nm
AOFX-500-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 6 1556.757nm to 1554.739nm
(tuned as SCh 6)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-144 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (AOFX-500)

Table 3-147 AOFX-500 Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
AOFX-500-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 7 1554.739nm to 1552.725nm
(tuned as SCh 7)
AOFX-500-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 8 1552.725nm to 1550.717nm
(tuned as SCh 8)
AOFX-500-T4-9-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 9 1550.717nm to 1548.715nm
AOFX-500-T4-9-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 10 1548.715nm to 1546.717nm
(tuned as SCh 10)
AOFX-500-T4-9-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 11 1546.717nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as SCh 11)
AOFX-500-T4-9-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 12 1544.725nm to 1542.737nm
(tuned as SCh 12)
AOFX-500-T4-13-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 13 1542.737nm to 1540.755nm
AOFX-500-T4-13-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 14 1540.755nm to 1538.778nm
(tuned as SCh 14)
AOFX-500-T4-13-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 15 1538.778nm to 1536.806nm
(tuned as SCh 15)
AOFX-500-T4-13-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 16 1536.806nm to 1534.839nm
(tuned as SCh 16)
AOFX-500-T4-17-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 17 1534.839nm to 1532.877nm
AOFX-500-T4-17-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 18 1532.877nm to 1530.920nm
(tuned as SCh 18)
AOFX-500-T4-17-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 19 1530.920nm to 1528.968nm
(tuned as SCh 19)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-145

Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G

(AOFX-500B/P)
The AOFX-500B/P utilizes a software licensing feature called Instant Bandwidth to provide incremental
support of line module bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network Administrator
(DNA), and the activated bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node Manager (GNM) or
the TL1 interface. Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding Instant Bandwidth
license application and management. The differences between the AOFX-500B and AOFX-500P are
described as follows:
■ AOFX-500B—functionally identical to the non-Instant Bandwidth AOFX-500 except that it provides
100Gbps or 50Gbps of bandwidth (depending on modulation format) which allows for deployment
in networks that do not currently require the maximum of 500Gbps of capacity per line module but
may anticipate future growth. For these networks, the AOFX-500B can be deployed in increments
of 100Gbps (or 50Gbps) to allow for scoping to the current need of the network (refer to Modulation
Formats on page 3-147 for additional information)
■ AOFX-500P—functionally identical to the non-Instant Bandwidth AOFX-500 except that by default
the AOFX-500P provides no bandwidth/capacity; the amount of bandwidth required is determined
by the customer via software licensing
The AOFX-500B/P supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-
channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 500Gbps of bandwidth. AOFX-500B/Ps
can be configured for one of four SChs. For example, the AOFX-500B-T4-1-C5 and/or AOFX-500P-T4-1-
C5 set to SCh 1 by default but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on SCh 1, 2,
3, or 4.
The AOFX-500B/Ps are optically connected to a FlexILS chassis (either directly to an FSM or OPSM, or
indirectly to an FRM via an FSP-C or FMP-C) to provide bandwidth for up to 9.5Tbps (9500Gbps) of traffic
signals (19 SChs x 500Gbps). Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for more
information. AOFX-500B/Ps can be installed in upper universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower
universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10, and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the
XTC-4.

Table 3-148 AOFX-500B/P Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOFX-500B-T4-1-C5 Long Haul AOFX-500B/P, SCh 1 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
AOFX-500P-T4-1-C5 tunable SChs: 1, 2, 3, 4
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOFX-500B-T4-1-C6 Enhanced Reach
incremental line module bandwidth
AOFX-500P-T4-1-C6
AOFX-500B-T4-1-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOFX-500P-T4-1-C8
AOFX-500B-T4-5-C5 Long Haul AOFX-500B/P, SCh 5 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
AOFX-500P-T4-5-C5 tunable SChs: 5, 6, 7, 8

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-146 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (AOFX-500B/P)

Table 3-148 AOFX-500B/P Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOFX-500B-T4-5-C6 Enhanced Reach Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOFX-500P-T4-5-C6 incremental line module bandwidth
AOFX-500B-T4-5-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOFX-500P-T4-5-C8
AOFX-500B-T4-9-C5 Long Haul AOFX-500B/P, SCh 9 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
AOFX-500P-T4-9-C5 tunable SChs: 9, 10, 11, 12
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOFX-500B-T4-9-C6 Enhanced Reach
incremental line module bandwidth
AOFX-500P-T4-9-C6
AOFX-500B-T4-9-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOFX-500P-T4-9-C8
AOFX-500B-T4-13-C5 Long Haul AOFX-500B/P, SCh 13 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
AOFX-500P-T4-13-C5 tunable SChs: 13, 14, 15, 16
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOFX-500B-T4-13-C6 Enhanced Reach
incremental line module bandwidth
AOFX-500P-T4-13-C6
AOFX-500B-T4-13-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOFX-500P-T4-13-C8
AOFX-500B-T4-17-C5 Long Haul AOFX-500B/P, SCh 17 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
AOFX-500P-T4-17-C5 tunable SChs: 17, 18, 19
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
AOFX-500B-T4-17-C6 Enhanced Reach
incremental line module bandwidth
AOFX-500P-T4-17-C6
AOFX-500B-T4-17-C8 Ultra Long Haul
AOFX-500P-T4-17-C8

The Advanced Optical Transport Network (OTN) FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G, referred to as
AOFX-500B/P, performs the following functions:
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to the switch fabric to enable all switched data to be
directed to any of the line card slots within the XTC, refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-148
for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of nineteen wavelength multiplexed SChs
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the SChs
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode for interconnection with a third-party line system
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +/-50,000ps/nm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-147

Modulation Formats
The AOFX-500B/P supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management
interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
AOFX-500B/P-T4-n-C8 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (DC-PM-3QAM);
supported on AOFX-500B/P-T4-n-C8 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (SC-PM-3QAM);
supported on AOFX-500B/P-T4-n-C8 only
■ Multiple carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (NC-PM-3QAM);
supported on AOFX-500B/P-T4-n-C8 only
Note that the provisioning of different modulation formats for channels within an SCh is not supported.
The modulation format is provisioned for the SCh. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description
Guide for detailed information.
The table below provides details of the OTN and SCh facilities supported on the AOFX-500B/P including
the supported client and line rates.

Table 3-149 AOFX-500B/P Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
AOFX-500B/P Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
Type OTUki (Number of AOFX-500B/P
ODU0s) (SCh Bandwidth)
C5/C6/C8 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C8 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C5/C6/C8 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)
C8 DC-PM-3QAM OTUCni N/A 375Gbps 14
SC-PM-3QAM
NC-PM-3QAM

Note: The AOFX-500B initially provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of Instant Bandwidth (depending on
modulation format) and the AOFX-500P initially provides no bandwidth (by default). Contact your
account team to purchase additional Instant Bandwidth software licenses for additional line module
bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network Administrator (DNA), and the activated

14 For 3QAM/OTUCni, this represents the theoretical maximum bandwidth per AOFX-500B/P; the actual
bandwidth will depend on the rate of the OTUCni entities provisioned on the AOFX-500B/P, refer to the DTN
and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-148 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (AOFX-500B/P)

bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node Manager (GNM) or the TL1 interface.
Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding Instant Bandwidth license application
and management.

Encoding Formats
The AOFX-500B/P supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Bit differential latency optimized (default format for AOFX-500B/P-T4-n-C5 and/or
AOFX-500B/P-T4-n-C6)
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized
■ Block coherent (default format for AOFX-500B/P-T4-n-C8; not supported on AOFX-500B/P-T4-n-
C5 and/or AOFX-500B/P-T4-n-C6)
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an SCh is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned for the super channel group (SCG). In addition, the
encoding formats must be the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the AOFX-500B/P
in order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the management interfaces to
indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending a cold reset of the
AOFX-500B/P.

The table below provides details of the encoding formats supported on the AOFX-500B/P.

Table 3-150 AOFX-500B/P Supported Encoding Formats

AOFX-500B/P Type Encoding Format
C5/C6/C8 Bit differential latency optimized (default format for C5/C6)
C5/C6/C8 Bit differential tolerance optimized
C8 Block coherent (default format)

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. As previously mentioned, AOFX-500B/Ps have no restrictions and can route signals to any line
module in the XTC. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-149

Block Diagram
Figure 3-35 AOFX-500B/P Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-150 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (AOFX-500B/P)

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-36 AOFX-500B/P Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-151

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-151 AOFX-500B/P Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
AOFX-500B/P
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-152 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOFX-500B/P

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of AOFX-500B/P SCh timed
out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an SCh Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an SCh signal

Connectors
Table 3-153 AOFX-500B/P Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from an add/drop port on a FlexILS chassis (FSM or
OPSM), or an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
OUT LC Connects to an add/drop port on a FlexILS chassis (FSM or OPSM),
or an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-154 AOFX-500B/P Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-152 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (AOFX-500B/P)

Table 3-154 AOFX-500B/P Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 33.0lb / 15.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-155 AOFX-500B/P SCh Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification (per SCh Specification per SCh
port) (10 Carriers)
AOFX-500B/P-T4-n-C5/C6/C8 Input power level
(n=1,5,9,13,17)
FRM-9D to AOFX-500B/P -8.1 to -1.6dBm -15.8 to -11.9dBm
via an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
FRM-9D to FSM-8D-12 to -23.5 to -14.1dBm -14.3 to 5.5dBm
AOFX-500B/P
Output power level
AOFX-500B/P to FRM-9D -21.4 to -11.8dBm -11.4 to -1.8dBm
via an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
AOFX-500B/P to FSM-8D-12 -14.3 to 0.0dBm -4.3 to 10.0dBm

Note: For an AOFX-500B/P set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of
the target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report
OPR Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-156 AOFX-500B/P Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
AOFX-500B/P-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 1 1566.928nm to 1564.883nm
AOFX-500B/P-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 2 1564.883nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as SCh 2)
AOFX-500B/P-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 3 1562.844nm to 1560.809nm
(tuned as SCh 3)
AOFX-500B/P-T4-1-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 4 1560.809nm to 1558.780nm
(tuned as SCh 4)
AOFX-500B/P-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 5 1558.780nm to 1556.757nm
AOFX-500B/P-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 6 1556.757nm to 1554.739nm
(tuned as SCh 6)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-153

Table 3-156 AOFX-500B/P Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
AOFX-500B/P-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 7 1554.739nm to 1552.725nm
(tuned as SCh 7)
AOFX-500B/P-T4-5-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 8 1552.725nm to 1550.717nm
(tuned as SCh 8)
AOFX-500B/P-T4-9-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 9 1550.717nm to 1548.715nm
AOFX-500B/P-T4-9-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 10 1548.715nm to 1546.717nm
(tuned as SCh 10)
AOFX-500B/P-T4-9-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 11 1546.717nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as SCh 11)
AOFX-500B/P-T4-9-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 12 1544.725nm to 1542.737nm
(tuned as SCh 12)
AOFX-500B/P-T4-13-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 13 1542.737nm to 1540.755nm
AOFX-500B/P-T4-13-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 14 1540.755nm to 1538.778nm
(tuned as SCh 14)
AOFX-500B/P-T4-13-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 15 1538.778nm to 1536.806nm
(tuned as SCh 15)
AOFX-500B/P-T4-13-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 16 1536.806nm to 1534.839nm
(tuned as SCh 16)
AOFX-500B/P-T4-17-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 17 1534.839nm to 1532.877nm
AOFX-500B/P-T4-17-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 18 1532.877nm to 1530.920nm
(tuned as SCh 18)
AOFX-500B/P-T4-17-C5/C6/C8 Wavelength range SCh 19 1530.920nm to 1528.968nm
(tuned as SCh 19)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-154 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500)

Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500)

The SOFM-500 is a tunable super channel (SCh) based OTN line module that utilizes Soft Decision-
Forward Error Correction (SD-FEC) which enables the SOFM-500 to achieve a lower optical signal-to-
noise ratio (OSNR) sensitivity and provide greater un-regenerated reach for 500G wavelengths. The
SOFM-500 supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-channel
software configurable modulation options providing up to 500Gbps of bandwidth (refer to Modulation
Formats on page 3-156 for additional information). SOFM-500s can be configured for one of four SChs in
contiguous spectrum mode, or one of two channels for split spectrum mode. For example, the
SOFM-500-T4-1-C13 is set to SCh 1 by default but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry
signals on SCh 1, 2, 3, or 4 (for contiguous spectrum) or on SCh 1 or 2 (for split spectrum).
The SOFM-500s are optically connected to a FlexILS chassis (indirectly to an FRM via an FSP-C) to
provide bandwidth for up to 9.5Tbps (9500Gbps) of traffic signals (19 SChs x 500Gbps). Refer to the DTN
and DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. SOFM-500s can be installed in upper
universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10,
and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Note: The SOFM-500 supports split spectrum channel plan for manual optical cross-connects. Refer
to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Table 3-157 SOFM-500 Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
SOFM-500-T4-1-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFM-500, SCh 1 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 1, 2, 3, 4
SOFM-500-T4-1-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFM-500, SCh 1 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 1, 2, 3, 4
■ Split spectrum (SS): 1, 2
SOFM-500-T4-5-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFM-500, SCh 5 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 5, 6, 7, 8
SOFM-500-T4-5-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFM-500, SCh 5 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 5, 6, 7, 8
■ Split spectrum (SS): 5, 6
SOFM-500-T4-9-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFM-500, SCh 9 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 9, 10, 11, 12

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-155

Table 3-157 SOFM-500 Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
SOFM-500-T4-9-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFM-500, SCh 9 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 9, 10, 11, 12
■ Split spectrum (SS): 9, 10
SOFM-500-T4-13-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFM-500, SCh 13 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 13, 14, 15, 16
SOFM-500-T4-13-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFM-500, SCh 13 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 13, 14, 15, 16
■ Split spectrum (SS): 13, 14
SOFM-500-T4-17-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFM-500, SCh 17 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 17, 18, 19
SOFM-500-T4-17-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFM-500, SCh 17 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 17, 18, 19
■ Split spectrum (SS): 17

The Submarine Optical Transport Network (OTN) FlexChannel Line Module 500G, referred to as
SOFM-500, performs the following functions:
■ Used exclusively for DTN-X links operating in submarine line terminating equipment (SLTE) mode
1
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to another SOFM-500 utilizing fixed slot pairing
between the upper and lower universal card slots (XTC-10) or between adjacent universal card
slots (XTC-4), refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-157 for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of nineteen wavelength multiplexed SChs
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the SCh
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode for interconnection with a third-party line system
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +/-50,000ps/nm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-156 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500)

■ Supports partial optical receive channels (support of less than 10 optical channels arriving at the
receiver
■ Support for selective channel shutdown where the user can selectively shutdown individual optical
channels, in the transmit direction, via the management interfaces

Modulation Formats
The SOFM-500 supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
SOFM-500-T4-n-C13 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (DC-PM-3QAM);
supported on SOFM-500-T4-n-C13 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (SC-PM-3QAM);
supported on SOFM-500-T4-n-C13 only
■ Multiple carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (NC-PM-3QAM);
supported on SOFM-500-T4-n-C13 only
Note that the provisioning of different modulation formats for channels within an SCh is not supported.
The modulation format is provisioned for the SCh. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description
Guide for detailed information.
The table below provides details of the OTN and SCh facilities supported on the SOFM-500 including the
supported client and line rates.

Table 3-158 SOFM-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
SOFM-500 Type Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
OTUki (Number of SOFM-500
ODU0s) (SCh Bandwidth)
C12/C13 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C13 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C12/C13 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)
C13 DC-PM-3QAM OTUCni N/A 375Gbps 15
SC-PM-3QAM
NC-PM-3QAM

15 For 3QAM/OTUCni, this represents the theoretical maximum bandwidth per SOFM-500; the actual bandwidth
will depend on the rate of the OTUCni entities provisioned on the SOFM-500, refer to the DTN and DTN-X
System Description Guide for detailed information.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-157

Encoding Formats
The SOFM-500 supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Block coherent (default format)
■ Bit differential latency optimized
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an SCh is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned for the super channel group (SCG). In addition, the
encoding formats must be the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the SOFM-500 in
order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the management interfaces to
indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending a cold reset of the
SOFM-500.

The table below provides details of the encoding formats supported on the SOFM-500.

Table 3-159 SOFM-500 Supported Encoding Formats

SOFM-500 Type Encoding Format
C12/C13 Block coherent (default format)
Bit differential latency optimized
Bit differential tolerance optimized

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. When routing signals to other line modules in the XTC, SOFM-500s utilize fixed slot pairing to
support 1-way and 2-way add/drop connections and can route traffic only to its paired set of line modules
as follows:
■ XTC-10—universal card slots A-1 and B-1, A-2 and B-2, A-3 and B-3, A-4 and B-4, and/or
A-5 and B-5
■ XTC-4—universal card slots A-1 and A-2 and/or A-3 and A-4
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-158 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500)

Block Diagram
Figure 3-37 SOFM-500 Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-159

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-38 SOFM-500 Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-160 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-160 SOFM-500 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
SOFM-500
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-161 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOFM-500

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of SOFM-500 SCh timed out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an SCh Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an SCh signal

Connectors
Table 3-162 SOFM-500 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from an add/drop port on a FlexILS chassis (indirectly
from an FRM via an FSP-C)
OUT LC Connects to an add/drop port on a FlexILS chassis (indirectly to an
FRM via an FSP-C)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-163 SOFM-500 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-161

Table 3-163 SOFM-500 Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 33.0lb / 15.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-164 SOFM-500 SCh Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification (per SCh Specification per SCh
port) (10 Carriers)
SOFM-500-T4-n-C5/C6/C8 Input power level
(n=1,5,9,13,17)
FRM-9D to SOFM-500 -8.1 to -1.6dBm -15.8 to -11.9dBm
via an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
FRM-9D to FSM-8D-12 to -23.5 to -14.1dBm -14.3 to 5.5dBm
SOFM-500
Output power level
SOFM-500 to FRM-9D -21.4 to -11.8dBm -11.4 to -1.8dBm
via an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
SOFM-500 to FSM-8D-12 -14.3 to 0.0dBm -4.3 to 10.0dBm

Note: For an SOFM-500 set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of the
target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report OPR
Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-165 SOFM-500 Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
SOFM-500-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 1 1566.928nm to 1564.883nm
SOFM-500-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 2 1564.883nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as SCh 2)
SOFM-500-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 3 1562.844nm to 1560.809nm
(tuned as SCh 3)
SOFM-500-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 4 1560.809nm to 1558.780nm
(tuned as SCh 4)
SOFM-500-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 5 1558.780nm to 1556.757nm
SOFM-500-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 6 1556.757nm to 1554.739nm
(tuned as SCh 6)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-162 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500)

Table 3-165 SOFM-500 Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
SOFM-500-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 7 1554.739nm to 1552.725nm
(tuned as SCh 7)
SOFM-500-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 8 1552.725nm to 1550.717nm
(tuned as SCh 8)
SOFM-500-T4-9-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 9 1550.717nm to 1548.715nm
SOFM-500-T4-9-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 10 1548.715nm to 1546.717nm
(tuned as SCh 10)
SOFM-500-T4-9-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 11 1546.717nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as SCh 11)
SOFM-500-T4-9-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 12 1544.725nm to 1542.737nm
(tuned as SCh 12)
SOFM-500-T4-13-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 13 1542.737nm to 1540.755nm
SOFM-500-T4-13-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 14 1540.755nm to 1538.778nm
(tuned as SCh 14)
SOFM-500-T4-13-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 15 1538.778nm to 1536.806nm
(tuned as SCh 15)
SOFM-500-T4-13-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 16 1536.806nm to 1534.839nm
(tuned as SCh 16)
SOFM-500-T4-17-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 17 1534.839nm to 1532.877nm
SOFM-500-T4-17-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 18 1532.877nm to 1530.920nm
(tuned as SCh 18)
SOFM-500-T4-17-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 19 1530.920nm to 1528.968nm
(tuned as SCh 19)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-163

Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500B)

The SOFM-500B utilizes a software licensing feature called Instant Bandwidth to provide incremental
support of line module bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network Administrator
(DNA), and the activated bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node Manager (GNM) or
the TL1 interface. Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding Instant Bandwidth
license application and management. The SOFM-500B is identical to the non-Instant Bandwidth
SOFM-500 except that it provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of bandwidth (depending on modulation format)
which allows for deployment in networks that do not currently require the maximum of 500Gbps of
capacity per line module but may anticipate future growth. For these networks, the SOFM-500B can be
deployed in increments of 100Gbps (or 50Gbps) to allow for scoping to the current need of the network
(refer to Modulation Formats on page 3-166 for additional information).
The SOFM-500B supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-
channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 500Gbps of bandwidth. SOFM-500Bs
can be configured for one of four SChs in contiguous spectrum mode, or one of two channels for split
spectrum mode. For example, the SOFM-500B-T4-1-C12 is set to SCh 1 by default but can be tuned via
the management interfaces to carry signals on SCh 1, 2, 3, or 4 (for contiguous spectrum) or on SCh 1 or
2 (for split spectrum).
The SOFM-500Bs are optically connected to a FlexILS chassis (indirectly to an FRM via an FSP-C) to
provide bandwidth for up to 9.5Tbps (9500Gbps) of traffic signals (19 SChs x 500Gbps). Refer to the DTN
and DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. SOFM-500Bs can be installed in upper
universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10,
and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Note: The SOFM-500B supports split spectrum channel plan for manual optical cross-connects. Refer
to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Table 3-166 SOFM-500B Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
SOFM-500B-T4-1-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFM-500B, SCh 1 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 1, 2, 3, 4
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOFM-500B-T4-1-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFM-500B, SCh 1 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 1, 2, 3, 4
■ Split spectrum (SS): 1, 2
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-164 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500B)

Table 3-166 SOFM-500B Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
SOFM-500B-T4-5-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFM-500B, SCh 5 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 5, 6, 7, 8
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOFM-500B-T4-5-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFM-500B, SCh 5 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 5, 6, 7, 8
■ Split spectrum (SS): 5, 6
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOFM-500B-T4-9-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFM-500B, SCh 9 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 9, 10, 11, 12
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOFM-500B-T4-9-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFM-500B, SCh 9 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 9, 10, 11, 12
■ Split spectrum (SS): 9, 10
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOFM-500B-T4-13-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFM-500B, SCh 13 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 13, 14, 15, 16
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOFM-500B-T4-13-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFM-500B, SCh 13 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 13, 14, 15, 16
■ Split spectrum (SS): 13, 14
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-165

Table 3-166 SOFM-500B Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
SOFM-500B-T4-17-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFM-500B, SCh 17 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 17, 18, 19
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOFM-500B-T4-17-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFM-500B, SCh 17 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 17, 18, 19
■ Split spectrum (SS): 17
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth

The Submarine Optical Transport Network (OTN) FlexChannel Line Module 500G, referred to as
SOFM-500B, performs the following functions:
■ Used exclusively for DTN-X links operating in submarine line terminating equipment (SLTE) mode
1
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to another SOFM-500B utilizing fixed slot pairing
between the upper and lower universal card slots (XTC-10) or between adjacent universal card
slots (XTC-4), refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-167 for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of nineteen wavelength multiplexed SChs
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the SCh
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode for interconnection with a third-party line system
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +/-50,000ps/nm
■ Supports partial optical receive channels (support of less than 10 optical channels arriving at the
receiver

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-166 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500B)

Modulation Formats
The SOFM-500B supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
SOFM-500B-T4-n-C13 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (DC-PM-3QAM);
supported on SOFM-500B-T4-n-C13 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (SC-PM-3QAM);
supported on SOFM-500B-T4-n-C13 only
■ Multiple carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (NC-PM-3QAM);
supported on SOFM-500B-T4-n-C13 only
Note that the provisioning of different modulation formats for channels within an SCh is not supported.
The modulation format is provisioned for the SCh. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description
Guide for detailed information.
The table below provides details of the OTN and SCh facilities supported on the SOFM-500B including
the supported client and line rates.

Table 3-167 SOFM-500B Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
SOFM-500B Type Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
OTUki (Number of SOFM-500B
ODU0s) (SCh Bandwidth)
C12/C13 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C13 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C12/C13 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)
C13 DC-PM-3QAM OTUCni N/A 375Gbps 16
SC-PM-3QAM
NC-PM-3QAM

Note: The SOFM-500B initially provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of Instant Bandwidth (depending on
modulation format). Contact your account team to purchase additional Instant Bandwidth software
licenses for additional line module bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network
Administrator (DNA), and the activated bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node

16 For 3QAM/OTUCni, this represents the theoretical maximum bandwidth per SOFM-500B; the actual bandwidth
will depend on the rate of the OTUCni entities provisioned on the SOFM-500B, refer to the DTN and DTN-X
System Description Guide for detailed information.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-167

Manager (GNM) or the TL1 interface. Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding
Instant Bandwidth license application and management.

Encoding Formats
The SOFM-500B supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Block coherent (default format)
■ Bit differential latency optimized
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an SCh is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned for the super channel group (SCG). In addition, the
encoding formats must be the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the SOFM-500B
in order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the management interfaces to
indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending a cold reset of the
SOFM-500B.

The table below provides details of the encoding formats supported on the SOFM-500B.

Table 3-168 SOFM-500B Supported Encoding Formats

SOFM-500B Type Encoding Format
C12/C13 Block coherent (default format)
Bit differential latency optimized
Bit differential tolerance optimized

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. When routing signals to other line modules in the XTC, SOFM-500Bs utilize fixed slot pairing to
support 1-way and 2-way add/drop connections and can route traffic only to its paired set of line modules
as follows:
■ XTC-10—universal card slots A-1 and B-1, A-2 and B-2, A-3 and B-3, A-4 and B-4, and/or
A-5 and B-5
■ XTC-4—universal card slots A-1 and A-2 and/or A-3 and A-4
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-168 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500B)

Block Diagram
Figure 3-39 SOFM-500B Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-169

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-40 SOFM-500B Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-170 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500B)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-169 SOFM-500B Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
SOFM-500B
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-170 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOFM-500B

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of SOFM-500B SCh timed out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an SCh Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an SCh signal

Connectors
Table 3-171 SOFM-500B Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from an add/drop port on a FlexILS chassis (indirectly
from an FRM via an FSP-C)
OUT LC Connects to an add/drop port on a FlexILS chassis (indirectly to an
FRM via an FSP-C)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-172 SOFM-500B Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-171

Table 3-172 SOFM-500B Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 33.0lb / 15.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-173 SOFM-500B SCh Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification (per SCh Specification per SCh
port) (10 Carriers)
SOFM-500B-T4-n-C5/C6/C8 Input power level
(n=1,5,9,13,17)
FRM-9D to SOFM-500B -8.1 to -1.6dBm -15.8 to -11.9dBm
via an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
FRM-9D to FSM-8D-12 to -23.5 to -14.1dBm -14.3 to 5.5dBm
SOFM-500B
Output power level
SOFM-500B to FRM-9D -21.4 to -11.8dBm -11.4 to -1.8dBm
via an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
SOFM-500B to FSM-8D-12 -14.3 to 0.0dBm -4.3 to 10.0dBm

Note: For an SOFM-500B set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of
the target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report
OPR Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-174 SOFM-500B Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
SOFM-500B-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 1 1566.928nm to 1564.883nm
SOFM-500B-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 2 1564.883nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as SCh 2)
SOFM-500B-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 3 1562.844nm to 1560.809nm
(tuned as SCh 3)
SOFM-500B-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 4 1560.809nm to 1558.780nm
(tuned as SCh 4)
SOFM-500B-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 5 1558.780nm to 1556.757nm
SOFM-500B-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 6 1556.757nm to 1554.739nm
(tuned as SCh 6)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-172 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 500G (SOFM-500B)

Table 3-174 SOFM-500B Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
SOFM-500B-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 7 1554.739nm to 1552.725nm
(tuned as SCh 7)
SOFM-500B-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 8 1552.725nm to 1550.717nm
(tuned as SCh 8)
SOFM-500B-T4-9-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 9 1550.717nm to 1548.715nm
SOFM-500B-T4-9-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 10 1548.715nm to 1546.717nm
(tuned as SCh 10)
SOFM-500B-T4-9-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 11 1546.717nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as SCh 11)
SOFM-500B-T4-9-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 12 1544.725nm to 1542.737nm
(tuned as SCh 12)
SOFM-500B-T4-13-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 13 1542.737nm to 1540.755nm
SOFM-500B-T4-13-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 14 1540.755nm to 1538.778nm
(tuned as SCh 14)
SOFM-500B-T4-13-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 15 1538.778nm to 1536.806nm
(tuned as SCh 15)
SOFM-500B-T4-13-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 16 1536.806nm to 1534.839nm
(tuned as SCh 16)
SOFM-500B-T4-17-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 17 1534.839nm to 1532.877nm
SOFM-500B-T4-17-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 18 1532.877nm to 1530.920nm
(tuned as SCh 18)
SOFM-500B-T4-17-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 19 1530.920nm to 1528.968nm
(tuned as SCh 19)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-173

Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G

(SOFX-500)
The SOFX-500 is a tunable super channel (SCh) based OTN switching line module that utilizes Soft
Decision-Forward Error Correction (SD-FEC) which enables the SOFX-500 to achieve a lower optical
signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) sensitivity and provide greater un-regenerated reach for 500G wavelengths.
The SOFX-500 supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-
channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 500Gbps of bandwidth (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-175 for additional information). SOFX-500s can be configured for one of
four SChs in contiguous spectrum mode, or one of two channels for split spectrum mode. For example,
the SOFX-500-T4-1-C13 is set to SCh 1 by default but can be tuned via the management interfaces to
carry signals on SCh 1, 2, 3, or 4 (for contiguous spectrum) or on SCh 1 or 2 (for split spectrum).
The SOFX-500s are optically connected to a FlexILS chassis (indirectly to an FRM via an FSP-C) to
provide bandwidth for up to 9.5Tbps (9500Gbps) of traffic signals (19 SChs x 500Gbps). Refer to the DTN
and DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. SOFX-500s can be installed in upper
universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10,
and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Note: The SOFX-500 supports split spectrum channel plan for manual optical cross-connects. Refer
to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Table 3-175 SOFX-500 Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
SOFX-500-T4-1-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFX-500, SCh 1 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 1, 2, 3, 4
SOFX-500-T4-1-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFX-500, SCh 1 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 1, 2, 3, 4
■ Split spectrum (SS): 1, 2
SOFX-500-T4-5-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFX-500, SCh 5 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 5, 6, 7, 8
SOFX-500-T4-5-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFX-500, SCh 5 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 5, 6, 7, 8
■ Split spectrum (SS): 5, 6
SOFX-500-T4-9-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFX-500, SCh 9 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 9, 10, 11, 12

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-174 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (SOFX-500)

Table 3-175 SOFX-500 Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
SOFX-500-T4-9-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFX-500, SCh 9 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 9, 10, 11, 12
■ Split spectrum (SS): 9, 10
SOFX-500-T4-13-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFX-500, SCh 13 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 13, 14, 15, 16
SOFX-500-T4-13-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFX-500, SCh 13 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 13, 14, 15, 16
■ Split spectrum (SS): 13, 14
SOFX-500-T4-17-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFX-500, SCh 17 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs: 17, 18, 19
SOFX-500-T4-17-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFX-500, SCh 17 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 17, 18, 19
■ Split spectrum (SS): 17

The Submarine Optical Transport Network (OTN) FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G, referred to
as SOFX-500, performs the following functions:
■ Used exclusively for DTN-X links operating in submarine line terminating equipment (SLTE) mode
1
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to the switch fabric to enable all switched data to be
directed to any of the line card slots within the XTC, refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-176
for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of nineteen wavelength multiplexed SChs
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the SChs
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode for interconnection with a third-party line system
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +/-50,000ps/nm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-175

■ Supports partial optical receive channels (support of less than 10 optical channels arriving at the
receiver
■ Support for selective channel shutdown where the user can selectively shutdown individual optical
channels, in the transmit direction, via the management interfaces

Modulation Formats
The SOFX-500 supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
SOFX-500-T4-n-C13 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (DC-PM-3QAM);
supported on SOFX-500-T4-n-C13 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (SC-PM-3QAM);
supported on SOFX-500-T4-n-C13 only
■ Multiple carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (NC-PM-3QAM);
supported on SOFX-500-T4-n-C13 only
Note that the provisioning of different modulation formats for channels within an SCh is not supported.
The modulation format is provisioned for the SCh. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description
Guide for detailed information.
The table below provides details of the OTN and SCh facilities supported on the SOFX-500 including the
supported client and line rates.

Table 3-176 SOFX-500 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
SOFX-500 Type Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
OTUki (Number of SOFX-500
ODU0s) (SCh Bandwidth)
C12/C13 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C13 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C12/C13 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)
C13 DC-PM-3QAM OTUCni N/A 375Gbps 17
SC-PM-3QAM
NC-PM-3QAM

17 For 3QAM/OTUCni, this represents the theoretical maximum bandwidth per SOFX-500; the actual bandwidth
will depend on the rate of the OTUCni entities provisioned on the SOFX-500, refer to the DTN and DTN-X
System Description Guide for detailed information.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-176 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (SOFX-500)

Encoding Formats
The SOFX-500 supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Block coherent (default format)
■ Bit differential latency optimized
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an SCh is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned for the super channel group (SCG). In addition, the
encoding formats must be the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the SOFX-500 in
order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the management interfaces to
indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending a cold reset of the
SOFX-500.

The table below provides details of the encoding formats supported on the SOFX-500.

Table 3-177 SOFX-500 Supported Encoding Formats

SOFX-500 Type Encoding Format
C12/C13 Block coherent (default format)
Bit differential latency optimized
Bit differential tolerance optimized

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. As previously mentioned, SOFX-500s have no restrictions and can route signals to any line module
in the XTC. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-177

Block Diagram
Figure 3-41 SOFX-500 Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-178 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (SOFX-500)

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-42 SOFX-500 Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-179

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-178 SOFX-500 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
SOFX-500
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-179 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOFX-500

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of SOFX-500 SCh timed out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an SCh Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an SCh signal

Connectors
Table 3-180 SOFX-500 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from an add/drop port on a FlexILS chassis (indirectly
from an FRM via an FSP-C)
OUT LC Connects to an add/drop port on a FlexILS chassis (indirectly to an
FRM via an FSP-C)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-181 SOFX-500 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-180 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (SOFX-500)

Table 3-181 SOFX-500 Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 33.0lb / 15.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-182 SOFX-500 SCh Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification (per SCh Specification per SCh
port) (10 Carriers)
SOFX-500-T4-n-C5/C6/C8 Input power level
(n=1,5,9,13,17)
FRM-9D to SOFX-500 -8.1 to -1.6dBm -15.8 to -11.9dBm
via an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
FRM-9D to FSM-8D-12 to -23.5 to -14.1dBm -14.3 to 5.5dBm
SOFX-500
Output power level
SOFX-500 to FRM-9D -21.4 to -11.8dBm -11.4 to -1.8dBm
via an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
SOFX-500 to FSM-8D-12 -14.3 to 0.0dBm -4.3 to 10.0dBm

Note: For an SOFX-500 set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of the
target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report OPR
Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-183 SOFX-500 Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
SOFX-500-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 1 1566.928nm to 1564.883nm
SOFX-500-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 2 1564.883nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as SCh 2)
SOFX-500-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 3 1562.844nm to 1560.809nm
(tuned as SCh 3)
SOFX-500-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 4 1560.809nm to 1558.780nm
(tuned as SCh 4)
SOFX-500-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 5 1558.780nm to 1556.757nm
SOFX-500-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 6 1556.757nm to 1554.739nm
(tuned as SCh 6)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-181

Table 3-183 SOFX-500 Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
SOFX-500-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 7 1554.739nm to 1552.725nm
(tuned as SCh 7)
SOFX-500-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 8 1552.725nm to 1550.717nm
(tuned as SCh 8)
SOFX-500-T4-9-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 9 1550.717nm to 1548.715nm
SOFX-500-T4-9-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 10 1548.715nm to 1546.717nm
(tuned as SCh 10)
SOFX-500-T4-9-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 11 1546.717nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as SCh 11)
SOFX-500-T4-9-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 12 1544.725nm to 1542.737nm
(tuned as SCh 12)
SOFX-500-T4-13-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 13 1542.737nm to 1540.755nm
SOFX-500-T4-13-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 14 1540.755nm to 1538.778nm
(tuned as SCh 14)
SOFX-500-T4-13-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 15 1538.778nm to 1536.806nm
(tuned as SCh 15)
SOFX-500-T4-13-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 16 1536.806nm to 1534.839nm
(tuned as SCh 16)
SOFX-500-T4-17-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 17 1534.839nm to 1532.877nm
SOFX-500-T4-17-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 18 1532.877nm to 1530.920nm
(tuned as SCh 18)
SOFX-500-T4-17-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 19 1530.920nm to 1528.968nm
(tuned as SCh 19)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-182 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (SOFX-500B/P)

Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G

(SOFX-500B/P)
The SOFX-500B/P utilizes a software licensing feature called Instant Bandwidth to provide incremental
support of line module bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network Administrator
(DNA), and the activated bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node Manager (GNM) or
the TL1 interface. Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding Instant Bandwidth
license application and management. The differences between the SOFX-500B and SOFX-500P are
described as follows:
■ SOFX-500B—functionally identical to the non-Instant Bandwidth SOFX-500 except that it provides
100Gbps or 50Gbps of bandwidth (depending on modulation format) which allows for deployment
in networks that do not currently require the maximum of 500Gbps of capacity per line module but
may anticipate future growth. For these networks, the SOFX-500B can be deployed in increments
of 100Gbps (or 50Gbps) to allow for scoping to the current need of the network (refer to Modulation
Formats on page 3-185 for additional information)
■ SOFX-500P—functionally identical to the non-Instant Bandwidth SOFX-500 except that by default
the SOFX-500P provides no bandwidth/capacity; the amount of bandwidth required is determined
by the customer via software licensing
The SOFX-500B/P supports ten DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-
channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 500Gbps of bandwidth. SOFX-500B/Ps
can be configured for one of four SChs in contiguous spectrum mode, or one of two channels for split
spectrum mode. For example, the SOFX-500B-T4-1-C13 and/or SOFX-500P-T4-1-C13 are set to SCh 1
by default but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on SCh 1, 2, 3, or 4 (for
contiguous spectrum) or on SCh 1 or 2 (for split spectrum).
The SOFX-500B/Ps are optically connected to a FlexILS chassis (indirectly to an FRM via an FSP-C) to
provide bandwidth for up to 9.5Tbps (9500Gbps) of traffic signals (19 SChs x 500Gbps). Refer to the DTN
and DTN-X System Description Guide for more information. SOFX-500B/Ps can be installed in upper
universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10,
and/or universal card slots A-1 through A-4 of the XTC-4.

Note: The SOFX-500B/P supports split spectrum channel plan for manual optical cross-connects.
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-183

Table 3-184 SOFX-500B/P Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
SOFX-500B-T4-1-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFX-500B/P, SCh 1 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
SOFX-500P-T4-1-C12 tunable SChs: 1, 2, 3, 4
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOFX-500B-T4-1-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFX-500B/P, SCh 1 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
SOFX-500P-T4-1-C13 tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 1, 2, 3, 4
■ Split spectrum (SS): 1, 2
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOFX-500B-T4-5-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFX-500B/P, SCh 5 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
SOFX-500P-T4-5-C12 tunable SChs: 5, 6, 7, 8
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOFX-500B-T4-5-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFX-500B/P, SCh 5 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
SOFX-500P-T4-5-C13 tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 5, 6, 7, 8
■ Split spectrum (SS): 5, 6
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOFX-500B-T4-9-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFX-500B/P, SCh 9 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
SOFX-500P-T4-9-C12 tunable SChs: 9, 10, 11, 12
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOFX-500B-T4-9-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFX-500B/P, SCh 9 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
SOFX-500P-T4-9-C13 tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 9, 10, 11, 12
■ Split spectrum (SS): 9, 10
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOFX-500B-T4-13-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFX-500B/P, SCh 13 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
SOFX-500P-T4-13-C12 tunable SChs: 13, 14, 15, 16
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-184 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (SOFX-500B/P)

Table 3-184 SOFX-500B/P Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
SOFX-500B-T4-13-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFX-500B/P, SCh 13 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
SOFX-500P-T4-13-C13 tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 13, 14, 15, 16
■ Split spectrum (SS): 13, 14
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOFX-500B-T4-17-C12 Enhanced Reach SOFX-500B/P, SCh 17 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
SOFX-500P-T4-17-C12 tunable SChs: 17, 18, 19
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth
SOFX-500B-T4-17-C13 Ultra Long Haul SOFX-500B/P, SCh 17 (default), extended C-Band (4.8Thz),
SOFX-500P-T4-17-C13 tunable SChs:
■ Contiguous spectrum (CS): 17, 18, 19
■ Split spectrum (SS): 17
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for
incremental line module bandwidth

The Submarine Optical Transport Network (OTN) FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G, referred to
as SOFX-500B/P, performs the following functions:
■ Used exclusively for DTN-X links operating in submarine line terminating equipment (SLTE) mode
1
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to the switch fabric to enable all switched data to be
directed to any of the line card slots within the XTC, refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-186
for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of nineteen wavelength multiplexed SChs
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the SChs
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode for interconnection with a third-party line system
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +/-50,000ps/nm
■ Supports partial optical receive channels (support of less than 10 optical channels arriving at the
receiver
■ Support for selective channel shutdown where the user can selectively shutdown individual optical
channels, in the transmit direction, via the management interfaces

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-185

Modulation Formats
The SOFX-500B/P supports the following modulation formats (provisioned via the management
interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-binary phase shift keying (DC-PM-BPSK); supported on
SOFX-500B/P-T4-n-C13 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (SC-PM-QPSK)
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (DC-PM-3QAM);
supported on SOFX-500B/P-T4-n-C13 only
■ Single carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (SC-PM-3QAM);
supported on SOFX-500B/P-T4-n-C13 only
■ Multiple carrier-polarization multiplexed-3 quadrature amplitude modulation (NC-PM-3QAM);
supported on SOFX-500B/P-T4-n-C13 only
Note that the provisioning of different modulation formats for channels within an SCh is not supported.
The modulation format is provisioned for the SCh. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description
Guide for detailed information.
The table below provides details of the OTN and SCh facilities supported on the SOFX-500B/P including
the supported client and line rates.

Table 3-185 SOFX-500B/P Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
SOFX-500B/P Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
Type OTUki (Number of SOFX-500B/P
ODU0s) (SCh Bandwidth)
C12/C13 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 500Gbps (5 x OTU4i)
(default format)
C13 DC-PM-BPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 250Gbps (5 x OTU3i+)
C12/C13 SC-PM-QPSK OTU3i+ 50Gbps (40 ODU0s) 500Gbps (10 x OTU3i+)
C13 DC-PM-3QAM OTUCni N/A 375Gbps 18
SC-PM-3QAM
NC-PM-3QAM

Note: The SOFX-500B initially provides 100Gbps or 50Gbps of Instant Bandwidth (depending on
modulation format) and the SOFX-500P initially provides no brandwidth (by default). Contact your
account team to purchase additional Instant Bandwidth software licenses for additional line module
bandwidth. Software licensing is managed via Digital Network Administrator (DNA), and the activated

18 For 3QAM/OTUCni, this represents the theoretical maximum bandwidth per SOFX-500B/P; the actual
bandwidth will depend on the rate of the OTUCni entities provisioned on the SOFX-500B/P, refer to the DTN
and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-186 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (SOFX-500B/P)

bandwidth for the modules can be viewed in Graphical Node Manager (GNM) or the TL1 interface.
Refer to the License Management Guide for details regarding Instant Bandwidth license application
and management.

Encoding Formats
The SOFX-500B/P supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Block coherent (default format)
■ Bit differential latency optimized
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an SCh is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned for the super channel group (SCG). In addition, the
encoding formats must be the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the SOFX-500B/P
in order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the management interfaces to
indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending a cold reset of the
SOFX-500B/P.

The table below provides details of the encoding formats supported on the SOFX-500B/P.

Table 3-186 SOFX-500B/P Supported Encoding Formats

SOFX-500B/P Type Encoding Format
C12/C13 Block coherent (default format)
Bit differential latency optimized
Bit differential tolerance optimized

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM-500/OTM2-500 accessible through the switch fabric on the
XTC. As previously mentioned, SOFX-500B/Ps have no restrictions and can route signals to any line
module in the XTC. Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-187

Block Diagram
Figure 3-43 SOFX-500B/P Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-188 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (SOFX-500B/P)

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-44 SOFX-500B/P Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-189

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-187 SOFX-500B/P Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
SOFX-500B/P
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-188 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOFX-500B/P

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of SOFX-500B/P SCh timed
out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an SCh Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an SCh signal

Connectors
Table 3-189 SOFX-500B/P Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from an add/drop port on a FlexILS chassis (indirectly
from an FRM via an FSP-C)
OUT LC Connects to an add/drop port on a FlexILS chassis (indirectly to an
FRM via an FSP-C)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-190 SOFX-500B/P Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth 17.05 inches / 433.07mm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-190 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 500G (SOFX-500B/P)

Table 3-190 SOFX-500B/P Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 33.0lb / 15.0kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-191 SOFX-500B/P SCh Optical Power Range
Type Parameter Specification (per SCh Specification per SCh
port) (10 Carriers)
SOFX-500B/P-T4-n-C5/C6/C8 Input power level
(n=1,5,9,13,17)
FRM-9D to SOFX-500B/P -8.1 to -1.6dBm -15.8 to -11.9dBm
via an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
FRM-9D to FSM-8D-12 to -23.5 to -14.1dBm -14.3 to 5.5dBm
SOFX-500B/P
Output power level
SOFX-500B/P to FRM-9D -21.4 to -11.8dBm -11.4 to -1.8dBm
via an FPC (FSP-C/FMP-C)
SOFX-500B/P to FSM-8D-12 -14.3 to 0.0dBm -4.3 to 10.0dBm

Note: For an SOFX-500B/P set to Open Wave line system mode, the optical specification is +/-3dB of
the target received (Rx) power. If this threshold is exceeded, the management interfaces will report
OPR Out of Range - High (OPR-OORH) or OPR Out of Range - Low (OPR-OORL).

Table 3-192 SOFX-500B/P Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter Specification
SOFX-500B/P-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 1 1566.928nm to 1564.883nm
SOFX-500B/P-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 2 1564.883nm to 1562.844nm
(tuned as SCh 2)
SOFX-500B/P-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 3 1562.844nm to 1560.809nm
(tuned as SCh 3)
SOFX-500B/P-T4-1-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 4 1560.809nm to 1558.780nm
(tuned as SCh 4)
SOFX-500B/P-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 5 1558.780nm to 1556.757nm
SOFX-500B/P-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 6 1556.757nm to 1554.739nm
(tuned as SCh 6)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-191

Table 3-192 SOFX-500B/P Wavelength Operating Range (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
SOFX-500B/P-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 7 1554.739nm to 1552.725nm
(tuned as SCh 7)
SOFX-500B/P-T4-5-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 8 1552.725nm to 1550.717nm
(tuned as SCh 8)
SOFX-500B/P-T4-9-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 9 1550.717nm to 1548.715nm
SOFX-500B/P-T4-9-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 10 1548.715nm to 1546.717nm
(tuned as SCh 10)
SOFX-500B/P-T4-9-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 11 1546.717nm to 1544.725nm
(tuned as SCh 11)
SOFX-500B/P-T4-9-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 12 1544.725nm to 1542.737nm
(tuned as SCh 12)
SOFX-500B/P-T4-13-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 13 1542.737nm to 1540.755nm
SOFX-500B/P-T4-13-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 14 1540.755nm to 1538.778nm
(tuned as SCh 14)
SOFX-500B/P-T4-13-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 15 1538.778nm to 1536.806nm
(tuned as SCh 15)
SOFX-500B/P-T4-13-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 16 1536.806nm to 1534.839nm
(tuned as SCh 16)
SOFX-500B/P-T4-17-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 17 1534.839nm to 1532.877nm
SOFX-500B/P-T4-17-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 18 1532.877nm to 1530.920nm
(tuned as SCh 18)
SOFX-500B/P-T4-17-C12/C13 Wavelength range SCh 19 1530.920nm to 1528.968nm
(tuned as SCh 19)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-192 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 100G (AOFM-100)

Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 100G (AOFM-100)

The AOFM-100 is a tunable super channel (SCh) based OTN line module that utilizes Soft Decision-
Forward Error Correction (SD-FEC) which enables the AOFM-100 to achieve a lower optical signal-to-
noise ratio (OSNR) sensitivity and provide greater un-regenerated reach for 100G wavelengths.
AOFM-100s can be configured for one of thirty-two SChs. For example, the AOFM-100-T32-1-C3 is set to
SCh 1 by default but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on SCh 1 through 32.
AOFM-100s are double-slot module types (requiring two sub-slots) and can be arbitrarily equipped in any
two adjacent sub-slots located on an OTM2-500 residing on an XTC-10/XTC-4, and/or an OTSM-600/
OTXM-600 residing on an XTC-2/XTC-2E.
The AOFM-100s are optically connected to an FMM-C-5 residing on a FlexILS chassis to provide
bandwidth for up to 9.6Tbps (9600Gbps) of traffic signals (96 SChs x 100Gbps).
The AOFM-100 supports two DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-
channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 100Gbps of bandwidth (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-193 for additional information).

Note: Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for information regarding the supported
optical channel plans.

Note: Due to system cooling restrictions, AOFM-100s can only be installed in certain sub-slots on the
OTM2-500 depending on chassis type. Refer to OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-143 in the
XTC Hardware Description Guide for additional information. (There are no similar restrictions on the
OTSM-600/OTXM-600.)

Table 3-193 AOFM-100 Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOFM-100-T32-1-C3 Metro Optimized AOFM-100, SCh 1 (default), extended C-Band (1.6Thz),
tunable SChs: 1 through 32
AOFM-100-T32-1-C5 Regional Optimized
AOFM-100-T32-1-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOFM-100-T32-1-C8 Ultra-enhanced Reach
AOFM-100-T32-33-C3 Metro Optimized AOFM-100, SCh 33 (default), extended C-Band (1.6Thz),
tunable SChs: 33 through 64
AOFM-100-T32-33-C5 Regional Optimized
AOFM-100-T32-33-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOFM-100-T32-33-C8 Ultra-enhanced Reach
AOFM-100-T32-65-C3 Metro Optimized AOFM-100, SCh 65 (default), extended C-Band (1.6Thz),
tunable SChs: 65 through 96
AOFM-100-T32-65-C5 Regional Optimized

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-193

Table 3-193 AOFM-100 Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOFM-100-T32-65-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOFM-100-T32-65-C8 Ultra-enhanced Reach

Functional Description
The Advanced Optical Transport Network (OTN) FlexChannel Line Module 100G, referred to as
AOFM-100, performs the following functions:
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to a TIM residing on the same OTSM-600 within the
XTC-2/XTC-2E utilizing fixed slot pairing, refer to OTN Tributary Static Module 600G (OTSM-600)
on page 2-70 for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of ninety-six wavelength multiplexed SChs
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the SCh
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for interconnection with a third-party line
system
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +/-50,000ps/nm

Modulation Formats
The AOFM-100 supports the following modulation format (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
Note that the provisioning of different modulation formats for channels within an SCh is not supported.
The modulation format is provisioned for the SCh.
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.
The table below provides details of the OTN and SCh facilities supported on the AOFM-100 including the
supported client and line rates.

Table 3-194 AOFM-100 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
AOFM-100 Type Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
OTUki (Number of AOFM-100
ODU0s) (SCh Bandwidth)
C3/C5/C6/C8 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 100Gbps (1 x OTU4i)
(default format)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-194 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 100G (AOFM-100)

Encoding Formats
The AOFM-100 supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Bit differential latency optimized (default format for AOFM-100-T32-n-C3, AOFM-100-T32-n-C5,
and/or AOFM-100-T32-n-C6); supported on all AOFM-100 types
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized; supported on all AOFM-100 types
■ Block coherent (default format for AOFM-100-T32-n-C8); not supported on AOFM-100-T32-n-C3,
AOFM-100-T32-n-C5, and/or AOFM-100-T32-n-C6
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an SCh is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned for the super channel group (SCG). In addition, the
encoding formats must be the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the AOFM-100 in
order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the management interfaces to
indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending a cold reset of the
AOFM-100.

The table below provides details of the encoding formats supported on the AOFM-100.

Table 3-195 AOFM-100 Supported Encoding Formats

AOFM-100 Type Encoding Format
C3/C5/C6/C8 Bit differential latency optimized (default format for C3/C5/C6)
C3/C5/C6/C8 Bit differential tolerance optimized
C8 Block coherent (default format)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-195

Block Diagram
Figure 3-45 AOFM-100 Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-46 AOFM-100 Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-196 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 100G (AOFM-100)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-196 AOFM-100 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
AOFM-100
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-197 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOFM-100

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of AOFM-100 SCh/OCG timed
out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an SCh/OCG Optical Loss
of Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when
receiving an SCh/OCG signal

Connectors
Table 3-198 AOFM-100 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from an add/drop port on the FMM-C-5 (housed on a
FlexILS chassis)
OUT LC Connects to an add/drop port on the FMM-C-5 (housed on a
FlexILS chassis)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-199 AOFM-100 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-197

Table 3-199 AOFM-100 Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 4.6lb / 2.1kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption and
Configuration Rules on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-200 AOFM-100 SCh Optical Power Range (per SCh Port)
Type Parameter Specification per Specification per SCh (2
Wavelength Carriers)
AOFM-100-T32-n-C3/C5/C6/C8 Input power level
(n=1,33,65)
FMM-C-5 to C3/C5: -19.8dBm to C3/C5: -16.8dBm to
AOFM-100 -2.9dBm 0.1dBm
C6/C8: -19.8dBm to C6/C8: -16.8dBm to
-2.9dBm 0.1dBm
Output power level
AOFM-100 to FMM- C3/C5: -21.0dBm to C3/C5: -18.0dBm to
C-5 -18.5dBm -15.5dBm
C6/C8: -19.5dBm to C6/C8: -16.5dBm to
-16.5dBm -13.5dBm

Table 3-201 AOFM-100 Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter (SCh) Parameter (OCG) Specification
AOFM-100-T32-1- Wavelength range SCh 1 - 24 pairs; OCG 9, 1, 10, 2, 11, 3, 12, 4 1566.816nm to
C3/C5/C6/C8 SCh 32 Ch 1/2, Ch 3/4, Ch 5/6 pairs 1554.043nm
AOFM-100-T32-33- Wavelength range SCh 33 16 pairs; OCG 9, 1, 10, 2, 11, 3, 12, 1553.823nm to
C3/C5/C6/C8 - SCh 64 4Ch 7/8, Ch 9/10 pairs 1541.259nm
8 pairs; OCG 5, 13, 6, 14, 7, 15, 8,
16Ch 1/2 pairs
AOFM-100-T32-65- Wavelength range SCh 65 24 pairs; OCG 5, 13, 6, 14, 7, 15, 8, 16 1541.043nm to
C3/C5/C6/C8 - SCh 96 Ch 5/6, Ch 7/8, Ch 9/10 pairs 1528.685nm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-198 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Switching Module 100G (AOFX-100)

Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Switching Module 100G

(AOFX-100)
The AOFX-100 is a tunable super channel (SCh) based OTN switching line module that utilizes Soft
Decision-Forward Error Correction (SD-FEC) which enables the AOFX-100 to achieve a lower optical
signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) sensitivity and provide greater un-regenerated reach for 100G wavelengths.
AOFX-100s can be configured for one of thirty-two SChs. For example, the AOFX-100-T32-1-C3 is set to
SCh 1 by default but can be tuned via the management interfaces to carry signals on SCh 1 through 32.
AOFX-100s are double-slot module types (requiring two sub-slots) and can be arbitrarily equipped in any
two adjacent sub-slots located on an OTM2-500 residing on an XTC-10/XTC-4, and/or an OTSM-600/
OTXM-600 residing on an XTC-2/XTC-2E.
The AOFX-100s are optically connected to an FMM-C-5 residing on a FlexILS chassis to provide
bandwidth for up to 9.6Tbps (9600Gbps) of traffic signals (96 SChs x 100Gbps).
The AOFX-100 supports two DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-
channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 100Gbps of bandwidth (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-199 for additional information).

Note: Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for information regarding the supported
optical channel plans.

Note: Due to system cooling restrictions, AOFX-100s can only be installed in certain sub-slots on the
OTM2-500 depending on chassis type. Refer to OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-143 for
additional information. (There are no similar restrictions on the OTSM-600/OTXM-600.)

Table 3-202 AOFX-100 Product Details

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOFX-100-T32-1-C3 Metro Optimized AOFX-100, SCh 1 (default), extended C-Band (1.6Thz),
tunable SChs: 1 through 32
AOFX-100-T32-1-C5 Regional Optimized
AOFX-100-T32-1-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOFX-100-T32-1-C8 Ultra-enhanced Reach
AOFX-100-T32-33-C3 Metro Optimized AOFX-100, SCh 33 (default), extended C-Band (1.6Thz),
tunable SChs: 33 through 64
AOFX-100-T32-33-C5 Regional Optimized
AOFX-100-T32-33-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOFX-100-T32-33-C8 Ultra-enhanced Reach
AOFX-100-T32-65-C3 Metro Optimized AOFX-100, SCh 65 (default), extended C-Band (1.6Thz),
tunable SChs: 65 through 96
AOFX-100-T32-65-C5 Regional Optimized

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-199

Table 3-202 AOFX-100 Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Performance Bin Description
(PON)
AOFX-100-T32-65-C6 Enhanced Reach
AOFX-100-T32-65-C8 Ultra-enhanced Reach

Functional Description
The Advanced Optical Transport Network (OTN) FlexChannel Switching Line Module 100G, referred to as
AOFX-100, performs the following functions:
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to the switch fabric on the OTXM-600 to enable all
switched data to be directed to any of the card slots on the same OTXM-600 or a peer OTXM-600
within the XTC-2/XTC-2E, refer to OTN Tributary Switching Module 600G (OTXM-600) on page 2-
76 for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Generates and receives one of ninety-six wavelength multiplexed SChs
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the SChs
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for interconnection with a third-party line
system
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +/-50,000ps/nm

Modulation Formats
The AOFX-100 supports the following modulation format (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Dual carrier-polarization multiplexed-quadrature phase shift keying (DC-PM-QPSK); default format
Note that the provisioning of different modulation formats for channels within an SCh is not supported.
The modulation format is provisioned for the SCh.
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.
Table 3-203: AOFX-100 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats on page 3-200
provides details of the OTN and SCh facilities supported on the AOFX-100 including the supported client
and line rates.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-200 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Switching Module 100G (AOFX-100)

Table 3-203 AOFX-100 Maximum Bandwidth for the Supported Modulation Formats
AOFX-100 Type Modulation Format OTN Facility Type Available Bandwidth per Maximum Bandwidth per
OTUki (Number of AOFX-100
ODU0s) (SCh Bandwidth)
C3/C5/C6/C8 DC-PM-QPSK OTU4i 100Gbps (80 ODU0s) 100Gbps (1 x OTU4i)
(default format)

Encoding Formats
The AOFX-100 supports the following encoding formats (provisioned via the management interfaces):
■ Bit differential latency optimized (default format for AOFX-100-T32-n-C3, AOFX-100-T32-n-C5,
and/or AOFX-100-T32-n-C6); supported on all AOFX-100 types
■ Bit differential tolerance optimized; supported on all AOFX-100 types
■ Block coherent (default format for AOFX-100-T32-n-C8); not supported on AOFX-100-T32-n-C3,
AOFX-100-T32-n-C5, and/or AOFX-100-T32-n-C6
Note that the provisioning of different encoding formats for channels within an SCh is not
supported. The encoding format is provisioned for the super channel group (SCG). In addition, the
encoding formats must be the same for both line modules at either end of a link.

Note: Any change to the encoding format by the user requires a cold reset of the AOFX-100 in
order for the change to take effect. An alarm is generated via the management interfaces to
indicate that an encoding mode change has been initiated, pending a cold reset of the
AOFX-100.

The table below provides details of the encoding formats supported on the AOFX-100.

Table 3-204 AOFX-100 Supported Encoding Formats

AOFX-100 Type Encoding Format
C3/C5/C6/C8 Bit differential latency optimized (default format for C3/C5/C6)
C3/C5/C6/C8 Bit differential tolerance optimized
C8 Block coherent (default format)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-201

Block Diagram
Figure 3-47 AOFX-100 Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-48 AOFX-100 Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-202 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Switching Module 100G (AOFX-100)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-205 AOFX-100 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
AOFX-100
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-206 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOFX-100

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of AOFX-100 SCh/OCG timed
out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an SCh/OCG Optical Loss
of Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when
receiving an SCh/OCG signal

Connectors
Table 3-207 AOFX-100 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from an add/drop port on the FMM-C-5 (housed on a
FlexILS chassis)
OUT LC Connects to an add/drop port on the FMM-C-5 (housed on a
FlexILS chassis)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-208 AOFX-100 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-203

Table 3-208 AOFX-100 Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 4.6lb / 2.1kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption and
Configuration Rules on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-209 AOFX-100 SCh Optical Power Range (per SCh Port)
Type Parameter Specification per Specification per SCh (2
Wavelength Carriers)
AOFX-100-T32-n-C3/C5/C6/C8 Input power level
(n=1,33,65)
FMM-C-5 to AOFX-100 C3/C5: -19.8dBm to C3/C5: -16.8dBm to
-2.9dBm 0.1dBm
C6/C8: -19.8dBm to C6/C8: -16.8dBm to
-2.9dBm 0.1dBm
Output power level
AOFX-100 to FMM-C-5 C3/C5: -21.0dBm to C3/C5: -18.0dBm to
-18.5dBm -15.5dBm
C6/C8: -19.5dBm to C6/C8: -16.5dBm to
-16.5dBm -13.5dBm

Table 3-210 AOFX-100 Wavelength Operating Range

Type Parameter (SCh) Parameter (OCG) Specification
AOFX-100-T32-1- Wavelength range SCh 1 - 24 pairs; OCG 9, 1, 10, 2, 11, 3, 12, 4 1566.816nm to
C3/C5/C6/C8 SCh 32 Ch 1/2, Ch 3/4, Ch 5/6 pairs 1554.043nm
AOFX-100-T32-33- Wavelength range SCh 33 16 pairs; OCG 9, 1, 10, 2, 11, 3, 12, 1553.823nm to
C3/C5/C6/C8 - SCh 64 4Ch 7/8, Ch 9/10 pairs 1541.259nm
8 pairs; OCG 5, 13, 6, 14, 7, 15, 8,
16Ch 1/2 pairs
AOFX-100-T32-65- Wavelength range SCh 65 24 pairs; OCG 5, 13, 6, 14, 7, 15, 8, 16 1541.043nm to
C3/C5/C6/C8 - SCh 96 Ch 5/6, Ch 7/8, Ch 9/10 pairs 1528.685nm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-204 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 1200G (AOFM-1200)

Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 1200G (AOFM-1200)

Note: In order for the AOFM-1200 to function as designed, the XTC-10 switch fabric must be fully
populated with OXM2-X10s. In addition, an air inlet front cover kit (PON X-INLET-X10) and four high
efficiency fan trays (PON X-FANTRAY2-X10) must be previously installed in the XTC-10.

The AOFM-1200 is a tunable super channel (SCh) based OTN line module that utilizes Soft Decision-
Forward Error Correction (SD-FEC) which enables the AOFM-1200 to achieve a lower optical signal-to-
noise ratio (OSNR) sensitivity and provide greater un-regenerated reach.
AOFM-1200s transmit and receive up to 12 x sliceable SChs. Each of the supported carriers (1 through
12) can be arbitrarily tuned (with 3.125GHz granularity) to any frequency 19 within the extended C-Band
meaning that the carriers can be tuned to accommodate virtually any channel plan including the ITU-T
standard channel plan.
AOFM-1200s can be installed in upper universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card
slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10.
The AOFM-1200 supports twelve DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-
channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 1200Gbps of bandwidth (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-208 for additional information).

Note: Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for information regarding the supported
optical channel plans.

Table 3-211 AOFM-1200 Product Details

Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
AOFM-1200Y-QC5 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers, QPSK, type
5, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent detection
AOFM-1200Y-QC6 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers, QPSK, type
6, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent detection
AOFM-1200Y-QC8 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers, QPSK, type
8, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent detection
AOFM-1200Y-EC5 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers, 8QAM, type
5, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent detection
AOFM-1200Y-EC6 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers, 8QAM, type
6, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent detection
AOFM-1200Y-EC8 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers, 8QAM, type
8, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent detection
AOFM-1200Y-SC5 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers, 16QAM, type
5, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent detection

19 The supported channel frequencies are defined by the following:

193.1 + n * 0.003125THz (n=-565 ... 965)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-205

Table 3-211 AOFM-1200 Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
AOFM-1200Y-SC6 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers, 16QAM, type
6, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent detection
AOFM-1200Y-SC8 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers, 16QAM, type
8, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent detection
AOFM-1200Y-ZC5 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers,
FlexCoherent, type 5, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC,
coherent detection, and per channel software configurable modulation options
AOFM-1200Y-ZC6 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers,
FlexCoherent, type 6, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC,
coherent detection, and per channel software configurable modulation options
AOFM-1200Y-ZC8 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers,
FlexCoherent, type 8, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC,
coherent detection, and per channel software configurable modulation options
AOFM-1200YB-QC5 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, QPSK, C5 performance.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included with the line
module
AOFM-1200YB-QC6 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, QPSK, C6 performance.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included with the line
module
AOFM-1200YB-QC8 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, QPSK, C8 performance.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included with the line
module
AOFM-1200YB-EC5 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 8QAM, C5 performance.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included with the line
module
AOFM-1200YB-EC6 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 8QAM, C6 performance.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included with the line
module
AOFM-1200YB-EC8 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 8QAM, C8 performance.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included with the line
module
AOFM-1200YB-SC5 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 16QAM, C5
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-206 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 1200G (AOFM-1200)

Table 3-211 AOFM-1200 Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
AOFM-1200YB-SC6 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 16QAM, C6
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module
AOFM-1200YB-SC8 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 16QAM, C8
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module
AOFM-1200YB-ZC5 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, FlexCoherent, C5
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module
AOFM-1200YB-ZC6 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, FlexCoherent, C6
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module
AOFM-1200YB-ZC8 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, FlexCoherent, C8
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module
AOFM-1200YP-QC5 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, QPSK, C5 performance.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module
AOFM-1200YP-QC6 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, QPSK, C6 performance.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module
AOFM-1200YP-QC8 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, QPSK, C8 performance.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module
AOFM-1200YP-EC5 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 8QAM, C5 performance.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module
AOFM-1200YP-EC6 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 8QAM, C6 performance.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module
AOFM-1200YP-EC8 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 8QAM, C8 performance.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module
AOFM-1200YP-SC5 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 16QAM, C5
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-207

Table 3-211 AOFM-1200 Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
AOFM-1200YP-SC6 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 16QAM, C6
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module
AOFM-1200YP-SC8 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 16QAM, C8
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module
AOFM-1200YP-ZC5 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, FlexCoherent, C5
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module
AOFM-1200YP-ZC6 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, FlexCoherent, C6
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module
AOFM-1200YP-ZC8 1.2T AOFM-1200 sliceable-ready DWDM line module, FlexCoherent, C8
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module

Functional Description
The Advanced Optical Transport Network (OTN) FlexChannel Line Module 1200G, referred to as
AOFM-1200, performs the following functions:
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to another AOFM-1200 utilizing fixed slot pairing
between the upper and lower universal card slots (XTC-10), refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page
3-208 for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the SCh
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for interconnection with a third-party line
system
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +/-140,000ps/nm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-208 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 1200G (AOFM-1200)

Modulation Formats
The AOFM-1200 supports various modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces),
depending on the PON type. See table below for details.
Note that the provisioning of different modulation formats for channels within an SCh is not supported.
The modulation format is provisioned for the SCh.
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Table 3-212 AOFM-1200 Modulation Formats and Baud Rates

Product Ordering Name Modulation Baud Rate Number of Carriers/ Maximum Multi-degree
(PON) Format Super Channels Number of Sliceability
(SChs) SChs
AOFM-1200Y-QCn QPSK 33G x carrier super 12 Yes
AOFM-1200YB-QCn channel(s)
AOFM-1200YP-QCn (x=1-12)
(n=5,6,8)
AOFM-1200Y-ECn 8QAM 22G x carrier super 12 Yes
AOFM-1200YB-ECn channel(s)
33G
AOFM-1200YP-ECn (x=1-12)
(n=5,6,8)
AOFM-1200Y-SCn 16QAM 17G x carrier super 12 Yes
AOFM-1200YB-SCn channel(s)
33G
AOFM-1200YP-SCn (x=1-12)
(n=5,6,8)
AOFM-1200Y-ZCn All combinations listed above (modulation formats, baud rates, FlexCoherent, number of
AOFM-1200YB-ZCn carriers per SCh, maximum number of SChs per PON, etc.) are supported
AOFM-1200YP-ZCn
(n=5,6,8)

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC-10 in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM accessible through the switch fabric on the XTC-10. When
routing signals to other line modules in the XTC-10, AOFM-1200s utilize fixed slot pairing to support 1-
way and 2-way add/drop connections and can route traffic only to its paired set of line modules as follows:
■ XTC-10—universal card slots A-1 and B-1, A-2 and B-2, A-3 and B-3, A-4 and B-4, and/or
A-5 and B-5
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-209

Block Diagram
Figure 3-49 AOFM-1200 Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-210 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 1200G (AOFM-1200)

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-50 AOFM-1200 Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-211

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-213 AOFM-1200 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
AOFM-1200
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-214 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOFM-1200

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of AOFM-1200 SCh timed out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an SCh Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an SCh signal

Connectors
Table 3-215 AOFM-1200 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from an add/drop port on the FRM-9D/FRM-20X (housed
on a FlexILS chassis)
OUT LC Connects to an add/drop port on the FRM-9D/FRM-20X (housed on
a FlexILS chassis)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-216 AOFM-1200 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth (front edge of faceplate to 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
rear of module not including the
faceplate protrusion)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-212 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Line Module 1200G (AOFM-1200)

Table 3-216 AOFM-1200 Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Depth (including the faceplate 19.58 inches / 497.33mm
protrusion)
Weight 45.0lb / 20.4kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption and
Configuration Rules on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-217 AOFM-1200 SCh Optical Power Range
Product Ordering Name (PON) Parameter Specification per Carrier Specification per SCh (1-12 Carriers)
AOFM-1200Y-mCn Input power level -42.2 to 8.1dBm -31.4 to 18.9dBm 20
AOFM-1200YB-mCn
Output power level -13.0 to 7.0dBm -13.0 to 17.8dBm
AOFM-1200YP-mCn
(m=Q,E,S,Z)
(n=5,6,8)

Caution: Prior to removing and/or replacing an AOFM-1200 from a live XTC-10 chassis, it is
recommended to perform a "graceful shutdown operation" on the AOFM-1200 (from the Infinera
management interfaces) to optimize deactivation and initialization of the AOFM-1200. Refer to
the GNM Configuration Management Guide for additional information. Note that this behavior is
specific to AOFM-1200 line module types and differs from previous line module types.

20
This specification reflects the limit for total power including amplified spontaneous emission (ASE)
and signal channels.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-213

Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G

(AOFX-1200)
Note: In order for the AOFX-1200 to function as designed, the XTC-10 switch fabric must be fully
populated with OXM2-X10s. In addition, an air inlet front cover kit (PON X-INLET-X10) and four high
efficiency fan trays (PON X-FANTRAY2-X10) must be previously installed in the XTC-10.

The AOFX-1200 is a tunable super channel (SCh) based OTN switching line module that utilizes Soft
Decision-Forward Error Correction (SD-FEC) which enables the AOFX-1200 to achieve a lower optical
signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) sensitivity and provide greater un-regenerated reach.
AOFX-1200s transmit and receive up to 12 x sliceable SChs. Each of the supported carriers (1 through
12) can be arbitrarily tuned (with 3.125GHz granularity) to any frequency 21 within the extended C-Band
meaning that the carriers can be tuned to accommodate virtually any channel plan including the ITU-T
standard channel plan.
AOFX-1200s can be installed in upper universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card
slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10.
The AOFX-1200 supports twelve DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-
channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 1200Gbps of bandwidth (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-217 for additional information).

Note: Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for information regarding the supported
optical channel plans.

Table 3-218 AOFX-1200 Product Details

Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
AOFX-1200Y-QC5 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers,
QPSK, type 5, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent
detection
AOFX-1200Y-QC6 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers,
QPSK, type 6, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent
detection
AOFX-1200Y-QC8 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers,
QPSK, type 8, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent
detection
AOFX-1200Y-EC5 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers,
8QAM, type 5, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent
detection

21 The supported channel frequencies are defined by the following:

193.1 + n * 0.003125THz (n=-565 ... 965)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-214 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G (AOFX-1200)

Table 3-218 AOFX-1200 Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
AOFX-1200Y-EC6 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers,
8QAM, type 6, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent
detection
AOFX-1200Y-EC8 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers,
8QAM, type 8, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent
detection
AOFX-1200Y-SC5 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers,
16QAM, type 5, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent
detection
AOFX-1200Y-SC6 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers,
16QAM, type 6, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent
detection
AOFX-1200Y-SC8 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers,
16QAM, type 8, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC and coherent
detection
AOFX-1200Y-ZC5 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers,
FlexCoherent, type 5, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC,
coherent detection, and per channel software configurable modulation options
AOFX-1200Y-ZC6 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers,
FlexCoherent, type 6, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC,
coherent detection, and per channel software configurable modulation options
AOFX-1200Y-ZC8 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 12 carriers,
FlexCoherent, type 8, full extended C-Band tunable; supports SD-FEC,
coherent detection, and per channel software configurable modulation options
AOFX-1200YB-QC5 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, QPSK, C5
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module
AOFX-1200YB-QC6 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, QPSK, C6
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module
AOFX-1200YB-QC8 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, QPSK, C8
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module
AOFX-1200YB-EC5 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 8QAM, C5
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-215

Table 3-218 AOFX-1200 Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
AOFX-1200YB-EC6 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 8QAM, C6
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module
AOFX-1200YB-EC8 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 8QAM, C8
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module
AOFX-1200YB-SC5 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 16QAM, C5
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module
AOFX-1200YB-SC6 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 16QAM, C6
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module
AOFX-1200YB-SC8 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 16QAM, C8
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module
AOFX-1200YB-ZC5 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
C5 performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module
AOFX-1200YB-ZC6 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
C6 performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module
AOFX-1200YB-ZC8 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
C8 performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 400G is included
with the line module
AOFX-1200YP-QC5 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, QPSK, C5
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module
AOFX-1200YP-QC6 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, QPSK, C6
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-216 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G (AOFX-1200)

Table 3-218 AOFX-1200 Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
AOFX-1200YP-QC8 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, QPSK, C8
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module
AOFX-1200YP-EC5 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 8QAM, C5
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module
AOFX-1200YP-EC6 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 8QAM, C6
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module
AOFX-1200YP-EC8 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 8QAM, C8
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module
AOFX-1200YP-SC5 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 16QAM, C5
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module
AOFX-1200YP-SC6 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 16QAM, C6
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module
AOFX-1200YP-SC8 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, 16QAM, C8
performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module
AOFX-1200YP-ZC5 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
C5 performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module
AOFX-1200YP-ZC6 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
C6 performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module
AOFX-1200YP-ZC8 1.2T AOFX-1200 switching sliceable-ready DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
C8 performance. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to
1200G of line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the
line module

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-217

Functional Description
The Advanced Optical Transport Network (OTN) FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G, referred to
as AOFX-1200, performs the following functions:
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to the switch fabric to enable all switched data to be
directed to any of the line card slots within the XTC-10, refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-
218
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the SCh
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for interconnection with a third-party line
system
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +/-140,000ps/nm

Modulation Formats
The AOFX-1200 supports various modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces),
depending on the PON type. See table below for details.
Note that the provisioning of different modulation formats for channels within an SCh is not supported.
The modulation format is provisioned for the SCh.
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Table 3-219 AOFX-1200 Modulation Formats and Baud Rates

Product Ordering Name Modulation Baud Rate Number of Carriers/ Maximum Multi-degree
(PON) Format Super Channels Number of SChs Sliceability
(SChs)
AOFX-1200Y-QCn QPSK 33G x carrier super 12 Yes
AOFX-1200YB-QCn channel(s)
AOFX-1200YP-QCn (x=1-12)
(n=5,6,8)
AOFX-1200Y-ECn 8QAM 22G x carrier super 12 Yes
AOFX-1200YB-ECn channel(s)
33G
AOFX-1200YP-ECn (x=1-12)
(n=5,6,8)
AOFX-1200Y-SCn 16QAM 17G x carrier super 12 Yes
AOFX-1200YB-SCn channel(s)
AOFX-1200YP-SCn (x=1-12)
(n=5,6,8)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-218 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G (AOFX-1200)

Table 3-219 AOFX-1200 Modulation Formats and Baud Rates (continued)

Product Ordering Name Modulation Baud Rate Number of Carriers/ Maximum Multi-degree
(PON) Format Super Channels Number of SChs Sliceability
(SChs)
33G
AOFX-1200Y-ZCn All combinations listed above (modulation formats, baud rates, FlexCoherent, number of
AOFX-1200YB-ZCn carriers per SCh, maximum number of SChs per PON, etc.) are supported
AOFX-1200YP-ZCn
(n=5,6,8)

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC-10 in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM accessible through the switch fabric on the XTC-10. As
previously mentioned, AOFX-1200s have no restrictions and can route signals to any line module in the
XTC-10.
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-219

Block Diagram
Figure 3-51 AOFX-1200 Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-220 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G (AOFX-1200)

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-52 AOFX-1200 Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-221

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-220 AOFX-1200 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
AOFX-1200
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-221 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the AOFX-1200

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of AOFX-1200 SCh timed out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an SCh Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an SCh signal

Connectors
Table 3-222 AOFX-1200 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from an add/drop port on the FRM-9D/FRM-20X (housed
on a FlexILS chassis)
OUT LC Connects to an add/drop port on the FRM-9D/FRM-20X (housed on
a FlexILS chassis)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-223 AOFX-1200 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth (front edge of faceplate to 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
rear of module not including the
faceplate protrusion)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-222 Advanced OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G (AOFX-1200)

Table 3-223 AOFX-1200 Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Depth (including the faceplate 19.58 inches / 497.33mm
protrusion)
Weight 45.0lb / 20.4kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption and
Configuration Rules on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-224 AOFX-1200 SCh Optical Power Range
Product Ordering Name (PON) Parameter Specification per Carrier Specification per SCh (1-12 Carriers)
AOFX-1200Y-mCn Input power level -42.2 to 8.1dBm -31.4 to 18.9dBm 22
AOFX-1200YB-mCn
Output power level -13.0 to 7.0dBm -13.0 to 17.8dBm
AOFX-1200YP-mCn
(m=Q,E,S,Z)
(n=5,6,8)

Caution: Prior to removing and/or replacing an AOFX-1200 from a live XTC-10 chassis, it is
recommended to perform a "graceful shutdown operation" on the AOFX-1200 (from the Infinera
management interfaces) to optimize deactivation and initialization of the AOFX-1200. Refer to
the GNM Configuration Management Guide for additional information. Note that this behavior is
specific to AOFX-1200 line module types and differs from previous line module types.

22
This specification reflects the limit for total power including amplified spontaneous emission (ASE)
and signal channels.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-223

Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 1200G (SOFM-1200)

Note: In order for the SOFM-1200 to function as designed, the XTC-10 switch fabric must be fully
populated with OXM2-X10s. In addition, an air inlet front cover kit (PON X-INLET-X10) and four high
efficiency fan trays (PON X-FANTRAY2-X10) must be previously installed in the XTC-10.

The SOFM-1200 is a tunable super channel (SCh) based OTN line module that utilizes Soft Decision-
Forward Error Correction (SD-FEC) which enables the SOFM-1200 to achieve a lower optical signal-to-
noise ratio (OSNR) sensitivity and provide greater un-regenerated reach.
SOFM-1200s transmit and receive up to 12 x sliceable SChs. Each of the supported carriers (1 through
12) can be arbitrarily tuned (with 3.125GHz granularity) to any frequency 23 within the extended C-Band
meaning that the carriers can be tuned to accommodate virtually any channel plan including the ITU-T
standard channel plan.
SOFM-1200s can be installed in upper universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card
slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10.
The SOFM-1200 supports twelve DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-
channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 1200Gbps of bandwidth (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-225 for additional information).

Note: Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for information regarding the supported
optical channel plans.

Table 3-225 SOFM-1200 Product Details

Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
SOFM-1200Y-BC13 Submarine 600G SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, ME-PSK, type
13
SOFM-1200Y-QC13 Submarine 1.2T SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, QPSK, type 13
SOFM-1200Y-ZC13 Submarine 1.2T SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
type 13
SOFM-1200Y-BC14 Submarine 600G SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, ME-PSK, type
14
SOFM-1200Y-QC14 Submarine 1.2T SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, QPSK, type 14
SOFM-1200Y-ZC14 Submarine 1.2T SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
type 14
SOFM-1200YB-BC13 Submarine 600G SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, ME-PSK, type
13. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 600G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 100G is included with the line
module

23 The supported channel frequencies are defined by the following:

193.1 + n * 0.003125THz (n=-565 ... 965)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-224 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 1200G (SOFM-1200)

Table 3-225 SOFM-1200 Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
SOFM-1200YB-QC13 Submarine 1.2T SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, QPSK, type 13.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 200G is included with the line
module
SOFM-1200YB-ZC13 Submarine 1.2T SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
type 13. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of
line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 200G is included with the line
module
SOFM-1200YB-BC14 Submarine 600G SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, ME-PSK, type
14. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 600G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 100G is included with the line
module
SOFM-1200YB-QC14 Submarine 1.2T SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, QPSK, type 14.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 200G is included with the line
module
SOFM-1200YB-ZC14 Submarine 1.2T SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
type 14. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of
line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 200G is included with the line
module
SOFM-1200YP-BC13 Submarine 600G SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, ME-PSK, type
13. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 600G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module
SOFM-1200YP-QC13 Submarine 1.2T SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, QPSK, type 13.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module
SOFM-1200YP-ZC13 Submarine 1.2T SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
type 13. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of
line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module
SOFM-1200YP-BC14 Submarine 600G SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, ME-PSK, type
14. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 600G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module
SOFM-1200YP-QC14 Submarine 1.2T SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, QPSK, type 14.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module
SOFM-1200YP-ZC14 Submarine 1.2T SOFM-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
type 14. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of
line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-225

Functional Description
The Submarine Optical Transport Network (OTN) FlexChannel Line Module 1200G, referred to as
SOFM-1200, performs the following functions:
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to another SOFM-1200 utilizing fixed slot pairing
between the upper and lower universal card slots (XTC-10), refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page
3-226 for additional information
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the SCh
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for interconnection with a third-party line
system
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +/-280,000ps/nm

Modulation Formats
The SOFM-1200 supports various modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces),
depending on the PON type. See table below for details.
Note that the provisioning of different modulation formats for channels within an SCh is not supported.
The modulation format is provisioned for the SCh.
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Table 3-226 SOFM-1200 Modulation Formats and Baud Rates

Product Ordering Modulation Baud Rate Number of Carriers/ Maximum Multi-degree
Name (PON) Format Super Channels Number of SChs Sliceability
(SChs)
SOFM-1200Y-BCn ME-PSK 33G x carrier super 12 Yes
SOFM-1200YB-BCn channel(s)
SOFM-1200YP-BCn (x=1-12)
(n=13,14)
SOFM-1200Y-QCn QPSK 33G x carrier super 12 Yes
SOFM-1200YB-QCn channel(s)
SOFM-1200YP-QCn (x=1-12)
(n=13,14)
SOFM-1200Y-ZCn All combinations listed above (modulation formats, baud rates, FlexCoherent, number of
SOFM-1200YB-ZCn carriers per SCh, maximum number of SChs per PON, etc.) are supported
SOFM-1200YP-ZCn
(n=13,14)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-226 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 1200G (SOFM-1200)

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC-10 in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM accessible through the switch fabric on the XTC-10. When
routing signals to other line modules in the XTC-10, SOFM-1200s utilize fixed slot pairing to support 1-
way and 2-way add/drop connections and can route traffic only to its paired set of line modules as follows:
■ XTC-10—universal card slots A-1 and B-1, A-2 and B-2, A-3 and B-3, A-4 and B-4, and/or
A-5 and B-5
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Block Diagram
Figure 3-53 SOFM-1200 Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-227

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-54 SOFM-1200 Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-228 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Line Module 1200G (SOFM-1200)

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-227 SOFM-1200 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
SOFM-1200
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-228 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOFM-1200

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of SOFM-1200 SCh timed out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an SCh Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an SCh signal

Connectors
Table 3-229 SOFM-1200 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from an add/drop port on the FRM-9D/FRM-20X (housed
on a FlexILS chassis)
OUT LC Connects to an add/drop port on the FRM-9D/FRM-20X (housed on
a FlexILS chassis)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-230 SOFM-1200 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth (front edge of faceplate to 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
rear of module not including the
faceplate protrusion)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-229

Table 3-230 SOFM-1200 Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Depth (including the faceplate 19.58 inches / 497.33mm
protrusion)
Weight 45.0lb / 20.4kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption and
Configuration Rules on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-231 SOFM-1200 SCh Optical Power Range
Product Ordering Name (PON) Parameter Specification per Carrier Specification per SCh (1-12 Carriers)
SOFM-1200Y-mCn Input power level -42.2 to 8.1dBm -31.4 to 18.9dBm 24
SOFM-1200YB-mCn
Output power level -13.0 to 7.0dBm -13.0 to 17.8dBm
SOFM-1200YP-mCn
(m=B,Q,Z)
(n=13,14)

Caution: Prior to removing and/or replacing an SOFM-1200 from a live XTC-10 chassis, it is
recommended to perform a "graceful shutdown operation" on the SOFM-1200 (from the Infinera
management interfaces) to optimize deactivation and initialization of the SOFM-1200. Refer to
the GNM Configuration Management Guide for additional information. Note that this behavior is
specific to SOFM-1200 line module types and differs from previous line module types.

24
This specification reflects the limit for total power including amplified spontaneous emission (ASE)
and signal channels.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-230 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G (SOFX-1200)

Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G

(SOFX-1200)
Note: In order for the SOFX-1200 to function as designed, the XTC-10 switch fabric must be fully
populated with OXM2-X10s. In addition, an air inlet front cover kit (PON X-INLET-X10) and four high
efficiency fan trays (PON X-FANTRAY2-X10) must be previously installed in the XTC-10.

The SOFX-1200 is a tunable super channel (SCh) based OTN switching line module that utilizes Soft
Decision-Forward Error Correction (SD-FEC) which enables the SOFX-1200 to achieve a lower optical
signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) sensitivity and provide greater un-regenerated reach.
SOFX-1200s transmit and receive up to 12 x sliceable SChs. Each of the supported carriers (1 through
12) can be arbitrarily tuned (with 3.125GHz granularity) to any frequency 25 within the extended C-Band
meaning that the carriers can be tuned to accommodate virtually any channel plan including the ITU-T
standard channel plan.
SOFX-1200s can be installed in upper universal card slots A-1 through A-5 and/or lower universal card
slots B-1 through B-5 of the XTC-10.
The SOFX-1200 supports twelve DWDM multiplexed optical channels (with coherent detection) and per-
channel software configurable modulation options providing up to 1200Gbps of bandwidth (refer to
Modulation Formats on page 3-232 for additional information).

Note: Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for information regarding the supported
optical channel plans.

Table 3-232 SOFX-1200 Product Details

Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
SOFX-1200Y-BC13 Submarine 600G SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, ME-PSK, type
13
SOFX-1200Y-QC13 Submarine 1.2T SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, QPSK, type 13
SOFX-1200Y-ZC13 Submarine 1.2T SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
type 13
SOFX-1200Y-BC14 Submarine 600G SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, ME-PSK, type
14
SOFX-1200Y-QC14 Submarine 1.2T SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, QPSK, type 14
SOFX-1200Y-ZC14 Submarine 1.2T SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
type 14

25 The supported channel frequencies are defined by the following:

193.1 + n * 0.003125THz (n=-565 ... 965)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-231

Table 3-232 SOFX-1200 Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
SOFX-1200YB-BC13 Submarine 600G SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, ME-PSK, type
13. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 600G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 100G is included with the line
module
SOFX-1200YB-QC13 Submarine 1.2T SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, QPSK, type 13.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 200G is included with the line
module
SOFX-1200YB-ZC13 Submarine 1.2T SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
type 13. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of
line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 200G is included with the line
module
SOFX-1200YB-BC14 Submarine 600G SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, ME-PSK, type
14. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 600G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 100G is included with the line
module
SOFX-1200YB-QC14 Submarine 1.2T SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, QPSK, type 14.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 200G is included with the line
module
SOFX-1200YB-ZC14 Submarine 1.2T SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
type 14. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of
line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license up to 200G is included with the line
module
SOFX-1200YP-BC13 Submarine 600G SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, ME-PSK, type
13. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 600G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module
SOFX-1200YP-QC13 Submarine 1.2T SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, QPSK, type 13.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module
SOFX-1200YP-ZC13 Submarine 1.2T SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
type 13. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of
line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module
SOFX-1200YP-BC14 Submarine 600G SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, ME-PSK, type
14. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 600G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module
SOFX-1200YP-QC14 Submarine 1.2T SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, QPSK, type 14.
Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of line
module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module
SOFX-1200YP-ZC14 Submarine 1.2T SOFX-1200 slice capable DWDM line module, FlexCoherent,
type 14. Utilizes Instant Bandwidth software licensing feature for up to 1200G of
line module bandwidth. A bandwidth license is not included with the line module

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-232 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G (SOFX-1200)

Functional Description
The Submarine Optical Transport Network (OTN) FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G, referred to
as SOFX-1200, performs the following functions:
■ Provides a bidirectional backplane interface to the switch fabric to enable all switched data to be
directed to any of the line card slots within the XTC-10, refer to Bandwidth Grooming on page 3-
233
■ Contains client and switch fabric interfaces which are integrated OTN digital wrapper devices each
providing bidirectional bandwidth
■ Codes and decodes the Forward Error Correction (FEC) signal for each wavelength of the SCh
transmitted through the Tx and Rx super channel optical devices
■ Supports Open Wave line system mode which allows for interconnection with a third-party line
system
■ Allows for dispersion compensation of up to +/-280,000ps/nm

Modulation Formats
The SOFX-1200 supports various modulation formats (provisioned via the management interfaces),
depending on the PON type. See table below for details.
Note that the provisioning of different modulation formats for channels within an SCh is not supported.
The modulation format is provisioned for the SCh.
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Table 3-233 SOFX-1200 Modulation Formats and Baud Rates

Product Ordering Modulation Baud Rate Number of Carriers/ Maximum Multi-degree
Name (PON) Format Super Channels Number of SChs Sliceability
(SChs)
SOFX-1200Y-BCn ME-PSK 33G x carrier super 12 Yes
SOFX-1200YB-BCn channel(s)
SOFX-1200YP-BCn (x=1-12)
(n=13,14)
SOFX-1200Y-QCn QPSK 33G x carrier super 12 Yes
SOFX-1200YB-QCn channel(s)
SOFX-1200YP-QCn (x=1-12)
(n=13,14)
SOFX-1200Y-ZCn All combinations listed above (modulation formats, baud rates, FlexCoherent, number of
SOFX-1200YB-ZCn carriers per SCh, maximum number of SChs per PON, etc.) are supported
SOFX-1200YP-ZCn
(n=13,14)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-233

Bandwidth Grooming
Bandwidth grooming is the process of switching traffic between the line modules in an XTC-10 in order to
route traffic through the node and depends on the type of line modules installed in the chassis. All line
modules can route line-side traffic to any OTM accessible through the switch fabric on the XTC-10. As
previously mentioned, SOFX-1200s have no restrictions and can route signals to any line module in the
XTC-10.
Refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide for detailed information.

Block Diagram
Figure 3-55 SOFX-1200 Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-234 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G (SOFX-1200)

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 3-56 SOFX-1200 Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Line Modules 3-235

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 3-234 SOFX-1200 Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
SOFX-1200
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the circuit pack status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the circuit
pack: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up mode)

Port Indicators

Table 3-235 Port Visual Alarm Indicators on the SOFX-1200

LED State Description
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the port status: Solid Green (Active), flashing Green (acquiring
signal), or dimmed (Locked or Auto-discovery of SOFX-1200 SCh timed out)
LOS Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal. During an SCh Optical Loss of
Signal (OLOS), condition this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
an SCh signal

Connectors
Table 3-236 SOFX-1200 Connectors
Connector Type Purpose
IN LC Connects from an add/drop port on the FRM-9D/FRM-20X (housed
on a FlexILS chassis)
OUT LC Connects to an add/drop port on the FRM-9D/FRM-20X (housed on
a FlexILS chassis)

Technical Specifications
Table 3-237 SOFX-1200 Technical Specifications
Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 19.76 inches / 501.90mm
Width 3.46 inches / 87.88mm
Depth (front edge of faceplate to 17.05 inches / 433.07mm
rear of module not including the
faceplate protrusion)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

3-236 Submarine OTN FlexChannel Switching Line Module 1200G (SOFX-1200)

Table 3-237 SOFX-1200 Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Depth (including the faceplate 19.58 inches / 497.33mm
protrusion)
Weight 45.0lb / 20.4kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption and
Configuration Rules on page 1-2

Optical Specifications
Table 3-238 SOFX-1200 SCh Optical Power Range
Product Ordering Name (PON) Parameter Specification per Carrier Specification per SCh (1-12 Carriers)
SOFX-1200Y-mCn Input power level -42.2 to 8.1dBm -31.4 to 18.9dBm 26
SOFX-1200YB-mCn
Output power level -13.0 to 7.0dBm -13.0 to 17.8dBm
SOFX-1200YP-mCn
(m=B,Q,Z)
(n=13,14)

Caution: Prior to removing and/or replacing an SOFX-1200 from a live XTC-10 chassis, it is
recommended to perform a "graceful shutdown operation" on the SOFX-1200 (from the Infinera
management interfaces) to optimize deactivation and initialization of the SOFX-1200. Refer to
the GNM Configuration Management Guide for additional information. Note that this behavior is
specific to SOFX-1200 line module types and differs from previous line module types.

26
This specification reflects the limit for total power including amplified spontaneous emission (ASE)
and signal channels.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

 CHAPTER 4

XTC Tributary Modules

The XTC tributary modules are module types that are used to provide client access for the network
elements.

Note: Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to the XTC will refer to the XTC-10, XTC-4,
XTC-2, and/or XTC-2E interchangeably.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-2 Tributary Interface Module (TIM/TIM2) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4

Tributary Interface Module (TIM/TIM2) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4

TIM
In the receive direction, a TIM is used to convert the customer client optical signal into an electrical signal.
This electrical version of the client data is then mapped into a frame structure unique to the DTN-X
(XTC-10/XTC-4). The DTN-X structured frames are wrapped into a transport frame format and then sent
from the TIM to the OTM-500/OTM2-500 to be switched and/or transported through the DTN-X line side.
In the transmit direction, a TIM is used to first demap the DTN-X frames received from the OTM-500/
OTM2-500. The client data is then demapped from the received frames. The timing of the client traffic is
also extracted in the transmit direction. Once the client data and timing is completely demapped, the
client data is then converted to an optical signal via the TOM.
A TIM is pluggable into any available sub-slot(s) on the OTM-500/OTM2-500. The OTM-500/OTM2-500
contains ten sub-slots with each sub-slot supporting up to 50Gbps of client traffic.

Note: Due to system cooling restrictions, TIMs equipped with the TOM-10G-SFPP-DT can only be
installed in certain sub-slots on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 depending on chassis type. Refer to
OTM-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-138 and/or OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-143
for additional information.

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIMs. Cold reset is supported for TIMs.

Table 4-1 TIM Product Details

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
TIM-1-100G Supports a single OTU4 port. The supported TOM types utilize the CFP form factor
TIM-1-100GE Supports a single IEEE802.3ba 100GbE Ethernet port and Remote Monitoring (RMON).
The supported TOM types utilize the CFP form factor
TIM-1B-100GE Supports a single IEEE802.3ba 100GbE Ethernet port and RMON. The supported TOM
types utilize the CFP form factor

Note: The TIM-1B-100GE is used only with Instant Bandwidth line modules
(AOLM-500B, AOLX-500B, AOLM2-500B, AOLX2-500B/P, SOLM2-500B,
SOLX2-500B/P, AOFM-500B, AOFX-500B/P, SOFM-500B, and/or SOFX-500B/P).

TIM-1-100GM Supports OTU4 transport with one level of ODU muxing and demuxing, or a 100GbE
Ethernet service mapped to OTU4. The supported TOM types utilize the CFP form
factor
TIM-1-100GX Supports OTU4 transport with one level of ODU muxing and demuxing, or a 100GbE
Ethernet service mapped to OTU4. For detailed information regarding supported ODU
multiplexing options, operating modes, etc., refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide. The supported TOM types utilize the CFP form factor.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-3

Table 4-1 TIM Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
TIM-1-100GE-Q Supports a single IEEE802.3ba 100GbE Ethernet port and RMON. The supported TOM
types utilize the QSFP28 form factor

Note: Forward Error Correction (FEC) mode for correction of errors during data
transmission of 100GbE data rates is supported and enabled by default for the
TOM types that support FEC mode.

TIM-1-40G Supports a single OTU3/OTU3e1/OTU3e2 port. The supported TOM types utilize the
CFP form factor
TIM-1-40GE Supports a single IEEE802.3ba 40GbE Ethernet port and RMON. The supported TOM
types utilize the CFP form factor
TIM-1-40GM Supports a single OC-768/STM-256 port. The supported TOM types utilize the CFP
form factor
TIM-5-10GM Supports five 10G ports and RMON (for 10GbE LAN PHY client interfaces). The
supported TOM types utilize the SFP+ form factor. Each port is a multi-service port
supporting SONET, SDH, OTN, GbE, and/or Fibre Channel client interfaces
TIM-5B-10GM Supports five 10G ports and RMON (for 10GbE LAN PHY client interfaces). The
supported TOM types utilize the SFP+ form factor. Each port is a multi-service port
supporting SONET, SDH, OTN, GbE, and/or Fibre Channel client interfaces

Note: The TIM-5B-10GM is used only with Instant Bandwidth line modules
(AOLM-500B, AOLX-500B, AOLM2-500B, AOLX2-500B/P, SOLM2-500B,
SOLX2-500B/P, AOFM-500B, AOFX-500B/P, SOFM-500B, and/or SOFX-500B/P).

TIM-5-10GX Supports five 10G ports and RMON (for 10GbE LAN PHY client interfaces). The
supported TOM types utilize the SFP+ form factor. Each port is a multi-service port
supporting SONET, SDH, OTN, GbE, and/or Fibre Channel client interfaces. For
detailed information regarding supported ODU multiplexing options, refer to the DTN
and DTN-X System Description Guide
TIM-16-2.5GM Supports sixteen 2.5G ports and RMON (for 1GbE LAN client interfaces). The supported
TOM types utilize the SFP+ and/or SFP form factor. Each port is a multi-service port
supporting SONET, SDH, OTN, GbE, and/or Fibre Channel client interfaces

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-4 Tributary Interface Module (TIM/TIM2) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4

TIM2
In the receive direction, a TIM2 is used to convert the customer client optical signal into an electrical
signal. This electrical version of the client data is then inserted into a frame structure unique to the DTN-X
(XTC-10). The DTN-X structured frames are wrapped into a transport frame format and then sent from the
TIM2 to the OTM-1200 to be switched and/or transported through the DTN-X line side.
In the transmit direction, a TIM2 is used to first extract the DTN-X frames received from the OTM-1200.
The client data is then extracted from the received frames. The timing of the client traffic is also extracted
in the transmit direction. Once the client data and timing is completely extracted, the client data is then
converted to an optical signal via the TOM.
A TIM2 is pluggable into any available sub-slot(s) on the OTM-1200. The OTM-1200 contains six sub-
slots with each sub-slot supporting up to 200Gbps of client traffic.

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM2s. Cold reset is supported for TIM2s.

Table 4-1 TIM2 Product Details

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
TIM2-2-100GM Supports two IEEE802.3ba 100GbE Ethernet or OTU4 ports. The supported TOM types
utilize the QSFP28 form factor
TIM2-2-100GX Supports two IEEE802.3ba 100GbE Ethernet or OTU4 ports. The supported TOM types
utilize the QSFP28 form factor
TIM2-18-10GM Supports eighteen 10G ports. The supported TOM types utilize the SFP+ form factor.
Each port is a multi-service port supporting SONET, SDH, OTN, and/or GbE client
interfaces
TIM2-18-10GX Supports eighteen 10G ports. The supported TOM types utilize the SFP+ form factor.
Each port is a multi-service port supporting SONET, SDH, OTN, and/or GbE client
interfaces

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-5

Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

In the receive direction, a TIM is used to convert the customer client optical signal into an electrical signal.
This electrical version of the client data is then mapped into a frame structure unique to the DTN-X
(XTC-2/XTC-2E). The DTN-X structured frames are wrapped into a transport frame format and then sent
from the TIM to the OTSM-600/OTXM-600 to be switched and/or transported through the DTN-X line side.
In the transmit direction, a TIM is used to first demap the DTN-X frames received from the OTSM-600/
OTXM-600. The client data is then demapped from the received frames. The timing of the client traffic is
also extracted in the transmit direction. Once the client data and timing is completely demapped, the
client data is then converted to an optical signal via the TOM.
A TIM is pluggable into any available sub-slot(s) on the OTSM-600/OTXM-600. The OTSM-600/
OTXM-600 contains twelve sub-slots with each sub-slot supporting up to 50Gbps of client traffic.

Table 4-3 TIM Product Details

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
TIM-1-100GE Supports a single IEEE802.3ba 100GbE Ethernet port and Remote Monitoring (RMON).
The supported TOM types utilize the CFP form factor
TIM-1B-100GE Supports a single IEEE802.3ba 100GbE Ethernet port and RMON. The supported TOM
types utilize the CFP form factor

Note: Instant Bandwidth features are not supported on the TIM-1B-100GE. Contact
your account team or a TAC resource for additional information.

TIM-1-100GX Supports OTU4 transport with one level of ODU muxing and demuxing, or a 100GbE
Ethernet service mapped to OTU4. For detailed information regarding supported ODU
multiplexing options, operating modes, etc., refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide. The supported TOM types utilize the CFP form factor
TIM-1-100GE-Q Supports a single IEEE802.3ba 100GbE Ethernet port and RMON. The supported TOM
types utilize the QSFP28 form factor

Note: Forward Error Correction (FEC) mode for correction of errors during data
transmission of 100GbE data rates is supported and enabled by default for the
TOM types that support FEC mode.

TIM-5-10GM Supports five 10G ports and RMON (for 10GbE LAN PHY client interfaces). The
supported TOM types utilize the SFP+ form factor. Each port is a multi-service port
supporting SONET, SDH, OTN, GbE, and/or Fibre Channel client interfaces
TIM-5B-10GM Supports five 10G ports and RMON (for 10GbE LAN PHY client interfaces). The
supported TOM types utilize the SFP+ form factor. Each port is a multi-service port
supporting SONET, SDH, OTN, GbE, and/or Fibre Channel client interfaces

Note: Instant Bandwidth features are not supported on the TIM-5B-10GM. Contact
your account team or a TAC resource for additional information.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-6 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Table 4-3 TIM Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
TIM-5-10GX Supports five 10G ports and RMON (for 10GbE LAN PHY client interfaces). The
supported TOM types utilize the SFP+ form factor. Each port is a multi-service port
supporting SONET, SDH, OTN, GbE, and/or Fibre Channel client interfaces. For
detailed information regarding supported ODU multiplexing options, refer to the DTN
and DTN-X System Description Guide

Note: In the current release, when a TIM-5-10GX is installed on an XTC-2/XTC-2E,

the OTN client interface is limited to ODU2/ODU2e data rates; ODU1/ODU0
multiplexing is not supported.

TIM-16-2.5GM Supports sixteen 2.5G ports and RMON (for 1GbE LAN client interfaces). The supported
TOM types utilize the SFP+ and/or SFP form factor. Each port is a multi-service port
supporting SONET, SDH, OTN, GbE, and/or Fibre Channel client interfaces

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIMs. Cold reset is supported for TIMs.

Tributary Interface Module 100G (TIM-1-100G)

Functional Description
The Tributary Interface Module 100G, referred to as TIM-1-100G, transports an OTU4 interface as a
single circuit across the network. The TIM-1-100G is compliant with the OTU4 standard and the optical
transceiver supported utilizes the industry standard CFP form factor.
The TIM-1-100G is a double-slot TIM type (requiring two sub-slots) and can be arbitrarily equipped in any
two adjacent sub-slots located on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 (XTC-10/XTC-4). The TIM-1-100G provides a
single sub-slot to enable the insertion of the following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-LR4) on page 4-104
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-L10X) on page 4-106
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-ER4) on page 4-109
The TIM-1-100G supports the following client interface:
■ OTU4

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM-1-100G. Cold reset is supported for TIM-1-100G.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-7

Block Diagram
Figure 4-1 TIM-1-100G Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-2 TIM-1-100G Faceplate

Note: The TIM-1-100G equipped with a low force insertion handle contains a revised TIM handle that
is used for TIM and/or TOM insertion and/or removal. However, the revised handle contains a
mechanism specifically designed to reduce the amount of effort required for TOM insertion and/or
removal.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-8 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-4 TIM-1-100G Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM-1-100G. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all the
on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM-1-100G status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM-1-100G: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-5 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Technical Specifications

Table 4-6 TIM-1-100G Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 5.0lb / 2.3kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-9

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-7 TIM-1-100G Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols OTU4 Fully transparent
Capacity Maximum capacity 111.81Gbps (OTU4), max 1 TOM-100G-XXX per
TIM-1-100G

Tributary Interface Module 100GE (TIM-1-100GE)

Functional Description
The Tributary Interface Module 100GE, referred to as TIM-1-100GE, transports a 100GbE Ethernet
interface as a single circuit across the network. The TIM-1-100GE is compliant with the IEEE802.3ba
100GbE standard, provides Remote Monitoring (RMON) support, and the optical transceiver supported
utilizes the industry standard CFP form factor.
The TIM-1-100GE is a double-slot TIM type (requiring two sub-slots) and can be arbitrarily equipped in
any two adjacent sub-slots located on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 (XTC-10/XTC-4) and/or OTSM-600/
OTXM-600 (XTC-2/XTC-2E). The TIM-1-100GE provides a single sub-slot to enable the insertion of the
following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-SR10) on page 4-93
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-S10X) on page 4-95
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-LR4) on page 4-97
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-L10X) on page 4-99
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-LR4) on page 4-104
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-L10X) on page 4-106
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-ER4) on page 4-109
The TIM-1-100GE supports the following client interface:
■ 100GbE

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM-1-100GE. Cold reset is supported for TIM-1-100GE.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-10 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Block Diagram
Figure 4-3 TIM-1-100GE Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-4 TIM-1-100GE Faceplate

Note: The TIM-1-100GE equipped with a low force insertion handle contains a revised TIM handle
that is used for TIM and/or TOM insertion and/or removal. However, the revised handle contains a
mechanism specifically designed to reduce the amount of effort required for TOM insertion and/or
removal.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-11

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-8 TIM-1-100GE Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM-1-100GE. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all the
on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM-1-100GE status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM-1-100GE: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-9 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Technical Specifications

Table 4-10 TIM-1-100GE Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 5.0lb / 2.3kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-12 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-11 TIM-1-100GE Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 100GbE Fully transparent; RMON support
Capacity Maximum capacity 100Gbps, max 1 TOM-100G-XXX per TIM-1-100GE

Tributary Interface Module 100GE (TIM-1B-100GE)

Functional Description
The Tributary Interface Module 100GE, referred to as TIM-1B-100GE, transports a 100GbE Ethernet
interface as a single circuit across the network. The TIM-1B-100GE is compliant with the IEEE802.3ba
100GbE standard, provides Remote Monitoring (RMON) support, and the optical transceiver supported
utilizes the industry standard CFP form factor. However, the TIM-1B-100GE is used with Instant
Bandwidth line modules (AOLM-500B, AOLX-500B, AOLM2-500B, AOLX2-500B/P, SOLM2-500B,
SOLX2-500B/P, AOFM-500B, AOFX-500B/P, SOFM-500B, and/or SOFX-500B/P).

Note: The TIM-1B-100GE can be housed in an OTSM-600/OTXM-600 on an XTC-2/XTC-2E.

However, Instant Bandwidth features are not supported. Contact your account team or a TAC
resource for additional information.

The TIM-1B-100GE is a double-slot TIM type (requiring two sub-slots) and can be arbitrarily equipped in
any two adjacent sub-slots located on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 (XTC-10/XTC-4) and/or OTSM-600/
OTXM-600 (XTC-2/XTC-2E). The TIM-1B-100GE provides a single sub-slot to enable the insertion of the
following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-SR10) on page 4-93
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-S10X) on page 4-95
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-LR4) on page 4-97
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-L10X) on page 4-99
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-LR4) on page 4-104
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-L10X) on page 4-106
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-ER4) on page 4-109
The TIM-1B-100GE supports the following client interface:
■ 100GbE

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM-1B-100GE. Cold reset is supported for
TIM-1B-100GE.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-13

Block Diagram
Figure 4-5 TIM-1B-100GE Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-6 TIM-1B-100GE Faceplate

Note: The TIM-1B-100GE equipped with a low force insertion handle contains a revised TIM handle
that is used for TIM and/or TOM insertion and/or removal. However, the revised handle contains a
mechanism specifically designed to reduce the amount of effort required for TOM insertion and/or
removal.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-14 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-12 TIM-1B-100GE Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM-1B-100GE. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all the
on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM-1B-100GE status: Solid Green (Active, In-service),
flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM-1B-100GE: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-13 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Technical Specifications

Table 4-14 TIM-1B-100GE Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 5.0lb / 2.3kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-15

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-15 TIM-1B-100GE Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 100GbE Fully transparent; RMON support
Capacity Maximum capacity 100Gbps, max 1 TOM-100G-XXX per TIM-1B-100GE

Tributary Interface Module 100GM (TIM-1-100GM)

Functional Description
The Tributary Interface Module 100GM, referred to as TIM-1-100GM, transports an OTU4 interface (or a
100GbE Ethernet service mapped to OTU4) as a single circuit across the network with one level of ODU
muxing and demuxing. The TIM-1-100GM is compliant with the OTU4 and IEEE802.3ba 100GbE
standards, and the optical transceiver supported utilizes the industry standard CFP form factor.
The TIM-1-100GM is a double-slot TIM type (requiring two sub-slots) and can be arbitrarily equipped in
any two adjacent sub-slots located on the OTM-500/OTM2-500. The TIM-1-100GM provides a single sub-
slot to enable the insertion of the following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-LR4) on page 4-104
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-L10X) on page 4-106
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-ER4) on page 4-109
The TIM-1-100GM supports the following client interfaces:
■ OTU4
■ 100GbE

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM-1-100GM. Cold reset is supported for
TIM-1-100GM.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-16 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Block Diagram
Figure 4-7 TIM-1-100GM Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-8 TIM-1-100GM Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-17

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-16 TIM-1-100GM Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM-1-100GM. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all the
on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM-1-100GM status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM-1-100GM: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-17 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Technical Specifications

Table 4-18 TIM-1-100GM Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 5.0lb / 2.3kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-18 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-19 TIM-1-100GM Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols OTU4 Fully transparent
100GbE
Capacity Maximum capacity 111.81Gbps (OTU4) or 100Gbps (100GbE), max 1
TOM-100G-XXX per TIM-1-100GM

Tributary Interface Module 100GX (TIM-1-100GX)

Functional Description
The Tributary Interface Module 100GX, referred to as TIM-1-100GX, transports an OTU4 interface (or a
100GbE Ethernet service mapped to OTU4) as a single circuit across the network with one level of ODU
muxing and demuxing. The TIM-1-100GX is compliant with the OTU4 and IEEE802.3ba 100GbE
standards, and the optical transceiver supported utilizes the industry standard CFP form factor.
The TIM-1-100GX is a double-slot TIM type (requiring two sub-slots) and can be arbitrarily equipped in
any two adjacent sub-slots located on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 (XTC-10/XTC-4) and/or OTSM-600/
OTXM-600 (XTC-2/XTC-2E). The TIM-1-100GX provides a single sub-slot to enable the insertion of the
following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-LR4) on page 4-104
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-L10X) on page 4-106
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-ER4) on page 4-109
The TIM-1-100GX supports the following client interfaces:
■ OTU4
■ 100GbE

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM-1-100GX. Cold reset is supported for TIM-1-100GX.

For detailed information regarding ODU multiplexing options, operating modes, etc., refer to the
DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-19

Block Diagram
Figure 4-9 TIM-1-100GX Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-10 TIM-1-100GX Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-20 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-20 TIM-1-100GX Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM-1-100GX. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all the
on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM-1-100GX status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM-1-100GX: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-21 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Technical Specifications

Table 4-22 TIM-1-100GX Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 5.0lb / 2.3kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-21

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-23 TIM-1-100GX Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols OTU4 Fully transparent
100GbE
Capacity Maximum capacity 111.81Gbps (OTU4) or 100Gbps (100GbE), max 1
TOM-100G-XXX per TIM-1-100GX

Tributary Interface Module 100GE (TIM-1-100GE-Q)

Functional Description
The Tributary Interface Module 100GE, referred to as TIM-1-100GE-Q, transports a 100GbE Ethernet
interface as a single circuit across the network. The TIM-1-100GE-Q is compliant with the IEEE802.3ba
100GbE standard, provides Remote Monitoring (RMON) support, and the optical transceiver supported
utilizes the industry standard 100G Quad Small Form Factor Pluggable 28 (QSFP28) form factor.
The TIM-1-100GE-Q is a double-slot TIM type (requiring two sub-slots) and can be arbitrarily equipped in
any two adjacent TIM sub-slots located on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 (XTC-10/XTC-4) and/or OTSM-600/
OTXM-600 (XTC-2/XTC-2E). The TIM-1-100GE-Q provides a single sub-slot to enable the insertion of the
following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-SR4) on page 4-111
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-LR4) on page 4-113
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-CLR4) on page 4-115
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4) on page 4-117
Forward Error Correction (FEC) mode for correction of errors during data transmission of 100GbE data
rates is supported and enabled by default for the TOM types that support FEC mode, refer to Table
4-101: TOM Product Details on page 4-86.
The TIM-1-100GE-Q supports the following client interface:
■ 100GbE

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM-1-100GE-Q. Cold reset is supported for
TIM-1-100GE-Q.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-22 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Block Diagram
Figure 4-11 TIM-1-100GE-Q Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-12 TIM-1-100GE-Q Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-23

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-24 TIM-1-100GE-Q Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM-1-100GE-Q. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all
the on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM-1-100GE-Q status: Solid Green (Active, In-service),
flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM-1-100GE-Q: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-25 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Technical Specifications

Table 4-26 TIM-1-100GE-Q Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 5.0lb / 2.3kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-27 TIM-1-100GE-Q Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 100GbE Fully transparent; RMON support
Capacity Maximum capacity 100Gbps, max 1 TOM-100G-Q-XXX per TIM-1-100GE-Q

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-24 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Tributary Interface Module 40G (TIM-1-40G)

Functional Description
The Tributary Interface Module 40G, referred to as TIM-1-40G, transports an OTU3/OTU3e1/OTU3e2
interface as a single circuit across the network. The TIM-1-40G is compliant with the OTU3/OTU3e1/
OTU3e2 standard and the optical transceiver supported utilizes the industry standard CFP form factor.
The TIM-1-40G is a single-slot TIM type and can be arbitrarily equipped in any of the sub-slots located on
the OTM-500/OTM2-500 (XTC-10/XTC-4). The TIM-1-40G provides a single sub-slot to enable the
insertion of the following TOM type:
■ Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40GMR-LR4) on page 4-127
The TIM-1-40G supports the following client interfaces:
■ OTU3
■ OTU3e1
■ OTU3e2

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM-1-40G. Cold reset is supported for TIM-1-40G.

Block Diagram
Figure 4-13 TIM-1-40G Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-25

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-14 TIM-1-40G Faceplate

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-28 TIM-1-40G Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM-1-40G. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all the on-
board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM-1-40G status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM-1-40G: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-29 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-26 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Technical Specifications

Table 4-30 TIM-1-40G Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 1.12 inches / 28.45mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 2.5lb / 1.1kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-31 TIM-1-40G Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols OTU3 Fully transparent
OTU3e1
OTU3e2
Capacity Maximum capacity 43.02Gbps (OTU3), 44.57Gbps (OTU3e1), and/or
44.58Gbps (OTU3e2), max 1 TOM-40G-XXX per
TIM-1-40G

Tributary Interface Module 40GE (TIM-1-40GE)

Functional Description
The Tributary Interface Module 40GE, referred to as TIM-1-40GE, transports a 40GbE Ethernet interface
as a single circuit across the network. The TIM-1-40GE is compliant with the IEEE802.3ba 40GbE
standard, provides Remote Monitoring (RMON) support, and the optical transceiver supported utilizes the
industry standard CFP form factor.
The TIM-1-40GE is a single-slot TIM type and can be arbitrarily equipped in any of the sub-slots located
on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 (XTC-10/XTC-4). The TIM-1-40GE provides a single sub-slot to enable the
insertion of the following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40G-SR4) on page 4-123
■ Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40G-LR4) on page 4-125
■ Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40GMR-LR4) on page 4-127
The TIM-1-40GE supports the following client interface:
■ 40GbE

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-27

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM-1-40GE. Cold reset is supported for TIM-1-40GE.

Block Diagram
Figure 4-15 TIM-1-40GE Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-16 TIM-1-40GE Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-28 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-32 TIM-1-40GE Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM-1-40GE. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all the
on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM-1-40GE status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM-1-40GE: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-33 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Technical Specifications

Table 4-34 TIM-1-40GE Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 1.12 inches / 28.45mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 2.5lb / 1.1kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-35 TIM-1-40GE Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 40GbE Fully transparent; RMON support
Capacity Maximum capacity 40Gbps, max 1 TOM-40G-XXX per TIM-1-40GE

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-29

Tributary Interface Module 40GM (TIM-1-40GM)

Functional Description
The Tributary Interface Module 40GM, referred to as TIM-1-40GM, transports an OC-768/STM-256
interface as a single circuit across the network. The TIM-1-40GM is compliant with the
VSR2000-3R2 (per ITU-T G.693) and IEEE 802.3bg 40GBase-FR standards and the optical transceiver
supported utilizes the industry standard CFP form factor.
The TIM-1-40GM is a double-slot TIM type (requiring two sub-slots) and can be arbitrarily equipped in any
two adjacent sub-slots located on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 (XTC-10/XTC-4). The TIM-1-40GM provides a
single sub-slot to enable the insertion of the following TOM type:
■ Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40GMR-FR) on page 4-129
The TIM-1-40GM supports the following client interfaces:
■ SONET OC-768
■ SDH STM-256

Note: ITU-T G.783 Amd. 2 introduced the LOL/LOA alarms (Loss Of Lane/Alignment) for multi-
lane optics. Hence the client LOF (Loss Of Frame) conditions are reported as LOA for OC768/
STM256 client interfaces on the TIM-1-40GM/TOM-40GMR-FR.

Note: CFP-based test equipment can introduce lane level faults to the STL256.4 interface.
Lane level faults can also result from equipment failures in CFP based client equipment. MSA
based testers and client equipment cannot in practice introduce lane level faults. Depending
upon the vendor 40G CFP used in the tester or the client equipment, and depending on the
CFP used in the TIM-1-40GM, when Synchronous Transport Lane (STL) level Loss Of Frame
(LOF) or Synchronous Transport Lane (STL) Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) condition is
transmitted in one or more lanes from tester or client equipment, any of the following alarms or
PM conditions may be reported by the receiving OC768/STM256 tributary/client interface in
TIM-1-40GM:
□ Tributary Optical Loss of Signal (OLOS), default alarm setting: Critical (CR)
□ Loss of Signal (LOS), default alarm setting: Critical (CR)
□ Loss of Alignment (LOA) reporting and clearing repeatedly, default alarm setting: Critical
(CR)
□ Tributary Optical Power Received Out of Range Low (OPR-OORL) alarm, default alarm
setting: Minor (MN). Note that the “OPR Out Of Range (OOR) alarm reporting” has to be
enabled by the user either for the individual OC-768 tributaries or by using the default
template option in the GNM for applying to all the OC-768 tributaries which are created in
a network element
□ B1/B2 errors and ES and SES PM counts

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM-1-40GM. Cold reset is supported for TIM-1-40GM.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-30 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Block Diagram
Figure 4-17 TIM-1-40GM Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-18 TIM-1-40GM Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-31

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-36 TIM-1-40GM Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM-1-40GM. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all the
on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM-1-40GM status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM-1-40GM: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-37 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Technical Specifications

Table 4-38 TIM-1-40GM Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 5.0lb / 2.3kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-32 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-39 TIM-1-40GM Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols OC-768 Fully transparent, A1, A2, B1, and J0 monitoring,
Section PM
STM-256 Fully transparent, A1, A2, B1, and J0 monitoring,
RS PM
Capacity Maximum capacity 40Gbps, max 1 TOM-40G-XXX per TIM-1-40GM

Tributary Interface Module 10GM (TIM-5-10GM)

Functional Description
The Tributary Interface Module 10GM, referred to as TIM-5-10GM, transports up to five independent
client interfaces across the network with each interface supporting up to 11.1Gbps (see below). The
TIM-5-10GM is compliant with multiple standards (Telcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.693, and IEEE
802.3ae), provides Remote Monitoring (RMON) support for 10GbE LAN PHY client interfaces, and the
optical transceiver supported utilizes the industry standard SFP+ form factor.
The TIM-5-10GM is a single-slot TIM type and can be arbitrarily equipped in any of the sub-slots located
on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 (XTC-10/XTC-4) and/or OTSM-600/OTXM-600 (XTC-2/XTC-2E). The
TIM-5-10GM provides five sub-slots to enable the insertion of the following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0) on page 4-131
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1) on page 4-133
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2) on page 4-135
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2) on page 4-137
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-DT) on page 4-140
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10GE-LRL) on page 4-144

Note: Due to system cooling restrictions, TIMs equipped with the TOM-10G-SFPP-DT can only be
installed in certain sub-slots on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 depending on chassis type. Refer to
OTM-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-138 and/or OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-143
for additional information. (There are no similar restrictions on the OTSM-600/OTXM-600.)

The TIM-5-10GM supports the following client interfaces:

■ SONET OC-192/10GbE WAN PHY
■ SDH STM-64
■ 10GbE LAN
■ 10G DTF/cDTF Transport (as 11.1Gbps Clear Channel)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-33

■ 10.3G Clear Channel

■ 10G Clear Channel
■ 10G Fibre Channel
■ 8G Fibre Channel
■ OTU1e
■ OTU2
■ OTU2e

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM-5-10GM. Cold reset is supported for TIM-5-10GM.

Block Diagram
Figure 4-19 TIM-5-10GM Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-34 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-20 TIM-5-10GM Faceplate

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-40 TIM-5-10GM Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM-5-10GM. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all the
on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM-5-10GM status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM-5-10GM: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-41 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-35

Technical Specifications

Table 4-42 TIM-5-10GM Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 1.12 inches / 28.45mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 2.8lb / 1.3kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-43 TIM-5-10GM Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-192 Fully transparent, A1, A2, B1, and J0 monitoring,
Section PM
SDH STM-64 Fully transparent, A1, A2, B1, and J0 monitoring, RS PM
10GbE LAN Fully transparent; Ethernet PM and RMON support
10GbE WAN PHY Fully transparent; A1, A2, B1, and J0 monitoring, Section
PM
10.3G Clear Channel Fully transparent
10G Clear Channel
10G Fibre Channel
10G DTF/cDTF Transport Fully transparent; supported as 11.1Gbps Clear Channel
OTU1e Fully transparent (requires 9 time slots), OH and PM
monitoring; or OTU1e/OTU2/OTU2e terminated (requires 8
OTU2
time slots), ODU transparent, OTU2 OH/FEC regenerated
OTU2e
Capacity Maximum capacity 9.95328Gbps (OC-192/STM-64), 10.3125Gbps (10GbE),
11.05Gbps (OTU1e), 10.71Gbps (OTU2), or 11.1Gbps
(OTU2e/cDTF Transport) per port depending on TOM type;
max 5 TOM-10G-XXX per TIM-5-10GM

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-36 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Tributary Interface Module 10GM (TIM-5B-10GM)

Functional Description
The Tributary Interface Module 10GM, referred to as TIM-5B-10GM, transports up to five independent
client interfaces across the network with each interface supporting up to 11.1Gbps (see below). The
TIM-5B-10GM is compliant with multiple standards (Telcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.693, and IEEE
802.3ae), provides Remote Monitoring (RMON) support for 10GbE LAN PHY client interfaces, and the
optical transceiver supported utilizes the industry standard SFP+ form factor. However, the TIM-5B-10GM
is used with Instant Bandwidth line modules (AOLM-500B, AOLX-500B, AOLM2-500B, AOLX2-500B/P,
SOLM2-500B, SOLX2-500B/P, AOFM-500B, AOFX-500B/P, SOFM-500B, and/or SOFX-500B/P).

Note: The TIM-5B-10GM can be housed in an OTSM-600/OTXM-600 on an XTC-2/XTC-2E.

However, Instant Bandwidth features are not supported. Contact your account team or a TAC
resource for additional information.

The TIM-5B-10GM is a single-slot TIM type and can be arbitrarily equipped in any of the sub-slots located
on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 (XTC-10/XTC-4) and/or OTSM-600/OTXM-600 (XTC-2/XTC-2E). The
TIM-5B-10GM provides five sub-slots to enable the insertion of the following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0) on page 4-131
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1) on page 4-133
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2) on page 4-135
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2) on page 4-137
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-DT) on page 4-140
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10GE-LRL) on page 4-144

Note: Due to system cooling restrictions, TIMs equipped with the TOM-10G-SFPP-DT can only be
installed in certain sub-slots on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 depending on chassis type. Refer to
OTM-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-138 and/or OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-143
for additional information.

The TIM-5B-10GM supports the following client interfaces:

■ SONET OC-192/10GbE WAN PHY
■ SDH STM-64
■ 10GbE LAN
■ 10G DTF/cDTF Transport (as 11.1Gbps Clear Channel)
■ 10.3G Clear Channel
■ 10G Clear Channel
■ 10G Fibre Channel
■ 8G Fibre Channel

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-37

■ OTU1e
■ OTU2
■ OTU2e

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM-5B-10GM. Cold reset is supported for
TIM-5B-10GM.

Block Diagram
Figure 4-21 TIM-5B-10GM Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-22 TIM-5B-10GM Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-38 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-44 TIM-5B-10GM Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM-5B-10GM. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all the
on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM-5B-10GM status: Solid Green (Active, In-service),
flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM-5B-10GM: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-45 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Technical Specifications

Table 4-46 TIM-5B-10GM Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 1.12 inches / 28.45mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 2.8lb / 1.3kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-39

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-47 TIM-5B-10GM Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-192 Fully transparent, A1, A2, B1, and J0 monitoring,
Section PM
SDH STM-64 Fully transparent, A1, A2, B1, and J0 monitoring, RS PM
10GbE LAN Fully transparent; Ethernet PM and RMON support
10GbE WAN PHY Fully transparent; A1, A2, B1, and J0 monitoring, Section
PM
10.3G Clear Channel Fully transparent
10G Clear Channel
10G Fibre Channel
10G DTF/cDTF Transport Fully transparent; supported as 11.1Gbps Clear Channel
OTU1e Fully transparent (requires 9 time slots), OH and PM
monitoring; or OTU1e/OTU2/OTU2e terminated (requires 8
OTU2
time slots), ODU transparent, OTU2 OH/FEC regenerated
OTU2e
Capacity Maximum capacity 9.95328Gbps (OC-192/STM-64), 10.3125Gbps (10GbE),
11.05Gbps (OTU1e), 10.71Gbps (OTU2), or 11.1Gbps
(OTU2e/cDTF Transport) per port depending on TOM type;
max 5 TOM-10G-XXX per TIM-5B-10GM

Tributary Interface Module 10GX (TIM-5-10GX)

Functional Description
The Tributary Module 10GX, referred to as TIM-5-10GX, transports up to five independent client
interfaces across the network with each interface supporting up to 11.1Gbps (see below). The
TIM-5-10GX is compliant with multiple standards (Telcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.693, and IEEE
802.3ae), provides Remote Monitoring (RMON) support for 10GbE LAN PHY client interfaces, and the
optical transceiver supported utilizes the industry standard SFP+ form factor.The TIM-5-10GX functions
identically to the TIM-5-10GM and supports the same client interfaces.
The TIM-5-10GX is a single-slot TIM type and can be arbitrarily equipped in any of the sub-slots located
on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 (XTC-10/XTC-4) and/or OTSM-600/OTXM-600 (XTC-2/XTC-2E). The
TIM-5-10GX provides five sub-slots to enable the insertion of the following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0) on page 4-131
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1) on page 4-133
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2) on page 4-135
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2) on page 4-137

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-40 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-DT) on page 4-140

■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10GE-LRL) on page 4-144

Note: Due to system cooling restrictions, TIMs equipped with the TOM-10G-SFPP-DT can only be
installed in certain sub-slots on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 depending on chassis type. Refer to
OTM-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-138 and/or OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-
143. (There are no similar restrictions on the OTSM-600/OTXM-600.)

The TIM-5-10GX supports the following client interfaces:

■ SONET OC-192/10GbE WAN PHY
■ SDH STM-64
■ 10GbE LAN
■ 10G DTF/cDTF Transport (as 11.1Gbps Clear Channel)
■ 10.3G Clear Channel
■ 10G Clear Channel
■ 10G Fibre Channel
■ 8G Fibre Channel
■ OTU1e
■ OTU2
■ OTU2e
For detailed information regarding ODU multiplexing options, refer to the DTN and DTN-X System
Description Guide.

Note: In the current release, when a TIM-5-10GX is installed on an XTC-2/XTC-2E, the OTN client
interface is limited to ODU2/ODU2e data rates; ODU1/ODU0 multiplexing is not supported.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-41

Block Diagram
Figure 4-23 TIM-5-10GX Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-24 TIM-5-10GX Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-42 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-48 TIM-5-10GX Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM-5-10GX. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all the
on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM-5-10GX status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM-5-10GX: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-49 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Technical Specifications

Table 4-50 TIM-5-10GX Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 1.12 inches / 28.45mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 2.8lb / 1.3kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-43

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-51 TIM-5-10GX Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-192 Fully transparent, A1, A2, B1, and J0 monitoring,
Section PM
SDH STM-64 Fully transparent, A1, A2, B1, and J0 monitoring, RS PM
10GbE LAN Fully transparent; Ethernet PM and RMON support
10GbE WAN PHY Fully transparent; A1, A2, B1, and J0 monitoring, Section
PM
10.3G Clear Channel Fully transparent
10G Clear Channel
10G Fibre Channel
10G DTF/cDTF Transport Fully transparent; supported as 11.1Gbps Clear Channel
OTU1e Fully transparent (requires 9 time slots), OH and PM
monitoring; or OTU1e/OTU2/OTU2e terminated (requires 8
OTU2
time slots), ODU transparent, OTU2 OH/FEC regenerated
OTU2e
Capacity Maximum capacity 9.95328Gbps (OC-192/STM-64), 10.3125Gbps (10GbE),
11.05Gbps (OTU1e), 10.71Gbps (OTU2), or 11.1Gbps
(OTU2e/cDTF Transport) per port depending on TOM type;
max 5 TOM-10G-XXX per TIM-5-10GX

Tributary Interface Module 2.5GM (TIM-16-2.5GM)

Functional Description
The Tributary Interface Module 16GM, referred to as TIM-16-2.5GM, transports up to sixteen independent
client interfaces across the network with each interface supporting a wide range of data rates (see below).
The TIM-16-2.5GM is compliant with multiple standards (Telcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.693, and
IEEE 802.3ae), provides Remote Monitoring (RMON) support for 1GbE LAN PHY client interfaces, and
the optical transceiver supported utilizes the industry standard SFP+ and/or SFP form factor.
The TIM-16-2.5GM is a double-slot TIM type (requiring two sub-slots) and can be arbitrarily equipped in
any two adjacent sub-slots located on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 (XTC-10/XTC-4) and/or OTSM-600/
OTXM-600 (XTC-2/XTC-2E). The TIM-16-2.5GM provides sixteen sub-slots to enable the insertion of the
following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 8G (TOM-8G-SM-LC-L) on page 4-145
■ Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-SR1) on page 4-148
■ Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-IR2) on page 4-150
■ Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-LR2) on page 4-153

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-44 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

■ Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-SR1) on page 4-156

■ Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-IR1) on page 4-159
■ Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-MR-Dn-LR2) on page 4-163
■ Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-MR-Cn-LR2) on page 4-167
■ Tributary Optical Module 1G (TOM-1G-ZX) on page 4-169
The TIM-16-2.5GM supports the following client interfaces:
■ SONET OC-48
■ SDH STM-16
■ SONET OC-12
■ SDH STM-4
■ SONET OC-3
■ SDH STM-1
■ 2.5G Clear Channel
■ 1GbE
■ 2G Fibre Channel
■ 4G Fibre Channel

Note: The TIM-16-2.5GM supports OC-12/STM-4, OC-3/STM-1, and/or 2G Fibre Channel via
the TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 only. 4G Fibre Channel is supported via the TOM-8G-SM-LC-L on odd
ports (1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, and/or 15) only for up to eight ports per TIM-16-2.5GM.

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM-16-2.5GM. Cold reset is supported for
TIM-16-2.5GM.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-45

Block Diagram
Figure 4-25 TIM-16-2.5GM Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-26 TIM-16-2.5GM Faceplate

Note: Due to a hardware limitation on the TIM-16-2.5GM, when a lamp test is initiated on the XTC,
the bi-color LEDs (i.e. circuit pack status and TOM port status active LEDs) on the TIM will remain
solid Green and will not toggle between Green and Yellow. Also note that when the TIM-16-2.5GM
and/or any installed TOM is set to Admin Maintenance via the management interfaces, the circuit
pack status and/or TOM port status active LED will be solid Yellow and not flashing Yellow.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-46 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-52 TIM-16-2.5GM Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM-16-2.5GM. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all the
on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM-16-2.5GM status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), solid
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)

Note: Due to a hardware limitation on the TIM-16-2.5GM, when a lamp

test is initiated on the XTC, the ACT LED will remain solid Green and
will not toggle between Green and Yellow. Also note that when the
TIM-16-2.5GM and/or any installed TOM is set to Admin Maintenance
via the management interfaces, the ACT LED will be solid Yellow and
not flashing Yellow.

FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM-16-2.5GM: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-53 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), solid Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed
(Locked state)

Note: Due to a hardware limitation on the TIM-16-2.5GM, when the

TIM-16-2.5GM and/or any installed TOM is set to Admin Maintenance
via the management interfaces, the A (Active) LED will be solid Yellow
and not flashing Yellow.

F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Technical Specifications

Table 4-54 TIM-16-2.5GM Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 2.23 inches / 56.64mm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-47

Table 4-54 TIM-16-2.5GM Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 5.0lb / 2.3kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-55 TIM-16-2.5GM Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-48 Fully transparent
SDH STM-16
SONET OC-12
SDH STM-4
SONET OC-3
STM-1
2.5G Clear Channel
1GbE LAN Fully transparent; Ethernet PM and RMON support
2G Fibre Channel Fully transparent
4G Fibre Channel
Capacity Maximum capacity 2.488Gbps (OC-48/STM-16), 622.08Mbps (OC-12/STM-4),
155.52Mbps (OC-3/STM-1), 1250Mbps (1GbE), 2125Mbps
(2G FC), 4250Mbps (4G FC) per port depending on TOM
type; max 16 TOM-2.5G-XXX/TOM-1G-XXX per
TIM-16-2.5GM; max 8 TOM-8G-XXX per TIM-16.2.5GM

Tributary Interface Module 100GM (TIM2-2-100GM)

Functional Description
The Tributary Interface Module 100GM, referred to as TIM2-2-100GM, transports up to two independent
OTU4 interfaces (or 100GbE Ethernet services mapped to OTU4s) across the network with each interface
providing one level of ODU muxing and demuxing. The TIM2-2-100GM is compliant with the
IEEE802.3ba 100GbE standard and the optical transceiver supported utilizes the industry standard 100G
Quad Small Form Factor Pluggable 28 (QSFP28) form factor.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-48 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

The TIM2-2-100GM is a single-slot TIM2 type (requiring one sub-slot) and can be arbitrarily equipped in
any of the sub-slots located on the OTM-1200. The TIM2-2-100GM provides two sub-slots to enable the
insertion of the following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-SR4) on page 4-111
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-LR4) on page 4-113
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4) on page 4-117
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4) on page 4-119
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4) on page 4-121
The TIM2-2-100GM supports the following client interfaces:
■ OTU4
■ 100GbE

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM2-2-100GM. Cold reset is supported for
TIM2-2-100GM.

Block Diagram
Figure 4-27 TIM2-2-100GM Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-49

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-28 TIM2-2-100GM Faceplate

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-56 TIM2-2-100GM Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM2-2-100GM. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all
the on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM2-2-100GM status: Solid Green (Active, In-service),
flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM2-2-100GM: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-57 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-50 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Technical Specifications

Table 4-58 TIM2-2-100GM Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 5.82 inches / 147.83mm
Width 1.34 inches / 34.04mm
Depth 16.35 inches / 415.31mm
Weight 3.8lb / 1.7kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-59 TIM2-2-100GM Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols OTU4 Fully transparent
100GbE
Capacity Maximum capacity 100Gbps per port, max 2 TOM-100G-Q-XXX per
TIM2-2-100GM

Tributary Interface Module 100GX (TIM2-2-100GX)

Functional Description

Note: In the current release, the TIM2-2-100GX provides the same functionality as the
TIM2-2-100GM.

The Tributary Interface Module 100GX, referred to as TIM2-2-100GX, transports up to two independent
OTU4 interfaces (or 100GbE Ethernet services mapped to OTU4s) across the network with each interface
providing one level of ODU muxing and demuxing. The TIM2-2-100GX is compliant with the IEEE802.3ba
100GbE standard and the optical transceiver supported utilizes the industry standard 100G Quad Small
Form Factor Pluggable 28 (QSFP28) form factor.
The TIM2-2-100GX is a single-slot TIM2 type (requiring one sub-slot) and can be arbitrarily equipped in
any of the sub-slots located on the OTM-1200. The TIM2-2-100GX provides two sub-slots to enable the
insertion of the following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-SR4) on page 4-111
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-LR4) on page 4-113
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4) on page 4-117

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-51

■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4) on page 4-119

■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4) on page 4-121
The TIM2-2-100GX supports the following client interfaces:
■ OTU4
■ 100GbE

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM2-2-100GX. Cold reset is supported for
TIM2-2-100GX.

For detailed information regarding ODU multiplexing options, operating modes, etc., refer to the
DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide.

Block Diagram
Figure 4-29 TIM2-2-100GX Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-52 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-30 TIM2-2-100GX Faceplate

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-60 TIM2-2-100GX Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM2-2-100GX. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all the
on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM2-2-100GX status: Solid Green (Active, In-service),
flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM2-2-100GX: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LED

Table 4-61 TOM Status Indicator

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-53

Technical Specifications

Table 4-62 TIM2-2-100GX Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 5.82 inches / 147.83mm
Width 1.34 inches / 34.04mm
Depth 16.35 inches / 415.31mm
Weight 3.8lb / 1.7kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-63 TIM2-2-100GX Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols OTU4 Fully transparent
100GbE
Capacity Maximum capacity 100Gbps per port, max 2 TOM-100G-Q-XXX per
TIM2-2-100GX

Tributary Interface Module 10GM (TIM2-18-10GM)

Functional Description
The Tributary Interface Module 10GM, referred to as TIM2-18-10GM, transports up to eighteen
independent client interfaces across the network with each interface supporting various data rates (see
below).
The TIM2-18-10GM is compliant with multiple standards (Telcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.693, and
IEEE 802.3ae) and the optical transceiver supported utilizes the industry standard SFP+ form factor.
The TIM2-18-10GM is a single-slot TIM2 type (requiring one sub-slot) and can be arbitrarily equipped in
any of the sub-slots located on the OTM-1200. The TIM2-18-10GM provides eighteen sub-slots to enable
the insertion of the following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0) on page 4-131
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1) on page 4-133
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2) on page 4-135
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2) on page 4-137
The TIM2-18-10GM supports the following client interfaces:

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-54 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

■ SONET OC-192/10GbE WAN

■ SDH STM-64
■ 10GbE LAN
■ ODU2
■ ODU2e

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM2-18-10GM. Cold reset is supported for
TIM2-18-10GM.

Block Diagram
Figure 4-31 TIM2-18-10GM Functional Block Diagram

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-55

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-32 TIM2-18-10GM Faceplate

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-64 TIM2-18-10GM Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM2-18-10GM. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all
the on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM2-18-10GM status: Solid Green (Active, In-service),
flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM2-18-10GM: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-56 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

TOM LEDs

Table 4-65 TOM Status Indicator

LED 27 Color 27 Description
A (Active) Green Indicates the TOM status:
F (Fault)
L (LOS)
Yellow ■ Solid Green—Active
Red ■ Flashing Green—Bring-up mode
■ Solid Yellow—Locked state
■ Flashing Yellow—In maintenance
■ Solid Red—Hardware fault/Loss of Signal (LOS)
■ Flashing Red—Bring-up mode with LOS

Technical Specifications

Table 4-66 TIM2-18-10GM Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 5.82 inches / 147.83mm
Width 1.34 inches / 34.04mm
Depth 16.69 inches / 423.93mm
Weight 4.1lb / 1.8kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-67 TIM2-2-100GM Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protoccols SONET OC-192 Fully transparent
SDH STM-64
10GbE LAN
10GbE WAN
ODU2
ODU2e
Capacity Maximum capacity 10Gbps per port, max 18 TOM-10G-SFPP-XXX per
TIM2-18-10GM

27 A single multi-color LED is used to display the TOM status.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-57

Tributary Interface Module 10GX (TIM2-18-10GX)

Functional Description

Note: In the current release, the TIM2-18-10GX provides the same functionality as the
TIM2-18-10GM.

The Tributary Interface Module 10GX, referred to as TIM2-18-10GX, transports up to eighteen

independent client interfaces across the network with each interface supporting various data rates (see
below).
The TIM2-18-10GX is compliant with multiple standards (Telcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.693, and
IEEE 802.3ae) and the optical transceiver supported utilizes the industry standard SFP+ form factor.
The TIM2-18-10GX is a single-slot TIM2 type (requiring one sub-slot) and can be arbitrarily equipped in
any of the sub-slots located on the OTM-1200. The TIM2-18-10GX provides eighteen sub-slots to enable
the insertion of the following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0) on page 4-131
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1) on page 4-133
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2) on page 4-135
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2) on page 4-137
The TIM2-18-10GX supports the following client interfaces:
■ SONET OC-192/10GbE WAN
■ SDH STM-64
■ 10GbE LAN
■ ODU2
■ ODU2e

Note: Warm reset is not supported for TIM2-18-10GX. Cold reset is supported for
TIM2-18-10GX.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-58 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Block Diagram
Figure 4-33 TIM2-18-10GX Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-34 TIM2-18-10GX Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-59

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-68 TIM2-18-10GX Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
TIM2-18-10GX. When the LED is on, the TIM is fully powered up and all the
on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TIM2-18-10GX status: Solid Green (Active, In-service),
flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
TIM2-18-10GX: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-69 TOM Status Indicator

LED 28 Color 28 Description
A (Active) Green Indicates the TOM status:
F (Fault)
L (LOS)
Yellow ■ Solid Green—Active
Red ■ Flashing Green—Bring-up mode
■ Solid Yellow—Locked state
■ Flashing Yellow—In maintenance
■ Solid Red—Hardware fault/Loss of Signal (LOS)
■ Flashing Red—Bring-up mode with LOS

Technical Specifications

Table 4-70 TIM2-18-10GX Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 5.82 inches / 147.83mm
Width 1.34 inches / 34.04mm
Depth 16.69 inches / 423.93mm
Weight 4.1lb / 1.8kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

28 A single multi-color LED is used to display the TOM status.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-60 Tributary Interface Module (TIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-71 TIM2-18-10GX Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protoccols SONET OC-192 Fully transparent
SDH STM-64
10GbE LAN
10GbE WAN
ODU2
ODU2e
Capacity Maximum capacity 10Gbps per port, max 18 TOM-10G-SFPP-XXX per
TIM2-18-10GX

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-61

Line Interface Module (LIM) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4

In the receive direction, a LIM is used to convert the customer client optical signal into an electrical signal.
This electrical version of the client data is then mapped into a frame structure unique to the DTN-X
(XTC-10/XTC-4). The DTN-X structured frames are wrapped into a transport frame format and then sent
from the LIM to the OTM-500/OTM2-500 to be switched and/or transported through the DTN-X line side.
In the transmit direction, a LIM is used to first demap the DTN-X frames received from the OTM-500/
OTM2-500. The client data is then demapped from the received frames. The timing of the client traffic is
also extracted in the transmit direction. Once the client data and timing is completely demapped, the
client data is then converted to an optical signal via the TOM.
A LIM is a double-slot module type (requiring two sub-slots) and is pluggable into any two available
adjacent sub-slots on the OTM-500/OTM2-500. The OTM-500/OTM2-500 contains ten sub-slots with
each sub-slot supporting up to 50Gbps of client traffic.

Note: Due to system cooling restrictions, LIMs can only be installed in certain sub-slots on the
OTM-500/OTM2-500 depending on chassis type. Refer to OTM-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-
138 and/or OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-143 for additional information.

Table 4-72 LIM Product Details

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
LIM-1-100GE Supports a single IEEE802.3ba 100GbE Ethernet port and Remote Monitoring (RMON).
The supported TOM types utilize the CFP form factor
LIM-1-100GM Supports OTU4 transport with Soft Decision-Forward Error Correction (SD-FEC) and
one level of ODU muxing and demuxing. Support for FEC PM is also provided. The
supported TOM types utilize the CFP form factor
LIM-1-100GX Supports OTU4 transport with SD-FEC encoding and provides support for ODU4/ODU2/
ODU2e switched services. Support for FEC PM is also provided. For detailed
information regarding ODU multiplexing options, operating modes, etc., refer to the DTN
and DTN-X System Description Guide. The supported TOM types utilize the CFP form
factor

Note: Warm reset is not supported for LIMs. Cold reset is supported for LIMs.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-62 Line Interface Module (LIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Line Interface Module (LIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

In the receive direction, a LIM is used to convert the customer client optical signal into an electrical signal.
This electrical version of the client data is then mapped into a frame structure unique to the DTN-X
(XTC-2/XTC-2E). The DTN-X structured frames are wrapped into a transport frame format and then sent
from the LIM to the OTSM-600/OTXM-600 to be switched and/or transported through the DTN-X line side.
In the transmit direction, a LIM is used to first demap the DTN-X frames received from the OTSM-600/
OTXM-600. The client data is then demapped from the received frames. The timing of the client traffic is
also extracted in the transmit direction. Once the client data and timing is completely demapped, the
client data is then converted to an optical signal via the TOM.
A LIM is a double-slot module type (requiring two sub-slots) and is pluggable into any two available
adjacent sub-slots on the OTSM-600/OTXM-600. The OTSM-600/OTXM-600 contains twelve sub-slots
with each sub-slot supporting up to 50Gbps of client traffic.

Table 4-73 LIM Product Details

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
LIM-1-100GE Supports a single IEEE802.3ba 100GbE Ethernet port and Remote Monitoring (RMON).
The supported TOM types utilize the CFP form factor
LIM-1-100GX Supports OTU4 transport with Soft Decision-Forward Error Correction (SD-FEC)
encoding and provides support for ODU4/ODU2/ODU2e switched services. Support for
FEC PM is also provided. For detailed information regarding ODU multiplexing options,
operating modes, etc., refer to the DTN and DTN-X System Description Guide. The
supported TOM types utilize the CFP form factor

Note: Warm reset is not supported for LIMs. Cold reset is supported for LIMs.

Line Interface Module 100GE (LIM-1-100GE)

Functional Description
The Line Interface Module 100GE, referred to as LIM-1-100GE, transports a 100GbE Ethernet interface
as a single circuit across the network. The LIM-1-100GE is compliant with the IEEE802.3ba 100GbE
standard, provides Remote Monitoring (RMON) support, and the optical transceiver supported utilizes the
industry standard CFP form factor.
The LIM-1-100GE is a double-slot module type (requiring two sub-slots) and can be arbitrarily equipped in
any two adjacent sub-slots located on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 (XTC-10/XTC-4) and/or OTSM-600/
OTXM-600 (XTC-2/XTC-2E).

Note: Due to system cooling restrictions, LIMs can only be installed in certain sub-slots on the
OTM-500/OTM2-500 depending on chassis type. Refer to OTM-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-63

138 and/or OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-143 for additional information. (There are no
similar restrictions on the OTSM-600/OTXM-600.)

The LIM-1-100GE provides a single sub-slot to enable the insertion of the following TOM type:
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TRX100267/TC) on page 4-102
The LIM-1-100GE supports the following client interface:
■ 100GbE

Note: Warm reset is not supported for LIM-1-100GE. Cold reset is supported for LIM-1-100GE.

Block Diagram
Figure 4-35 LIM-1-100GE Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-64 Line Interface Module (LIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-36 LIM-1-100GE Faceplate

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-74 LIM-1-100GE Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
LIM-1-100GE. When the LED is on, the LIM is fully powered up and all the
on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the LIM-1-100GE status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
LIM-1-100GE: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-75 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-65

Technical Specifications

Table 4-76 LIM-1-100GE Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical Specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 5.0lb / 2.3kg (approximately)
Eletrical Specifications Power Consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption Numbers on
page 1-2 and/or Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power Consumption
Numbers on page 2-2

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-77 LIM-1-100GE Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 100GbE Fully transparent; RMON support
Capacity Maximum capacity 100Gbps, max 1 TRX100267/TC per LIM-1-100GE

Line Interface Module 100GM (LIM-1-100GM)

Functional Description
The Line Interface Module 100GM, referred to as LIM-1-100GM, transports an OTU4 interface with SD-
FEC encoding as a single circuit across the network, and provides one level of ODU muxing and
demuxing. Support for FEC PM is also provided. The LIM-1-100GM is compliant with the OTU4 standard
and the optical transceiver supported utilizes the industry standard CFP form factor.
The LIM-1-100GM is a double-slot LIM type (requiring two sub-slots) and can be arbitrarily equipped in
any two adjacent sub-slots located on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 (XTC-10/XTC-4).

Note: Due to system cooling restrictions, LIMs can only be installed in certain sub-slots on the
OTM-500/OTM2-500 depending on chassis type. Refer to OTM-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-
138 and/or OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-143 for additional information.

The LIM-1-100GM provides a single sub-slot to enable the insertion of the following TOM type:
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TRX100267/TC) on page 4-102
The LIM-1-100GM supports the following client interface:
■ OTU4

Note: Warm reset is not supported for LIM-1-100GM. Cold reset is supported for LIM-1-100GM.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-66 Line Interface Module (LIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Block Diagram
Figure 4-37 LIM-1-100GM Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-38 LIM-1-100GM Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-67

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-78 LIM-1-100GM Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
LIM-1-100GM. When the LED is on, the LIM is fully powered up and all the
on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the LIM-1-100GM status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
LIM-1-100GM: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-79 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Technical Specifications

Table 4-80 LIM-1-100GM Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 5.0lb / 2.3kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-68 Line Interface Module (LIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-81 LIM-1-100GM Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols OTU4 Fully transparent
Capacity Maximum capacity 111.81Gbps (OTU4), max 1 TRX100267/TC per
LIM-1-100GM

Line Interface Module 100GX (LIM-1-100GX)

Functional Description
The Line Interface Module 100GX, referred to as LIM-1-100GX, transports an OTU4 interface with SD-
FEC encoding as a single circuit across the network, and provides support for ODU4/ODU2/ODU2e
switched services. Support for FEC PM is also provided. The LIM-1-100GX is compliant with the OTU4
standard and the optical transceiver supported utilizes the industry standard CFP form factor.
The LIM-1-100GX is a double-slot module type (requiring two sub-slots) and can be arbitrarily equipped in
any two adjacent sub-slots located on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 (XTC-10/XTC-4) and/or OTSM-600/
OTXM-600 (XTC-2/XTC-2E).

Note: Due to system cooling restrictions, LIMs can only be installed in certain sub-slots on the
OTM-500/OTM2-500 depending on chassis type. Refer to OTM-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-
138 and/or OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-143 for additional information.

The LIM-1-100GX provides a single sub-slot to enable the insertion of the following TOM type:
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TRX100267/TC) on page 4-102
The LIM-1-100GX supports the following client interface:
■ OTU4

Note: Warm reset is not supported for LIM-1-100GX. Cold reset is supported for LIM-1-100GX.

For detailed information regarding ODU multiplexing options, operating modes, etc., refer to the DTN and
DTN-X System Description Guide

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-69

Block Diagram
Figure 4-39 LIM-1-100GX Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-40 LIM-1-100GX Faceplate

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-70 Line Interface Module (LIM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-82 LIM-1-100GX Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
LIM-1-100GX. When the LED is on, the LIM is fully powered up and all the
on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the LIM-1-100GX status: Solid Green (Active, In-service), flashing
Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
LIM-1-100GX: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-83 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Technical Specifications

Table 4-84 LIM-1-100GX Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 5.0lb / 2.3kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-71

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-85 LIM-1-100GX Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols OTU4 Fully transparent
Capacity Maximum capacity 111.81Gbps (OTU4), max 1 TRX100267/TC per
LIM-1-100GX

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-72 DTN-X Interconnect Module (XICM) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4

DTN-X Interconnect Module (XICM) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4

The DTN-X Interconnect Module, referred to as XICM, is provisioned and installed in the same manner as
a TIM except that the XICM can be interconnected directly to another XICM on a different XTC-10/XTC-4
chassis, or the XICM can be connected to a DICM on an MTC/DTC, thus allowing for interconnection
between an XTC-10/XTC-4 and an MTC/DTC (for information on the DICM, refer to the DTC/MTC
Hardware Description Guide). The XICM can support an interconnection between chassis in the same
node (intra-node connection), or an interconnection between chassis on two different nodes (inter-node
connection).
An XICM is pluggable into any available sub-slot(s) on the OTM-500/OTM2-500. The OTM-500/
OTM2-500 contains ten sub-slots. (The OTM2-500 contains two removable card guides which can be
removed by the user to create two DHDW sub-slots allowing for the insertion of PXMs, refer to OTN
Tributary Module 500G (OTM2-500) on page 1-142 for additional information.)

Note: Due to system cooling restrictions, XICMs equipped with the TOM-10G-SFPP-DT can only be
installed in certain sub-slots on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 depending on chassis type. Refer to
OTM-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-138 and/or OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-143
for additional information.

Table 4-86 XICM Product Details

Product Ordering Name (PON) Description
XICM-T-5-10GM Supports five 10G ports. The supported TOM types utilize the SFP+ form factor

DTN-X Interconnect Module 10GM (XICM-T-5-10GM)

Functional Description
The DTN-X Interconnect Module 10GM, referred to as XICM-T-5-10GM, is provisioned and installed in
the same manner as a TIM but is used to provide an interconnection to another XICM on a different
XTC-10/XTC-4 chassis, or to a DICM on an MTC/DTC chassis.
The XICM-T-5-10GM is a single-slot XICM type and can be arbitrarily equipped in any of the sub-slots
located on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 (XTC-10/XTC-4). The XICM-T-5-10GM provides five sub-slots to
enable the insertion of the following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0) on page 4-131
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1) on page 4-133
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2) on page 4-135
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2) on page 4-137
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-DT) on page 4-140
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10GE-LRL) on page 4-144

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-73

Note: Due to system cooling restrictions, XICMs equipped with the TOM-10G-SFPP-DT can only be
installed in certain sub-slots on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 depending on chassis type. Refer to
OTM-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-138 and/or OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-143
for additional information.

Note: The XICM-T-5-10GM should be configured in OTUk mode whenever possible. The marked
services can be adapted to OTU2/OTU2e and hence should be carried through an OTUk wrapper
between the XICM and the peer XICM/DICM.

The XICM-T-5-10GM supports the following client interfaces when connected to another XICM-
T-5-10GM:
■ SONET OC-192/10GbE WAN PHY (see note above)
■ SDH STM-64 (see note above)
■ 10GbE LAN (see note above)
■ 10G DTF/cDTF transport (as 11.1G Clear Channel)
■ 10.3G Clear Channel
■ 10G Clear Channel
■ OTU1e
■ OTU2
■ OTU2e
The XICM-T-5-10GM supports the following client interfaces when connected to an DICM-T-2-10GM:
■ SONET OC-192/10GbE WAN PHY (see note above)
■ SDH STM-64 (see note above)
■ 10GbE LAN (see note above)
■ 10.3G Clear Channel
■ 10G Clear Channel
■ OTU1e
■ OTU2
■ OTU2e
The XICM-T-5-10GM supports the following client interface when connected to an DICM-T-2-10GT:
■ 10G DTF/cDTF transport (as 11.1G Clear Channel)

Note: Warm reset is not supported for XICM-T-5-10GM. Cold reset is supported for
XICM-T-5-10GM.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-74 DTN-X Interconnect Module (XICM) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4

Block Diagram
Figure 4-41 XICM-T-5-10GM Functional Block Diagram

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-42 XICM-T-5-10GM Faceplate

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-75

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-87 XICM-T-5-10GM Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
XICM-T-5-10GM. When the LED is on, the XICM is fully powered up and all
the on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the XICM-T-5-10GM status: Solid Green (Active, In-service),
flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
XICM-T-5-10GM: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

TOM LEDs

Table 4-88 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Technical Specifications

Table 4-89 XICM-T-5-10GM Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.61 inches / 91.69mm
Width 1.12 inches / 28.45mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 403.86mm
Weight 2.8lb / 1.3kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-76 DTN-X Interconnect Module (XICM) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-90 XICM-T-5-10GM Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-192 Fully transparent, A1, A2, B1, and J0 monitoring,
Section PM
SDH STM-64 Fully transparent, A1, A2, B1, and J0 monitoring, RS PM
10GbE LAN Fully transparent; Ethernet PM and RMON support
10GbE WAN PHY Fully transparent; A1, A2, B1, and J0 monitoring, Section
PM
10.3G Clear Channel Fully transparent
10G Clear Channel
OTU1e Fully transparent (requires 9 time slots), OH and PM
monitoring; or OTU1e/OTU2/OTU2e terminated (requires 8
OTU2
time slots), ODU transparent, OTU2 OH/FEC regenerated
OTU2e
10G DTF/cDTF Transport Fully transparent; supported as 11.1Gbps Clear Channel
Capacity Maximum capacity 9.95328Gbps (OC-192/STM-64), 10.3125Gbps (10GbE),
11.05Gbps (OTU1e), 10.71Gbps (OTU2), or 11.1Gbps
(OTU2e/cDTF Transport) per port depending on TOM type;
max 5 TOM-10G-XXX per XICM-T-5-10GM

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-77

Packet Switching Module (PXM) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4

The Packet Switching Module, referred to as PXM, provides Metro Ethernet Forum (MEF) Layer 2
Ethernet services and packet-to-OTN mapping. The PXM receives Ethernet frames over the client
interface and based on the Layer 2 header information identifies the corresponding Ethernet virtual circuit
(EVC). Associated with each EVC, the PXM is configured with information regarding which OTN SNC and
line interface the Ethernet frame has to be transmitted out on. The client Ethernet frame is then
encapsulated into a multiprotocol label switching - transport profile (MPLS-TP) pseudowire (PW) and into
a generic framing procedure - framed (GFP-F) frame which is mapped into a transport container. The
transport container is sent from the PXM to the OTM2-500 where it is transported through the switch
fabric and line module.
In the other direction the PXM receives the GFP-F frames and extracts the MPLS-TP PW packet and the
client Ethernet frame. And based on the header information the corresponding EVC and the client
Ethernet interface out of which the frame needs to leave the PXM is identified.
A PXM is pluggable into any available dual height dual width (DHDW) sub-slot on the OTM2-500. (The
OTM2-500 contains two removable card guides which can be removed by the user to create two DHDW
sub-slots allowing for the insertion of PXMs, refer to OTN Tributary Module 500G (OTM2-500) on page 1-
142 for additional information.)

Table 4-91 PXM Product Details

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
PXM-1-100GE The PXM-1-100GE supports a single IEEE802.3ba 100GbE Ethernet port and Remote
Monitoring (RMON), and provides MEF Layer 2 Ethernet services and packet-to-OTN
mapping. The supported TOM types utilize the CFP form factor
PXM-16-10GE The PXM-16-10GE supports sixteen IEEE 802.3 10GbE and/or 1GbE Ethernet ports
and RMON, and provides MEF Layer 2 Ethernet services and packet-to-OTN
mapping. The supported TOM types utilize the SFP+ and/or SFP form factor

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-78 Packet Switching Module (PXM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Packet Switching Module (PXM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

The Packet Switching Module, referred to as PXM, provides Metro Ethernet Forum (MEF) Layer 2
Ethernet services and packet-to-OTN mapping. The PXM receives Ethernet frames over the client
interface and based on the Layer 2 header information identifies the corresponding Ethernet virtual circuit
(EVC). Associated with each EVC, the PXM is configured with information regarding which OTN SNC and
line interface the Ethernet frame has to be transmitted out on. The client Ethernet frame is then
encapsulated into a multiprotocol label switching - transport profile (MPLS-TP) pseudowire (PW) and into
a generic framing procedure - framed (GFP-F) frame which is mapped into a transport container. The
transport container is sent from the PXM to the OTSM-600/OTXM-600 where it is transported through the
switch fabric and line module.
In the other direction the PXM receives the GFP-F frames and extracts the MPLS-TP PW packet and the
client Ethernet frame. And based on the header information the corresponding EVC and the client
Ethernet interface out of which the frame needs to leave the PXM is identified.
A PXM is pluggable into any available dual height dual width (DHDW) sub-slot on the OTSM-600/
OTXM-600. (The OTSM-600/OTXM-600 contains two removable card guides which can be removed by
the user to create two DHDW sub-slots allowing for the insertion of PXMs, refer to OTN Tributary Static
Module 600G (OTSM-600) on page 2-70 and/or OTN Tributary Switching Module 600G (OTXM-600) on
page 2-76 for additional information.)

Table 4-92 PXM Product Details

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
PXM-1-100GE The PXM-1-100GE supports a single IEEE802.3ba 100GbE Ethernet port and Remote
Monitoring (RMON), and provides MEF Layer 2 Ethernet services and packet-to-OTN
mapping. The supported TOM types utilize the CFP form factor
PXM-16-10GE The PXM-16-10GE supports sixteen IEEE 802.3 10GbE and/or 1GbE Ethernet ports
and RMON, and provides MEF Layer 2 Ethernet services and packet-to-OTN
mapping. The supported TOM types utilize the SFP+ and/or SFP form factor

Packet Switching Module 100GE (PXM-1-100GE)

Functional Description
The Packet Switching Module 100GE, referred to as PXM-1-100GE, transports a 100GbE Ethernet
packet aware interface as a single circuit across the network. The PXM-1-100GE is compliant with the
IEEE802.3ba 100GbE standard, provides Remote Monitoring (RMON) support, and the optical
transceiver supported utilizes the industry standard CFP form factor.
The PXM-1-100GE is a dual height dual width (DHDW) PXM type and is supported on the OTM2-500
(XTC-10/XTC-4) and/or OTSM-600/OTXM-600 (XTC-2/XTC-2E). Each DHDW sub-slot requires four
adjacent sub-slots on the OTM2-500/OTSM-600/OTXM-600 as follows:
■ OTM2-500; sub-slots 1 through 4 represent DHDW sub-slot #1 and sub-slots 7 through 10
represent DHDW sub-slot #2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-79

■ OTSM-600/OTXM-600; sub-slots 3 through 6 represent DHDW sub-slot #1 and sub-slots 9 through

12 represent DHDW sub-slot #2
The PXM-1-100GE provides a single sub-slot to enable the insertion of the following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-SR10) on page 4-93
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-S10X) on page 4-95
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-LR4) on page 4-97
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-L10X) on page 4-99
■ Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-ER4) on page 4-109
The PXM-1-100GE supports the following client interface:
■ 100GbE

Note: Warm reset of the PXM-1-100GE module is supported. (Cold reset is supported as well,
as it was in previous releases for PXM-1-100GEs.)

Block Diagram
Figure 4-43 PXM-1-100GE Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-80 Packet Switching Module (PXM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-44 PXM-1-100GE Faceplate

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-93 PXM-1-100GE Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
PXM-1-100GE. When the LED is on, the PXM is fully powered up and all
the on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the PXM-1-100GE status: Solid Green (Active, In-service),
flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
PXM-1-100GE: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-81

TOM LEDs

Table 4-94 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Technical Specifications

Table 4-95 PXM-1-100GE Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 7.34 inches / 186.44mm
Width 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 381.00mm
Weight 10.5lb / 4.8kg
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-96 PXM-1-100GE Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 100GbE Fully transparent; RMON support
Capacity Maximum capacity 100Gbps, max 1 TOM-100G-XXX per PXM-1-100GE

Packet Switching Module 10GE (PXM-16-10GE)

Functional Description
The Packet Switching Module 10GE, referred to as PXM-16-10GE, transports up to sixteen 10GbE and/or
1GbE Ethernet packet aware interfaces as a single circuit across the network. The PXM-16-10GE is
compliant with the IEEE802.3 10GbE and 1GbE standards, provides Remote Monitoring (RMON)
support, and the optical transceiver supported utilizes the industry standard SFP+ and/or SFP form factor.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-82 Packet Switching Module (PXM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

The PXM-16-10GE is a dual height dual width (DHDW) PXM type and is supported on the OTM2-500
(XTC-10/XTC-4) and/or OTSM-600/OTXM-600 (XTC-2/XTC-2E). Each DHDW sub-slot requires four
adjacent sub-slots on the OTM2-500/OTSM-600/OTXM-600 as follows:
■ OTM2-500; sub-slots 1 through 4 represent DHDW sub-slot #1 and sub-slots 7 through 10
represent DHDW sub-slot #2
■ OTSM-600/OTXM-600; sub-slots 3 through 6 represent DHDW sub-slot #1 and sub-slots 9 through
12 represent DHDW sub-slot #2
The PXM-16-10GE provides sixteen sub-slots to enable the insertion of the following TOM types:
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0) on page 4-131
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1) on page 4-133
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2) on page 4-135
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2) on page 4-137
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-DT) on page 4-140
■ Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10GE-LRL) on page 4-144
■ Tributary Optical Module 1G (TOM-1G-ZX) on page 4-169
The PXM-16-10GE supports the following client interfaces:
■ 10GbE
■ 1GbE

Note: Warm reset of the PXM-16-10GE module is supported. (Cold reset is supported as well,
as it was in previous releases for PXM-16-10GEs.)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-83

Block Diagram
Figure 4-45 PXM-16-10GE Functional Block Diagram

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-84 Packet Switching Module (PXM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

External Indicators and Connectors

Figure 4-46 PXM-16-10GE Faceplate

Circuit Pack Level LEDs

Table 4-97 PXM-16-10GE Status LED Indicators

LED Color Description
PWR (Power) Green Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of power supply to the
PXM-16-10GE. When the LED is on, the PXM is fully powered up and all
the on-board voltages are within spec
ACT (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the PXM-16-10GE status: Solid Green (Active, In-service),
flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or dimmed (Locked state)
FLT (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of an alarm on the
PXM-16-10GE: Critical, Major, or Minor. Flashing Red indicates (Bring-up
mode)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-85

TOM LEDs

Table 4-98 TOM Status Indicators

LED Color Description
A (Active) Green / Yellow Indicates the TOM status: Solid Green (Active), Flashing Green (Bring-up
mode), solid Yellow (Standby), flashing Yellow (In maintenance), or
dimmed (Locked state)
F (Fault) Red Indicates the presence (lit) or absence (dimmed) of a fault on the TOM
L (LOS) Red Indicates the status of the incoming signal on the TOM. During a Loss of
Signal (LOS) condition, this indicator will be lit and dimmed when receiving
a signal

Technical Specifications

Table 4-99 PXM-16-10GE Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 7.34 inches / 186.44mm
Width 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Depth 15.90 inches / 381.00mm
Weight 12.2lb / 5.5kg
Electrical specifications Power consumption See Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Tributary Interface Specifications

Table 4-100 PXM-16-10GE Tributary Interface Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 10GbE Fully transparent; Ethernet PM and RMON support
1GbE
Capacity Maximum capacity 10.3125Gbps (10GbE) and/or 1.25Gbps (1GbE), max 16
TOM-10G-XXX/TOM-1G-XXX per PXM-16-10GE

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-86 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4

Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4

The TOM (shown in Figure 4-47: 100G CFP Optical TOM on page 4-88, Figure 4-48: 40G CFP Optical
TOM on page 4-89, Figure 4-49: 1G/2.5G/10G SFP Optical TOM on page 4-90, Figure 4-50: 10G SFP
+ Optical TOM on page 4-90, and/or Figure 4-51: 100G QSFP28 Optical TOM on page 4-91) is a field-
replaceable, pluggable module that converts the client optical signals to and from a serial electrical signal.
The TOM is hot-pluggable into the sub-slot(s) in the corresponding TIM/LIM/XICM/PXMs, and is powered
through the pluggable interface.

Table 4-101 TOM Product Details

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
TOM-100G-SR10 Tributary Optical Module 100G Short Reach
TOM-100G-S10X 29 Tributary Optical Module 100G Short Reach
TOM-100G-LR4 Tributary Optical Module 100G Long Reach
TOM-100G-L10X 29 Tributary Optical Module 100G Long Reach
TRX100267/TC 30 Tributary Optical Module 100G Coherent, Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing
(DWDM) Tunable
TOM-100GMR-LR4 Tributary Optical Module 100G Multi-rate Long Reach
TOM-100GMR-L10X 29 Tributary Optical Module 100G Multi-rate Long Reach
TOM-100GMR-ER4 Tributary Optical Module 100G Multi-rate Extended Reach
TOM-100G-Q-SR4 31 Tributary Optical Module 100G, QSFP28, Short Reach
TOM-100G-Q-LR4 31 Tributary Optical Module 100G, QSFP28, Long Reach
TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 31 Tributary Optical Module 100G, QSFP28, Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing
(CWDM) Long Reach
TOM-100G-Q- Tributary Optical Module 100G, QSFP28, Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing
CWDM4 31 (CWDM) Long Reach
TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 Tributary Optical Module 100G, QSFP28, Multi-rate Short Reach
TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4 Tributary Optical Module 100G, QSFP28, Multi-rate Long Reach
TOM-40G-SR4 Tributary Optical Module 40G Short Reach
TOM-40G-LR4 Tributary Optical Module 40G Long Reach
TOM-40GMR-LR4 Tributary Optical Module 40G Multi-rate Long Reach

29 TOM-100G-S10X, TOM-100G-L10X, and/or TOM-100GMR-L10X are generally no longer available but are still
supported.
30 TRX100267/TC is referenced as TOM-100G-CFP-DT from the management interfaces. However, unless
specifically noted otherwise, all references to TOM-100G-CFP-DT will refer to TRX100267/TC.
31 Supports Forward Error Correction (FEC) to allow for the correction of errors during data transmission and is
enabled by default. For the TOM-100G-Q-LR4, FEC mode is disabled by default but can be enabled by the
user via the management interfaces.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-87

Table 4-101 TOM Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
TOM-40GMR-FR 32 Tributary Optical Module 40G Short Reach
TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 Tributary Optical Module 10G Short Reach
TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 Tributary Optical Module 10G Short Reach
TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 Tributary Optical Module 10G Intermediate Reach
TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 Tributary Optical Module 10G Long Reach
TOM-10G-SFPP-DT 33 Tributary Optical Module 10G DWDM Tunable
TOM-10GE-LRL Tributary Optical Module 10G Ethernet only Long Reach Lite
TOM-8G-SM-LC-L Tributary Optical Module 8G Single Mode, Long Wavelength Laser, Long Distance
TOM-2.5G-SR1-A 34 Tributary Optical Module 2.5G Short Reach
TOM-2.5G-IR2= Tributary Optical Module 2.5G Intermediate Reach
TOM-2.5G-LR2= Tributary Optical Module 2.5G Long Reach
TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 Tributary Optical Module 2.5G Multi-rate Short Reach
TOM-2.5GMR-IR1= Tributary Optical Module 2.5G Multi-rate Intermediate Reach
TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 35, 36 Tributary Optical Module 2.5G Multi-rate Long Reach
TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 37, 38 Tributary Optical Module 2.5G Multi-rate Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing
(CWDM) Long Reach
TOM-1G-ZX= Tributary Optical Module 1GbE Extended Distance

32 TOM-40GMR-FR is generally no longer available but is still supported.

33 Due to system cooling restrictions, TIM/XICMs equipped with the TOM-10G-SFPP-DT can only be installed in
certain sub-slots on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 depending on chassis type. Refer to OTM-500 Sub-slot
Restrictions on page 1-138 and/or OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-143 for additional information.
34 TOM-2.5G-SR1-A is generally no longer available but is still supported (replacement TOM is: TOM-2.5GMR-
SR1).
35 Value (n=18-37,40-59) corresponds to specific wavelengths.
36 TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 is generally no longer available but is still supported.
37 Value (n=47,49,51,53,55,57,59,61) corresponds to specific wavelengths.
38 TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 is generally no longer available but is still supported.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-88 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4

Figure 4-47 100G CFP Optical TOM

Note: The physical appearance of the supported TOM types may vary depending on the vendor.

Note: Refer to MPO Connector Pinouts on page 4-171 for MPO connector pin assignments.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-89

Figure 4-48 40G CFP Optical TOM

Note: The physical appearance of the supported TOM types may vary depending on the vendor.

Note: Refer to MPO Connector Pinouts on page 4-171 for MPO connector pin assignments.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-90 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-10/XTC-4

Figure 4-49 1G/2.5G/10G SFP Optical TOM

Figure 4-50 10G SFP+ Optical TOM

Note: The physical appearance of the supported TOM types may vary depending on the vendor.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-91

Figure 4-51 100G QSFP28 Optical TOM

Note: The physical appearance of the supported TOM types may vary depending on the vendor.

Note: Refer to MPO Connector Pinouts on page 4-171 for MPO connector pin assignments.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-92 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

The TOM (shown in Figure 4-47: 100G CFP Optical TOM on page 4-88, Figure 4-48: 40G CFP Optical
TOM on page 4-89, Figure 4-49: 1G/2.5G/10G SFP Optical TOM on page 4-90, and/or Figure 4-50: 10G
SFP+ Optical TOM on page 4-90) is a field-replaceable, pluggable module that converts the client optical
signals to and from a serial electrical signal. The TOM is hot-pluggable into the sub-slot(s) in the
corresponding TIM/LIM/PXMs, and is powered through the pluggable interface.

Table 4-102 TOM Product Details

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
TOM-100G-SR10 Tributary Optical Module 100G Short Reach
TOM-100G-LR4 Tributary Optical Module 100G Long Reach
TRX100267/TC 39 Tributary Optical Module 100G Coherent, Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing
(DWDM) Tunable
TOM-100GMR-LR4 Tributary Optical Module 100G Multi-rate Long Reach
TOM-100GMR-ER4 Tributary Optical Module 100G Multi-rate Extended Reach
TOM-100G-Q-SR4 40 Tributary Optical Module 100G, QSFP28, Short Reach
TOM-100G-Q-LR4 40 Tributary Optical Module 100G, QSFP28, Long Reach
TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 40 Tributary Optical Module 100G, QSFP28, Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing
(CWDM) Long Reach
TOM-100G-Q- Tributary Optical Module 100G, QSFP28, Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing
CWDM4 40 (CWDM) Long Reach
TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 Tributary Optical Module 10G Short Reach
TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 Tributary Optical Module 10G Short Reach
TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 Tributary Optical Module 10G Intermediate Reach
TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 Tributary Optical Module 10G Long Reach
TOM-10G-SFPP-DT Tributary Optical Module 10G DWDM Tunable
TOM-10GE-LRL Tributary Optical Module 10G Ethernet only Long Reach Lite
TOM-8G-SM-LC-L Tributary Optical Module 8G Single Mode, Long Wavelength Laser, Long Distance
TOM-2.5G-IR2= Tributary Optical Module 2.5G Intermediate Reach
TOM-2.5G-LR2= Tributary Optical Module 2.5G Long Reach
TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 Tributary Optical Module 2.5G Multi-rate Short Reach

39 TRX100267/TC is referenced as TOM-100G-CFP-DT from the management interfaces. However, unless

specifically noted otherwise, all references to TOM-100G-CFP-DT will refer to TRX100267/TC.
40 Supports Forward Error Correction (FEC) to allow for the correction of errors during data transmission and is
enabled by default. For the TOM-100G-Q-LR4, FEC mode is disabled by default but can be enabled by the
user via the management interfaces.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-93

Table 4-102 TOM Product Details (continued)

Product Ordering Name Description
(PON)
TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 Tributary Optical Module 2.5G Multi-rate Intermediate Reach
TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 41, 42 Tributary Optical Module 2.5G Multi-rate Long Reach
TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 43, 44 Tributary Optical Module 2.5G Multi-rate Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing
(CWDM) Long Reach
TOM-1G-ZX= Tributary Optical Module 1GbE Extended Distance

Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-SR10)

Table 4-103 TOM-100G-SR10 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-100G-SR10 100G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ 100GbE: IEEE 802.3ba 100GBase-SR10

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 100G, referred to as TOM-100G-SR10, is a field-replaceable 100G CFP
module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals. TOM-100G-SR10s are hot-
pluggable into the sub-slot in the TIM/PXM (TIM-1-100GE, TIM-1B-100GE, and/or PXM-1-100GE) and
are powered through the pluggable interface.
The TOM-100G-SR10 supports 100GbE client signals and the optical interface complies with IEEE
802.3ba 100GBase-SR10.
TOM-100G-SR10 port status LEDs are located on the TIM/PXM as shown in Figure 4-4: TIM-1-100GE
Faceplate on page 4-10.

Connectors

Table 4-104 TOM-100G-SR10 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN Single MTP®/MPO 45 Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT Connects to the client equipment

41 Value (n=18-37,40-59) corresponds to specific wavelengths.

42 TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 is generally no longer available but is still supported.
43 Value (n=47,49,51,53,55,57,59,61) corresponds to specific wavelengths.
44 TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 is generally no longer available but is still supported.
45 The 24-fiber MPO connector is an ultra physical contact (UPC) type, male (pinned). Refer to MPO Connector
Pinouts on page 4-171 for MPO connector pin assignments.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-94 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Note: The TOM-100G-SR10 does not support a Y-cable protection configuration.

Technical Specifications

Table 4-105 TOM-100G-SR10 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.23 inches / 82.00mm
Width 0.55 inches / 14.00mm
Depth 5.70 inches / 144.75mm
Weight 0.7lb / 0.35kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM/PXM; see Table
1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption
Numbers on page 1-2 and/or Table 2-1:
XTC-2/XTC-2E Power Consumption
Numbers on page 2-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-106 TOM-100G-SR10 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Multi-mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -5.4dBm
Receiver maximum power (per lane) +2.4dBm
Receiver minimum power (per lane) -9.5dBm
Receiver wavelength 840nm to 860nm
Data rate (per lane) 10.3125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps

Table 4-107 TOM-100G-SR10 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Multi-mode
Link distance ■ 100m (using OM3 multi-mode fiber)
■ 150m (using OM4 multi-mode fiber)
Transmitter output power (per lane) -8.0dBm to +2.4dBm
Transmitter wavelength 840nm to 860nm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-95

Table 4-107 TOM-100G-SR10 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications (continued)

Type Specification
Data rate (per lane) 10.3125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-108 TOM-100G-SR10 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 100GbE Fully transparent

Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-S10X)

Table 4-109 TOM-100G-S10X Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-100G-S10X 46 100G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ 100G CFP 10x10 MSA

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 100G, referred to as TOM-100G-S10X, is a field-replaceable 100G CFP
module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals. TOM-100G-S10Xs are hot-
pluggable into the sub-slot in the TIM/PXM (TIM-1-100GE, TIM-1B-100GE, and/or PXM-1-100GE) and
are powered through the pluggable interface.
The TOM-100G-S10X supports 100GbE client signals and the optical interface complies with 100G CFP
10x10 MSA.
TOM-100G-S10X port status LEDs are located on the TIM/PXM as shown in Figure 4-4: TIM-1-100GE
Faceplate on page 4-10.

Connectors

Table 4-110 TOM-100G-S10X Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

46 TOM-100G-S10X is generally no longer available but is still supported.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-96 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Technical Specifications

Table 4-111 TOM-100G-S10X Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.23 inches / 82.00mm
Width 0.55 inches / 14.00mm
Depth 5.70 inches / 144.75mm
Weight 0.7lb / 0.35kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM/PXM;
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-112 TOM-100G-S10X Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -6.3dBm
Receiver maximum power (per lane) +3.0dBm
Receiver minimum power (per lane) -9.5dBm
Receiver lane center wavelengths (L1, L1: 1521nm to 1525nm
L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, L8, L9, and L10)
L2: 1529nm to 1533nm
L3: 1537nm to 1541nm
L4: 1545nm to 1549nm
L5: 1553nm to 1557nm
L6: 1561nm to 1565nm
L7: 1569nm to 1573nm
L8: 1577nm to 1581nm
L9: 1585nm to 1589nm
L10: 1593nm to 1597nm
Data rate (per lane) 10.3125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-97

Table 4-113 TOM-100G-S10X Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 2km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power (total) +4.9dBm to +13.0dBm
Transmitter lane center wavelengths L1: 1521nm to 1525nm
(L1, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, L8, L9, and
L2: 1529nm to 1533nm
L10)
L3: 1537nm to 1541nm
L4: 1545nm to 1549nm
L5: 1553nm to 1557nm
L6: 1561nm to 1565nm
L7: 1569nm to 1573nm
L8: 1577nm to 1581nm
L9: 1585nm to 1589nm
L10: 1593nm to 1597nm
Data rate (per lane) 10.3125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-114 TOM-100G-S10X Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 100GbE Fully transparent

Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-LR4)

Table 4-115 TOM-100G-LR4 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-100G-LR4 100G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ 100GbE: IEEE 802.3ba 100GBase-LR4

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 100G, referred to as TOM-100G-LR4, is a field-replaceable 100G CFP
module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals. TOM-100G-LR4s are hot-

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-98 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

pluggable into the sub-slot in the TIM/PXM (TIM-1-100GE, TIM-1B-100GE , and/or PXM-1-100GE ) and
are powered through the pluggable interface.
The TOM-100G-LR4 supports 100GbE client signals and the optical interface complies with IEEE
802.3ba 100GBase-LR4.
TOM-100G-LR4 port status LEDs are located on the TIM/PXM as shown in Figure 4-4: TIM-1-100GE
Faceplate on page 4-10.

Connectors

Table 4-116 TOM-100G-LR4 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-117 TOM-100G-LR4 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.23 inches / 82.00mm
Width 0.55 inches / 14.00mm
Depth 5.70 inches / 144.75mm
Weight 0.7lb / 0.35kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM/PXM; see Table
1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption
Numbers on page 1-2 and/or Table 2-1:
XTC-2/XTC-2E Power Consumption
Numbers on page 2-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-118 TOM-100G-LR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -8.6dBm
Receiver maximum power (per lane) +4.5dBm
Receiver minimum power (per lane) -10.6dBm
Receiver input power (total) -4.6dBm to +10.5dBm
Receiver lane center wavelengths (L1, L1: 1294.53nm to 1296.59nm
L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1299.02nm to 1301.09nm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-99

Table 4-118 TOM-100G-LR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications (continued)

Type Specification
L3: 1303.54nm to 1305.63nm
L4: 1308.09nm to 1310.19nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps

Table 4-119 TOM-100G-LR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 10km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter maximum power (per lane) +4.5dBm
Transmitter minimum power (per lane) -4.3dBm
Transmitter output power (total) +2.3dBm to +10.5dBm
Transmitter lane center wavelengths L1: 1294.53nm to 1296.59nm
(L1, L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1299.02nm to 1301.09nm
L3: 1303.54nm to 1305.63nm
L4: 1308.09nm to 1310.19nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-120 TOM-100G-LR4 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 100GbE Fully transparent

Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-L10X)

Table 4-121 TOM-100G-L10X Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-100G-L10X 47 100G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ 100G CFP 10x10 MSA

47 TOM-100G-L10X is generally no longer available but is still supported.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-100 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 100G, referred to as TOM-100G-L10X, is a field-replaceable 100G CFP
module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals. TOM-100G-L10Xs are hot-
pluggable into the sub-slot in the TIM/PXM (TIM-1-100GE, TIM-1B-100GE, and/or PXM-1-100GE) and
are powered through the pluggable interface.
The TOM-100G-L10X supports 100GbE client signals and the optical interface complies with 100G CFP
10x10 MSA.
TOM-100G-L10X port status LEDs are located on the TIM/PXM as shown in Figure 4-4: TIM-1-100GE
Faceplate on page 4-10.

Connectors

Table 4-122 TOM-100G-L10X Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-123 TOM-100G-L10X Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.23 inches / 82.00mm
Width 0.55 inches / 14.00mm
Depth 5.70 inches / 144.75mm
Weight 0.7lb / 0.35kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM/PXM; see Table
1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power Consumption
Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-124 TOM-100G-L10X Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -6.9dBm
Receiver maximum power (per lane) +3.0dBm
Receiver minimum power (per lane) -10.8dBm
Receiver lane center wavelengths (L1, L1: 1520nm to 1526nm
L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, L8, L9, and L10)
L2: 1528nm to 1534nm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-101

Table 4-124 TOM-100G-L10X Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications (continued)

Type Specification
L3: 1536nm to 1542nm
L4: 1544nm to 1550nm
L5: 1552nm to 1558nm
L6: 1560nm to 1566nm
L7: 1568nm to 1574nm
L8: 1576nm to 1582nm
L9: 1584nm to 1590nm
L10: 1592nm to 1598nm
Data rate (per lane) 10.3125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps

Table 4-125 TOM-100G-L10X Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 10km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power (total) +5.8dBm to +13.0dBm
Transmitter lane center wavelengths L1: 1520nm to 1526nm
(L1, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, L8, L9, and
L2: 1528nm to 1534nm
L10)
L3: 1536nm to 1542nm
L4: 1544nm to 1550nm
L5: 1552nm to 1558nm
L6: 1560nm to 1566nm
L7: 1568nm to 1574nm
L8: 1576nm to 1582nm
L9: 1584nm to 1590nm
L10: 1592nm to 1598nm
Data rate (per lane) 10.3125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-102 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Interface Specifications

Table 4-126 TOM-100G-L10X Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 100GbE Fully transparent

Tributary Optical Module 100G (TRX100267/TC)

Table 4-127 TRX100267/TC Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TRX100267/TC (see note Tunable 100G Tributary Optical Module
below) Reach:
■ 1,200km, proprietary Soft Decision-Forward Error Correction (SD-
FEC) encoding

Note: This TOM type is referenced as PON TOM-100G-CFP-DT from the management interfaces.
However, unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to PON TOM-100-CFP-DT will refer to
PON TRX100267/TC.

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 100G, referred to as TRX100267/TC, is a field-replaceable tunable 100G
coherent CFP module. It converts optical signals to and from serial electrical signals. TRX100267/TCs are
hot-pluggable into the sub-slot in the LIM (LIM-1-100GE, LIM-1-100GM, and/or LIM-1-100GX) and are
powered through the pluggable interface.
The TRX100267/TC supports 100GbE and OTU4 signals. Proprietary SD-FEC encoding is added on top
of the payload for transport up to 1,200km.
TRX100267/TC port status LEDs are located on the LIM as shown in Figure 4-36: LIM-1-100GE
Faceplate on page 4-64.

Connectors

Table 4-128 TRX100267/TC Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment/metro line equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment/metro line equipment

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-103

Technical Specifications

Table 4-129 TRX100267/TC Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.23 inches / 82.00mm
Width 0.55 inches / 14.00mm
Depth 5.70 inches / 144.75mm
Weight 0.7lb / 0.35kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the LIM;
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
XTC-2/XTC-2E Power Consumption and
Configuration Rules on page 2-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-130 TRX100267/TC Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity -21.0dBm with OSNR >35dB, SD-FEC enabled
Receiver maximum power 0.0dBm with 14dB OSNR, SD-FEC enabled
Receiver minimum power -13.0dBm with 14dB OSNR, SD-FEC enabled
Receiver frequency range 191.35THz to 196.1THz, 50GHz ITU Grid tunable

Note: Receive and transmit

frequencies are set in sync and are
identical.

Line rate (with SD-FEC) 120.58Gbps

Data rate 103.125Gbps, 111.81Gbps

Table 4-131 TRX100267/TC Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance Up to 1,200km (22,000ps/nm CD tolerance)
Transmitter output power (total) -15.0dBm to +1.0dBm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-104 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Table 4-131 TRX100267/TC Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications (continued)

Type Specification
Transmitter frequency range 191.35THz to 196.1THz, 50GHz ITU Grid tunable

Note: Transmit and receive

frequencies are set in sync and are
identical.

Line rate (with SD-FEC) 120.58Gbps

Data rate 103.125Gbps, 111.81Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-132 TRX100267/TC Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 100GbE Fully transparent
OTU4

Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-LR4)

Table 4-133 TOM-100GMR-LR4 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-100GMR-LR4 100G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ ITU-T G.959.1 4I1-9D1F
■ 100GbE: IEEE 802.3ba 100GBase-LR4

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 100G, referred to as TOM-100GMR-LR4, is a field-replaceable 100G CFP
module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals. TOM-100GMR-LR4s are hot-
pluggable into the sub-slot in the TIM (TIM-1-100G, TIM-1-100GE, TIM-1B-100GE, TIM-1-100GM, and/or
TIM-1-100GX) and are powered through the pluggable interface.
The TOM-100GMR-LR4 supports 100GbE and OTU4 client signals, and the optical interface complies
with ITU-T G.959.1 4I1-9D1F and IEEE 802.3ba 100GBase-LR4.
TOM-100GMR-LR4 port status LEDs are located on the TIM as shown in Figure 4-4: TIM-1-100GE
Faceplate on page 4-10.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-105

Connectors

Table 4-134 TOM-100GMR-LR4 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-135 TOM-100GMR-LR4 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.23 inches / 82.00mm
Width 0.55 inches / 14.00mm
Depth 5.70 inches / 144.75mm
Weight 0.7lb / 0.35kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM;
see Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-136 TOM-100GMR-LR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -8.6dBm
Receiver maximum power (per lane) +2.9dBm
Receiver minimum power (per lane) -8.8dBm
Receiver lane center wavelengths (L1, L1: 1294.53nm to 1296.59nm
L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1299.02nm to 1301.09nm
L3: 1303.54nm to 1305.63nm
L4: 1308.09nm to 1310.19nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78125Gbps, 27.9525Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps, 111.81Gbps

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-106 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Table 4-137 TOM-100GMR-LR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 10km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power (total) +3.5dBm to +8.9dBm
Transmitter lane center wavelengths L1: 1294.53nm to 1296.59nm
(L1, L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1299.02nm to 1301.09nm
L3: 1303.54nm to 1305.63nm
L4: 1308.09nm to 1310.19nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78125Gbps, 27.9525Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps, 111.81Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-138 TOM-100GMR-LR4 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 100GbE Fully transparent
OTU4

Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-L10X)

Table 4-139 TOM-100GMR-L10X Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-100GMR-L10X 48 100G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ 100G CFP 10x10 MSA

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 100G, referred to as TOM-100GMR-L10X, is a field-replaceable 100G CFP
module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals. TOM-100GMR-L10Xs are
hot-pluggable into the sub-slot in the TIM (TIM-1-100G, TIM-1-100GE, TIM-1B-100GE, TIM-1-100GM,
and/or TIM-1-100GX) and are powered through the pluggable interface.
The TOM-100GMR-L10X supports 100GbE and OTU4 client signals, and the optical interface complies
with 100G CFP 10x10 MSA.

48 TOM-100GMR-L10X is generally no longer available but is still supported.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-107

TOM-100GMR-L10X port status LEDs are located on the TIM as shown in Figure 4-4: TIM-1-100GE
Faceplate on page 4-10.

Connectors

Table 4-140 TOM-100GMR-L10X Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-141 TOM-100GMR-L10X Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.23 inches / 82.00mm
Width 0.55 inches / 14.00mm
Depth 5.70 inches / 144.75mm
Weight 0.7lb / 0.35kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM;
see Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-142 TOM-100GMR-L10X Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -6.9dBm
Receiver maximum power (per lane) +3.0dBm
Receiver minimum power (per lane) -10.8dBm
Receiver lane center wavelengths (L1, L1: 1520nm to 1526nm
L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, L8, L9, and L10)
L2: 1528nm to 1534nm
L3: 1536nm to 1542nm
L4: 1544nm to 1550nm
L5: 1552nm to 1558nm
L6: 1560nm to 1566nm
L7: 1568nm to 1574nm
L8: 1576nm to 1582nm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-108 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Table 4-142 TOM-100GMR-L10X Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications (continued)

Type Specification
L9: 1584nm to 1590nm
L10: 1592nm to 1598nm
Data rate (per lane) 10.3125Gbps, 11.181Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps, 111.81Gbps

Table 4-143 TOM-100GMR-L10X Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 10km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power (total) +5.8dBm to +13.0dBm
Transmitter lane center wavelengths L1: 1520nm to 1526nm
(L1, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, L8, L9, and
L2: 1528nm to 1534nm
L10)
L3: 1536nm to 1542nm
L4: 1544nm to 1550nm
L5: 1552nm to 1558nm
L6: 1560nm to 1566nm
L7: 1568nm to 1574nm
L8: 1576nm to 1582nm
L9: 1584nm to 1590nm
L10: 1592nm to 1598nm
Data rate (per lane) 10.3125Gbps, 11.181Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps, 111.81Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-144 TOM-100GMR-L10X Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 100GbE Fully transparent
OTU4

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-109

Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-ER4)

Table 4-145 TOM-100GMR-ER4 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-100GMR-ER4 100G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ ITU-T G.959.1 4L1-9C1F
■ 100GbE: IEEE 802.3ba 100GBase-ER4

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 100G, referred to as TOM-100GMR-ER4, is a field-replaceable 100G CFP
module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals. TOM-100GMR-ER4s are
hot-pluggable into the sub-slot in the TIM/PXM (TIM-1-100G, TIM-1-100GE, TIM-1B-100GE,
TIM-1-100GM, TIM-1-100GX, and/or PXM-1-100GE) and are powered through the pluggable interface.
The TOM-100GMR-ER4 supports 100GbE and OTU4 client signals, and the optical interface complies
with ITU-T G.959.1 4L1-9C1F and IEEE 802.3ba 100GBase-ER4.
TOM-100GMR-ER4 port status LEDs are located on the TIM/PXM as shown in Figure 4-4: TIM-1-100GE
Faceplate on page 4-10.

Connectors

Table 4-146 TOM-100GMR-ER4 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-147 TOM-100GMR-ER4 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.23 inches / 82.00mm
Width 0.55 inches / 14.00mm
Depth 5.70 inches / 144.75mm
Weight 0.7lb / 0.35kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM/PXM;
see Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-110 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Optical Specifications

Table 4-148 TOM-100GMR-ER4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -21.4dBm
Receiver maximum power (per lane) -1.0dBm
Receiver minimum power (per lane) -20.7dBm
Receiver lane center wavelengths (L1, L1: 1294.53nm to 1296.59nm
L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1299.02nm to 1301.09nm
L3: 1303.54nm to 1305.63nm
L4: 1308.09nm to 1310.19nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78125Gbps, 27.9525Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps, 111.81Gbps

Table 4-149 TOM-100GMR-ER4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 40km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power (total) +3.3dBm to +8.9dBm
Transmitter lane center wavelengths L1: 1294.53nm to 1296.59nm
(L1, L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1299.02nm to 1301.09nm
L3: 1303.54nm to 1305.63nm
L4: 1308.09nm to 1310.19nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78125Gbps, 27.9525Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps, 111.81Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-150 TOM-100GMR-ER4 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 100GbE Fully transparent
OTU4

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-111

Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-SR4)

Table 4-151 TOM-100G-Q-SR4 Product Features
Product Ordering Name Features
(PON)
TOM-100G-Q-SR4 100G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ 100GbE: IEEE P802.3bm 100GBase-SR4

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 100G, referred to as the TOM-100G-Q-SR4, is a field-replaceable 100G
Quad Small Form Factor Pluggable 28 (QSFP28) module. It converts client optical signals to and from
serial electrical signals. TOM-100G-Q-SR4s are hot-pluggable into the sub-slots in the TIM
(TIM-1-100GE-Q) and/or TIM2 (TIM2-2-100GM and/or TIM2-2-100GX), and are powered through the
pluggable interface.

Note: FEC mode is supported on the TOM-100G-Q-SR4 for correction of errors during data
transmission and is enabled by default.

The TOM-100G-Q-SR4 supports 100GbE client signals and the optical interface complies with IEEE
P802.3bm 100GBase-SR4.
TOM-100G-Q-SR4 port status LEDs are located on the TIM/TIM2 as shown in Figure 4-12: TIM-1-100GE-
Q Faceplate on page 4-22.

Connectors

Table 4-152 TOM-100G-Q-SR4 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN Single MTP®/MPO 49 Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-153 TOM-100G-Q-SR4 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.33 inches / 8.51mm
Width 0.72 inches / 18.35mm
Depth 2.85 inches / 72.40mm
Depth (including the pull-tab) 4.83 inches / 122.77mm

49 The 12-fiber MPO connector is an ultra physical contact (UPC) type, male (pinned). Refer to MPO Connector
Pinouts on page 4-171 for MPO connector pin assignments.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-112 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Table 4-153 TOM-100G-Q-SR4 Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM/TIM2;
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-154 TOM-100G-Q-SR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Multi-mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -5.6dBm
Receiver maximum power (per lane) +2.4dBm
Receiver minimum power (per lane) -10.3dBm
Receiver wavelength 840nm to 860nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.1Gbps

Table 4-155 TOM-100G-Q-SR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Multi-mode
Link distance 100m (using OM4 multi-mode fiber)
Transmitter output power (per lane) -8.4dBm to +2.4dBm
Transmitter wavelength 840nm to 860nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.1Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-156 TOM-100G-Q-SR4 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter
Tributary protocols 100GbE

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-113

Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-LR4)

Table 4-157 TOM-100G-Q-LR4 Product Features
Product Ordering Name Features
(PON)
TOM-100G-Q-LR4 100G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ 100GbE: IEEE 802.3ba 100GBase-LR4 (compliant)

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 100G, referred to as the TOM-100G-Q-LR4, is a field-replaceable 100G
Quad Small Form Factor Pluggable 28 (QSFP28) module. It converts client optical signals to and from
serial electrical signals. TOM-100G-Q-LR4s are hot-pluggable into the sub-slots in the TIM
(TIM-1-100GE-Q) and/or TIM2 (TIM2-2-100GM and/or TIM2-2-100GX), and are powered through the
pluggable interface.

Note: FEC mode is supported on the TOM-100G-Q-LR4 for correction of errors during data
transmission but is disabled by default. FEC mode can be enabled by the user via the management
interfaces.

The TOM-100G-Q-LR4 supports 100GbE client signals and the optical interface is compliant with IEEE
802.3ba 100GBase-LR4.
TOM-100G-Q-LR4 port status LEDs are located on the TIM/TIM2 as shown in Figure 4-12: TIM-1-100GE-
Q Faceplate on page 4-22.

Connectors

Table 4-158 TOM-100G-Q-LR4 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-159 TOM-100G-Q-LR4 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.33 inches / 8.51mm
Width 0.72 inches / 18.35mm
Depth 2.85 inches / 72.40mm
Depth (including the pull-tab) 4.83 inches / 122.77mm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-114 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Table 4-159 TOM-100G-Q-LR4 Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM/TIM2;
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-160 TOM-100G-Q-LR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -8.6dBm
Receiver maximum power (per lane) +4.5dBm
Receiver minimum power (per lane) -10.6dBm
Receiver lane center wavelengths L1: 1294.53nm to 1296.59nm
(L1, L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1299.02nm to 1301.09nm
L3: 1303.54nm to 1305.63nm
L4: 1308.09nm to 1310.19nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps

Table 4-161 TOM-100G-Q-LR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 10km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power (total) +10.5dBm
Transmitter lane center wavelengths L1: 1294.53nm to 1296.59nm
(L1, L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1299.02nm to 1301.09nm
L3: 1303.54nm to 1305.63nm
L4: 1308.09nm to 1310.19nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-115

Interface Specifications

Table 4-162 TOM-100G-Q-LR4 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter
Tributary protocol 100GbE

Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-CLR4)

Table 4-163 TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 Product Features
Product Ordering Name Features
(PON)
TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 100G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ 2km, 100GBase-CWDM4 with Forward Error Correction (FEC) encoding
or 100GBase-CLR4 (FEC encoding optional)

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 100G, referred to as the TOM-100G-Q-CLR4, is a field-replaceable 100G
Quad Small Form Factor Pluggable 28 (QSFP28) module. It converts client optical signals to and from
serial electrical signals. TOM-100G-Q-CLR4s are hot-pluggable into the sub-slots in the TIM
(TIM-1-100GE-Q) and are powered through the pluggable interface.

Note: FEC mode is supported on the TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 for correction of errors during data
transmission and is enabled by default.

The TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 supports 100GbE client signals compliant to 100GBase-CWDM4 (FEC encoding
is required) or 100GBase-CLR4 (FEC encoding is optional).
TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 port status LEDs are located on the TIM as shown in Figure 4-12: TIM-1-100GE-Q
Faceplate on page 4-22.

Connectors

Table 4-164 TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-116 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Technical Specifications

Table 4-165 TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.33 inches / 8.51mm
Width 0.72 inches / 18.35mm
Depth 2.85 inches / 72.40mm
Depth (including the pull-tab) 4.83 inches / 122.77mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM;
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-166 TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -10.0dBm
Receiver maximum power (per lane) +2.5dBm
Receiver minimum power (per lane) -11.5dBm
Receiver lane center wavelengths L1: 1264.50nm to 1277.50nm
(L1, L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1284.50nm to 1297.50nm
L3: 1304.50nm to 1317.50nm
L4: 1324.50nm to 1337.50nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps

Table 4-167 TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 2km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power (total) +8.5dBm
Transmitter lane center wavelengths L1: 1264.50nm to 1277.50nm
(L1, L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1284.50nm to 1297.50nm
L3: 1304.50nm to 1317.50nm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-117

Table 4-167 TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications (continued)

Type Specification
L4: 1324.50nm to 1337.50nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-168 TOM-100G-Q-CLR4 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter
Tributary protocol 100GbE

Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4)

Table 4-169 TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4 Product Features
Product Ordering Name Features
(PON)
TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4 100G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ 2km, 100GBase-CWDM4

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 100G, referred to as the TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4, is a field-replaceable 100G
Quad Small Form Factor Pluggable 28 (QSFP28) module. It converts client optical signals to and from
serial electrical signals. TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4s are hot-pluggable into the sub-slots in the TIM
(TIM-1-100GE-Q) and/or TIM2 (TIM2-2-100GM and/or TIM2-2-100GX), and are powered through the
pluggable interface.

Note: FEC mode is supported on the TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4 for correction of errors during data
transmission and is enabled by default.

The TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4 supports 100GbE client signals compliant to 100GBase-CWDM4.

TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4 port status LEDs are located on the TIM/TIM2 as shown in Figure 4-12:
TIM-1-100GE-Q Faceplate on page 4-22.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-118 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Connectors

Table 4-170 TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-171 TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.33 inches / 8.51mm
Width 0.72 inches / 18.35mm
Depth 2.85 inches / 72.40mm
Depth (including the pull-tab) 4.83 inches / 122.77mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM/TIM2;
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-172 TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -10.0dBm
Receiver maximum power (per lane) +2.5dBm
Receiver minimum power (per lane) -11.5dBm
Receiver lane center wavelengths L1: 1264.50nm to 1277.50nm
(L1, L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1284.50nm to 1297.50nm
L3: 1304.50nm to 1317.50nm
L4: 1324.50nm to 1337.50nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-119

Table 4-173 TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 2km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power (total) +8.5dBm
Transmitter lane center wavelengths L1: 1264.50nm to 1277.50nm
(L1, L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1284.50nm to 1297.50nm
L3: 1304.50nm to 1317.50nm
L4: 1324.50nm to 1337.50nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-174 TOM-100G-Q-CWDM4 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter
Tributary protocol 100GbE

Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4)

Table 4-175 TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 Product Features
Product Ordering Name Features
(PON)
TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 100G Tributary Optical Module
Reach/Application:
■ 100GbE: IEEE 802.3bm 100GBase-SR4
■ 4x27.95Gbps OTN with multi-mode optics

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 100G, referred to as the TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4, is a field-replaceable 100G
Quad Small Form Factor Pluggable 28 (QSFP28) module. It converts client optical signals to and from
serial electrical signals. TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4s are hot-pluggable into the sub-slots in the TIM2
(TIM2-2-100GM and/or TIM2-2-100GX) and are powered through the pluggable interface.
The TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 supports 100GbE and OTU4 client signals, and the optical interface complies
with IEEE 802.3bm 100GBase-SR4.
TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 port status LEDs are located on the TIM2 adjacent to each client port as shown in
Figure 4-28: TIM2-2-100GM Faceplate on page 4-49.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-120 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Connectors

Table 4-176 TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN Single MTP®/MPO 50 Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-177 TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.33 inches / 8.51mm
Width 0.72 inches / 18.35mm
Depth 2.85 inches / 72.40mm
Depth (including the pull-tab) 4.83 inches / 122.77mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM/TIM2;
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-178 TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Multi-mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -4.7dBm
Receiver maximum power (per lane) +2.4dBm
Receiver minimum power (per lane) -10.3dBm
Receiver wavelength 840nm to 860nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78125Gbps, 27.9525Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.1Gbps, 111.81Gbps

Table 4-179 TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Multi-mode
Link distance 100m (using OM4 multi-mode fiber)

50 The 12-fiber MPO connector is an ultra physical contact (UPC) type, male (pinned). Refer to MPO Connector
Pinouts on page 4-171 for MPO connector pin assignments.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-121

Table 4-179 TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications (continued)

Type Specification
Transmitter output power (per lane) -8.4dBm to +2.4dBm
Transmitter wavelength 840nm to 860nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78125Gbps, 27.9525Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.1Gbps, 111.81Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-180 TOM-100GMR-Q-SR4 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter
Tributary protocols 100GbE
OTU4

Tributary Optical Module 100G (TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4)

Table 4-181 TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4 Product Features
Product Ordering Name Features
(PON)
TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4 100G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ ITU-T G.959.1 4I1-9D1F
■ 100GbE: IEEE 802.3ba 100GBase-LR4

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 100G, referred to as the TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4, is a field-replaceable 100G
Quad Small Form Factor Pluggable 28 (QSFP28) module. It converts client optical signals to and from
serial electrical signals. TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4s are hot-pluggable into the sub-slots in the TIM2
(TIM2-2-100GM and/or TIM2-2-100GX) and are powered through the pluggable interface.
The TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4 supports 100GbE and OTU4 client signals, and the optical interface complies
with ITU-T G.959.1 4I1-9D1F and IEEE 802.3ba 100GBase-LR4.
TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4 port status LEDs are located on the TIM2 adjacent to each client port as shown in
Figure 4-28: TIM2-2-100GM Faceplate on page 4-49.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-122 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Connectors

Table 4-182 TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-183 TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.33 inches / 8.51mm
Width 0.72 inches / 18.35mm
Depth 2.85 inches / 72.40mm
Depth (including the pull-tab) 4.83 inches / 122.77mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM/TIM2;
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-184 TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -8.6dBm
Receiver maximum power (per lane) +2.9Bm
Receiver minimum power (per lane) -8.8dBm
Receiver lane center wavelengths L1: 1294.53nm to 1296.59nm
(L1, L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1299.02nm to 1301.09nm
L3: 1303.54nm to 1305.63nm
L4: 1308.09nm to 1310.19nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78125Gbps, 27.9525Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps, 111.81Gbps

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-123

Table 4-185 TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 10km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power (total) +3.5dBm to +8.9dBm
Transmitter lane center wavelengths L1: 1294.53nm to 1296.59nm
(L1, L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1299.02nm to 1301.09nm
L3: 1303.54nm to 1305.63nm
L4: 1308.09nm to 1310.19nm
Data rate (per lane) 25.78125Gbps, 27.9525Gbps
Aggregate data rate 103.125Gbps, 111.81Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-186 TOM-100GMR-Q-LR4 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter
Tributary protocols 100GbE
OTU4

Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40G-SR4)

Table 4-187 TOM-40G-SR4 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-40G-SR4 40G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ 40GbE: IEEE 802.3ba 40GBase-SR4

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 40G, referred to as TOM-40G-SR4, is a field-replaceable 40G CFP module.
It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals. TOM-40G-SR4s are hot-pluggable
into the sub-slot in the TIM (TIM-1-40G and/or TIM-1-40GE) and are powered through the pluggable
interface.
The TOM-40G-SR4 supports 40GbE client signals and the optical interface complies with IEEE 802.3ba
40GBase-SR4.
TOM-40G-SR4 port status LEDs are located on the TIM as shown in Figure 4-16: TIM-1-40GE Faceplate
on page 4-27.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-124 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Connectors

Table 4-188 TOM-40G-SR4 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN Single MTP®/MPO 51 Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-189 TOM-40G-SR4 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.23 inches / 82.00mm
Width 0.55 inches / 14.00mm
Depth 5.70 inches / 144.75mm
Weight 0.7lb / 0.35kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM;
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-190 TOM-40G-SR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Multi-mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -5.4dBm
Receiver maximum power (per lane) +2.4dBm
Receiver minimum power (per lane) -9.5dBm
Receiver wavelength 840nm to 860nm
Data rate (per lane) 10.3125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 41.25Gbps

51 The 12-fiber MPO connector is an ultra physical contact (UPC) type, male (pinned). Refer to MPO Connector
Pinouts on page 4-171 for MPO connector pin assignments.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-125

Table 4-191 TOM-40G-SR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Multi-mode
Link distance ■ 100m (using OM3 multi-mode fiber)
■ 150m (using OM4 multi-mode fiber)
Transmitter output power (per lane) -8.0dBm to +2.4dBm
Transmitter wavelength 840nm to 860nm
Data rate (per lane) 10.3125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 41.25Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-192 TOM-40G-SR4 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 40GbE Fully transparent

Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40G-LR4)

Table 4-193 TOM-40G-LR4 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-40G-LR4 40G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ 40GbE: IEEE 802.3ba 40GBase-LR4

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 40G, referred to as TOM-40G-LR4, is a field-replaceable 40G CFP module.
It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals. TOM-40G-LR4s are hot-pluggable
into the sub-slot in the TIM (TIM-1-40G and/or TIM-1-40GE) and are powered through the pluggable
interface.
The TOM-40G-LR4 supports 40GbE client signals and the optical interface complies with IEEE 802.3ba
40GBase-LR4.
TOM-40G-LR4 port status LEDs are located on the TIM as shown in Figure 4-16: TIM-1-40GE Faceplate
on page 4-27.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-126 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Connectors

Table 4-194 TOM-40G-LR4 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-195 TOM-40G-LR4 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.23 inches / 82.00mm
Width 0.55 inches / 14.00mm
Depth 5.70 inches / 144.75mm
Weight 0.7lb / 0.35kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM;
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-196 TOM-40G-LR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -11.5dBm
Receiver maximum power (per lane) +2.3dBm
Receiver minimum power (per lane) -13.7dBm
Receiver lane center wavelengths (L1, L1: 1264.50nm to 1277.50nm
L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1284.50nm to 1297.50nm
L3: 1304.50nm to 1317.50nm
L4: 1324.50nm to 1337.50nm
Data rate (per lane) 10.30125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 41.25Gbps

Table 4-197 TOM-40G-LR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 10km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-127

Table 4-197 TOM-40G-LR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications (continued)

Type Specification
Transmitter output power (total) -1.0dBm to +8.3dBm
Transmitter lane center wavelengths L1: 1264.50nm to 1277.50nm
(L1, L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1284.50nm to 1297.50nm
L3: 1304.50nm to 1317.50nm
L4: 1324.50nm to 1337.50nm
Data rate (per lane) 10.30125Gbps
Aggregate data rate 41.25Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-198 TOM-40G-LR4 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 40GbE Fully transparent

Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40GMR-LR4)

Table 4-199 TOM-40GMR-LR4 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-40GMR-LR4 40G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ ITU-T G.695 C4S1-2D1
■ 40GbE: IEEE 802.3ba 40GBase-LR4

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 40G, referred to as TOM-40GMR-LR4, is a field-replaceable 40G CFP
module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals. TOM-40GMR-LR4s are
hot-pluggable into the sub-slot in the TIM (TIM-1-40G and TIM-1-40GE) and are powered through the
pluggable interface.
The TOM-40GMR-LR4 supports 40GbE and OTU3/OTU3e1/OTU3e2 client signals, and the optical
interface complies with ITU-T G.695 C4S1-2D1 and IEEE 802.3ba 40GBase-LR4.
TOM-40GMR-LR4 port status LEDs are located on the TIM as shown in Figure 4-14: TIM-1-40G
Faceplate on page 4-25.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-128 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Connectors

Table 4-200 TOM-40GMR-LR4 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-201 TOM-40GMR-LR4 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.23 inches / 82.00mm
Width 0.55 inches / 14.00mm
Depth 5.70 inches / 144.75mm
Weight 0.7lb / 0.35kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM;
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-202 TOM-40GMR-LR4 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -11.5dBm
Receiver maximum power (per lane) +2.3dBm
Receiver minimum power (per lane) -9.0dBm
Receiver lane center wavelengths (L1, L1: 1264.50nm to 1277.50nm
L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1284.50nm to 1297.50nm
L3: 1304.50nm to 1317.50nm
L4: 1324.50nm to 1337.50nm
Data rate (per lane) 10.3125Gbps, 11.146Gbps
Aggregate data rate 41.25Gbps, 44.583Gbps

Table 4-203 TOM-40GMR-LR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 10km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-129

Table 4-203 TOM-40GMR-LR4 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications (continued)

Type Specification
Transmitter output power (total) +3.7dBm to +8.3dBm
Transmitter lane center wavelengths L1: 1264.50nm to 1277.50nm
(L1, L2, L3, and L4)
L2: 1284.50nm to 1297.50nm
L3: 1304.50nm to 1317.50nm
L4: 1324.50nm to 1337.50nm
Data rate (per lane) 10.3125Gbps, 11.146Gbps
Aggregate data rate 41.25Gbps, 44.583Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-204 TOM-40GMR-LR4 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 40GbE Fully transparent
OTU3/OTU3e1/OTU3e2

Tributary Optical Module 40G (TOM-40GMR-FR)

Table 4-205 TOM-40GMR-FR Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-40GMR-FR 40G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ VSR2000-3R2 (per ITU-T G.693)
■ 40GbE: IEEE 802.3bg 40GBase-FR

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 40G, referred to as TOM-40GMR-FR, is a field-replaceable 40G CFP
module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals. TOM-40GMR-FRs are
hot-pluggable into the sub-slot in the TIM (TIM-1-40GM) and are powered through the pluggable
interface.
The TOM-40GMR-FR supports OC-768 and STM-256 client signals. The optical interface complies with
VSR2000-3R2 (per ITU-T G.693) and IEEE 802.3bg 40GBase-FR.
TOM-40GMR-FR port status LEDs are located on the TIM as shown in Figure 4-18: TIM-1-40GM
Faceplate on page 4-30.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-130 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Connectors

Table 4-206 TOM-40GMR-FR Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-207 TOM-40GMR-FR Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 3.23 inches / 82.00mm
Width 0.55 inches / 14.00mm
Depth 5.70 inches / 144.75mm
Weight 0.7lb / 0.35kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM;
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-208 TOM-40GMR-FR Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity -6.0dBm
Receiver overload +3.0dBm
Receiver wavelength 1520nm to 1580nm
Data rate 39.81Gbps

Table 4-209 TOM-40GMR-FR Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 2km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power 0.0dBm to +3.0dBm
Transmitter wavelength 1530nm to 1565nm
Data rate 39.81Gbps

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-131

Interface Specifications

Table 4-210 TOM-40GMR-FR Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-768 Fully transparent
SDH STM-256

Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0)

Table 4-211 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 10G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ 10GbE LAN: IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-SR
■ 10GbE WAN: IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-SW

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 10G, referred to as TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0, is a field-replaceable 10G Small
Form Factor Pluggable (SFP+) module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical
signals. TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0s are hot-pluggable into any of the sub-slots in the TIM/PXM/XICM
(TIM-5-10GM, TIM-5B-10GM, TIM-5-10GX, PXM-16-10GE, and/or XICM-T-5-10GM) and/or TIM2
(TIM2-18-10GM and/or TIM2-18-10GX), and are powered through the pluggable interface.
TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 supports 10GbE LAN, 10GbE WAN, 10G Fibre Channel, and 8G Fibre Channel
client signals. The optical interface complies with IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-SR for the 10GbE LAN client
signal and IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-SW for the 10GbE WAN client signal.
TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 port status LEDs are located on the TIM/TIM2/PXM/XICM as shown in Figure 4-20:
TIM-5-10GM Faceplate on page 4-34.

Note: In previous releases, the TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 was supported, but in the management
interfaces was displayed as "10G TOM". In the current release, the management interfaces will
display "TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0.

Connectors

Table 4-212 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-132 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Technical Specifications

Table 4-213 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.55 inches / 13.97mm
Width 0.34 inches / 8.64mm
Depth 2.22 inches / 56.39mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM/XICM/PXM,
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-214 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Multi-mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -11.1dBm
Receiver overload -1.0dBm
Receiver wavelength 840nm to 860nm
Data rate 10.3125Gbps (8.5Gbps for 8G FC and 10.52Gbps for 10G FC)

Table 4-215 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Multi-mode
Link distance 300m (using 50um multi-mode fiber)
Transmitter output power -7.3dBm to -1.0dBm
Transmitter wavelength 840nm to 860nm
Data rate 10.3125Gbps (8.5Gbps for 8G FC and 10.52Gbps for 10G FC)

Interface Specifications

Table 4-216 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 10GbE LAN PHY Fully transparent
10GbE WAN PHY

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-133

Table 4-216 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR0 Tributary Facilities (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
10G Fibre Channel
8G Fibre Channel

Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1)

Table 4-217 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 10G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ Telcordia GR-253-CORE OC-192 SR-1
■ ITU-T G.693 VSR2000-2R1
■ 10GbE LAN: IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-LR
■ 10GbE WAN: IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-LW

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 10G, referred to as TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1, is a field-replaceable 10G Small
Form Factor Pluggable (SFP+) module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical
signals. TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1s are hot-pluggable into any of the sub-slots in the TIM/PXM/XICM
(TIM-5-10GM, TIM-5B-10GM, TIM-5-10GX, PXM-16-10GE, and/or XICM-T-5-10GM) and/or TIM2
(TIM2-18-10GM and/or TIM2-18-10GX), and are powered through the pluggable interface.
TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 supports the following client services: OC-192, STM-64, 10GbE LAN, 10GbE WAN,
10.3G Clear Channel, 10G Clear Channel, 10G Fibre Channel, 8G Fibre Channel , OTU1e, OTU2,
OTU2e, and/or 10G DTF transport (as 11.1Gbps Clear Channel).
The optical interface complies with Telcordia GR-253-CORE OC-192 SR-1 for the OC-192 client signal,
ITU-T G.693 VSR2000-2R1 for the STM-64 client signal, IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-LR for the 10GbE LAN
client signal, and IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-LW for the 10GbE WAN client signal.
TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 port status LEDs are located on the TIM/TIM2/PXM/XICM as shown in Figure 4-20:
TIM-5-10GM Faceplate on page 4-34.

Connectors

Table 4-218 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-134 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Technical Specifications

Table 4-219 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.55 inches / 13.97mm
Width 0.34 inches / 8.64mm
Depth 2.22 inches / 56.39mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM/XICM/PXM,
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-220 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity -11.0dBm
Receiver overload -1.0dBm
Receiver wavelength 1260nm to 1600nm
Data rate 9.95Gbps to 11.1Gbps (8.5Gbps for 8G FC)

Table 4-221 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance ■ OC-192: 2km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
■ 10GbE/10G FC/8G FC: 10km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power -6.0dBm to -1.0dBm
Transmitter wavelength 1290nm to 1330nm
Data rate 9.95Gbps to 11.1Gbps (8.5Gbps for 8G FC)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-135

Interface Specifications

Table 4-222 TOM-10G-SFPP-SR1 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-192 Fully transparent
SDH STM-64
10GbE LAN PHY
10GbE WAN PHY
10.3G Clear Channel
10G Clear Channel
10G Fibre Channel
8G Fibre Channel
OTU1e
OTU2
OTU2e
10G DTF Transport
(as 11.1Gbps Clear Channel)

Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2)

Table 4-223 TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 10G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ Telcordia GR-253-CORE OC-192 IR-2
■ ITU-T G.959.1 P1S1-2D2b
■ 10GbE LAN: IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-ER
■ 10GbE WAN: IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-EW

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 10G, referred to as TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2, is a field-replaceable 10G Small
Form Factor Pluggable (SFP+) module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical
signals. TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2s are hot-pluggable into any of the sub-slots in the TIM/PXM/XICM
(TIM-5-10GM, TIM-5B-10GM, TIM-5-10GX, PXM-16-10GE, and/or XICM-T-5-10GM) and/or TIM2
(TIM2-18-10GM and/or TIM2-18-10GX), and are powered through the pluggable interface.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-136 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 supports the following client services: OC-192, STM-64, 10GbE LAN, 10GbE WAN,
10.3G Clear Channel, 10G Clear Channel, OTU1e, OTU2, OTU2e, and/or 10G DTF transport (as
11.1Gbps Clear Channel).
The optical interface complies with Telcordia GR-253-CORE OC-192 IR-2 for the OC-192 client signal,
ITU-T G.959 P1S1-2D2b for the STM-64 client signal, IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-ER for the 10GbE LAN
client signal, and IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-EW for the 10GbE WAN client signal.
TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 port status LEDs are located on the TIM/TIM2/PXM/XICM as shown in Figure 4-20:
TIM-5-10GM Faceplate on page 4-34.

Connectors

Table 4-224 TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-225 TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.55 inches / 13.97mm
Width 0.34 inches / 8.64mm
Depth 2.22 inches / 56.39mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM/XICM/PXM,
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-226 TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity -14.0dBm
Receiver overload -1.0dBm
Receiver wavelength 1260nm to 1580nm
Data rate 9.95Gbps to 11.1Gbps

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-137

Table 4-227 TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 40km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power -1.0dBm to +2.0dBm
Transmitter wavelength 1530nm to 1565nm
Data rate 9.95Gbps to 11.1Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-228 TOM-10G-SFPP-IR2 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-192 Fully transparent
SDH STM-64
10GbE LAN PHY
10GbE WAN PHY
10.3G Clear Channel
10G Clear Channel
OTU1e
OTU2
OTU2e
10G DTF Transport
(as 11.1Gbps Clear Channel)

Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2)

Table 4-229 TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 10G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ Telcordia GR-253-CORE OC-192 LR-2
■ ITU-T G.959.1 P1L1-2D2
■ 10GbE LAN: IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-ER
■ 10GbE WAN: IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-EW

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-138 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 10G, referred to as TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2, is a field-replaceable 10G Small
Form Factor Pluggable (SFP+) module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical
signals. TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2s are hot-pluggable into any of the sub-slots in the TIM/PXM/XICM
(TIM-5-10GM, TIM-5B-10GM, TIM-5-10GX, PXM-16-10GE, and/or XICM-T-5-10GM) and/or TIM2
(TIM2-18-10GM and/or TIM2-18-10GX), and are powered through the pluggable interface.
TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 supports the following client services: OC-192, STM-64, 10GbE LAN, 10GbE WAN,
10.3G Clear Channel, 10G Clear Channel, OTU1e, OTU2, OTU2e, and/or 10G DTF transport (as
11.1Gbps Clear Channel).
The optical interface complies with Telcordia GR-253-CORE OC-192 LR-2 for the OC-192 client signal,
ITU-T G.959 P1L1-2D2 for the STM-64 client signal, IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-ER for the 10GbE LAN
client signal, and IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-EW for the 10GbE WAN client signal.
TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 port status LEDs are located on the TIM/TIM2/PXM/XICM as shown in Figure 4-20:
TIM-5-10GM Faceplate on page 4-34.

Connectors

Table 4-230 TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-231 TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.55 inches / 13.97mm
Width 0.34 inches / 8.64mm
Depth 2.22 inches / 56.39mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM/XICM/PXM,
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-139

Optical Specifications

Table 4-232 TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity -24.0dBm
Receiver overload -7.0dBm
Receiver wavelength 1260nm to 1580nm
Data rate 9.95Gbps to 11.1Gbps

Table 4-233 TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 80km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power 0.0dBm to +4.0dBm
Transmitter wavelength 1530nm to 1565nm
Data rate 9.95Gbps to 11.1Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-234 TOM-10G-SFPP-LR2 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-192 Fully transparent
SDH STM-64
10GbE LAN PHY
10GbE WAN PHY
10.3G Clear Channel
10G Clear Channel
OTU1e
OTU2
OTU2e
10G DTF Transport
(as 11.1Gbps Clear Channel)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-140 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10G-SFPP-DT)

Table 4-235 TOM-10G-SFPP-DT
Product Features
Ordering
Name (PON)
TOM-10G- Tunable 10G Tributary Optical Module
SFPP-DT Reach:
■ Telcordia GR-253 CORE OC-192 LR-2
■ ITU-T G.959.1 P1L1-2D2
■ 10GbE LAN: IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-ER
■ 10GbE WAN: IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-EW
Operating Frequency and Wavelength:

■ Channel 17.0: 191.70THz, 1563.86nm ■ Channel 27.5: 192.75THz, 1555.34nm

■ Channel 17.5: 191.75THz, 1563.45nm ■ Channel 28.0: 192.80THz, 1554.94nm
■ Channel 18.0: 191.80THz, 1563.05nm ■ Channel 28.5: 192.85THz, 1554.54nm
■ Channel 18.5: 191.85THz, 1562.64nm ■ Channel 29.0: 192.90THz, 1554.13nm
■ Channel 19.0: 191.90THz, 1562.23nm ■ Channel 29.5: 192.95THz, 1553.73nm
■ Channel 19.5: 191.95THz, 1561.83nm ■ Channel 30.0: 193.00THz, 1553.33nm
■ Channel 20.0: 192.00THz, 1561.42nm ■ Channel 30.5: 193.05THz, 1552.93nm
■ Channel 20.5: 192.05THz, 1561.01nm ■ Channel 31.0: 193.10THz, 1552.52nm
■ Channel 21.0: 192.10THz, 1560.61nm ■ Channel 31.5: 193.15THz, 1552.12nm
■ Channel 21.5: 192.15THz, 1560.20nm ■ Channel 32.0: 193.20THz, 1551.72nm
■ Channel 22.0: 192.20THz, 1559.79nm ■ Channel 32.5: 193.25THz, 1551.32nm
■ Channel 22.5: 192.25THz, 1559.39nm ■ Channel 33.0: 193.30THz, 1550.92nm
■ Channel 23.0: 192.30THz, 1558.98nm ■ Channel 33.5: 193.35THz, 1550.52nm
■ Channel 23.5: 192.35THz, 1558.58nm ■ Channel 34.0: 193.40THz, 1550.12nm
■ Channel 24.0: 192.40THz, 1558.17nm ■ Channel 34.5: 193.45THz, 1549.72nm
■ Channel 24.5: 192.45THz, 1557.77nm ■ Channel 35.0: 193.50THz, 1549.32nm
■ Channel 25.0: 192.50THz, 1557.36nm ■ Channel 35.5: 193.55THz, 1548.91nm
■ Channel 25.5: 192.55THz, 1556.96nm ■ Channel 36.0: 193.60THz, 1548.51nm
■ Channel 26.0: 192.60THz, 1556.55nm ■ Channel 36.5: 193.65THz, 1548.12nm
■ Channel 26.5: 192.65THz, 1556.15nm ■ Channel 37.0: 193.70THz, 1547.72nm
■ Channel 27.0: 192.70THz, 1555.75nm ■ Channel 37.5: 193.75THz, 1547.32nm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-141

Table 4-235 TOM-10G-SFPP-DT (continued)

Product Features
Ordering
Name (PON)

■ Channel 39.5: 193.95THz, 1545.72nm ■ Channel 50.5: 195.05THz, 1537.00nm

■ Channel 40.0: 194.00THz, 1545.32nm ■ Channel 51.0: 195.10THz, 1536.61nm
■ Channel 40.5: 194.05THz, 1544.92nm ■ Channel 51.5: 195.15THz, 1536.22nm
■ Channel 41.0: 194.10THz, 1544.53nm ■ Channel 52.0: 195.20THz, 1535.82nm
■ Channel 41.5: 194.15THz, 1544.13nm ■ Channel 52.5: 195.25THz, 1535.43nm
■ Channel 42.0: 194.20THz, 1543.73nm ■ Channel 53.0: 195.30THz, 1535.04nm
■ Channel 42.5: 194.25THz, 1543.33nm ■ Channel 53.5: 195.35THz, 1534.64nm
■ Channel 43.0: 194.30THz, 1542.94nm ■ Channel 54.0: 195.40THz, 1534.25nm
■ Channel 43.5: 194.35THz, 1542.54nm ■ Channel 54.5: 195.45THz, 1533.86nm
■ Channel 44.0: 194.40THz, 1542.14nm ■ Channel 55.0: 195.50THz, 1533.47nm
■ Channel 44.5: 194.45THz, 1541.75nm ■ Channel 55.5: 195.55THz, 1533.07nm
■ Channel 45.0: 194.50THz, 1541.35nm ■ Channel 56.0: 195.60THz, 1532.68nm
■ Channel 45.5: 194.55THz, 1540.95nm ■ Channel 56.5: 195.65THz, 1532.29nm
■ Channel 46.0: 194.60THz, 1540.56nm ■ Channel 57.0: 195.70THz, 1531.90nm
■ Channel 46.5: 194.65THz, 1540.16nm ■ Channel 57.5: 195.75THz, 1531.51nm
■ Channel 47.0: 194.70THz, 1539.77nm ■ Channel 58.0: 195.80THz, 1531.12nm
■ Channel 47.5: 194.75THz, 1539.37nm ■ Channel 58.5: 195.85THz, 1530.72nm
■ Channel 48.0: 194.80THz, 1538.98nm ■ Channel 59.0: 195.90THz, 1530.33nm
■ Channel 48.5: 194.85THz, 1538.58nm ■ Channel 59.5: 195.95THz, 1529.94nm
■ Channel 49.0: 194.90THz, 1538.19nm ■ Channel 60.0: 196.00THz, 1529.55nm
■ Channel 49.5: 194.95THz, 1537.79nm ■ Channel 60.5: 196.05THz, 1529.16nm
■ Channel 50.0: 195.00THz, 1537.40nm

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 10G, referred to as TOM-10G-SFPP-DT, is a field-replaceable tunable 10G
DWDM Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP+) module that supports ITU channels (i.e. ITU 100GHz grid)
and a 50GHz offset from the ITU 100GHz grid. It converts client optical signals to and from serial
electrical signals. TOM-10G-SFPP-DTs are hot-pluggable into any of the sub-slots in the TIM/PXM/XICM
(TIM-5-10GM, TIM-5B-10GM, TIM-5-10GX, PXM-16-10GE, and/or XICM-T-5-10GM) and are powered
through the pluggable interface.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-142 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

TOM-10G-SFPP-DT supports the following client interfaces: OC-192, STM-64, 10GbE LAN, 10GbE
WAN, 10.3G Clear Channel, 10G Clear Channel, OTU1e, OTU2, OTU2e, and/or 10G DTF transport (as
11.1Gbps Clear Channel).
The optical interface complies with Telcordia GR-253-CORE OC-192 LR-2 for the OC-192 client signal,
ITU-T G.959.1 P1L1-2D2 for the STM-64 client signal, IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-ER for the 10GbE LAN
client signal, and IEEE 802.3ae 10GBase-EW for the 10GbE WAN client signal.
TOM-10G-SFPP-DT port status LEDs are located on the TIM/PXM/XICM as shown in Figure 4-20:
TIM-5-10GM Faceplate on page 4-34.

Note: Due to system cooling restrictions, TIM/XICMs equipped with the TOM-10G-SFPP-DT can only
be installed in certain sub-slots on the OTM-500/OTM2-500 depending on chassis type. Refer to
OTM-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-138 and/or OTM2-500 Sub-slot Restrictions on page 1-
143. (There are no similar restrictions on the OTSM-600/OTXM-600.)

Connectors

Table 4-236 TOM-10G-SFPP-DT Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-237 TOM-10G-SFPP-DT Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.55 inches / 13.97mm
Width 0.34 inches / 8.64mm
Depth 2.42 inches / 61.47mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM/XICM/PXM,
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-143

Optical Specifications

Table 4-238 TOM-10G-SFPP-DT Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity ■ -24.0dBm
■ -26.5dBm, (at 1X10-4 BER, when FEC is enabled)
Receiver overload -7.0dB
Receiver wavelength 1270nm to 1600nm
Data rate 9.95Gbps to 11.1Gbps

Table 4-239 TOM-10G-SFPP-DT Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 80km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power -1.0dBm to +3.0dBm
Transmitter wavelength Wavelengths corresponding to channels 17.0 to 60.5; see Table 4-235:
TOM-10G-SFPP-DT on page 4-140
Data rate 9.95Gbps to 11.1Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-240 TOM-10G-SFPP-DT Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-192 Fully transparent
SDH STM-64
10GbE LAN PHY
10GbE WAN PHY
10.3G Clear Channel
10G Clear Channel
OTU1e
OTU2
OTU2e
10G DTF Transport
(as 11.1Gbps Clear Channel)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-144 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Tributary Optical Module 10G (TOM-10GE-LRL)

Table 4-241 TOM-10GE-LRL Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-10GE-LRL 10G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ 10GbE LAN/10GbE WAN: IEEE 802.3ae CL 52 - IEEE 802.3
Standard (10GbE Ethernet Clause)

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 10G, referred to as TOM-10GE-LRL, is a field-replaceable 10G Small Form
Factor Pluggable (SFP+) module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals.
TOM-10GE-LRLs are hot-pluggable into any of the sub-slots in the TIM/PXM/XICM (TIM-5-10GM,
TIM-5B-10GM, TIM-5-10GX, PXM-16-10GE, and/or XICM-T-5-10GM) and are powered through the
pluggable interface.
TOM-10GE-LRL supports 10GbE LAN and 10GbE WAN client signals and the optical interface complies
with IEEE 802.3ae CL 52 - IEEE 802.3 Standard (10GbE Ethernet Clause).
TOM-10GE-LRL port status LEDs are located on the TIM/PXM/XICM as shown in Figure 4-20:
TIM-5-10GM Faceplate on page 4-34.

Connectors

Table 4-242 TOM-10GE-LRL Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-243 TOM-10GE-LRL Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.55 inches / 13.97mm
Width 0.34 inches / 8.64mm
Depth 2.22 inches / 56.39mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM/XICM/PXM,
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-145

Optical Specifications

Table 4-244 TOM-10GE-LRL Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) -12.6dBm
Receiver overload 0.5dBm
Receiver wavelength 1260nm to 1360nm
Data rate 10.3125Gbps

Table 4-245 TOM-10GE-LRL Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 2km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power -8.2dBm to 0.5dBm
Transmitter wavelength 1260nm to 1360nm
Data rate 10.3125Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-246 TOM-10GE-LRL Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 10GbE LAN PHY Fully transparent
10GbE WAN PHY

Tributary Optical Module 8G (TOM-8G-SM-LC-L)

Table 4-247 TOM-8G-SM-LC-L Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-8G-SM-LC-L 8G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ ANSI FC-PI-4

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 8G, referred to as TOM-8G-SM-LC-L, is a field-replaceable 8G Small Form
Factor Pluggable (SFP+) module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-146 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

TOM-8G-SM-LC-Ls are hot-pluggable into any of the sixteen sub-slots in the TIM (TIM-16-2.5GM) and
are powered through the pluggable interface.
The TOM-8G-SM-LC-L operates at the following data rates:
■ 4.25Gbps—for support of 4G Clear Channel client signals
■ 4.25Gbps—for support of 4G Fibre Channel client signals
■ 8.5Gbps—for support of 8G Fibre Channel client signals
The optical interface is compliant with ANSI FC-PI-4 and SFF-8472, compatible with SFF-84322 and
applicable portions of SFF-8431.
TOM-8G-SM-LC-L port status LEDs are located on the TIM as shown in Figure 4-26: TIM-16-2.5GM
Faceplate on page 4-45.

Note: When configured for 4G Clear Channel, the data format carried by the TOM-8G-SM-LC-L must
use 8B/10B encoding, such as 4G Fibre Channel.

Connectors

Table 4-248 TOM-8G-SM-LC-L Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-249 TOM-8G-SM-LC-L Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.55 inches / 13.97mm
Width 0.34 inches / 8.64mm
Depth 2.22 inches / 56.50mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM;
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-147

Optical Specifications

Table 4-250 TOM-8G-SM-LC-L Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity ■ 4.25Gbps: -14.0dBm
■ 8.5Gbps: -12.0dBm
Receiver overload ■ 4.25Gbps: -1.0dBm
■ 8.5Gbps: +0.5dBm
Receiver wavelength 1260nm to 1360nm
Data rate 4.25Gbps, 8.5Gbps

Table 4-251 TOM-8G-SM-LC-L Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 10km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power ■ 4.25Gbps: -8.4dBm to -1.0dBm
■ 8.5Gbps: -8.4dBm to +0.5dBm
Transmitter wavelength 1285nm to 1345nm
Data rate 4.25Gbps, 8.5Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-252 TOM-8G-SM-LC-L Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 4G Clear Channel Fully transparent

Note: When configured for 4G Clear

Channel, the data format carried by the
TOM-8G-SM-LC-L must use 8B/10B
encoding, such as 4G Fibre Channel.

4G Fibre Channel Fully transparent

8G Fibre Channel

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-148 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-SR1)

Table 4-253 TOM-2.5G-SR1 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-2.5G-SR1-A 52 2.5G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ Telcordia GR-253-CORE OC-48 SR-1
■ ITU-T G.957 I-16

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 2.5G, referred to as TOM-2.5G-SR1, is a field-replaceable 2.5G Small Form
Factor Pluggable (SFP) module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals.
TOM-2.5G-SR1s are hot-pluggable into any of the sixteen sub-slots in the TIM (TIM-16-2.5GM) and are
powered through the pluggable interface.
TOM-2.5G-SR1 supports OC-48, STM-16, and/or 2.5G Clear Channel client signals. The optical interface
complies with Telcordia GR-253-CORE OC-48 SR-1 for the OC-48 client signal and ITU-T G.957 I-16 for
the STM-16 client signal.
TOM-2.5G-SR1 port status LEDs are located on the TIM as shown in Figure 4-26: TIM-16-2.5GM
Faceplate on page 4-45.

Connectors

Table 4-254 TOM-2.5G-SR1 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-255 TOM-2.5G-SR1 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.52 inches / 13.21mm
Width 0.33 inches / 8.38mm
Depth 2.23 inches / 56.64mm

52 TOM-2.5G-SR1-A is generally no longer available but is still supported. The replacement TOM is:
TOM-2.5GMR-SR1.

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-149

Table 4-255 TOM-2.5G-SR1 Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM,
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-256 TOM-2.5G-SR1 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity -18.0dBm
Receiver overload -3.0dBm
Receiver wavelength 1260nm to 1580nm
Data rate 2.488Gbps

Table 4-257 TOM-2.5G-SR1 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 2km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power -10.0dBm to -3.0dBm
Transmitter wavelength 1266nm to 1360nm
Data rate 2.488Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-258 TOM-2.5G-SR1 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-48 Fully transparent
SDH STM-16 Fully transparent
2.5G Clear Channel Fully transparent

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-150 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-IR2)

Table 4-259 TOM-2.5G-IR2 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-2.5G-IR2= 2.5G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ Telcordia GR-253-CORE OC-48 IR-2
■ ITU-T G.957 S-16.2

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 2.5G, referred to as TOM-2.5G-IR2, is a field-replaceable 2.5G Small Form
Factor Pluggable (SFP) module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals.
TOM-2.5G-IR2s are hot-pluggable into any of the sixteen sub-slots in the TIM (TIM-16-2.5GM) and are
powered through the pluggable interface.
TOM-2.5G-IR2 supports OC-48, OC-12, OC-3, STM-16, STM-4, STM-1, 2.5G Clear Channel, 1G Fibre
Channel, 2G Fibre Channel, 1GbE, 1.25G Clear Channel, OTU1, ESCON 200M Clear Channel,
InfiniBand 2.5G Clear Channel, Video HD1.485G, Video HD1.4835G, Video SD 270M, and/or Digital
Video 6000 client signals. The optical interface complies with Telcordia GR-253-CORE OC-48 IR-2 for the
OC-48 client signal and ITU-T G.957 S-16.2 for the STM-16 client signal.
TOM-2.5G-IR2 port status LEDs are located on the TIM as shown in Figure 4-26: TIM-16-2.5GM
Faceplate on page 4-45.

Note: The TOM-2.5G-IR2 has fixed launch power and receiver sensitivity levels specified for this
TOM at the OC-48/STM-16 rate, even when set to the lower bit rates (for example, OC-3/STM-1,
2GFC, and/or 1GbE). Launch power and receiver sensitivity should be taken into consideration when
connecting to interfaces at lower rates; an optical attenuator may be required.

Connectors

Table 4-260 TOM-2.5G-IR2 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-261 TOM-2.5G-IR2 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.52 inches / 13.21mm
Width 0.33 inches / 8.38mm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-151

Table 4-261 TOM-2.5G-IR2 Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Depth 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM,
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-262 TOM-2.5G-IR2 Tributary port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity ■ 2.67G: -18.0dBm
■ 2.5G: -18.0dBm
■ 2x FC: -19.0dBm
■ 1GbE: -19.0dBm
■ 622M: -23.0dBm
■ 155M: -23.0dBm
Receiver overload ■ 2.67G: 0.0dBm
■ 2.5G: 0.0dBm
■ 2x FC: -3.0dBm
■ 1GbE: -3.0dBm
■ 622M: -8.0dBm
■ 155M: -8.0dBm
Receiver wavelength 1270nm to 1600nm
Data rate 2.7Gbps, 2.5Gbps, 2.12Gbps, 1.485Gbps, 1.435Gbps, 1.25Gbps,
1.0625Gbps, 622Mbps, 270Mbps, 200Mbps, and 155Mbps

Table 4-263 TOM-2.5G-IR2 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 15km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power -5.0dBm to 0.0dBm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-152 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Table 4-263 TOM-2.5G-IR2 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications (continued)

Type Specification
Transmitter wavelength 1430nm to 1580nm
Data rate 2.7Gbps, 2.5Gbps, 2.12Gbps, 1.485Gbps, 1.435Gbps, 1.25Gbps,
1.0625Gbps, 622Mbps, 270Mbps, 200Mbps, and 155Mbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-264 TOM-2.5G-IR2 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-48 Fully transparent
SONET OC-12
SONET OC-3
SDH STM-16
SDH STM-4
SDH STM-1
2.5G Clear Channel
1G Fibre Channel
2G Fibre Channel
1GbE
1.25G Clear Channel
OTU1
ESCON 200M Clear Channel
InfiniBand 2.5G Clear Channel
Video HD 1.485G
Video HD 1.4835G
Video SD 270M
Digital Video 6000 (2.38G)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-153

Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5G-LR2)

Table 4-265 TOM-2.5G-LR2 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-2.5G-LR2= 2.5G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ Telcordia GR-253-CORE OC-48 LR-2
■ ITU-T G.957 L-16.2

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 2.5G, referred to as TOM-2.5G-LR2, is a field-replaceable 2.5G Small Form
Factor Pluggable (SFP) module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals.
TOM-2.5G-LR2s are hot-pluggable into any of the sixteen sub-slots in the TIM (TIM-16-2.5GM) and are
powered through the pluggable interface.
TOM-2.5G-LR2 supports OC-48, OC-12, OC-3, STM-16, STM-4, STM-1, 2.5G Clear Channel, 1G Fibre
Channel, 2G Fibre Channel, 1GbE, 1.25G Clear Channel, OTU1, ESCON 200M Clear Channel,
InfiniBand 2.5G Clear Channel, Video HD1.485G, Video HD1.4835G, Video SD 270M, and/or Digital
Video 6000 client signals.
TOM-2.5G-LR2 port status LEDs are located on the TIM as shown in Figure 4-26: TIM-16-2.5GM
Faceplate on page 4-45.

Note: The TOM-2.5G-LR2 has fixed launch power and receiver sensitivity levels specified for this
TOM at the OC-48/STM-16 rate, even when set to the lower bit rates (for example, OC-3/STM-1,
2GFC, and/or 1GbE). Launch power and receiver sensitivity should be taken into consideration when
connecting to interfaces at lower rates; an optical attenuator may be required.

Connectors

Table 4-266 TOM-2.5G-LR2 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-267 TOM-2.5G-LR2 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.52 inches / 13.21mm
Width 0.33 inches / 8.38mm
Depth 2.23 inches / 56.64mm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-154 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Table 4-267 TOM-2.5G-LR2 Technical Specifications (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM,
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-268 TOM-2.5G-LR2 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity ■ 2.67G: -28.0dBm
■ 2.5G: -28.0dBm
■ 2x FC: -28.0dBm
■ 1GbE: -28.0dBm
■ 622M: -28.0dBm
■ 155M: -30.0dBm
Receiver overload ■ 2.67G -9.0dBm
■ 2.5G: -9.0dBm
■ 2x FC: -9.0dBm
■ 1GbE: -9.0dBm
■ 622M: -9.0dBm
■ 155M: -15.0dBm
Receiver wavelength 1260nm to 1580nm
Data rate 2.7Gbps, 2.5Gbps, 2.12Gbps, 1.485Gbps, 1.435Gbps, 1.25Gbps,
1.0625Gbps, 622Mbps, 270Mbps, 200Mbps, and 155Mbps

Table 4-269 TOM-2.5G-LR2 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 80km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power -2.0dBm to +3.0dBm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-155

Table 4-269 TOM-2.5G-LR2 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications (continued)

Type Specification
Transmitter wavelength 1500nm to 1580nm
Data rate 2.7Gbps, 2.5Gbps, 2.12Gbps, 1.485Gbps, 1.435Gbps, 1.25Gbps,
1.0625Gbps, 622Mbps, 270Mbps, 200Mbps, and 155Mbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-270 TOM-2.5G-LR2 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-48 Fully transparent
SONET OC-12
SONET OC-3
SDH STM-16
SDH STM-4
SDH STM-1
2.5G Clear Channel
1G Fibre Channel
2G Fibre Channel
1GbE
1.25G Clear Channel
OTU1
ESCON 200M Clear Channel
InfiniBand 2.5G Clear Channel
Video HD 1.485G
Video HD 1.4835G
Video SD 270M
Digital Video 6000 (2.38G)

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-156 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-SR1)

Table 4-271 TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 2.5G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ Telcordia GR-253-CORE OC-48 SR-1
■ ITU-T G.957 I-16
■ IEEE 802.3 1000Base-LX
■ ANSI FC-PI

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module Multi-rate 2.5G, referred to as TOM-2.5GMR-SR1, is a field-replaceable
2.5G Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial
electrical signals. TOM-2.5GMR-SR1s are hot-pluggable into any of the sixteen sub-slots in the
TIM (TIM-16-2.5GM) and are powered through the pluggable interface.
The TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 operates at the following data rates:
■ 2.5Gbps—for support of OC-48/STM-16 client signals
■ 622Mbps—for support of OC-12/STM-4 client signals
■ 155Mbps—for support of OC-3/STM-1 client signals
■ 1.25Gbps—for support of 1GbE and 1.25G Clear Channel client signals
■ 200Mbps—for support of ESCON client signals
■ 1.0625Gbps—for support of 1G Fibre Channel client signals
■ 2.12Gbps—for support of 2G Fibre Channel client signals
■ 2.5Gbps—for support of 2.5G Infiniband client signals
■ 2.7Gbps—for support of OTU1 client signals
■ 1.435Gbps and/or 1.485Gbps—for support of HD-SDI client signals
■ 270Mbps—for support of SDI/DVB client signals
The optical interface complies with Telcordia GR-253-CORE OC-48 SR-1 for the OC-48 client signal,
ITU-T G.957 I-16 for the STM-16 client signal, IEEE 802.3 1000Base-LX for the 1GbE client signal, and
ANSI FC-PI for the Fibre Channel client signal.
TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 port status LEDs are located on the TIM as shown in Figure 4-26: TIM-16-2.5GM
Faceplate on page 4-45.

Note: The TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 has fixed launch power and receiver sensitivity levels specified for this
TOM at the OC-48/STM-16 rate, even when set to the lower bit rates (for example, OC-3/STM-1,

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-157

2GFC, and/or 1GbE). Launch power and receiver sensitivity should be taken into consideration when
connecting to interfaces at lower rates; an optical attenuator may be required.

Connectors

Table 4-272 TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-273 TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.52 inches / 13.27mm
Width 0.33 inches / 8.46mm
Depth 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM,
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-274 TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity ■ 2.67G: -18.0dBm
■ 2.5G: -18.0dBm
■ 2x FC: -19.0dBm
■ 1GbE: -19.0dBm
■ 622M: -23.0dBm
■ 155M: -23.0dBm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-158 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Table 4-274 TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications (continued)

Type Specification
Receiver overload ■ 2.67G: -3.0dBm
■ 2.5G: -3.0dBm
■ 2x FC:-3.0dBm
■ 1GbE: -3.0dBm
■ 622M: -8.0dBm
■ 155M: -8.0dBm
Receiver wavelength 1270nm to 1600nm
Data rate 2.7Gbps, 2.5Gbps, 2.12Gbps, 1.485Gbps, 1.435Gbps, 1.25Gbps,
1.0625Gbps, 622Mbps, 270Mbps, 200Mbps, and 155Mbps

Table 4-275 TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance ■ OC-48: 2km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
■ 1GbE: 5km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power -9.5dBm to -3.0dBm
Transmitter wavelength 1270nm to 1360nm
Data rate 2.7Gbps, 2.5Gbps, 2.12Gbps, 1.485Gbps, 1.435Gbps, 1.25Gbps,
1.0625Gbps, 622Mbps, 270Mbps, 200Mbps, and 155Mbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-276 TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-48 Fully transparent
SONET OC-12
SONET OC-3
SDH STM-16
SDH STM-4
SDH STM-1
2.5G Clear Channel
1G Fibre Channel
2G Fibre Channel

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-159

Table 4-276 TOM-2.5GMR-SR1 Tributary Facilities (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
1GbE
1.25G Clear Channel
OTU1
ESCON 200M Clear Channel
Infiniband 2.5G Clear Channel
Video HD 1.485G
Video HD 1.4835G
Video SD 270M
Digital Video 6000 (2.38G)

Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-2.5GMR-IR1)

Table 4-277 TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 2.5G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ Telcordia GR-253-CORE OC-48 IR-1
■ ITU-T G.957 S-16.1
■ ANSI T1.105/Telcordia GR-253-CORE

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module Multi-rate 2.5G, referred to as TOM-2.5GMR-IR1, is a field-replaceable
2.5G Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial
electrical signals. TOM-2.5GMR-IR1s are hot-pluggable into any of the sixteen sub-slots in the TIM
(TIM-16-2.5GM) and are powered through the pluggable interface.
TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 supports OC-48, OC-12, OC-3, STM-16, STM-4, STM-1, 2.5G Clear Channel, 1G
Fibre Channel, 2G Fibre Channel, 1GbE, 1.25G Clear Channel, OTU1, ESCON 200M Clear Channel,
InfiniBand 2.5G Clear Channel, Video HD1.485G, Video HD1.4835G, Video SD 270M, and/or Digital
Video 6000 client signals. The optical interface complies with Telcordia GR-253-CORE OC-48 IR-1 for the
OC-48 client signal and ITU-T G.957 S-16.1 for the STM-16 client signal.
TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 port status LEDs are located on the TIM as shown in Figure 4-26: TIM-16-2.5GM
Faceplate on page 4-45.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-160 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Note: The TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 always uses the transmit characteristics of OC-48 IR-1 or STM-16, even
when set to the lower OC-3/OC-12 or STM-1/STM-4 rates. Span engineering should take this into
consideration and optical attenuators should be applied, if appropriate.

Connectors

Table 4-278 TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-279 TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.52 inches / 13.21mm
Width 0.33 inches / 8.38mm
Depth 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM,
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-280 TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity ■ 2.67G: -18.0dBm
■ 2.5G: -18.0dBm
■ 2x FC: -19.0dBm
■ 1GbE: -19.0dBm
■ 622M: -23.0dBm
■ 155M: -23.0dBm

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-161

Table 4-280 TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications (continued)

Type Specification
Receiver overload ■ 2.67G: 0.0dBm
■ 2.5G: 0.0dBm
■ 2x FC: -3.0dBm
■ 1GbE: -3.0dBm
■ 622M: -8.0dBm
■ 155M: -8.0dBm
Receiver wavelength 1260nm to 1580nm
Data rate 2.7Gbps, 2.5Gbps, 2.12Gbps, 1.485Gbps, 1.435Gbps, 1.25Gbps,
1.0625Gbps, 622Mbps, 270Mbps, 200Mbps, and 155Mbps

Table 4-281 TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 15km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power -5.0dBm to 0.0dBm
Transmitter wavelength 1260nm to 1360nm
Data rate 2.7Gbps, 2.5Gbps, 2.12Gbps, 1.485Gbps, 1.435Gbps, 1.25Gbps,
1.0625Gbps, 622Mbps, 270Mbps, 200Mbps, and 155Mbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-282 TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-48 Fully transparent
SONET OC-12
SONET OC-3
SDH STM-16
SDH STM-4
SDH STM-1
2.5G Clear Channel
1G Fibre Channel
2G Fibre Channel
1GbE

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-162 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Table 4-282 TOM-2.5GMR-IR1 Tributary Facilities (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
1.25G Clear Channel
OTU1
ESCON 200M Clear Channel
InfiniBand 2.5G Clear Channel
Video HD 1.485G
Video HD 1.4835G
Video SD 270M
Digital Video 6000 (2.38G)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-163

Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-MR-Dn-LR2)

Table 4-283 TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 Product Features
Product Ordering Features
Name (PON)
TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 2.5G Tributary Optical Module
(n=18-37, 40-59) Reach:
■ GR 253 CORE OC48 LR-2
■ ITU-T G.957 L-16.2
Operating Frequency and Wavelength:

■ TOM-MR-D18-LR2: 191.8THz, ■ TOM-MR-D32-LR2: 193.2THz,

1563.05nm 1551.72nm
■ TOM-MR-D19-LR2: 191.9THz, ■ TOM-MR-D33-LR2: 193.3THz,
1562.23nm 1550.92nm
■ TOM-MR-D20-LR2: 192.0THz, ■ TOM-MR-D34-LR2: 193.4THz,
1561.42nm 1550.12nm
■ TOM-MR-D21-LR2: 192.1THz, ■ TOM-MR-D35-LR2: 193.5THz,
1560.61nm 1549.32nm
■ TOM-MR-D22-LR2: 192.2THz, ■ TOM-MR-D36-LR2: 193.6THz,
1559.79nm 1548.51nm
■ TOM-MR-D23-LR2: 192.3THz, ■ TOM-MR-D37-LR2: 193.7THz,
1558.98nm 1547.72nm
■ TOM-MR-D24-LR2: 192.4THz, ■ TOM-MR-D40-LR2: 194.0THz,
1558.17nm 1545.32nm
■ TOM-MR-D25-LR2: 192.5THz, ■ TOM-MR-D41-LR2: 194.1THz,
1557.36nm 1544.53nm
■ TOM-MR-D26-LR2: 192.6THz, ■ TOM-MR-D42-LR2: 194.2THz,
1556.55nm 1543.73nm
■ TOM-MR-D27-LR2: 192.7THz, ■ TOM-MR-D43-LR2: 194.3THz,
1555.75nm 1542.94nm
■ TOM-MR-D28-LR2: 192.8THz, ■ TOM-MR-D44-LR2: 194.4THz,
1554.94nm 1542.14nm
■ TOM-MR-D29-LR2: 192.9THz, ■ TOM-MR-D45-LR2: 194.5THz,
1554.13nm 1541.35nm
■ TOM-MR-D30-LR2: 193.0THz, ■ TOM-MR-D46-LR2: 194.6THz,
1553.33nm 1540.56nm
■ TOM-MR-D31-LR2: 193.1THz, ■ TOM-MR-D47-LR2: 194.7THz,
1552.52nm 1539.77nm

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-164 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Table 4-283 TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 Product Features (continued)

Product Ordering Features
Name (PON)

■ TOM-MR-D48-LR2: 194.8THz, ■ TOM-MR-D54-LR2: 195.4THz,

1538.98nm 1534.25nm
■ TOM-MR-D49-LR2: 194.9THz, ■ TOM-MR-D55-LR2: 195.5THz,
1538.19nm 1533.47nm
■ TOM-MR-D50-LR2: 195.0THz, ■ TOM-MR-D56-LR2: 195.6THz,
1537.40nm 1532.68nm
■ TOM-MR-D51-LR2: 195.1THz, ■ TOM-MR-D57-LR2: 195.7THz,
1536.61nm 1531.90nm
■ TOM-MR-D52-LR2: 195.2THz, ■ TOM-MR-D58-LR2: 195.8THz,
1535.82nm 1531.12nm
■ TOM-MR-D53-LR2: 195.3THz, ■ TOM-MR-D59-LR2: 195.9THz,
1535.04nm 1530.33nm

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 2.5G, referred to as TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 (n=18-37,40-59), is a field-
replaceable 2.5G Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) module. It converts client side optical signals to and
from serial electrical signals. TOM-MR-Dn-LR2s are hot-pluggable into any of the sixteen sub-slots in the
TIM (TIM-16-2.5GM) and are powered through the pluggable interface.
TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 supports OC-48, OC-12, OC-3, STM-16, STM-4, STM-1, 2.5G Clear Channel, 1G Fibre
Channel, 2G Fibre Channel, 1GbE, 1.25G Clear Channel, OTU1, ESCON 200M Clear Channel,
InfiniBand 2.5G Clear Channel, Video HD1.485G, Video HD1.4835G, Video SD 270M, and/or Digital
Video 6000 client signals.
TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 port status LEDs are located on the TIM as shown in Figure 4-26: TIM-16-2.5GM
Faceplate on page 4-45.

Note: The TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 has fixed launch power and receiver sensitivity levels specified for this
TOM at the OC-48/STM-16 rate, even when set to the lower bit rates (for example, OC-3/STM-1,
2GFC, and/or 1GbE). Launch power and receiver sensitivity should be taken into consideration when
connecting to interfaces at lower rates; an optical attenuator may be required.

Connectors

Table 4-284 TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-165

Technical Specifications

Table 4-285 TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.72 inches / 18.29mm
Width 0.34 inches / 8.64mm
Depth 3.10 inches / 78.74mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM,
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-286 TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity -29.0dBm
Receiver overload -9.0dBm
Receiver wavelength 1520nm to 1565nm
Data rate 155Mbps to 2.7Gbps

Table 4-287 TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 80km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power 0.0dBm to +3.5dBm
Transmitter wavelength DWDM, see Table 4-283: TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 Product Features on page 4-163
Data rate 155Mbps to 2.7Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-288 TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-48 Fully transparent
SONET OC-12

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-166 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Table 4-288 TOM-MR-Dn-LR2 Tributary Facilities (continued)

Type Parameter Specification
SONET OC-3
SDH STM-16
SDH STM-4
SDH STM-1
2.5G Clear Channel
1G Fibre Channel
2G Fibre Channel
1GbE
1.25G Clear Channel
OTU1
ESCON 200M Clear Channel
InfiniBand 2.5G Clear Channel
Video HD 1.485G
Video HD 1.4835G
Video SD 270M
Digital Video 6000 (2.38G)

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-167

Tributary Optical Module 2.5G (TOM-MR-Cn-LR2)

Table 4-289 TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 2.5G Tributary Optical Module
n=47,49,51,53,55,57,59,61 Reach:
■ CWDM 2.5Gbps SONET/SDH
■ CWDM 120km 2.5G Ethernet
Operating Frequency and Wavelength:
■ TOM-MR-C47-LR2: 203.94THz, 1471nm
■ TOM-MR-C49-LR2: 201.21THz, 1491nm
■ TOM-MR-C51-LR2: 198.54THz, 1511nm
■ TOM-MR-C53-LR2: 195.95THz, 1531nm
■ TOM-MR-C55-LR2: 193.42THz, 1551nm
■ TOM-MR-C57-LR2: 190.96THz, 1571nm
■ TOM-MR-C59-LR2: 188.56THz, 1591nm
■ TOM-MR-C61-LR2: 186.22THz, 1611nm

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 2.5G, referred to as TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 (n=47,49,51,53,55,57,59,61), is a
field-replaceable 2.5G Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) module. It converts client side optical signals
to and from serial electrical signals. TOM-MR-Cn-LR2s are hot-pluggable into any of the sixteen sub-slots
in the TIM (TIM-16-2.5GM) and are powered through the pluggable interface.
TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 supports OC-48, OC-12, OC-3, STM-16, STM-4, STM-1, 2.5G Clear Channel, 1G Fibre
Channel, 2G Fibre Channel, 1GbE, 1.25G Clear Channel, OTU1, ESCON 200M Clear Channel,
InfiniBand 2.5G Clear Channel, Video HD1.485G, Video HD1.4835G, Video SD 270M, and/or Digital
Video 6000 client signals.
TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 port status LEDs are located on the TIM as shown in Figure 4-26: TIM-16-2.5GM
Faceplate on page 4-45.

Note: The TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 has fixed launch power and receiver sensitivity levels specified for this
TOM at the OC-48/STM-16 rate, even when set to the lower bit rates (for example, OC-3/STM-1,
2GFC, and/or 1GbE). Launch power and receiver sensitivity should be taken into consideration when
connecting to interfaces at lower rates; an optical attenuator may be required.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-168 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Connectors

Table 4-290 TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-291 TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.72 inches / 18.29mm
Width 0.34 inches / 8.64mm
Depth 3.10 inches / 78.74mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM,
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-292 TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity -28.0dBm
Receiver overload -9.0dBm
Receiver wavelength 1200nm to 1625nm
Data rate 155Mbps to 2.7Gbps

Table 4-293 TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 80km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power 1.0dBm to 5.0dBm
Transmitter wavelength CWDM, see Table 4-289: TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 Product Features on page 4-167
Data rate 155Mbps to 2.7Gbps

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-169

Interface Specifications

Table 4-294 TOM-MR-Cn-LR2 Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols SONET OC-48 Fully transparent
SONET OC-12
SONET OC-3
SDH STM-16
SDH STM-4
SDH STM-1
2.5G Clear Channel
1G Fibre Channel
2G Fibre Channel
1GbE
1.25G Clear Channel
OTU1
ESCON 200M Clear Channel
InfiniBand 2.5G Clear Channel
Video HD 1.485G
Video HD 1.4835G
Video SD 270M
Digital Video 6000 (2.38G)

Tributary Optical Module 1G (TOM-1G-ZX)

Table 4-295 TOM-1G-ZX Product Features
Product Ordering Name (PON) Features
TOM-1G-ZX= 1G Tributary Optical Module
Reach:
■ 1.25GbE: IEEE 802.3 1000Base-ZX

Functional Description
The Tributary Optical Module 1G, referred to as TOM-1G-ZX, is a field-replaceable 1G Small Form Factor
Pluggable (SFP) module. It converts client optical signals to and from serial electrical signals.
TOM-1G-ZXs are hot-pluggable into any of the sixteen sub-slots in the TIM/PXM (TIM-16-2.5GM and/or
PXM-16-10GE) and are powered through the pluggable interface.

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-170 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

TOM-1G-ZX supports 1GbE and 1.25G Clear Channel client signals. The optical interface complies with
IEEE 802.3 1000Base-ZX for 1GbE client signals.
TOM-1G-ZX port status LEDs are located on the TIM/PXM as shown in Figure 4-26: TIM-16-2.5GM
Faceplate on page 4-45.

Connectors

Table 4-296 TOM-1G-ZX Connectors

Connector Type Purpose
Tributary port IN LC Connects from the client equipment
Tributary port OUT LC Connects to the client equipment

Technical Specifications

Table 4-297 TOM-1G-ZX Technical Specifications

Type Parameter Specification
Mechanical specifications Height 0.52 inches / 13.21mm
Width 0.33 inches / 8.38mm
Depth 2.23 inches / 56.64mm
Weight 0.1lb / 0.04kg (approximately)
Electrical specifications Power consumption Included as part of the TIM,
see Table 1-1: XTC-10/XTC-4 Power
Consumption Numbers on page 1-2 and/or
Table 2-1: XTC-2/XTC-2E Power
Consumption Numbers on page 2-2

Optical Specifications

Table 4-298 TOM-1G-ZX Tributary Port IN Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Incoming fiber type Single mode
Receiver sensitivity -22.0dBm
Receiver overload -3.0dBm
Receiver wavelength 1260nm to 1580nm
Data rate 1.25Gbps

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-171

Table 4-299 TOM-1G-ZX Tributary Port OUT Optical Specifications

Type Specification
Outgoing fiber type Single mode
Link distance 80km (using SMF-28 single mode fiber)
Transmitter output power 0.0dBm to +5.0dBm
Transmitter wavelength 1530nm to 1565nm
Data rate 1.25Gbps

Interface Specifications

Table 4-300 TOM-1G-ZX Tributary Facilities

Type Parameter Specification
Tributary protocols 1GbE Fully transparent
1.25G Clear Channel

MPO Connector Pinouts

Multiple-fiber push-on/pull-off (MPO) connectors are used on certain TOM types. The figures and tables
provided in this section list the assignment of pins for 24-fiber and 12-fiber MPO connector types
respectively.
Figure 4-52 24-Fiber MPO Connector

Table 4-301 24-Fiber MPO Connector Pin Assignments

Fiber Number Lane Assignment Corresponding Electrical Pins
1 Not used
2 RX0 79, 80
3 RX1 82, 83
4 RX2 85, 86
5 RX3 88, 89
6 RX4 91, 92
7 RX5 94, 95

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-172 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Table 4-301 24-Fiber MPO Connector Pin Assignments (continued)

Fiber Number Lane Assignment Corresponding Electrical Pins
8 RX6 97, 98
9 RX7 100, 101
10 RX8 103, 104
11 RX9 106, 107
12 Not used
13
14 TX0 113, 114
15 TX1 116, 117
16 TX2 119, 120
17 TX3 122, 123
18 TX4 125, 126
19 TX5 128, 129
20 TX6 131, 132
21 TX7 134, 135
22 TX8 137, 138
23 TX9 140, 141
24 Not used

Figure 4-53 12-Fiber MPO Connector

Table 4-302 12-Fiber MPO Connector Pin Assignments

Fiber Number Lane Assignment Corresponding Electrical Pins
1 TX0 113, 114
2 TX1 116, 117
3 TX2 119, 120
4 TX3 122, 123
5 Not used

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

XTC Tributary Modules 4-173

Table 4-302 12-Fiber MPO Connector Pin Assignments (continued)

Fiber Number Lane Assignment Corresponding Electrical Pins
6
7
8
9 RX3 88, 89
10 RX2 85, 86
11 RX1 82, 83
12 RX0 79, 80

Infinera Corporation Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential

4-174 Tributary Optical Module (TOM) Support for XTC-2/XTC-2E

Hardware Description Guide Release 18.2 V001 Infinera Corporation

Infinera Proprietary and Confidential